diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
index 797048b527..ff42973ab3 100644
--- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ MAT	1	3	g8y6	translate-names	Φαρὲς…Ζάρα…Ἑσρώμ…Ἀράμ	1
 MAT	1	5	q5bd		Βόες…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ	2	Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth	Alternate translation: “Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”
 MAT	1	6	bp35		τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου	1	the wife of Uriah	Solomon was born after Uriah died. Alternate translation: “the widow of Uriah”
 MAT	1	10	bh7r		τὸν Ἀμώς	1	Amon	Sometimes **Amon** is translated as “Amos.”
-MAT	1	11	rj7p		ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	at the deportation to Babylon	If your language needs to specify who went to **Babylon**, you could say “the Israelites” or “the Israelites who lived in Judah.” Alternate translation: “when they were forced to move to Babylon” or “when the Babylonians conquered them and made them go live in Babylon”
+MAT	1	11	rj7p		ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος	1	at the deportation to Babylon	If your language needs to specify who went to **Babylon**, you could state “the Israelites” or “the Israelites who lived in Judah.” Alternate translation: “when they were forced to move to Babylon” or “when the Babylonians conquered them and made them go live in Babylon”
 MAT	1	11	v2im		Βαβυλῶνος	1	to Babylon	Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylon, not just the city of Babylon.
 MAT	1	12	y7cx		μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος	1	after the deportation to Babylon	Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md).
 MAT	1	12	tx6g		Σαλαθιὴλ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ	1	Shealtiel became the father of Zerubbabel	**Shealtiel** was Zerubbabel’s grandfather.
diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
index f49b8386c3..296cc9e2f1 100644
--- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 LUK	front	intro	uk55			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of Luke\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Luke\n\n1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)\n2. Prologue\n    * The birth of John the Baptist (1:5-80)\n   * The birth and youth of Jesus (2:1-51)\n   * The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1-20)\n   * The baptism, genealogy, and temptation of Jesus (3:21-4:13)\n3. The teaching and healing ministry of Jesus in Galilee (4:14-9:50)\n4. Jesus teaches along his journey to Jerusalem\n    * Judgment by God, and people’s judgments about Jesus (9:51-13:21)\n   * Who will be part of the kingdom of God (13:22-17:10)\n   * Responding to Jesus by welcoming or rejecting him (17:11-19:27)\n5. Jesus in Jerusalem\n    * Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem (19:28-44)\n   * Jesus teaches in the temple: conflict over his identity and authority (19:45-21:38)\n   * Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection (22:1-24:53)\n\n### What is the Gospel of Luke about?\n\nThe Gospel of Luke is one of four books in the New Testament that describe the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Luke wrote his Gospel for a person named Theophilus and dedicated it to him. Luke wrote an accurate description of the life and teachings of Jesus so that Theophilus would be certain that what he had been taught about Jesus was true. However, Luke expected that what he wrote would encourage all followers of Jesus.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Luke” or “The Gospel According to Luke.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “The Good News About Jesus that Luke Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Luke?\n\nThis book does not give the name of its author. However, the same person who wrote this book also wrote the book of Acts, which is also dedicated to Theophilus. In parts of the book of Acts, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have recognized Luke as the author of both the Gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.\n\nLuke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. Luke himself probably did not witness what Jesus said and did. But he tells Theophilus in his dedication that he talked to many people who did.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\n“The kingdom of God” is a major concept in the Gospel of Luke. It is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n\n### Why does Luke write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nLuke wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### What are the roles of women in the Gospel of Luke?\n\nLuke described women in a very positive way in his Gospel. For example, he often showed women being more faithful to God than most men. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they tell the story of many of the same events. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nPassages are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13-14](../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### Major issues in the text of the book of Luke\n\nULT follows the readings of the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. However, there may already be older versions of the Bible in the translators’ regions that follow the readings of other manuscripts. In the most significant cases, the General Notes to the chapters in which these differences occur will discuss them and recommend approaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	1	intro	f1b5			0		# Luke 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Dedication to Theophilus (1:1-4)<br>2. The angel Gabriel announces to Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth is going to bear a son, John the Baptist (1:5-25)<br>3. The angel Gabriel announces to Mary that she is going to become the mother of Jesus (1:26-38)<br>4. Mary goes to visit Elizabeth (1:39-56)<br>5. John the Baptist is born (1:57-80)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in Mary’s song about becoming the mother of Jesus in 1:46-55 and Zechariah’s song about the birth of his son John the Baptist in 1:68-79.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “He will be called John”<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would give a child the same name as someone in their families. People were surprised that Elizabeth and Zechariah named their son John because there was no one else in their family with that name.
-LUK	1	1	qhd9	figs-activepassive	περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων	1	concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	1	qhd9	figs-activepassive	περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγμάτων	1	concerning the things that have been fulfilled among us	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “about those things that have happened among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	1	hyp6	figs-exclusive	ἐν ἡμῖν	1	among us	Luke dedicates this book to a man named Theophilus. It is no longer known exactly who he was. But since Luke says in [1:4](../01/04.md) that he wants Theophilus to know that the things he has been taught are reliable, it appears that he was a follower of Jesus. So here the word **us** would include him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	1	2	hud2	figs-metonymy	οἱ…αὐτόπται…γενόμενοι	1	who … were eyewitnesses	The term **eyewitness** describes someone who saw something happen personally, “with their own eyes.” The term describes such a person figuratively by reference to something associated with sight, the eye. Alternate translation: “who … saw these things personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	2	z9dq	figs-metonymy	ὑπηρέται…τοῦ λόγου	1	servants of the word	Here, **word** figuratively describes the things that the people who brought the message conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “servants of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ LUK	1	3	l001	figs-youformal	σοι…κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	you … m
 LUK	1	3	nr63		κράτιστε Θεόφιλε	1	most excellent Theophilus	Luke is dedicating this work to Theophilus, and within his dedication, this is the conventional personal greeting. If it would be more customary in your language and culture, you could put this greeting in [1:1](../01/01.md) at the start of the dedication, at the very beginning of the book. Alternate translation: “To most excellent Theophilus”
 LUK	1	3	vhj8		κράτιστε	1	most excellent	Luke uses the term **most excellent** to address Theophilus in a way that shows honor and respect. This may mean that Theophilus was an important government official. In your translation, it would be appropriate to use the form of address that your culture uses for people of high status. Alternate translation: “Honorable”
 LUK	1	3	h7q1	translate-names	Θεόφιλε	1	Theophilus	This name means “friend of God.” It may describe this man’s character, or it may have been his actual name. Most translations treat it as a name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	1	4	l002	figs-activepassive	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	the things that you have been taught	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	4	l002	figs-activepassive	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	the things that you have been taught	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	4	l003	figs-explicit	ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων	1	the things that you have been taught	Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that he means what he has been **taught** about Jesus. Alternate translation: “what people have taught you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	5	gb16	writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	In the days of Herod, king of Judea	This time reference introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “During the time when King Herod ruled over Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	5	l004	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	In the days of	Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ LUK	1	10	uwu7	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ θυμιάματος	1	at the
 LUK	1	11	b8b7	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	δὲ	1	Then	This word indicates that the event it introduces took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “right at that time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 LUK	1	11	c8ss	figs-idiom	ὤφθη…αὐτῷ	1	appeared to him	When Luke says that the angel **appeared**, this does not mean that Zechariah simply saw the angel in a vision. Rather, this expression indicates that the angel was actually present with Zechariah. Alternate translation: “suddenly was there with Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	12	r3aa	figs-parallelism	ἐταράχθη Ζαχαρίας…φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Zechariah was troubled … fear fell on him	These two phrases mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize how afraid Zechariah was. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Zechariah became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	1	12	d1zm	figs-explicit	ἰδών	1	when he saw him	The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	12	d1zm	figs-explicit	ἰδών	1	when he saw him	The implication is that Zechariah was afraid because the angel appeared glorious and powerful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (Luke has just said that Zechariah was righteous and blameless, so it would be good not to leave your readers with the impression that he had done something wrong and was afraid that the angel was going to punish him for it.) Alternate translation: “when he saw how glorious and powerful the angel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	12	l014	figs-metaphor	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	fear fell upon him	Luke is using the expression **fell upon** figuratively to speak of fear as if it attacked and overcame Zechariah. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	12	sfb1	figs-personification	φόβος ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	fear fell upon him	Luke describes Zechariah’s **fear** figuratively as if it were something that could actively attack and overpower him. Alternate translation: “this made him very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	1	13	ki8l	figs-imperative	μὴ φοβοῦ	1	Do not be afraid	While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Zechariah something to help and encourage him. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	1	13	es4l	figs-activepassive	εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου	1	your prayer has been heard	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	13	es4l	figs-activepassive	εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου	1	your prayer has been heard	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	13	l015	figs-idiom	εἰσηκούσθη ἡ δέησίς σου	1	your prayer has been heard	This is an idiom that means that God is going to give Zechariah what he has been asking for. Alternate translation: “God is going to give you what you have been asking for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	13	l016	figs-declarative	καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην	1	you will call his name John	The angel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Zechariah what to do. Alternate translation: “and you are to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	1	13	l017	figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην	1	call his name John	The expression **call his name** is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ LUK	1	14	q1p8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπὶ τῇ γενέσει αὐτ
 LUK	1	15	td57	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας	1	For he will be great	The word **for** introduces the reason why people will rejoice at John's birth. Alternate translation: “This will be because they will be able to tell that he is going to be a great man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	15	sz79	figs-metaphor	ἔσται γὰρ μέγας ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου	1	For he will be great before the Lord	This expression means “in front of the Lord,” that is, “where the Lord can see him.” Sight, in turn, figuratively represents attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “God will consider him to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	15	abc2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ πίῃ	1	he must never drink	The phrase **must never** translates two negative words in Greek. The angel uses them together to emphasize how important it is that the child not drink wine or strong drink. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	1	15	hgb9	figs-activepassive	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	he will be filled with the Holy Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will fill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	15	hgb9	figs-activepassive	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	he will be filled with the Holy Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will fill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	15	l019	figs-metaphor	Πνεύματος Ἁγίου πλησθήσεται	1	he will be filled with the Holy Spirit	The angel speaks figuratively as if John would be a container that the Holy Spirit would fill. He means that the Holy Spirit will empower and influence John. Be sure that in your translation, this does not sound similar to what an evil spirit might do to in taking control of a person. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will empower him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	15	ie95		ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	even from his mother’s womb	Alternate translation: “while he is still in his mother’s womb”
 LUK	1	16	x36x	figs-metaphor	πολλοὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐπιστρέψει ἐπὶ Κύριον	1	he will turn many of the sons of Israel back to the Lord	To **turn** a person **back** figuratively means to lead them to repent and obey the Lord once again. Alternate translation: “he will cause many of the people of Israel to repent and obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ LUK	1	17	l022	figs-hendiadys	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει Ἠλ
 LUK	1	17	l023	translate-names	Ἠλεία	1	Elijah	**Elijah** is the name of a man, a great prophet of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	17	w32h	figs-personification	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	The angel speaks of **hearts** as if they were living things that could be turned to go in a different direction. This expression figuratively means to change someone’s attitude toward something. Alternate translation: “to make fathers care about their children once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	1	17	qe48	figs-synecdoche	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	The angel uses the relationship between **fathers** and **children** figuratively to represent all relationships. Luke relates in [3:10-14](../03/10.md) how John encouraged reconciliation in a variety of different relationships. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	1	17	l024	figs-explicit	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	17	l024	figs-explicit	ἐπιστρέψαι καρδίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα	1	to turn the hearts of fathers back to their children	It is assumed that readers will know that this is what the prophet Malachi had said Elijah would do before the Lord came. The implication in context is that John will fulfill this prophecy by using the same empowerment that Elijah had. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to restore broken relationships, just as the prophet Malachi said Elijah would do before the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	17	l025	figs-explicit	ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων	1	to turn … the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous	Gabriel is using the term **wisdom** in the Old Testament sense as a moral term that refers to choosing the way in life that God has shown to be best. The people who make this choice are **righteous**, meaning that God considers them to be living in the right way. Alternate translation: “to lead people who are disobeying God to choose his ways and become people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	17	j49j	figs-nominaladj	ἀπειθεῖς…δικαίων	1	the disobedient … of the righteous	Gabriel is using the adjectives **disobedient** and **righteous** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are disobeying God … people who live right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	1	17	ujs1	figs-explicit	λαὸν κατεσκευασμένον	1	a people prepared	You could state explicitly in your translation what the people will be prepared to do. Alternate translation: “a people who will be prepared to believe his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -82,30 +82,30 @@ LUK	1	19	l028	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπ
 LUK	1	19	p3jn	figs-declarative	ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριὴλ, ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	I am Gabriel, the one standing before God	Gabriel says this in the form of a statement, but he means it as a rebuke to Zechariah. The presence of an angel coming directly from God should be enough proof for him. Alternate translation: “You should have believed me, Gabriel, coming to you straight from God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	1	19	l029	translate-names	Γαβριὴλ	1	Gabriel	**Gabriel** is the name of an angel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	19	yp6z	figs-metaphor	ὁ παρεστηκὼς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the one standing before God	To stand **before** or “in front of” a master, that is, in the presence of that master, figuratively means to be available to serve them at all times in any capacity. Alternate translation: “I serve God personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	19	pd7h	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ	1	I was sent to speak to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	19	pd7h	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλην λαλῆσαι πρὸς σὲ	1	I was sent to speak to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me to speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	20	x9qk	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	and behold	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing figuratively means giving notice and attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	20	l030	figs-explicit	ἔσῃ σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι	1	you will be silent, and not able to speak	The implication is that God will make this happen, to show that Zechariah should have believed what Gabriel told him. Alternate translation: “God will make you completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	20	g5t1	figs-doublet	σιωπῶν καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος λαλῆσαι	1	silent, and not able to speak	These two phrases mean the same thing. Gabriel uses the repetition to emphasize how complete the silence of Zechariah will be. Alternate translation: “completely unable to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	1	20	q6y3	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐπίστευσας τοῖς λόγοις μου	1	you did not believe my words	Gabriel uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of his message by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “you did not believe what I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	20	l031	figs-activepassive	οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται	1	which will be fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	20	l031	figs-activepassive	οἵτινες πληρωθήσονται	1	which will be fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	20	hgu3	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν	1	in their time	This is an idiom that means “the time that pertains to them.” Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at the time that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	21	e14e	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	καὶ	1	And	This word marks a shift in the story from what happened inside the temple to what happened outside. Alternate translation: “While that was happening” or “While the angel and Zechariah were talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 LUK	1	22	h6vt	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ. καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν διανεύων αὐτοῖς, καὶ διέμενεν κωφός	1	they concluded that he had seen a vision in the temple; and he was making signs to them, and remained unable to speak	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “He kept on making signs to them but said nothing. So they concluded that he must have seen a vision while he was in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	22	r2ak	figs-explicit	ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι ὀπτασίαν ἑώρακεν ἐν τῷ ναῷ	1	they perceived that he had seen a vision	Gabriel was actually present with Zechariah in the temple. He explains in [1:19](../01/19.md) that God sent him there. The people, not knowing this, assumed that Zechariah had seen a vision. While the Greek says that they “perceived” this, it means that they thought they recognized what had happened. Alternate translation: “they thought that he had seen a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	23	duy9	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	1	23	l032	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ	1	when the days of his priestly service were fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when Zechariah had finished his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	23	l032	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ	1	when the days of his priestly service were fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when Zechariah had finished his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	23	l033	figs-idiom	αἱ ἡμέραι τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ	1	the days of his priestly service	Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “his time of service at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	23	sa5y	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he went away to his home	This expression indicates implicitly that Zechariah did not live in Jerusalem, where the temple was located. Luke indicates in [1:39](../01/39.md) that Zechariah and Elizabeth lived instead in a city in the hill country of Judah, the area to the south of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he traveled back to his hometown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	24	l034	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	This word indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	1	24	cda2	figs-idiom	μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἡμέρας	1	after these days	Here, Luke uses the term **days** to refer figuratively to a particular period of time, specifically, the time when Zechariah was serving in the temple. Alternate translation: “after Zechariah had finished serving at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	24	kpw1	figs-explicit	περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε	1	she hid herself for five months	This expression means that Elizabeth did not leave her house during that time. She seems to state the reason for this in the next verse. She had felt disgraced because she was not able to have children. But if she stayed in her house for **five months**, the next time people saw her, her pregnancy would show, and it would be clear that she was able to have children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She did not leave her house for five months so that by the next time people saw her, it would be clear that she was going to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	24	kpw1	figs-explicit	περιέκρυβεν ἑαυτὴν μῆνας πέντε	1	she hid herself for five months	This expression means that Elizabeth did not leave her house during that time. She seems to state the reason for this in the next verse. She had felt disgraced because she was not able to have children. But if she stayed in her house for **five months**, the next time people saw her, her pregnancy would show, and it would be clear that she was able to have children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She did not leave her house for five months so that by the next time people saw her, it would be clear that she was going to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	25	w8yq	figs-exclamations	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	Thus the Lord has done for me	This is a positive exclamation. Elizabeth is very happy with what the Lord has done for her. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this by making it a separate sentence and indicating with the conventions of your language that it is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-LUK	1	25	z1xr	figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	Thus the Lord has done for me	It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the Lord has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	25	z1xr	figs-explicit	οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος	1	Thus the Lord has done for me	It is implicit that Elizabeth is referring to the fact that the Lord has allowed her to become pregnant. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What a marvelous thing the Lord has done for me by allowing me to become pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	25	pn2a	figs-idiom	ἐπεῖδεν	1	he looked upon me	Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	25	lx3p	figs-explicit	ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις	1	to take away my disgrace among people	By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	26	v9w2	figs-explicit	ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	in the sixth month	Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	26	l035	translate-ordinal	τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ	1	the sixth month	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-LUK	1	26	rl4c	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the angel Gabriel was sent from God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	26	rl4c	figs-activepassive	ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the angel Gabriel was sent from God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	26	l036	translate-names	Γαλιλαίας	1	Galilee	**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	26	l037	translate-names	Ναζαρὲτ	1	Nazareth	**Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	27	l038	writing-participants	ἀνδρὶ, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωσὴφ	1	a man whose name was Joseph	This introduces Joseph as a new character in the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ LUK	1	29	l042	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ	1	by his words	Luke is usin
 LUK	1	29	ytx7		διελογίζετο ποταπὸς εἴη ὁ ἀσπασμὸς οὗτος	1	she was considering what kind of greeting this might be	Alternate translation: “she wondered why an angel would greet her in this way”
 LUK	1	30	l043	grammar-connect-logic-result	μὴ φοβοῦ, Μαριάμ; εὗρες γὰρ χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	Do not be afraid, Mary, for you have found favor with God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness, Mary, so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	30	d3rx	figs-imperative	μὴ φοβοῦ	1	Do not be afraid	While the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is actually telling Mary something that he thinks will help and encourage her. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	1	30	a3eb	figs-activepassive	εὗρες…χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	you have found favor with God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	30	a3eb	figs-activepassive	εὗρες…χάριν παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	you have found favor with God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is showing you his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	31	l044	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰδοὺ	1	And behold	As in [1:20](../01/20.md), **behold** is a term that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	31	fi5q	figs-explicitinfo	συνλήμψῃ ἐν γαστρὶ, καὶ τέξῃ υἱόν	1	you will conceive in your womb and bear a son	The phrase **conceive in your womb** might seem to express unnecessary extra information, and so if you represent all of it in your language, that might not seem natural. However, the details are important here. The expression emphasizes that Jesus was a human son born of a human mother. So be sure to translate this expression in a way that conveys that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	1	31	l045	figs-declarative	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν	1	you will call his name Jesus	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), Gabriel is using a statement as a command in order to tell Mary what to do. Alternate translation: “you are to name him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ LUK	1	31	l046	figs-idiom	καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησ
 LUK	1	31	l047	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν	1	Jesus	This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	1	32	l048	figs-idiom	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	To **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” (This idiom occurs three times in this episode and in a few other places in the book, such as [1:76](../01/76.md), [2:23](../02/23.md), and [15:19](../15/19.md).) Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	32	hl55	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	Gabriel is not saying only that **Son of the Most High** is a title by which Jesus will be known. Instead, just as the previous verse described how Jesus was a human son born of a human mother, his statement here indicates that Jesus was also the divine Son of a divine Father. You may want to show this by employing capitalization or whatever other convention your language uses to indicate divinity. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-LUK	1	32	ip26	figs-activepassive	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	32	ip26	figs-activepassive	Υἱὸς Ὑψίστου κληθήσεται	1	He … will be called the Son of the Most High	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “He will be the Son of the Most High” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	32	z74z	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	This is an idiomatic way of referring to God, as the fuller expression “the Most High God” in [8:38](../08/38.md) shows. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the phrase that way in order to explain its meaning. Or, you could simply reproduce the phrase in the simpler form in which it occurs here in order to show your readers one of the ways in which the people of this time referred to God. Alternate translation: “the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	32	lwd9	figs-metonymy	δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	The **throne** figuratively represents a king’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as king as his ancestor David did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	32	l049	figs-metaphor	δώσει αὐτῷ…τὸν θρόνον Δαυεὶδ, τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	will give to him the throne of his father David	Here, the term **father** figuratively means “ancestor,” but since a line of kings is in view, it also indicates that Jesus will be a successor to David. Alternate translation: “will give him authority to rule as a successor to his ancestor David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -168,11 +168,11 @@ LUK	1	40	ee51	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς	1	entered into	The implic
 LUK	1	41	bx82	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. One method that is natural in some languages is to introduce this event without such a phrase. UST often models this approach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	41	v99g	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	in her womb	The pronoun **her** refers to Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “in Elizabeth’s womb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	1	41	ya5v	figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν	1	leaped	Luke says that Elizabeth’s baby **leaped**, but this was not literally possible. The expression refers figuratively to the baby making a sudden movement in response to the sound of Mary’s voice. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	41	l064	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	41	l064	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	41	l065	figs-metaphor	ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου ἡ Ἐλεισάβετ	1	Elizabeth was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks figuratively as if Elizabeth was a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit empowered Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	42	r4ka	figs-hendiadys	ἀνεφώνησεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ καὶ εἶπεν	1	she exclaimed in a loud voice and said	The expression **exclaimed … and said** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exclaimed** indicates that what was **said** was an exclamation. Alternate translation: “she said loudly and excitedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	1	42	f69c	figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	in a loud voice	This is an idiom that means Elizabeth raised the volume of her voice. Alternate translation: “loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	42	t5e8	figs-idiom	ἐν γυναιξίν	1	among women	The expression **among women** is an idiom that means “more than any other woman.” You could say that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	1	42	t5e8	figs-idiom	ἐν γυναιξίν	1	among women	The expression **among women** is an idiom that means “more than any other woman.” You could express that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	42	bnl2	figs-metaphor	ὁ καρπὸς τῆς κοιλίας σου	1	the fruit of your womb	Elizabeth speaks figuratively of Mary’s baby as if he were the fruit that a plant or tree produces. Alternate translation: “the baby you are carrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	43	k63f	figs-rquestion	καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Κυρίου μου πρὸς ἐμέ?	1	And whence is this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come to me?	Elizabeth is not asking for information. She is using a question form to show how surprised and happy she is that Mary has come to visit her. Alternate translation: “How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to visit me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	1	43	l066	figs-idiom	πόθεν μοι τοῦτο	1	whence is this to me	The expression **whence is this to me** means “where did this come from to me.” It is an idiom for describing something as wonderful and unexpected. Alternate translation (not followed by a comma): “how wonderful it is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ LUK	1	44	uq3j	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	For behold	The term **behold**
 LUK	1	44	h54t	figs-metaphor	ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου	1	as soon as the sound of your greeting was in my ears	Elizabeth is using the term **ears** to mean hearing, and hearing figuratively means recognition. Alternate translation: “as soon as I heard your voice and realized that it was you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	44	u9db	figs-metaphor	ἐσκίρτησεν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει	1	leaped for joy	As in [1:41](../01/41.md), **leaped** is a figurative way of referring to sudden movement. Alternate translation: “moved suddenly because he was so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	45	kf73	figs-123person	ἡ πιστεύσασα…τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	she who believed … the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	Elizabeth is speaking to Mary, and these phrases describe Mary, but Elizabeth nevertheless speaks of her in the third person. She does this perhaps as a sign of respect, since she has just identified Mary as “the mother of my Lord.” Alternate translation: “you who believed … the message that the Lord sent you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	1	45	gc1e	figs-activepassive	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	45	gc1e	figs-activepassive	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	45	g8rc	figs-explicit	ἔσται τελείωσις τοῖς λελαλημένοις αὐτῇ παρὰ Κυρίου	1	that there would be a fulfillment of the things that were spoken to her from the Lord	Here, instead of the word “by,” Elizabeth uses the word **from** because Mary actually heard the angel Gabriel speak (see [1:26](../01/26.md)), but the things he spoke ultimately came from the Lord. Alternate translation: “that the Lord would do everything he sent the angel to tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	46	vxj4	figs-synecdoche	μεγαλύνει ἡ ψυχή μου	1	My soul magnifies	The word **soul** refers to the inmost part of a person. Here, Mary uses it to refer to all of herself. Mary is saying that her worship comes from deep inside her. Alternate translation: “From the depths of my being, I praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	1	47	jp51	figs-synecdoche	ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου	1	and my spirit has rejoiced	The word **spirit** also refers to the inner part of a person. Alternate translation: “yes, with everything inside of me, I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -215,37 +215,37 @@ LUK	1	55	l072	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	to the age	This is an id
 LUK	1	56	l073	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event of Mary returning home happened after the event of Mary staying with Elizabeth for three months. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	1	56	nt87	writing-pronouns	ἔμεινεν…Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ ὡς μῆνας τρεῖς, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτῆς	1	Mary stayed with her about three months, and returned to her house	The first instance of the word **her** in this verse refers to Elizabeth, and the second instance refers to Mary. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Mary returned to her own home. She did not stay for three months, leave for a time, and then return to Elizabeth’s home. Alternate translation: “Mary stayed with Elizabeth for about three months, and then Mary went back to her own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	1	57	hfk3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-LUK	1	57	l074	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος	1	the time was fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	57	l074	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος	1	the time was fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	57	dd2i		τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	for her to deliver	Your language may require you to state the object of **deliver**. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
 LUK	1	58	j2xc	figs-metaphor	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	Luke speaks figuratively as if God had made his mercy bigger towards Elizabeth. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	58	l075	figs-explicit	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	58	l075	figs-explicit	ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς	1	had magnified his mercy to her	The implication is that God’s great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	59	f4ul	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	1	59	l076	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	This expression refers to **the eighth day** of the baby’s life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	1	59	gm1k	translate-ordinal	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ	1	on the eighth day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-LUK	1	59	ya7d	figs-explicit	ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον	1	they came to circumcise the child	In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	59	ya7d	figs-explicit	ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον	1	they came to circumcise the child	In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the baby’s circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	59	ip8w	figs-idiom	ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν	1	they were going to call him after the name of his father, Zechariah	As in [1:13](../01/13.md) and [1:31](../01/31.md), to **call** the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	60	l077	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν	1	answering his mother said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John’s mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	1	60	l078	figs-activepassive	κληθήσεται	1	he will be called	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “we are going to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	60	l078	figs-activepassive	κληθήσεται	1	he will be called	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “we are going to name him John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	61	t4e7	figs-explicit	οὐδείς ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, ὃς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	There is no one among your relatives who is called by this name	The expression **this name** means specifically the name John. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put the actual name in your translation. Alternate translation: “None of your relatives is named John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	61	l079	figs-activepassive	καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	is called by this name	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “has the name John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	61	l079	figs-activepassive	καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ	1	is called by this name	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “has the name John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	62	ium2	figs-explicit	ἐνένευον…τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	they made signs to his father	Zechariah may have been unable both to speak and to hear, but Gabriel only told him that he would be unable to speak, so it is more likely that the people simply assumed he could not hear because he was not speaking. If you think your readers might wonder why the people made signs to Zechariah, you could offer an explanation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah was not speaking, the people thought he could not hear either, so they made signs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	1	62	w3kq	figs-activepassive	τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό	1	as to what he wanted him to be called	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “to ask him what name he wanted to give the baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	62	w3kq	figs-activepassive	τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό	1	as to what he wanted him to be called	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “to ask him what name he wanted to give the baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	63	gn28	figs-explicit	αἰτήσας	1	asking for	It may be helpful to suggest how Zechariah was **asking**, since he could not speak. Alternate translation: “making signs with his hands to show that he wanted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	63	qu93	translate-unknown	πινακίδιον	1	a writing tablet	This was a wooden **tablet** covered with wax. A person would use a stylus (that is, something with a sharp point) to write in the wax. The wax could later be smoothed out and the tablet could be used again. If your readers might not recognize this object, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to write on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	1	64	sdg1	figs-parallelism	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	These two phrases mean the same thing. Luke uses them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “he became able to speak once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	1	64	l080	figs-metonymy	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	Each of these phrases figuratively describes the act of speaking by referring to something associated with speech coming into action, specifically, the mouth opening and the tongue moving about freely. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	1	64	mi2u	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	64	mi2u	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῴχθη…τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ…καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ	1	his mouth was opened and his tongue was freed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. You could also say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he became able to talk once again” or “God enabled him to speak once again” or, if you want to use the figurative language, “God opened his mouth and freed his tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	65	l081	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	1	65	qw1j	figs-personification	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	As in [1:12](../01/12.md), Luke here describes fear figuratively as if it were something that could actively come upon people. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	1	65	l082	figs-idiom	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος, τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	In this context, **fear** does not mean to be afraid, but to have respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	65	l083	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος	1	fear came on all those who lived around them	It may be helpful to state clearly why the people responded in this way. Alternate translation: “all those who lived around them were in awe of God because of what he had done in the lives of Zechariah and Elizabeth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	65	g7uh	figs-hyperbole	πάντας…τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς…ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ὀρεινῇ	1	all those who lived around them … throughout all the hill country	Here Luke uses the word **all** twice as an generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the people who lived around them … widely throughout that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	1	65	pz97	figs-activepassive	διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	all these matters were being talked about	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	65	pz97	figs-activepassive	διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα	1	all these matters were being talked about	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people talked about all these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	66	c7xf	figs-ellipsis	ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	all who heard stored in their hearts	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “all who heard these things stored them in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	1	66	l6lt	figs-metaphor	ἔθεντο…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν	1	stored in their hearts	Luke is speaking figuratively of **hearts** as places where thoughts and memories can be stored safely. His expression describes people thinking things over carefully in order to understand them and retain them. Alternate translation: “thought carefully about these matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	66	dgq4	figs-rquestion	τί ἄρα τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται?	1	What then will this child become?	The people who said this were likely not asking a question, expecting someone to tell them what the child would become. Rather, they were making a statement about what the events of the child’s birth had led them to believe about his destiny. So you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What a great man this child will become!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	1	66	xm9c	figs-metaphor	χεὶρ Κυρίου ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the hand of the Lord was with him	In this expression, the **hand** figuratively represents strength and power. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power was helping him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	67	lvd6	figs-activepassive	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	67	lvd6	figs-activepassive	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	67	l084	figs-metaphor	Ζαχαρίας…ἐπλήσθη Πνεύματος Ἁγίου	1	Zechariah was filled with the Holy Spirit	Luke speaks figuratively as if Zechariah were a container that the Holy Spirit filled. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	67	fs5y	writing-quotations	ἐπροφήτευσεν λέγων	1	prophesied, saying	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 LUK	1	68	l085	figs-personification	ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the God of Israel	Luke is referring figuratively to the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -262,12 +262,12 @@ LUK	1	71	d13g	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶ
 LUK	1	71	aye3	figs-doublet	ἐξ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς	1	from our enemies and from the hand of all those who hate us	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Zechariah may be using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies who hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	1	71	c6n9	figs-metonymy	χειρὸς	1	hand	The **hand** figuratively represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	72	w97a	figs-parallelism	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	to show mercy to our fathers and to remember his holy covenant	The two phrases in this verse say basically the same thing. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including the content of both phrases in your translation. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling the special agreement he made with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	1	72	l090	figs-explicit	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	to show mercy to our fathers and to remember his holy covenant	If the connection between these phrases might be confusing, you could say explicitly how God was showing mercy to the ancestors. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling for us the special agreement he made with them, because we are their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	1	72	l090	figs-explicit	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	to show mercy to our fathers and to remember his holy covenant	If the connection between these phrases might be confusing, you could state explicitly how God was showing mercy to the ancestors. Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors by fulfilling for us the special agreement he made with them, because we are their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	72	l091	figs-metaphor	ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν	1	to show mercy to our fathers	Here, the term **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to show kindness to our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	72	z5wj	figs-idiom	καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ	1	and to remember his holy covenant	In this context, the term **remember** figuratively describes God thinking about the Israelites and considering what action he can take on their behalf. It does not suggest that God had forgotten about them. Alternate translation: “by fulfilling the special agreement he made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	73	l092	figs-metaphor	Ἀβραὰμ, τὸν πατέρα ἡμῶν	1	Abraham, our father	Here, the term **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “our ancestor Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	1	73	sk92	figs-metaphor	τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν	1	to grant to us	Zechariah is using the term **grant**, meaning to “give,” in an idiomatic sense. Alternate translation: “to make it possible for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	1	74	f4e4	figs-activepassive	ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ῥυσθέντας	1	having been delivered out of the hand of our enemies	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “after he has rescued us from the power of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	74	f4e4	figs-activepassive	ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ῥυσθέντας	1	having been delivered out of the hand of our enemies	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “after he has rescued us from the power of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	74	gm55	figs-metonymy	ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν	1	out of the hand of our enemies	The **hand** figuratively represents the power that a person uses the hand to exercise. Alternate translation: “from the domination of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	1	74	v55j	figs-explicit	ἀφόβως	1	fearlessly	The implication is that if the Israelites were still under enemy domination, they would be afraid of what their enemies might do to them if they worshiped and obeyed the Lord. Alternate translation: “without being afraid of what our enemies might do to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	75	l5n2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	in holiness and righteousness	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **holiness** and **righteousness** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “doing what is holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ LUK	1	75	tn5i	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1	before him	This is an id
 LUK	1	75	l093	figs-idiom	πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἡμῶν	1	all our days	Here Zechariah uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “for our whole lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	76	f6r1	figs-explicit	καὶ σὺ δέ, παιδίον	1	And indeed, you, child	Zechariah uses this phrase to begin his direct address to his son. In your translation, you can indicate the change from Zechariah talking about God to Zechariah talking to John in the way that is most appropriate and natural in your language. It may be clearest to indicate this change explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Zechariah said to his son John, ‘And as for you, my child’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	1	76	l094	figs-idiom	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), to **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Review the note there if that would be helpful. Zechariah is not saying that John will simply have the reputation of being a prophet. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	1	76	h2vh	figs-activepassive	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	1	76	h2vh	figs-activepassive	προφήτης…κληθήσῃ	1	you … will be called a prophet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you … will be a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	1	76	bb3g	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	of the Most High	See how you translated the expression **the Most High** in [1:32](../01/32.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “of the Most High God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	76	de7t	figs-idiom	προπορεύσῃ…ἐνώπιον Κυρίου	1	you will go before the Lord	As in [1:17](../01/17.md), to **go before** is an idiom that indicates that before the Lord comes, John will announce to the people that the Lord is going to come to them. Alternate translation: “you will announce that the Lord is coming,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	1	76	l095	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσαι ὁδοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	to prepare his paths	Zechariah is using the imagery of **paths** figuratively to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message and believe it. Alternate translation: “to get the people ready for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -302,9 +302,9 @@ LUK	2	1	c887	writing-newevent	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις
 LUK	2	1	l103	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις	1	in those days	Here, Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “around that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	1	e9m5	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο	1	it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to show that this is the beginning of an account. If your language has a way of showing the start of an account, you may use that in your translation. If not, you may choose not to represent this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	2	1	gda6	figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν δόγμα παρὰ	1	a decree went out from	The **decree** did not go out by itself, even though Luke speaks figuratively as if it did. Messengers likely proclaimed the emperor’s command throughout the empire. Alternate translation: “sent out messengers with a decree ordering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LUK	2	1	jtz3	writing-participants	Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου	1	Caesar Augustus	**Caesar** was the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Augustus, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	2	1	jtz3	writing-participants	Καίσαρος Αὐγούστου	1	Caesar Augustus	**Caesar** was the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Augustus, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	2	1	l104	translate-names	Αὐγούστου	1	Augustus	**Augustus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	2	1	tk59	figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	for all the world to register	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was for tax purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that all the people living in the Roman Empire had to list their names on the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	1	tk59	figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	for all the world to register	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was for tax purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that all the people living in the Roman Empire had to list their names on the tax rolls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	1	m39d	figs-metonymy	τὴν οἰκουμένην	1	the world	The term **world** refers specifically to the part of the world that Caesar Augustus ruled. It is actually describing the people living in that part of the world figuratively by association to where they lived. Alternate translation: “the people living in the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	2	q9zw	translate-names	Κυρηνίου	1	Quirinius	**Quirinius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	2	2	l105	translate-names	Συρίας	1	Syria	**Syria** is the name of one of the provinces of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -314,27 +314,27 @@ LUK	2	3	d64g	figs-explicit	ἀπογράφεσθαι	1	to register himself	Alter
 LUK	2	4	l106	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	And	This word introduces the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	2	4	l107	figs-idiom	ἀνέβη	1	went up	Luke says **went up** because Joseph had to go up into the mountains to travel from Nazareth to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	4	kz78	figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν Δαυεὶδ, ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem	Bethlehem was known as **the city of David** because King David had come from there. Luke includes this detail because it indicates why Bethlehem was important, even though it was a small town. Not only had the line of David’s dynasty originated there, the prophet Micah had said that the future Messiah would be born there. Alternate translation: “to the town known as Bethlehem, where King David had come from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	4	l108	figs-activepassive	ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	which is called Bethlehem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name is Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	4	l108	figs-activepassive	ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ	1	which is called Bethlehem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name is Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	4	l109	figs-hendiadys	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ	1	he was of the house and family line of David	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two terms, **house** and **family line**, connected with **and.** The term **family line** indicates the significance of Joseph being a descendant of David. It means that any son of his, natural or adopted, would be an eligible successor to King David as the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of these two terms with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	2	4	s7a7	figs-metaphor	εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου καὶ πατριᾶς Δαυείδ	1	he was of the house and family line of David	As in [1:27](../01/27.md), the word **house** figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. Alternate translation: “he was descended from the royal line of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	5	ktz2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπογράψασθαι σὺν Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	He registered himself with Mary, who was engaged to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Mary was engaged to Joseph, she had to travel with him so that he could list their names together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	2	5	ne7a	figs-explicit	Μαριὰμ, τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	Mary, who was engaged to him	In this culture, an engaged couple was considered legally married, although there would not have been physical intimacy between them until after the wedding. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that. Alternate translation: “Mary, who was engaged to him and who was therefore considered his legal wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	5	l110	figs-activepassive	τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	who was engaged to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who had promised to marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	5	l110	figs-activepassive	τῇ ἐμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ	1	who was engaged to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who had promised to marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	6	qw6j	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	This phrase marks the beginning of the next event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses to introduce an event, you can use it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	2	6	w4is	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ	1	while they were there	The word **they** refers to Joseph and Mary being in Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	6	zr62	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	the days were fulfilled for her to deliver	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came for Mary to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	6	w4is	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ	1	while they were there	The word **they** refers to Joseph and Mary being in Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while Mary and Joseph were in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	6	zr62	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	the days were fulfilled for her to deliver	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the time came for Mary to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	6	l111	figs-idiom	ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι	1	the days were fulfilled	Here Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “the time came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	6	l112		τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν	1	for her to deliver	Your language may require you to state the object of **deliver**. Alternate translation: “for her to deliver her baby” or “for her to have her baby”
 LUK	2	7	l113	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	she wrapped him in strips of cloth and laid him in a manger, because there was no room for them in the inn	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could put the second phrase before the first one, since it gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because there was no guest room available for them, she wrapped cloths tightly around him and put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	2	7	qq48	figs-explicit	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν	1	wrapped him in strips of cloth	In some cultures, mothers help their babies feel secure by wrapping them tightly in cloth or in a blanket. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly Alternate translation: “wrapped cloths tightly around him to make him feel secure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	7	qq48	figs-explicit	ἐσπαργάνωσεν αὐτὸν	1	wrapped him in strips of cloth	In some cultures, mothers help their babies feel secure by wrapping them tightly in cloth or in a blanket. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly Alternate translation: “wrapped cloths tightly around him to make him feel secure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	7	s97r	translate-unknown	ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν φάτνῃ	1	laid him in a manger	A **manger** was a box or frame in which people put hay or other food for animals to eat. It was most likely clean, and it may have had something soft and dry like hay in it that would have provided a cushion for the baby. In this culture, animals were often kept near a home to keep them safe and so that their owners could feed them easily. Mary and Joseph stayed in a space that was ordinarily used for animals for those reasons. Alternate translation: “put him in a box that held hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	2	7	yj6j	figs-explicit	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	there was no room for them in the inn	There was probably **no room** because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	7	yj6j	figs-explicit	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	there was no room for them in the inn	There was probably **no room** because so many people had come to Bethlehem to register. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	7	l114	translate-unknown	διότι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι	1	because there was no room for them in the inn	**The inn** could mean a place of lodging where travelers stayed overnight. However, Luke uses the same term in [22:11](../22/11.md) to refer to a room in a house. So it could also mean “guest room.” Alternate translation: “there was no other place available for them to stay, because so many people had come there to register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	2	8	l115	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses **and** to introduce background information about some new characters. You can translate it with the word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	2	8	l116	writing-participants	ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ	1	there were shepherds in that area	This phrase introduces new characters into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “there were some shepherds living in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	2	9	x1y4		ἄγγελος Κυρίου	1	an angel of the Lord	Alternate translation: “a heavenly messenger sent from the Lord”
 LUK	2	9	u2di		ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς	1	stood before them	Alternate translation: “came to the shepherds”
-LUK	2	9	ca2k	figs-explicit	δόξα Κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς	1	the glory of the Lord shone around them	The implication is that a bright light appeared at the same time as the angel, expressing the magnificent presence of God that was accompanying his messenger. The **glory** of God is associated with light in the Bible, for example, “Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you,” [Isaiah 60:1](../isa/60/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light shone all around them, showing the glorious presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	9	ca2k	figs-explicit	δόξα Κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς	1	the glory of the Lord shone around them	The implication is that a bright light appeared at the same time as the angel, expressing the magnificent presence of God that was accompanying his messenger. The **glory** of God is associated with light in the Bible, for example, “Arise, shine; for your light has come, and the glory of Yahweh has risen on you,” [Isaiah 60:1](../isa/60/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a bright light shone all around them, showing the glorious presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	9	l117	figs-idiom	ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν	1	they feared a great fear	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were extremely afraid” or “they were terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	10	hnr7	figs-imperative	μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	Do not be afraid	As in [1:13](../01/13.md), while the angel speaks these words in the form of a command, he is really telling the shepherds something to help and encourage them. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	2	10	l118	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ γὰρ	1	for behold	The term **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Now listen to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ LUK	2	11	l119	figs-infostructure	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτ
 LUK	2	11	z1us	figs-activepassive	ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον	1	today has been born for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	11	z9m2	figs-explicit	ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ	1	in the city of David	This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	11	l120	figs-explicit	ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος	1	who is Christ the Lord	**Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	12	yj15	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	this will be the sign to you	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	12	yj15	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	this will be the sign to you	The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	snr9	figs-explicit	ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον	1	the sign to you	This could be: (1) a sign that would help the shepherds recognize the baby. Alternate translation: “this sign to help you find the newborn Messiah” (2) a sign to prove that what the angel was saying was true. Alternate translation: “the sign to prove that what I am telling you is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	xx57	figs-explicit	ἐσπαργανωμένον	1	wrapped in strips of cloth	See how you translated this expression in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “with cloths wrapped tightly around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	12	bua3	translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν φάτνῃ	1	lying in a manger	See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -357,48 +357,48 @@ LUK	2	15	au2m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Lu
 LUK	2	15	s4js	figs-exclusive	διέλθωμεν…ἴδωμεν…ἡμῖν	1	Let us … go … let us see … to us	The shepherds are speaking to one another, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us**, use the inclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	2	16	l122	figs-hendiadys	ἦλθον σπεύσαντες	1	they went hastening	The two verbs **went** and **hastening** express a single idea. The word **hastening** tells how they **went**. Alternate translation: “they went quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	2	16	rdi2	translate-unknown	κείμενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ	1	lying in the manger	See how you translated the term **manger** in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “lying in a box that holds hay for animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	2	17	n2qz	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς	1	the message that had been told to them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	2	18	vh9d	figs-activepassive	τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς	1	the things that were spoken to them by the shepherds	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the shepherds told them” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	17	n2qz	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς	1	the message that had been told to them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the angels had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	18	vh9d	figs-activepassive	τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὸς αὐτούς	1	the things that were spoken to them by the shepherds	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what the shepherds told them” Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	19	reb7	figs-metaphor	συμβάλλουσα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	pondering them in her heart	In this expression, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “reflecting on what they meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	2	20	nqv7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες	1	the shepherds returned	This means that they returned to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	20	nqv7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ ποιμένες	1	the shepherds returned	This means that they returned to their flock. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherds went back to take care of their sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	20	c9x5	figs-doublet	δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν	1	glorifying and praising God	The terms **glorifying** and **praising** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “excitedly praising God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	2	20	l123	figs-activepassive	καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς	1	just as it had been spoken to them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “just as the angel had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	20	l123	figs-activepassive	καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς	1	just as it had been spoken to them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “just as the angel had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	21	b2k2	figs-explicit	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν	1	when eight days had been fulfilled to circumcise him	The law that God gave to Jewish believers told them to circumcise a baby boy on the eighth day of his life. As in [1:59](../01/59.md), the day on which the baby was born was considered to be the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old, and according to the Jewish law it was time to circumcise him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	21	ud24	writing-newevent	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ	1	when eight days had been fulfilled	This time reference also introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	2	21	l124	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ	1	when eight days had been fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	2	21	u6sw	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	his name was called Jesus	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	21	l124	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ	1	when eight days had been fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “after eight days had gone by” or “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	21	u6sw	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	his name was called Jesus	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	21	l125	figs-idiom	ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς	1	his name was called Jesus	As in 1:13, to “call a name” is an idiom that means to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “his parents Joseph and Mary named him Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	2	21	km8b	figs-activepassive	τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	which he had been called by the angel	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which was the name that the angel had told Mary to give him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	21	km8b	figs-activepassive	τὸ κληθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	which he had been called by the angel	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which was the name that the angel had told Mary to give him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	21	l126	figs-explicitinfo	πρὸ τοῦ συνλημφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ	1	before he was conceived in the womb	In your language, it might seem that the phrase **conceived in the womb** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he was conceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
-LUK	2	22	q9yb	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως	1	when the days of their purification had been fulfilled, according to the law of Moses	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	2	22	b65l	figs-explicit	αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν	1	the days of their purification	The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	22	q9yb	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως	1	when the days of their purification had been fulfilled, according to the law of Moses	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had waited the number of days that the law of Moses required for their purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	22	b65l	figs-explicit	αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ αὐτῶν	1	the days of their purification	The law of Moses said that a woman would become ceremonially clean again 33 days after her newborn son had been circumcised. After that, she could enter the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “33 more days, the time that the law of Moses required for Mary to become ceremonially clean again after childbirth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	22	l127	translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1	Moses	**Moses** is the name of a man, the great law-giver of Israel. It occurs several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	2	22	l128	figs-idiom	ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	they brought him up to Jerusalem	Luke says that they brought him **up** to Jerusalem, even though Bethlehem is actually at a higher elevation, because that was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “they took him to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	22	lr25	figs-explicit	παραστῆσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ	1	to present him to the Lord	Luke will explain more in the next two verses about why Mary and Joseph did this, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the purpose more explicit here. Alternate translation: “so that they could bring him into the temple and perform the required ceremony acknowledging God’s claim on firstborn children who were male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	23	vlb3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	just as it is written in the law of the Lord	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	2	23	l129	figs-activepassive	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	Every male who opens the womb will be called holy to the Lord	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “You are to set apart for the Lord every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	23	vlb3	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	just as it is written in the law of the Lord	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the law of the Lord commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	23	l129	figs-activepassive	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν, ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	Every male who opens the womb will be called holy to the Lord	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “You are to set apart for the Lord every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	23	lnn1	figs-idiom	πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν	1	Every male who opens the womb	To **open the womb** is an idiom that refers to being the first baby to come out of the womb. This commandment applied to both people and animals, but here a baby boy is specifically in view. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn offspring who is a male” or “Every firstborn child who is a boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	23	l130	figs-idiom	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	will be called holy to the Lord	As in [1:32](../01/32.md), **be called** is an idiom that means “to be.” Alternate translation: “will be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	23	l131	figs-declarative	ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ κληθήσεται	1	will be called holy to the Lord	Here, the law of Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “is to be set apart for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-LUK	2	24	ni3s	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	what is said in the law of the Lord	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	24	ni3s	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου	1	what is said in the law of the Lord	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what the law of the Lord says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	25	l132	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	25	ytp9	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ, ᾧ ὄνομα Συμεών	1	there was a man in Jerusalem whose name was Simeon	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	2	25	l133	translate-names	Συμεών	1	Simeon	**Simeon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	2	25	n263	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής	1	this man was righteous and devout	The terms **righteous** and **devout** mean similar things. Luke uses the two terms together to emphasize what a godly man Simeon was. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “he was a godly man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	2	25	l134	figs-idiom	προσδεχόμενος	1	waiting for	This is an idiomatic usage of the term **waiting**. It does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. Alternate translation: “eagerly anticipating” or “looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	25	l135	figs-metonymy	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the consolation of Israel	This phrase refers by association to the one who would bring **consolation**, meaning “comfort,” to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “the one who would come and comfort the people of Israel” or “the one who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	2	25	l136	figs-explicit	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the consolation of Israel	Luke assumes that readers will know that this is a reference to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	25	l136	figs-explicit	παράκλησιν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	the consolation of Israel	Luke assumes that readers will know that this is a reference to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who would come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	25	m5au	figs-personification	τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1	of Israel	Luke is referring to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	2	25	xxw9	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα ἦν Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The Holy Spirit was upon him	The word **upon** creates a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God was with Simeon in a special way. The Spirit gave him knowledge and direction for his life, as the next two verses show. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit guided him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	26	l137	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	2	26	psf8	figs-activepassive	ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	it had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had shown him” or “the Holy Spirit had told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	26	psf8	figs-activepassive	ἦν αὐτῷ κεχρηματισμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	it had been revealed to him by the Holy Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit had shown him” or “the Holy Spirit had told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	26	l138	figs-idiom	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	he would not see death before	To **see death** is an idiom that means “to die.” Alternate translation: “that he would not die before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	26	e6vu	figs-litotes	μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον πρὶν	1	he would not see death before	Here, Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “he would live until” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	2	27	k53l	figs-idiom	ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	he came in the Spirit	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he came as the Holy Spirit directed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	27	uqr6	figs-go	ἦλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	he came … into the temple	Your language may say “went” in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “he went … into the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 LUK	2	27	y8la	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερόν	1	into the temple	Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	2	27	wt3r	writing-participants	τοὺς γονεῖς	1	the parents	This means the parents of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use their names here. Alternate translation: “Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	2	27	h444	figs-explicit	τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him	The phrase **to do according to the custom of the law** refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in [2:22-25](../02/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	27	h444	figs-explicit	τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ εἰθισμένον τοῦ νόμου περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	for them to do according to the custom of the law concerning him	The phrase **to do according to the custom of the law** refers to the ceremony of dedication that Luke described in [2:22-25](../02/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to perform the ceremony of dedication that the law of God required” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	28	l139	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	and	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event took place after the event he has just described. That is, Simeon took Jesus in his arms after his parents brought him into the temple for the dedication ceremony. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	2	28	y5g6	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας	1	he took him into his arms	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could specify by name the people to whom these pronouns refer. Alternate translation: “Simeon picked up the baby Jesus and held him in his arms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	2	29	l140	figs-declarative	νῦν ἀπολύεις τὸν δοῦλόν σου…ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1	You are now dismissing your servant in peace	Simeon is actually using this statement to make a request. Alternate translation: “Now please let me die in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@@ -408,23 +408,23 @@ LUK	2	29	l141	figs-youformal	σου…σου	1	your … your	Here, the word **yo
 LUK	2	29	e8fk	figs-metonymy	κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου	1	according to your word	Simeon is referring to the promise that God made that he would live to see the Messiah. Simeon describes that promise by association with the **word** or saying by which God made it. Alternate translation: “as you promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	30	b7i6	figs-synecdoche	εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου	1	my eyes have seen	Simeon uses one part of himself, his **eyes**, to represent all of himself figuratively in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “I have personally seen” or “I, myself, have seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	2	30	ekw3	figs-metonymy	τὸ σωτήριόν σου	1	your salvation	This expression refers by association to the person who would bring **salvation**, that is, the infant Jesus, whom Simeon was holding. Alternate translation: “the Savior whom you have sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	2	31	zv1j	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἡτοίμασας	1	which you have prepared	If you said “Savior” in the previous phrase at the end of [2:30](../02/30.md), then here you will want to say something like “whom you have prepared” or “the one you have sent.” If you said **salvation** in the previous phrase, then here you could say something like “which you have brought about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	2	31	zv1j	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἡτοίμασας	1	which you have prepared	If you said “Savior” in the previous phrase at the end of [2:30](../02/30.md), then here you will want to say something like “whom you have prepared” or “the one you have sent.” If you said **salvation** in the previous phrase, then here you could state something like “which you have brought about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	2	31	l142	figs-metaphor	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	before the face of all the peoples	The term **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Simeon is saying that God has sent the Savior or brought about salvation right where everyone is present. Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	31	l143	figs-explicit	κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν	1	before the face of all the peoples	The implication of God sending the Savior or bringing about salvation into the presence of everyone is that this has been done for their benefit. Alternate translation: “for the benefit of all peoples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	32	n4k3	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel	This expression means that the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Simeon compares Jesus’ role to that of a physical **light** that enables people to see solid objects. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand, just as light allows people to see things clearly and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	32	s5lu	figs-explicit	φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν λαοῦ σου, Ἰσραήλ	1	A light for revelation to the Gentiles and glory to your people Israel	It may be helpful to state explicitly what the child will help the Gentiles to understand. Alternate translation: “This child will enable the Gentiles to understand what you expect of them and he will bring honor to the people of Israel, who belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	33	l144	translate-textvariants	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ	1	his father and mother	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation or a different reading, “Joseph and his mother.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK	2	33	pp9f	figs-activepassive	τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	what was said about him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Simeon said about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	33	pp9f	figs-activepassive	τοῖς λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	what was said about him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Simeon said about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	34	xly1		εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ	1	said to Mary, his mother	In your translation, make sure that this does not sound as if Mary is the mother of Simeon. Alternate translation: “said to Mary, the child’s mother”
 LUK	2	34	p2cy	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Simeon uses this expression to tell Mary that what he is about to say is extremely important to her. Alternate translation: “Now this is important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	34	rs67	figs-metonymy	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	this one is appointed for the downfall and rising up of many in Israel	The word **downfall** represents people turning away from God by association with the way they will be ruined as a result. The expression **rising up** represents people drawing closer to God, by association with they way they will prosper as a result. Alternate translation: “God will use this child to challenge many people of the people of Israel to decide definitively for or against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	2	34	l145	figs-activepassive	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς	1	this one is appointed for	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God intends to use this child to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	34	l145	figs-activepassive	οὗτος κεῖται εἰς	1	this one is appointed for	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God intends to use this child to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	34	abc4	figs-personification	πολλῶν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	many in Israel	Simeon refers to to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “many of the people of Israel” or “many in the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LUK	2	34	l146	figs-explicit	σημεῖον	1	a sign	The implication is that the life and ministry of Jesus will be an indication that God is at work to fulfill his purposes through the people of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “an indication of God’s activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	34	l147	figs-activepassive	ἀντιλεγόμενον	1	that is spoken against	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that many people will speak against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	34	l146	figs-explicit	σημεῖον	1	a sign	The implication is that the life and ministry of Jesus will be an indication that God is at work to fulfill his purposes through the people of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “an indication of God’s activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	34	l147	figs-activepassive	ἀντιλεγόμενον	1	that is spoken against	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “that many people will speak against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	34	l148	figs-metonymy	ἀντιλεγόμενον	1	that is spoken against	Simeon figuratively describes the opposition that Jesus will face by association with one expression of it, people speaking against him and his ministry. But this represents a wider range of hostile activities. Alternate translation: “that many people will oppose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	35	l149	figs-metaphor	καὶ σοῦ δὲ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία	1	and a sword will also pierce your own soul	Simeon speaks figuratively of the bitter grief pangs that Mary will experience as if they were a **sword** stabbing all the way into her inner being. Alternate translation: “and you will experience deep pangs of grief yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	2	35	hak5	figs-activepassive	ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί	1	so that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	35	hak5	figs-activepassive	ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί	1	so that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	35	l150	figs-metaphor	ἂν ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί	1	so that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed	In this expression, **hearts** figuratively represent people’s inner thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “so that many people will reveal what they secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	36	kd1y	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν Ἅννα προφῆτις	1	And Anna was there, a prophetess	Luke is introducing a new participant into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman named Anna there in the temple. She was a prophetess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	2	36	l151	translate-names	Ἅννα	1	Anna	**Anna** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ LUK	2	37	l154	figs-litotes	ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1
 LUK	2	37	f2lt	figs-hyperbole	ἣ οὐκ ἀφίστατο τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	who never left the temple	This is a generalization that means that Anna spent so much time in the temple that it seemed as though she never left it. Alternate translation: “who was always in the temple” or “who was continually in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	2	37	a1cg	figs-idiom	νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν λατρεύουσα	1	serving with fastings and prayers	The term **serving** is an idiom that means “worshiping.” Alternate translation: “worshiping God by going without food and praying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	37	l155	figs-merism	νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν	1	night and day	Luke is using the two parts of a day figuratively to mean the entire day, that is, all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-LUK	2	38	c9e4		ἐπιστᾶσα	1	coming up	The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
+LUK	2	38	c9e4		ἐπιστᾶσα	1	coming up	The implication is that Anna came up to Mary and Joseph. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she approached them” or “she went over to Mary and Joseph”
 LUK	2	38	l156	figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ, ὥρᾳ	1	at that very hour	Here, Luke uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	38	l157	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσιν τοῖς	1	to all those	The term **all** is a generalization that means many. Alternate translation: “to many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	2	38	l158	figs-idiom	τοῖς προσδεχομένοις	1	who were waiting	See how you translated this in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “who were eagerly anticipating” or “who were looking forward to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -445,8 +445,8 @@ LUK	2	38	q1ak	figs-metonymy	λύτρωσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	the redempt
 LUK	2	38	l159	figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem	Luke is referring to all of the people of Israel figuratively by the name of their capital city, **Jerusalem.** Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	39	pk9z		πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον Κυρίου	1	everything that was according to the law of the Lord	Alternate translation: “everything that the law of the Lord required them to do”
 LUK	2	39	g5vg	figs-explicit	εἰς πόλιν ἑαυτῶν Ναζαρέτ	1	to their own town of Nazareth	This expression means that they lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the town of Nazareth, where they lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	40	l160	figs-activepassive	ἐκραταιοῦτο	1	was strengthened	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	2	40	qm1q	figs-activepassive	πληρούμενον σοφίᾳ	1	being filled with wisdom	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “learning what was wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	40	l160	figs-activepassive	ἐκραταιοῦτο	1	was strengthened	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	40	qm1q	figs-activepassive	πληρούμενον σοφίᾳ	1	being filled with wisdom	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “learning what was wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	40	xr2p	figs-metaphor	χάρις Θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1	the grace of God was upon him	As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “God blessed him in special ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	41	h6fr	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	2	41	q3f4	writing-pronouns	οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ	1	his parents	Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -454,16 +454,16 @@ LUK	2	42	l161	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to
 LUK	2	42	f7e7	figs-idiom	ἀναβαινόντων αὐτῶν	1	they went up	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **up** to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “they traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	2	42	d52y		κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	according to the custom of the feast	Alternate translation: “when it was time for the feast”
 LUK	2	42	g8aa	figs-explicit	τῆς ἑορτῆς	1	the feast	Implicitly this means the Feast of Passover. It was called a **feast** because it involved eating a ceremonial meal. Alternate translation: “of the Feast of Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	2	43	e5en	figs-activepassive	τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας	1	when the days were completed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had celebrated the feast for the required number of days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	43	e5en	figs-activepassive	τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας	1	when the days were completed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “after they had celebrated the feast for the required number of days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	44	y77i		νομίσαντες δὲ	1	But thinking	Alternate translation: “But since they thought”
 LUK	2	44	jcz4		ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδὸν	1	they went a day’s journey	Alternate translation: “they traveled as far as people walk in one day”
 LUK	2	44	l162	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	and they sought him	The word translated **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-LUK	2	44	l163	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	and they sought him	The implication is that Jesus’ parents looked for him among their friends and relatives once the whole group that was traveling together had stopped for the night. That way they could easily go around among everyone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and once the group had stopped for the night, then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	44	l163	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀνεζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	and they sought him	The implication is that Jesus’ parents looked for him among their friends and relatives once the whole group that was traveling together had stopped for the night. That way they could easily go around among everyone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and once the group had stopped for the night, then they looked for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	46	llz4	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	2	46	yy11	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Since only priests could enter the **temple** building, this implicitly means the **temple** courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	2	46	n1tl		ἐν μέσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων	1	in the midst of the teachers	Alternate translation: “among the teachers” or “surrounded by the teachers”
 LUK	2	46	fzz6		τῶν διδασκάλων	1	the teachers	Alternate translation: “the religious teachers” or “the experts in the Jewish law” or “those who taught people about God”
-LUK	2	47	y1i2	figs-explicit	ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ	1	all those who heard him marveled	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why they marveled. Alternate translation: “all those who heard him, unable to understand how a twelve-year-old boy with no formal religious education could answer so well, were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	2	47	y1i2	figs-explicit	ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες αὐτοῦ	1	all those who heard him marveled	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why they marveled. Alternate translation: “all those who heard him, unable to understand how a twelve-year-old boy with no formal religious education could answer so well, were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	2	47	pgu4	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ	1	at his understanding and his answers	Luke may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **understanding** may tell what characterized Jesus’ **answers**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at his wise answers” or “at the understanding with which he answered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	2	48	llk9	writing-pronouns	καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν	1	And when they saw him	Alternate translation: “When Mary and Joseph found Jesus there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	2	48	f1ry	figs-rquestion	τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως?	1	why have you treated us thus?	Mary is using the question form to rebuke Jesus indirectly for not going back home with them, causing them to worry about him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have done this to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -476,14 +476,14 @@ LUK	2	49	p6aj		ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου	1	in the things of my
 LUK	2	49	n76z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	At age 12, Jesus, the Son of God, understood that God was his real Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	2	50	l166	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς	1	the word that he spoke to them	The term **word** refers figuratively to what Jesus told his parents by using words. Alternate translation: “the answer that he gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	2	51	h2i9	figs-idiom	καὶ κατέβη μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	he went down with them	Jerusalem was on top of a mountain, so Israelites customarily spoke of going **down** when they traveled from Jerusalem to some other place. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back home with Mary and Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	2	51	zl2q	figs-activepassive	ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς	1	he was subjected to them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he obeyed them” or “he was obedient to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	2	51	zl2q	figs-activepassive	ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος αὐτοῖς	1	he was subjected to them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he obeyed them” or “he was obedient to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	2	51	ceu3	figs-metaphor	διετήρει πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς	1	kept all these things in her heart	As in [2:19](../02/19.md), the **heart** here figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “carefully remembered all these things” or “reflected carefully on what all these things meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	2	52	gb25	figs-abstractnouns	Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σοφίᾳ, καὶ ἡλικίᾳ	1	Jesus was increasing in wisdom and stature	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **wisdom** and **stature** with adjectives. These two terms refer to mental and physical growth. Alternate translation: “Jesus steadily became wiser and stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	2	52	y5qk	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις	1	in favor with God and people	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **favor**, you could express the idea behind it with verbs. The phrase **in favor with God and people** refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	3	intro	tkg5			0		# Luke 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1-22)<br>2. The list of Jesus’ ancestors (3:23-38)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4-6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br><br>John’s instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12-15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and Luke [3:12-15](./12.md))<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the king’s authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4-6 from Isaiah 40:3-5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4-6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Herod locked up John in prison”<br><br>This statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herod’s imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
-LUK	3	1	l167	writing-newevent	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar	This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+LUK	3	1	l167	writing-newevent	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar	This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	3	1	l168	translate-ordinal	ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ	1	in the fifteenth year	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-LUK	3	1	l169	writing-participants	Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	Tiberius Caesar	As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	3	1	l169	writing-participants	Τιβερίου Καίσαρος	1	Tiberius Caesar	As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	3	1	l170	translate-names	Τιβερίου	1	Tiberius	**Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	1	v22w	translate-names	Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου	1	Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias	These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	1	uv8h	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τῆς Γαλιλαίας…τῆς Ἰτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνίτιδος…τῆς Ἀβειληνῆς	1	Judea … Galilee … Ituraea and Trachonitis … Abilene	These are names of territories. Like **Galilee**, the name **Judea** occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ LUK	3	2	l172	figs-metonymy	ἐγένετο ῥῆμα Θεοῦ	1	the word of Go
 LUK	3	3	l173	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	3	3	l174	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	the Jordan	**Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	3	w2pu	figs-abstractnouns	κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν	1	preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **baptism**, **repentance**, and **forgiveness** with other phrases. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should let him immerse them in the river to show that they wanted to live a new life and that they wanted God to forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	3	4	zf6m	figs-activepassive	ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	4	zf6m	figs-activepassive	ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	As it is written in the book of the words of Isaiah the prophet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “As the book says that records the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	4	l175	figs-metonymy	λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	the words of Isaiah the prophet	Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to the sayings that Isaiah used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	3	4	b86g	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	A voice of one calling out in the wilderness	From this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md), Luke quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 LUK	3	4	l176	figs-metonymy	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	A voice of one calling out in the wilderness	The term **voice** refers figuratively to what this person is saying by association with the means they are using to say it. Alternate translation: “Someone is calling out in the wilderness and saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -502,17 +502,17 @@ LUK	3	4	l177	figs-quotesinquotes	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρ
 LUK	3	4	rzv1	figs-parallelism	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ	1	Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight	These two phrases mean similar things. They are both telling people to make a good road for the Lord to travel on. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be helpful to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with another phrase that would show the relationship between them. Alternate translation: “Prepare a good road for the Lord to travel on, and do this by making sure that it follows a straight path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	3	4	h9xl	figs-metaphor	ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make ready the way of the Lord	This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by giving up their sins. Alternate translation: “Give up your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	5	wk8m	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	Every valley will be filled, and every mountain and hill will be made low	This is a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road that began in the previous verse. When people prepare the road for an important person who is coming, they make sure that the road is level by taking material from high places and using it to fill in low places. However, this is also a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. It is a statement similar to the one Mary makes in [1:52](../01/52.md), “He has thrown down rulers from their thrones and he has raised up the lowly.” Metaphors in Scripture can have more than one reference like this. So we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meanings of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	3	5	e52x	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται	1	Every valley will be filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Since people would be doing this action in one sense of the metaphor, but God would be doing the action in another sense of the metaphor, it might be best not to be specific about who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Someone will fill in every valley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	3	5	s66m	figs-activepassive	καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	and every mountain and hill will be made low	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, following the same principle as for the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and someone will make every mountain and hill low” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	5	e52x	figs-activepassive	πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται	1	Every valley will be filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Since people would be doing this action in one sense of the metaphor, but God would be doing the action in another sense of the metaphor, it might be best not to be specific about who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Someone will fill in every valley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	5	s66m	figs-activepassive	καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται	1	and every mountain and hill will be made low	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, following the same principle as for the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and someone will make every mountain and hill low” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	5	l178	figs-metaphor	ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείαν, καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας	1	the crooked roads will become straight, and the rough roads will become smooth	This too is both a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road and a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. Something that is **crooked** becoming **straight** and something that is **rough** becoming **smooth** can be seen as metaphors for repentance and a change in a person’s way of life. And so we recommend once again that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	6	l179	figs-metonymy	πᾶσα σὰρξ	1	all flesh	Luke is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the flesh they are made of. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	3	6	l180	figs-metaphor	ὄψεται	1	will see	The term **see** is a figurative way of referring to recognition and understanding. Alternate translation: “will recognize” or “will understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	6	du1b	figs-abstractnouns	ὄψεται…τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	will see the salvation of God	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “will understand how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	3	6	l181	figs-quotesinquotes	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the salvation of God	After this phrase, Isaiah ends his quotation from the person who is calling out in the wilderness. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark these words as a second-level quotation, indicate the end of that quotation here with whatever convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	3	6	l182	figs-quotemarks	τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the salvation of God	After this phrase, Luke also ends his quotation from the book of Isaiah. If you decided in [3:4](../03/04.md) to mark this as a first-level quotation, indicate that ending here with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a first-level quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-LUK	3	7	sxn9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	7	sxn9	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be baptized by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for him to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	7	b724	figs-idiom	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of vipers	The expression **offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. John is using dangerous poisonous snakes to represent evil. Alternate translation: “You evil people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	3	7	l183	translate-unknown	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of vipers	If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could say something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	3	7	l183	translate-unknown	γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν	1	Offspring of vipers	If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “You are evil, like poisonous snakes” or “You are evil, like poisonous animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	3	7	mcq5	figs-rquestion	τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?	1	Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath?	John is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect the people in the crowds to tell him who warned them. Instead, he is using the question form to challenge the people to think about what they believe baptism will do for them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You cannot escape from God’s wrath just by being baptized!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	3	7	g7tw	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς	1	from the coming wrath	John is using the word **wrath** to refer figuratively to God’s punishment. This is by association with the way that punishment is an expression of God’s **wrath** or displeasure over sin. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that God is sending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	3	8	pz16	figs-metaphor	ποιήσατε…καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας	1	produce fruits worthy of repentance	John is figuratively comparing a person’s behavior to fruit. Just as a plant is expected to produce fruit that is appropriate for that kind of plant, a person who says that he has repented is expected to live righteously. Alternate translation: “do the good things that will show that you have stopped sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -525,28 +525,28 @@ LUK	3	8	pft3	figs-explicit	πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ	1	We
 LUK	3	8	gbp2	figs-metaphor	δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones	The expression **raise up** is a spatial metaphor. It envisions that if God did turn the stones into people who were descendants of Abraham, then the people would be standing up in front of everyone, no longer lying in the riverbed as the stones were. Alternate translation: “God is able create descendants for Abraham out of these stones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	8	l189	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ	1	children for Abraham	Here, the word **children** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	8	pi82		ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων	1	from these stones	John was probably referring to actual stones lying along the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “from these stones here”
-LUK	3	9	r5pa	figs-activepassive	ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	9	r5pa	figs-activepassive	ἤδη…ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	9	l190	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται	1	the ax is already set against the root of the trees	This is a figurative way of saying that punishment is just about to begin. Alternate translation: “God is even now getting his punishment ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	3	9	l8it	figs-activepassive	πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	9	l8it	figs-activepassive	πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with active forms. Alternate translation: “this person will chop down every tree that does not produce good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	9	l191	figs-metaphor	πᾶν…δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν, ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται	1	every tree that does not produce good fruit is chopped down and thrown into the fire	This is a figurative way of describing punishment. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	10	ak6i	figs-quotemarks	ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν…λέγοντες	1	kept asking him, saying	Luke uses the word **saying** to introduce his quotation of what the crowds were asking John. Here and throughout the book, if you indicate the quotation in some other way, such as with quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, you do not need to represent this word in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 LUK	3	11	g3ip	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς	1	So answering he said to them	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to the question that the crowds asked. Alternate translation: “So he responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	3	11	vuk3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βρώματα, ὁμοίως ποιείτω	1	let him do the same	The implication is that anyone who has extra food should share it, just as a person with an extra tunic should share that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if anyone has extra food, he should share that as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	3	12	pp3s	figs-activepassive	ἦλθον…βαπτισθῆναι	1	came to be baptized	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “came because they wanted John to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	11	vuk3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βρώματα, ὁμοίως ποιείτω	1	let him do the same	The implication is that anyone who has extra food should share it, just as a person with an extra tunic should share that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if anyone has extra food, he should share that as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	3	12	pp3s	figs-activepassive	ἦλθον…βαπτισθῆναι	1	came to be baptized	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “came because they wanted John to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	12	l192		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	This is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use,
 LUK	3	13	v9ls	figs-explicit	μηδὲν πλέον…πράσσετε	1	Collect nothing more	The implication is that tax collectors had been demanding more money than they should have been collecting. John tells them to stop doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not demand extra money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	3	13	m136	figs-activepassive	παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν	1	than what you have been ordered	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “beyond what the Romans have authorized you to collect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	13	m136	figs-activepassive	παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον ὑμῖν	1	than what you have been ordered	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “beyond what the Romans have authorized you to collect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	14	w2d8	figs-exclusive	τί ποιήσωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς?	1	And us, what should we do?	The soliders are speaking about themselves, as opposed to others, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we** and “us,” use the exclusive form here. You could make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “How about us soldiers? What must we do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	3	14	l3mz	figs-explicit	μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε	1	do not accuse falsely	The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	3	14	bvy5	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν	1	and be contented with your wages	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “instead, let the amount you are paid satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	14	l3mz	figs-explicit	μηδὲ συκοφαντήσητε	1	do not accuse falsely	The implication is that soldiers were making false charges against people in order to extort money from them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do not accuse anyone falsely in order to get money from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	3	14	bvy5	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν	1	and be contented with your wages	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “instead, let the amount you are paid satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	14	l193	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	4	and	This word introduces draws a contrast between what the soldiers had been doing and what they should have been doing. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	3	15	pgp3	grammar-connect-time-background	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	And the people were expecting	Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. You can introduce his statement with a word that will indicate this. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	3	15	l194	figs-explicit	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	And the people were expecting	The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	3	15	l194	figs-explicit	προσδοκῶντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ	1	And the people were expecting	The implication is that the people were expecting the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now the people were expecting the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	15	czb7	figs-metaphor	διαλογιζομένων…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	wondering in their hearts	Here, Luke uses the term **hearts** figuratively to represent the people’s minds. Alternate translation: “wondering in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	16	fn1u	figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων πᾶσιν ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John answered, saying to them all	John’s statement clearly implies that John himself is not the Messiah. It may be helpful to state this explicitly for your readers. Alternate translation: “John clarified that he was not the Messiah by saying to them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	16	l195	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίνατο λέγων…ὁ Ἰωάννης	1	John answered, saying	Together the words **answered** and **saying** mean that John responded to what the people were wondering about him. Alternate translation: “John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	3	16	wj3h		ἐγὼ…ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶς	1	I … baptize you with water	Alternate translation: “I … baptize you using water” or “I … baptize you by means of water”
-LUK	3	16	k3hg	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals	Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	3	16	k3hg	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ	1	I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals	Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that he is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	16	jjp1	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ, καὶ πυρί	1	He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire	John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “He will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	16	c1an	figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει…πυρί	1	He will baptize you … with fire	The word **fire** is intended figuratively, and it suggests a fuller metaphor. Jesus will not immerse people in actual fire. Be sure that this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you … to purify you, as precious metals are purified in fire” or “He will baptize you … to clear away your sins, as fire clears away underbrush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	3	17	jzm4	figs-metaphor	οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	whose winnowing fork is in his hand	John is saying figuratively that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -558,20 +558,20 @@ LUK	3	17	ky8j	figs-exmetaphor	τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει π
 LUK	3	18	tyj9		πολλὰ…καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν	1	also exhorting many other things	Alternate translation: “saying many other things to warn them”
 LUK	3	19	l197	writing-background	δὲ	1	But	Luke uses the term **but** to introduce some background information to the story. In this verse and the next one, he tells what later happened to John. This had not yet happened at this time. When Luke says in [3:21](../03/21.md) that Jesus was baptized, he means that John was still there and that John baptized Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	3	19	jj3q	translate-unknown	ὁ…Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	Herod the tetrarch	See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	3	19	l198	figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	3	19	cu4v	figs-explicit	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive. That was something which the law of Moses forbade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	3	19	l198	figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could make clear who did the action. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	19	cu4v	figs-explicit	ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρῳδιάδος, τῆς γυναικὸς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	having been rebuked by him concerning Herodias, the wife of his brother	The implication is that Herod’s brother was still alive. That made this marriage a violation of the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because John had rebuked him for marrying Herodias, his brother’s former wife, while his brother was still alive. That was something which the law of Moses forbade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	3	20	p2xw	figs-synecdoche	κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ	1	he locked John up in prison	Herod did not do this by himself, Rather, as a ruler, he probably ordered his soldiers to lock John up. Luke is speaking figuratively of Herod, one person who was involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “He had his soldiers lock John up in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	3	21	l199	figs-events	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	and it happened that	The previous verse says that Herod put John in prison. It might be helpful to make it clear that the account that starts in this verse happened before John was arrested. UST does that by starting this verse with “but before Herod did that.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 LUK	3	21	phe6	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	and it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	3	21	r2x1	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	when all the people were being baptized	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “while John was baptizing all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	21	r2x1	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	when all the people were being baptized	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “while John was baptizing all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	21	l200	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαντα τὸν λαὸν	1	all the people	The phrase **all the people** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “all the people who came to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	3	21	nw1s	figs-activepassive	καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος	1	Jesus also was baptized	You could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	3	21	i5zg	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	the heavens were opened	You could say this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	21	nw1s	figs-activepassive	καὶ Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος	1	Jesus also was baptized	you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “John also baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	21	i5zg	figs-activepassive	ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	the heavens were opened	you could express this with an active form. This was more than a simple clearing of the clouds, but it is not clear exactly what the expression means, so it may be best not to try to specify what happened too exactly. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	22	q2yh	figs-personification	φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενέσθαι	1	a voice came from heaven	Luke speaks figuratively of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	3	22	h7tn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my … Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	3	23	uvm3	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about Jesus’ age and ancestors. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	3	23	d3sh	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἦν Ἰησοῦς ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα	1	Jesus himself was beginning about 30 years old	This idiomatic expression could mean: (1) the word **beginning** is a reference to Jesus starting his own ministry. UST follows this interpretation. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was about 30 years old when he began his ministry” (2) Luke is saying that Jesus had just turned 30 was when he was baptized. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself was just 30 years old at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	3	23	z2xa	figs-activepassive	ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ	1	He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	3	23	z2xa	figs-activepassive	ὢν υἱός, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, Ἰωσὴφ	1	He was the son (as it was assumed) of Joseph	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People assumed that he was the son of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	3	24	f8pm	translate-names	τοῦ Μαθθὰτ, τοῦ Λευεὶ, τοῦ Μελχεὶ, τοῦ Ἰανναὶ, τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ	1	of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Jannai, of Joseph	This continues the list that begins with the words “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli” in verse 24. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list. Possible formats are: (1) “He was the son … of Joseph, the son of Heli, the son of Matthat, the son of Levi, the son of Melchi, the son of Jannai, the son of Joseph” (2) “He was the son … of Joseph. Joseph was the son of Heli. Heli was the son of Matthat. Matthat was the son of Levi. Levi was the son of Melchi. Melchi was the son of Jannai. Jannai was the son of Joseph” or (3) “His father … was Joseph. Joseph’s father was Heli. Heli’s father was Matthat. Matthat’s father was Levi. Levi’s father was Melchi. Melchi’s father was Jannai. Jannai’s father was Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	25	xdc5	translate-names	τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Ἀμὼς, τοῦ Ναοὺμ, τοῦ Ἑσλεὶ, τοῦ Ναγγαὶ	1	of Mattathias, of Amos, of Nahum, of Esli, of Naggai	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	3	26	vt9z	translate-names	τοῦ Μάαθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ Σεμεεῒν, τοῦ Ἰωσὴχ, τοῦ Ἰωδὰ	1	of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semein, of Josech, of Joda	This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in Luke 3:23. Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -593,28 +593,28 @@ LUK	4	1	n1xx	writing-newevent	Ἰησοῦς δὲ	1	Then Jesus	Luke uses this e
 LUK	4	1	l201	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	the Jordan	**Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	4	1	v18k	figs-activepassive	ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι	1	was led by the Spirit	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	2	bls8	figs-verbs	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the 40 days. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
-LUK	4	2	hg5p	figs-activepassive	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	2	hg5p	figs-activepassive	ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου	1	for 40 days being tempted by the devil	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	2	k47d	writing-pronouns	καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν	1	he did not eat anything	Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word **he** refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	4	3	bg52	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…ὁ διάβολος	1	the devil said	The devil either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil picked up a stone and said” or “The devil pointed to a stone and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	3	bg52	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…ὁ διάβολος	1	the devil said	The devil either holds a stone in his hand or points to a nearby stone. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil picked up a stone and said” or “The devil pointed to a stone and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	3	l202	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ τῷ λίθῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα γένηται ἄρτος	1	If you are the Son of God, speak to this stone so that it might become bread	The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the **stone** will only become **bread** if Jesus is the **Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the **Son of God**. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding this stone to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 LUK	4	3	y7yf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	4	4	l203	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces a contrast between the devil wanting Jesus to turn the stone into bread and Jesus refusing to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	4	4	kde3	figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται	1	Jesus to answered him, “It is written”	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	4	kde3	figs-explicit	ἀπεκρίθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, γέγραπται	1	Jesus to answered him, “It is written”	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	4	l204	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	It is written, ‘Man will not live on bread alone’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that man will not live on bread alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	4	4	hr5a	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	4	hr5a	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	4	ek2z	figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man will not live on bread alone	The word **bread** refers to food in general. Jesus quotes this scripture to explain why he will not turn the stone into bread. It means that food by itself, without God, is not enough to sustain a person in life. Alternate translation: “It is not just having food that makes a person truly alive” or “God says there are more important things than food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	4	4	l205	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	Man	Here, **man** has a generic sense that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	4	5	wm17	figs-explicit	ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν	1	he led him up	The implication is that the devil brought Jesus **up** to a high place with a commanding view. Alternate translation: “the devil led Jesus up a mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	5	jxi9	figs-explicitinfo	ἐν στιγμῇ χρόνου	1	in an instant of time	In your language, it might seem that the phrase **an instant of time** expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “in an instant” or “in a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
-LUK	4	6	l206	figs-activepassive	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	it has been handed over to me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	6	l206	figs-activepassive	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	it has been handed over to me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	6	dcx6	figs-explicit	ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται	1	it has been handed over to me	The word **it** likely refers back to the singular antecedent **all this authority**, that is, the authority over these kingdoms. So the word you use to translate **it** should agree with **authority** in gender and number and in any other distinctions that your language marks. Alternate translation: “God has given me authority over all these kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	7	g7h9	figs-explicit	ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ	1	if you will bow in worship before me	The implication is that the devil wants visible, direct worship that will be an official act of submission. Alternate translation: “If you will bow down in worship directly in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	7	l207		ἐνώπιον	1	before	Here, the term **before** means “in front of.”
 LUK	4	7	uca7		ἔσται σοῦ πᾶσα	1	it will all be yours	Alternate translation: “I will give you all of these kingdoms”
 LUK	4	8	v8ca	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	answering, Jesus said to him	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the offer that the devil made. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	4	8	l208	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	It is written, ‘You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him.’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is written that one must worship the Lord his God and serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	4	8	m4tc	figs-explicit	γέγραπται	1	It is written	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	8	xj35	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	8	m4tc	figs-explicit	γέγραπται	1	It is written	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	8	xj35	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	8	bch3	figs-declarative	Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις	1	You will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him	Here, the Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must worship the Lord your God, and you must serve only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	4	8	q8ni	figs-youcrowd	προσκυνήσεις	1	You will worship	Here, it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **you** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular form of **you**, if your language marks that distinction. In general these notes will not discuss whether **you** is singular or plural when this should be clear from the context. But they will address ambiguous cases such as this one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	4	9	j8r6	translate-unknown	τὸ πτερύγιον	1	the highest point	The term **pinnacle** refers to the highest point or very top of something. If you have a similar term in your language, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -622,44 +622,44 @@ LUK	4	9	g2n5	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ το
 LUK	4	9	j9nx	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. Even the devil knew its significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	4	9	i81s	figs-explicit	βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω	1	throw yourself down from here	The exact location of the part of the temple that Luke describes is uncertain. However, the implication is that it was one of the places on the temple roof from which people would fall several hundred feet into the Kidron Valley if they jumped or slipped off. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this would ordinarily have been a deadly fall. Alternate translation: “jump from this great height” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	10	l209	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	For it is written, ‘He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For it is written that he will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	4	10	f5dn	figs-explicit	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	For it is written	The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	10	s2g4	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	it is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	10	f5dn	figs-explicit	γέγραπται γὰρ	1	For it is written	The devil implies that his quote from the Psalms means that if Jesus really is the Son of God, he will not be hurt if he jumps from this great height. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You will not be hurt, because it is written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	10	s2g4	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	it is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	10	nld8	writing-pronouns	τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ διαφυλάξαι σε	1	He will give orders to his angels regarding you, to protect you	**He** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God will order his angels to protect you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	4	11	l210	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ, ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	and, ‘They will lift you up in their hands, lest you strike your foot against a stone’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and that they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	4	11	l211	figs-synecdoche	μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου	1	lest you strike your foot against a stone	The Scriptures are figuratively using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “so that you will not get hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	4	12	l212	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	answering, Jesus said to him	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the challenge that the devil posed. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	4	12	l213	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴρηται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	It is said, ‘You will not put the Lord your God to the test.’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “It is said that one must not put the Lord his God to the test” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	4	12	fy8d	figs-explicit	εἴρηται	1	It is said	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	12	cf6c	figs-activepassive	εἴρηται	1	It is said	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	12	fy8d	figs-explicit	εἴρηται	1	It is said	Jesus clearly implies in his answer that he is rejecting the devil’s challenge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied, ‘No, I will not do that, because it is said’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	12	cf6c	figs-activepassive	εἴρηται	1	It is said	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	12	gf8h	figs-declarative	οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου	1	You will not put the Lord your God to the test	The Scriptures are using a statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	4	13	nc2c	figs-explicit	συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν	1	when he had finished every temptation	This does not imply that the devil was successful in his temptation. Jesus resisted every attempt. You can state this clearly. Alternate translation: “after the devil had repeatedly failed to persuade Jesus to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	13	qqd7	figs-explicit	ἄχρι καιροῦ	1	until an opportune time	New Testament Greek had two words for time. The first referred to chronological time, that is, the passage of time. The second word referred to the right time to do something. ULT is using the phrase **an opportune time** to translate that second word. If your language makes this same distinction, use the corresponding word in your own translation. Alternate translation: “until the time was right to try again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	14	yfc3	writing-newevent	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	4	14	ht5k	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	in the power of the Spirit	This phrase means that God, by the Holy Spirit, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	14	ht5k	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Πνεύματος	1	in the power of the Spirit	This phrase means that God, by the Holy Spirit, was empowering Jesus in a special way, enabling him to do things that ordinary humans could not. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Spirit was giving him the power to do extraordinary things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	14	dhj7	figs-personification	φήμη ἐξῆλθεν…περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	news about him went out	Luke speaks figuratively of this **news** as if it were something that could **go out** actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	4	14	hah9		καθ’ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου	1	throughout the entire surrounding region	Alternate translation: “everywhere around Galilee”
-LUK	4	15	ik8g	figs-activepassive	δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων	1	being praised by all	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	15	ik8g	figs-activepassive	δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων	1	being praised by all	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as everyone spoke about him in a good way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	16	l214	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	4	16	ulb1	figs-activepassive	οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος	1	where he had been raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “where his parents had raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	16	ulb1	figs-activepassive	οὗ ἦν τεθραμμένος	1	where he had been raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “where his parents had raised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	16	g4sv		κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ	1	according to his custom	Alternate translation: “as was his usual practice”
 LUK	4	17	l215	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-LUK	4	17	i9hn	figs-activepassive	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	4	17	l216	figs-explicit	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him	Since Jesus looked for a specific passage in the scroll, and since he said that it was being fulfilled right at that time, it is likely that Jesus requested this particular scroll. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at his request, someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	17	i9hn	figs-activepassive	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	17	l216	figs-explicit	ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him	Since Jesus looked for a specific passage in the scroll, and since he said that it was being fulfilled right at that time, it is likely that Jesus requested this particular scroll. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at his request, someone brought him the scroll of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	17	x52a	translate-unknown	βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἠσαΐου	1	the scroll of the prophet Isaiah	A **scroll** was a long, wide roll of special paper. On this scroll someone had written the words that **Isaiah** had spoken many years before. If your readers would not know what a **scroll** is, you could describe it, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the special paper roll that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” or “the book that recorded the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	4	17	w5s9	figs-activepassive	τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον	1	the place where it was written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	17	w5s9	figs-activepassive	τὸν τόπον οὗ ἦν γεγραμμένον	1	the place where it was written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the scroll recorded the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	18	h1rm	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα Κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ	1	The Spirit of the Lord is upon me	As in [2:25](../02/25.md), **upon** is a spatial metaphor that means that the Spirit of God is with someone in a special way. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of the Lord is with me in a special way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	4	18	q96y	figs-metaphor	ἔχρισέν με	1	he has anointed me	In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person when they were given the authority to assume an office or do a special task. Isaiah uses anointing figuratively to indicate that God has appointed him to his work. Jesus applies these words to himself as well. Alternate translation: “he has appointed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	4	18	l6ac	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς…τυφλοῖς	1	the poor … the blind	Luke is using the adjectives **poor** and **blind** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these expressions with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor … people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	4	18	a9wn		κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν	1	to proclaim freedom to the captives	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are being held captive that they can go free”
 LUK	4	18	mzp4		κηρύξαι…τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν	1	to proclaim … recovery of sight to the blind	Alternate translation: “to tell people who are blind that they will be able to see again”
-LUK	4	18	utq5	figs-activepassive	ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει	1	to set free those who are oppressed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	18	utq5	figs-activepassive	ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει	1	to set free those who are oppressed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “to rescue people whom others are treating harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	19	z262	figs-idiom	κηρύξαι ἐνιαυτὸν Κυρίου δεκτόν	1	to proclaim the favorable year of the Lord	Luke is using the term **year** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “to announce that this is the time when the Lord will show his kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	20	sm11	figs-explicit	πτύξας τὸ βιβλίον	1	rolling up the scroll	A scroll was closed by rolling it like a tube to protect the writing inside it. Alternate translation: “closing the scroll by rolling it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	20	ehx3	translate-unknown	τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ	1	the attendant	The **attendant** refers to a synagogue worker who, with proper care and reverence, would bring out and put away the scrolls that contained the Scriptures. If there is a word in your language for a person who has a similar role in your culture, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “the sexton” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	4	20	l217	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he sat down	Since a person would stand to read the Scriptures in a synagogue but then sit down to teach, the implication is that Jesus was going to speak to the people about what he had just read. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “he sat down to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	20	l217	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he sat down	Since a person would stand to read the Scriptures in a synagogue but then sit down to teach, the implication is that Jesus was going to speak to the people about what he had just read. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “he sat down to teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	20	pu89	figs-synecdoche	πάντων οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ	1	all the eyes in the synagogue	Luke is using one part of people, their **eyes**, figuratively to represent people themselves in the act of seeing. Alternate translation: “all the people in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	4	21	l218	figs-idiom	σήμερον	1	Today	**Today** figuratively refers to the present moment. Alternate translation: “Right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	4	21	b1ix	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη	1	this scripture has been fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	21	b1ix	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωται ἡ Γραφὴ αὕτη	1	this scripture has been fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I am fulfilling what this scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	21	iij8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ὑμῶν	1	in your ears	In this expression, the **ears** figuratively represent people in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “even as you are listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	4	22	k2xi	figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος	1	the gracious words	Luke uses the term **words** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by reference to something associated with it, the words he used to communicate it. Alternate translation: “the articulate things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	4	22	l219	figs-explicitinfo	τοῖς λόγοις…τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	the … words that were coming out of his mouth	In your language, this phrase might seem like an unnecessarily elaborate way of speaking. If so, you can express the same idea more compactly. Alternate translation: “the … things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
@@ -672,29 +672,29 @@ LUK	4	24	n2cp	writing-proverbs	οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐ
 LUK	4	25	u896		ἐπ’ ἀληθείας δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν	1	In truth I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true”
 LUK	4	25	l221	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου	1	during the days of Elijah	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	25	g8r3	figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἠλείου	1	during the days of Elijah	The people to whom Jesus was speaking would have known that Elijah was one of God’s prophets. If your readers would not know that, you can make this implicit information explicit, as UST does. Alternate translation: “during the time when Elijah was prophesying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	25	l222	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς	1	the sky was shut up	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God shut up the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	25	l222	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς	1	the sky was shut up	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God shut up the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	25	spq7	figs-metaphor	ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς	1	the sky was shut up	Jesus figuratively describes the sky as if God had closed it so that no rain could fall from it. Alternate translation: “when no rain fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	4	25	ukl6	translate-unknown	λιμὸς μέγας	1	a great famine	A **famine** is a long period of time when the people in an area cannot produce or acquire enough food to feed themselves. Alternate translation: “a serious lack of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	4	26	l223	figs-activepassive	πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας	1	Elijah was sent to none of them except	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not send Elijah to any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	26	l223	figs-activepassive	πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας	1	Elijah was sent to none of them except	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not send Elijah to any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	26	l224	grammar-connect-exceptions	πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη Ἠλείας, εἰ μὴ	1	Elijah was sent to none of them except	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God only sent Elijah to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	4	26	zsi6	figs-explicit	εἰς Σάρεπτα…πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν	1	to Zarephath … to a widow woman	The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Zarephath were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “to a Gentile widow living in Zarephath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	26	l225	translate-names	εἰς Σάρεπτα τῆς Σιδωνίας	1	to Zarephath in Sidon	**Zarephath** is the name of a city, and **Sidon** is the name of the region where it is located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	4	27	l226	figs-activepassive	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	none of them were healed except	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	27	l226	figs-activepassive	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	none of them were healed except	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Elisha did not heal any of them except” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	27	l227	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη, εἰ μὴ	1	none of them were healed except	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Elisha only healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	4	27	l229	figs-explicit	Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος	1	Naaman the Syrian	The people listening to Jesus would have understood that the people of Syria were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “a Gentile, Naaman from Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	27	mbs2	translate-names	Ναιμὰν ὁ Σύρος	1	Naaman the Syrian	**Naaman** is the name of a man, and **Syrian** is the name of his people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	4	28	l230	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate, the people becoming enraged, came after the event he has just described, Jesus citing scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-LUK	4	28	ca1k	figs-explicit	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα	1	all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	28	l231	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ	1	all … were filled with rage	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	28	ca1k	figs-explicit	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἀκούοντες ταῦτα	1	all in the synagogue were filled with rage when they heard these things	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the people of Nazareth became so angry. Alternate translation: “When the people in the synagogue heard Jesus say these things, they all became furious, because he had cited scriptures in which God helped Gentiles rather than Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	28	l231	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ	1	all … were filled with rage	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	28	l232	figs-personification	ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ	1	all … were filled with rage	Luke speaks figuratively of the people’s **rage** as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they all became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LUK	4	29	l233	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις ᾠκοδόμητο αὐτῶν	1	the hill on which their town was built	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the hill on which people had built their town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	4	29	l234	figs-explicit	ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν	1	so as to throw him off	The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	29	l233	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πόλις ᾠκοδόμητο αὐτῶν	1	the hill on which their town was built	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the hill on which people had built their town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	29	l234	figs-explicit	ὥστε κατακρημνίσαι αὐτόν	1	so as to throw him off	The implication is that the people of Nazareth wanted to do this in order to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they wanted to throw him off to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	30	k7dg		διελθὼν διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν	1	passing through the midst of them	Alternate translation: “slipping between the people who were trying to kill him”
 LUK	4	30	m45c		ἐπορεύετο	1	he went on his way	Alternate translation: “he left that place”
 LUK	4	31	ynf3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that the event he will now relate came after the event he has just described. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	4	31	ib1l	figs-idiom	κατῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ	1	he went down to Capernaum	Here, Luke uses the phrase **went down** because **Capernaum** is lower in elevation than Nazareth. Alternate translation: “went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	4	31	ky4y	figs-explicit	Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Capernaum, a city in Galilee	Since Nazareth was also in Galilee, you might say “Capernaum, another city in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	4	32	qk28	figs-activepassive	ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	they were astonished at his teaching	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	31	ky4y	figs-explicit	Καφαρναοὺμ, πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	Capernaum, a city in Galilee	Since Nazareth was also in Galilee, you might state “Capernaum, another city in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	32	qk28	figs-activepassive	ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ	1	they were astonished at his teaching	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his teaching amazed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	32	j4ee	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ	1	his word was with authority	Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “he taught as one who had authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	4	33	l235	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	4	33	fax1	writing-participants	ἦν ἄνθρωπος	1	there was a man	Luke uses this phrase to mark the introduction of a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ LUK	4	33	e539	figs-idiom	ἀνέκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	he cried
 LUK	4	34	y1xh	figs-rquestion	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ?	1	What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth?	The unclean spirit is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Jesus to explain what they have in common. Instead, he is using the question form to express his antagonism. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you, Jesus of Nazareth!” or “You have no right to bother us, Jesus of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	4	34	fkp2	figs-idiom	τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί	1	What to us and to you	This expression is an idiom. Alternate translation: “We have nothing in common with you” or “You have no right to bother us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	35	m8es		ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων	1	Jesus rebuked him, saying	Alternate translation: “Jesus said sternly to the demon”
-LUK	4	35	l236	figs-activepassive	φιμώθητι	1	Be silenced	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Keep quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	35	l236	figs-activepassive	φιμώθητι	1	Be silenced	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Keep quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	35	me6n		ἔξελθε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	come out of him	Jesus is commanding the demon to stop controlling the man. Alternate translation: “leave him alone” or “do not live in this man any longer”
 LUK	4	36	l237	figs-personification	ἐγένετο θάμβος ἐπὶ πάντας	1	astonishment came upon everyone	Luke speaks figuratively of **astonishment** as if it were something that actively **came upon** the people. Alternate translation: “they were all amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	4	36	l238	figs-metonymy	τίς ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1	What is this word	Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “What is this teaching” or “What is this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -713,19 +713,19 @@ LUK	4	37	q25f	writing-endofstory	καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος πε
 LUK	4	37	l239	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	4	37	xca8	figs-personification	ἐξεπορεύετο ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	news about him went out	Luke speaks figuratively of this **news** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. As in [4:14](../04/14.md), this expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who told even more people about him. Alternate translation: “people began to spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	4	38	jn3a	writing-newevent	δὲ	1	Then	Luke uses this word to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	4	38	l240	writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+LUK	4	38	l240	writing-participants	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	Luke is introducing a new character into the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state a little bit more about him here to help them recognize him later. Alternate translation: “a man named Simon, who would become one of his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	4	38	l241	translate-names	Σίμωνος	1	Simon	**Simon** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	4	38	tf3d		πενθερὰ…τοῦ Σίμωνος	1	Simon’s mother-in-law	This means the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you can use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship.
 LUK	4	38	lls1	figs-idiom	ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “was very sick with a high fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	4	38	cp21		ἦν συνεχομένη πυρετῷ μεγάλῳ	1	was suffering with a high fever	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “was so sick that her skin was hot”
-LUK	4	38	z3qz	figs-explicit	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς	1	they asked him concerning her	Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the **fever**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	38	z3qz	figs-explicit	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς	1	they asked him concerning her	Implicitly this means they asked Jesus to heal her from the **fever**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they asked Jesus to heal her” or “they asked asked Jesus to cure her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	39	pla1	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. He is indicating that Jesus did this because the people had pleaded with him on behalf of Simon’s mother-in-law. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	4	39	v8uf		ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς	1	standing over her	Alternate translation: “going and leaning over her”
 LUK	4	39	ed8r		ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν	1	he rebuked the fever, and it left her	You can express this in the way your language and culture would. Alternate translation: “he commanded her skin to become cool, and it did” or “he commanded the sickness to leave her, and it did”
 LUK	4	39	qtn7	figs-idiom	διηκόνει αὐτοῖς	1	began to serve them	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and began to prepare food for Jesus and the other people in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	4	40	l242	figs-explicit	δύνοντος δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου	1	when the sun was setting	The implication is that the people waited until sunset because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the “work” of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “when the sun was setting and the Sabbath day was ending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	40	l242	figs-explicit	δύνοντος δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου	1	when the sun was setting	The implication is that the people waited until sunset because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the “work” of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “when the sun was setting and the Sabbath day was ending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	40	zpk9		τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιτιθεὶς	1	laying his hands on	Alternate translation: “placing his hands”
-LUK	4	41	bp7b	figs-explicit	ἐξήρχετο…καὶ δαιμόνια	1	demons also came out	The implication is that Jesus made the demons leave the people they were controlling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus also forced demons to come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	4	41	bp7b	figs-explicit	ἐξήρχετο…καὶ δαιμόνια	1	demons also came out	The implication is that Jesus made the demons leave the people they were controlling. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus also forced demons to come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	4	41	ag15	figs-hendiadys	κραυγάζοντα καὶ λέγοντα	1	crying out, and saying	Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The verb **crying out** tells how they were **saying** what follows. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “screaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	4	41	dik3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	4	42	rt5n		γενομένης…ἡμέρας	1	when it became day	Alternate translation: “at sunrise” or “at dawn”
@@ -733,18 +733,18 @@ LUK	4	42	d1pr		ἔρημον τόπον	1	a solitary place	Alternate translation
 LUK	4	42	l243		κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ μὴ πορεύεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	they restrained him not to go away from them	Alternate translation: “they tried to keep him from leaving them”
 LUK	4	43	l244	figs-abstractnouns	εὐαγγελίσασθαί…τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	proclaim the gospel about the kingdom of God	See the discussion of this concept in Part 2 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of Luke. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “announce the good news that God is going to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	4	43	sjy1	figs-metonymy	ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν	1	to other cities	Jesus actually means the people who live in these cities. He is describing them figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the cities where they live. Alternate translation: “to the people in many other cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	4	43	b45z	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην	1	for this I was sent	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	4	43	b45z	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀπεστάλην	1	for this I was sent	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is the reason why God sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	4	44	s5mb	figs-explicit	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1	in Judea	Since Jesus is in Galilee in this part of the Gospel of Luke, the term **Judea** here probably refers to the entire region where the Jews lived at that time. Alternate translation: “where the Jews lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	intro	axr7			0		# Luke 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus calls Peter and his fellow fishermen to be his disciples (5:1-11)<br>2. Jesus travels to various towns teaching and healing (5:12-26)<br>3. Jesus calls Levi to be his disciple (5:27-32)<br>4. Jesus teaches about fasting (5:33-39)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You will catch men”<br><br>Peter, James, and John were fishermen. When Jesus told them that they would catch men, he was using a metaphor to tell them he wanted them to help people believe the good news about him. See the last note to 5:10. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Sinners<br><br>When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses. But when Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who understand that they are sinners who have disobeyed God can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fasting and feasting<br><br>People would fast, or not eat food for a long time, when they were sad or in order to show God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, such as during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Healthy and sick people<br><br>To correct the Pharisees, Jesus speaks of healthy people who do not need a doctor. This does not mean that there are people who do not need Jesus. Rather, Jesus was explaining why he spent time with people whom the Pharisees considered to be “sinners.” See the notes to 5:31-32. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>In several parts of this chapter, as in other places in the book, Luke does not explain information that his original readers would already have understood. Modern readers might not know some of those things, so they might have trouble understanding all that Luke is communicating. The alternate translations in these notes and the readings in UST often illustrate how that information can be presented so that modern readers will be able to understand these passages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Past events<br><br>Parts of this chapter are sequences of events that have already happened. In a given passage, Luke sometimes writes as if the events have already happened while other events are still in progress (even though they are complete at the time he writes). This can cause difficulty in translation by creating an illogical order of events. It may be necessary to make these consistent by writing as if all the events have already happened.
 LUK	5	1	zc8q	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	5	1	wsf8	figs-metonymy	ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Here, Luke uses **word** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “listening to the the message Jesus was bringing from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	5	1	p6im	translate-names	τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ	1	the lake of Gennesaret	**Lake of Gennesaret** is another name for the body of water also known as the Sea of Galilee. Galilee was on the west side of this lake, and the land of Gennesaret was on the east side, so it was called by both names. Some English versions translate this as the proper name of the body of water. Alternate translation: “Lake Gennesaret” or “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	5	2	t96r	figs-explicit	ἔπλυνον τὰ δίκτυα	1	were washing their nets	The implication is that they were cleaning their fishing nets to maintain them so that they could keep using them to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and were washing their nets to keep them clean and in good working order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	5	2	t96r	figs-explicit	ἔπλυνον τὰ δίκτυα	1	were washing their nets	The implication is that they were cleaning their fishing nets to maintain them so that they could keep using them to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and were washing their nets to keep them clean and in good working order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	3	f7z8		ὃ ἦν Σίμωνος	1	which was Simon’s	Alternate translation: “the one that belonged to Simon”
 LUK	5	3	liq1		ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὀλίγον	1	asked him to put out a little from the land	Alternate translation: “and asked Simon to move the boat away from the shore”
 LUK	5	3	rc1z	figs-explicit	καθίσας	1	he sat down	As in [4:20](../04/20.md), sitting was the customary position for teaching in this culture. Alternate translation: “he sat down, as teachers did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	3	vbx7		ἐδίδασκεν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου τοὺς ὄχλους	1	was teaching the crowds from the boat	Jesus was in the boat a short distance from the shore and he was speaking to the people who were on the shore. Alternate translation: “and was teaching the people while he sat in the boat”
-LUK	5	4	rk9p	figs-explicit	ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν	1	when he stopped speaking	The implication is that Jesus had been **speaking** in order to teach the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus had finished teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	5	4	rk9p	figs-explicit	ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν	1	when he stopped speaking	The implication is that Jesus had been **speaking** in order to teach the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus had finished teaching the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	5	l245	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν	1	answering Simon said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Simon responded to Jesus’ instructions to take the boat out and let down the nets. Alternate translation: “Simon responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	5	5	wbb1	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ῥήματί σου	1	at your word	Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to what Jesus commanded him by using words. Alternate translation: “but because you have told me to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	5	7	n2fp		κατένευσαν τοῖς μετόχοις	1	they signaled to their partners	The Greek text does not specify how they **signaled**, but since they were some distance from the shore, it may have been by waving their arms rather than by calling out. You can use a general expression here. Alternate translation: “they summoned their partners”
@@ -767,13 +767,13 @@ LUK	5	12	ys5f	figs-explicit	με καθαρίσαι	1	make me clean	The man talk
 LUK	5	13	ziz1	figs-imperative	καθαρίσθητι	1	Be clean	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you from your leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	5	13	l48a	figs-personification	ἡ λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the leprosy went away from him	Luke speaks figuratively of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were something that could actively go **away from him**. Alternate translation: “the man no longer had leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	5	14	q18t	figs-quotations	αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ, μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν	1	he instructed him to tell no one, but, “Go”	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate all of Jesus’ instructions as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he instructed him, ‘Do not tell anyone, but go’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-LUK	5	14	l249	figs-explicit	μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	to tell no one	The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	5	14	v1wn	figs-explicit	προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς	1	offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, as Moses commanded	Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you can become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	5	14	l249	figs-explicit	μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν	1	to tell no one	The implication is that the man is not to tell anyone that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation, as a direct quotation: “Do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	5	14	v1wn	figs-explicit	προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου καθὼς προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς	1	offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, as Moses commanded	Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you can become ceremonially clean once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	14	jk14	figs-explicit	εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς	1	for a testimony to them	A priest would have to examine the man and certify that he had been healed before he would be allowed to offer this sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to certify for everone that you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	5	14	nz37	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	them	**Them** could mean either “the priests,” which is the interpretation that UST follows, or “all the people.” You could say either as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+LUK	5	14	nz37	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	them	**Them** could mean either “the priests,” which is the interpretation that UST follows, or “all the people.” You could express either as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	5	15	ng3z	figs-personification	διήρχετο…μᾶλλον ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	the word about him spread even more	Luke speaks figuratively of this **word** as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. This expression means that more and more people told others about what Jesus was doing. Alternate translation: “people spread the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	5	15	q4t2	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	the word about him	Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to describe the news about Jesus that people spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	5	15	l250	figs-activepassive	θεραπεύεσθαι	1	to be healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	5	15	l250	figs-activepassive	θεραπεύεσθαι	1	to be healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	5	16	l251		αὐτὸς…ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχόμενος	1	he was withdrawing into the deserted places and praying	This expression **was withdrawing** indicates habitual action. Alternate translation: “he often withdrew to places where there were no other people so that he could pray”
 LUK	5	16	sv6f		ταῖς ἐρήμοις	1	deserted places	Alternate translation: “places where there were no other people”
 LUK	5	17	mb8m	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -790,9 +790,9 @@ LUK	5	19	s7bm	figs-explicit	ἀναβάντες ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα	1	they
 LUK	5	19	abc7		καθῆκαν αὐτὸν	1	and let him down	Alternate translation: “and lowered the man down”
 LUK	5	19	l255	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὸ μέσον	1	into the midst	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need to be complete. Alternate translation: “into the midst of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	5	19	l85u		ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before Jesus	Here, the term **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of Jesus” or “where Jesus could see him”
-LUK	5	20	l83a	figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	And seeing their faith	The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	5	20	l83a	figs-explicit	καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν	1	And seeing their faith	The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	20	z4ek		ἄνθρωπε	1	Man	**Man** was a general word that people used in this culture when speaking to a man whose name they did not know. If your language has a term that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it in your translation here. Alternate translation: “Friend”
-LUK	5	20	c7r7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου	1	your sins are forgiven you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	5	20	c7r7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου	1	your sins are forgiven you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	5	21	l256	translate-unknown	οἱ γραμματεῖς	1	the scribes	Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **the scribes** does not refer to people who make copies of documents. Rather, it refers to people who were teachers of the Jewish law, which they had studied extensively. Alternate translation: “the teachers of the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	5	21	l257	translate-names	οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	the Pharisees	**Pharisees** is the name of an important and powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus’ time. The name occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	5	21	ie5h	figs-explicit	διαλογίζεσθαι	1	to debate	These men were not debating or arguing out loud, since the next verse shows that this was rather something they were thinking. So this implicitly means that they were wondering. Alternate translation: “to wonder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -808,10 +808,10 @@ LUK	5	23	l260	figs-quotesinquotes	τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, ε
 LUK	5	24	f1lu	figs-123person	ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει	1	that the Son of Man has authority	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “that I, the Son of Man, have authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	5	24	l261	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	that the Son of Man	The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. Alternate translation: “that the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	24	l262	figs-imperative	ἔγειρε	1	get up	As in [5:13](../05/13.md), this was not a command that the man was able to obey. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	5	25	agg3	figs-explicit	καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς	1	And immediately he got up	The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	5	25	agg3	figs-explicit	καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς	1	And immediately he got up	The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	25	l263		ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν	1	before them	Here, the term **before** means “in front of.” Alternate translation: “in front of everyone” or “where everyone could see him”
 LUK	5	26	l264	figs-personification	ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας	1	amazement seized of them all	Luke describes the **amazement** of the crowd figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of the people. Alternate translation: “they were all completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LUK	5	26	f6tp	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου λέγοντες	1	they were filled with fear, saying	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fear filled them and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	5	26	f6tp	figs-activepassive	ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου λέγοντες	1	they were filled with fear, saying	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fear filled them and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	5	26	l265	figs-personification	ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου	1	they were filled with fear	Luke describes the **fear** of the crowd figuratively as if it were something that could actively fill the people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	5	27	k6r2	writing-newevent	καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα	1	And after these things	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. The expression **these things** refers to what the previous verses describe. Alternate translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	5	27	abc8	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθεν	1	he went out	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus left that house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ LUK	5	32	g993	figs-nominaladj	δικαίους	1	the righteous	Luke is using the
 LUK	5	32	l270	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	but sinners to repentance	Once again Jesus expresses the idea compactly and leaves out some words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply those words. Alternate translation: “rather, I came to call sinners to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	5	32	l271	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς μετάνοιαν	1	to repentance	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **repentance**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	5	33	f6g6	writing-pronouns	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν	1	Then they said	The pronoun **they** refers to the Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “Then the religious leaders said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	5	33	l272	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	John	The Pharisees and scribes assume that Jesus will know that they are referring to **John** the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	5	33	l272	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	John	The Pharisees and scribes assume that Jesus will know that they are referring to **John** the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	33	l273	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν	1	But those of yours eat and drink	There is an implied challenge and question in this observation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “But your disciples do not fast, and we want you to tell us why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	5	33	l274	figs-merism	ἐσθίουσιν καὶ πίνουσιν	1	eat and drink	The Pharisees are figuratively using the two components of a meal to mean an entire meal. Alternate translation: “continue to have meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	5	34	l275	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι νηστεύειν?	1	You cannot make the sons of the bridal chamber fast while the bridegroom is with them, can you	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **are you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can you actually make the groom’s party at a wedding fast while the groom is still with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ LUK	5	34	hxe1	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ
 LUK	5	34	q9k2	figs-idiom	τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος	1	the sons of the bridal chamber	The expression **sons of** is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “the groom’s party” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	5	35	z8ex	figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι καὶ	1	But the days will indeed come	Here Jesus is using **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “But there will certainly be a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	5	35	he9p	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom will be taken away from them	Jesus is speaking of himself figuratively as the **bridegroom**, and of his disciples as the groom’s party. He does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	5	35	l276	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom will be taken away from them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	5	35	l276	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος	1	the bridegroom will be taken away from them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	5	35	l277	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Jesus is again using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	5	36	a4zs	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς	1	Then he also spoke a parable to them	Jesus gives a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	5	36	qz5e		ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν	1	sews it onto an old garment	Alternate translation: “uses it to patch an old garment”
@@ -851,8 +851,8 @@ LUK	5	36	xj2y	figs-hypo	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	But if not	Jesus uses this expre
 LUK	5	37	n35t	translate-unknown	ἀσκοὺς	1	wineskins	These were bags made out of animal skins. They were used for holding wine. If your readers would not be familiar with **wineskins**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “leather bags” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	5	37	l278	figs-hypo	εἰ δὲ μή γε	1	But if not	Jesus uses this expression once again to introduce a hypothetical situation that explains the reason why a person would not put new wine in an old wineskin. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone did do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	5	37	ac7w	figs-explicit	ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος ὁ νέος τοὺς ἀσκούς	1	the new wine would burst the wineskins	When the new wine fermented and expanded, it would break the old skins because they could no longer stretch. Jesus’ audience would have understood this information about wine fermenting and expanding and about old leather losing its suppleness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the new wine would burst the old wineskins because they would no longer be able to expand when the wine fermented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	5	37	dw18	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς ἐκχυθήσεται	1	it would be spilled out	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wine would spill out of the bags” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	5	37	l279	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται	1	the wineskins would be destroyed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the leather bags would tear and become useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	5	37	dw18	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸς ἐκχυθήσεται	1	it would be spilled out	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wine would spill out of the bags” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	5	37	l279	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται	1	the wineskins would be destroyed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the leather bags would tear and become useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	5	38	ijm3		ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς	1	new wineskins	See how you translated the term **wineskins** in [5:37](../05/37.md). Alternate translation: “fresh leather bags”
 LUK	5	39	l280	figs-ellipsis	οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον	1	No one, after drinking the old, wants the new	Jesus is leaving out some of the words. You may want to supply these words in your translation if not having them would be confusing in your language. Alternate translation: “No one who is used to drinking old wine wants to try new wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	5	39	pvn9	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς πιὼν παλαιὸν θέλει νέον	1	No one, after drinking the old, wants the new	Jesus is figuratively contrasting the old teaching of the religious leaders with his own new teaching. The point is that people who are used to the old teaching are not receptive to the new things that he is bringing. Jesus does not explain the metaphor, so you do not need to explain it in your translation unless you think your readers will not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ LUK	6	intro	vv2y			0		# Luke 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<
 LUK	6	1	c4sa	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	6	1	x5zk	translate-unknown	σπορίμων	1	the grainfields	These were large sections of land where people had scattered wheat seed in order to grow more wheat. Wheat is a kind of **grain** plant, and **grain** is a type of large grass that has edible seeds. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “the areas where people were growing plants with edible seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	6	1	rl46	translate-unknown	στάχυας	1	heads of grain	The **heads** are the topmost part of the **grain** plant. They hold the mature, edible seeds. Alternate translation: “parts that held the seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	6	1	h9fy	figs-explicit	ψώχοντες ταῖς χερσίν	1	rubbing them in their hands	The implication is that they did this to separate out the grain seeds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “rubbing them in their hands to separate the seeds from the other parts of the plant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	6	1	h9fy	figs-explicit	ψώχοντες ταῖς χερσίν	1	rubbing them in their hands	The implication is that they did this to separate out the grain seeds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “rubbing them in their hands to separate the seeds from the other parts of the plant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	2	z32z	figs-rquestion	τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν?	1	Why are you doing what is not lawful on the Sabbath?	The Pharisees are using the question form to make an accusation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are doing something that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	6	2	m76z	figs-explicit	τί ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν?	1	Why are you doing what is not lawful on the Sabbath?	The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. You could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	2	dum1	figs-you	τί ποιεῖτε	1	Why are you doing	Here, **you** is plural. It refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -884,14 +884,14 @@ LUK	6	9	m5yz	figs-rquestion	ἐπερωτῶ ὑμᾶς, εἰ ἔξεστιν 
 LUK	6	9	dc6f		ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι	1	to do good or to do harm	Alternate translation: “to help someone or to harm someone”
 LUK	6	10	abcb	writing-pronouns	περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς, εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	he looked around at them all and said to him	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and **him** refers to the man with the withered hand. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked around at them all and said to the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	6	10	x77k	figs-imperative	ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου	1	Stretch out your hand	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can stretch out your hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	6	10	hce1	figs-activepassive	ἀποκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ	1	his hand was restored	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his hand became healthy again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	11	l286	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ…ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	they were filled with rage	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	10	hce1	figs-activepassive	ἀποκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ	1	his hand was restored	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his hand became healthy again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	11	l286	figs-activepassive	αὐτοὶ…ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	they were filled with rage	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	11	l287	figs-personification	αὐτοὶ…ἐπλήσθησαν ἀνοίας	1	they were filled with rage	Luke speaks figuratively of the **rage** of the scribes and Pharisees as if it were something that could actively fill them. Alternate translation: “they became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LUK	6	11	l288	figs-explicit	τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	what they might do to Jesus	The implication is that these religious leaders perceived Jesus as a threat and they wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	6	11	l288	figs-explicit	τί ἂν ποιήσαιεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	what they might do to Jesus	The implication is that these religious leaders perceived Jesus as a threat and they wanted to get rid of him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	12	e4s7	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	6	12	gzn1	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις	1	in those days	Here Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	12	l289		ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1	he went out to the mountain	While the term **mountain** is definite here, it does not seem to refer to a specific, identifiable mountain. Rather, as many languages do, here the Greek is using a definite expression in a general sense. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain” or “Jesus climbed a high hill”
-LUK	6	12	l7by	figs-explicit	ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1	he went out to the mountain	The implication is that Jesus did this so that he could be alone and pray about whom to choose as his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain where he could be alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	6	12	l7by	figs-explicit	ἐξελθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ ὄρος	1	he went out to the mountain	The implication is that Jesus did this so that he could be alone and pray about whom to choose as his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up a mountain where he could be alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	13	vep8		ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡμέρα	1	when day came	Alternate translation: “the next morning”
 LUK	6	13	j9w7	writing-pronouns	ἐκλεξάμενος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν δώδεκα	1	he chose 12 from them	The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “he chose 12 of those disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	6	13	zgh6		οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν	1	whom he also named apostles	The term **apostles** comes from a Greek word that originally meant “messengers” or “delegates.” It took on a specialized meaning within the community of Jesus’ followers to mean the 12 men whom Jesus chose to be his authoritative representatives. Many languages have borrowed the Greek word to use in this sense. But if your language has developed its own special term for this role, use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “and he appointed them to be apostles”
@@ -905,8 +905,8 @@ LUK	6	16	l294	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριὼθ	1	Judas Iscariot
 LUK	6	16	g24m	figs-explicit	ὃς ἐγένετο προδότης	1	who became a traitor	It may be helpful to explain what **traitor** means in the context of this story. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	17	i5gv	writing-pronouns	μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	with them	In this context, **them** refers to all of the disciples whom Jesus called to himself in [6:13](../06/13.md). Alternate translation: “with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	6	17	l295	figs-hyperbole	ἀπὸ πάσης	1	from all	This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “from throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	6	18	dpj5	figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆναι	1	to be healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	18	wfm9	figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο	1	And those who were troubled by unclean spirits were being healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	18	dpj5	figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆναι	1	to be healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for Jesus to heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	18	wfm9	figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ ἐνοχλούμενοι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων ἐθεραπεύοντο	1	And those who were troubled by unclean spirits were being healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus also drove evil spirits out of the people they were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	19	l296	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος…πάντας	1	the whole crowd … everyone	In this case these terms are not generalizations, and so you can translate them directly, rather than with explanatory words such as “most” or “many.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	6	19	y2cl	figs-personification	δύναμις παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο καὶ ἰᾶτο πάντας	1	power was coming out from him and healing everyone	Luke speaks figuratively of this **power** as if it were something that could actively come out of Jesus and heal people. Alternate translation: “Jesus was using the power that God gave him to heal everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	6	20	l297	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes	This is an idiom that means “he looked,” but it means that he looked carefully and considerately. Alternate translation: “he gazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ LUK	6	20	xj9v	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πτωχοί	1	the poor	Jesus is using the a
 LUK	6	20	y18c	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for yours is the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “because God is ruling your lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	6	20	k34r		ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	yours is the kingdom of God	This could mean: (1) “the kingdom of God belongs to you.” (2) “you are privileged within the kingdom of God.”
 LUK	6	21	l344	figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν	1	Blessed are those who are hungry now	As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You who are hungry now receive God’s favor” or “You who are hungry now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	6	21	l298	figs-activepassive	χορτασθήσεσθε	1	you will be filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you will get enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	21	l298	figs-activepassive	χορτασθήσεσθε	1	you will be filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you will get enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	21	l299	figs-idiom	μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν	1	Blessed are those who are weeping now	Alternate translation: “You who are weeping now receive God’s favor” or “You who are weeping now are in a positive situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	6	21	tg8m	figs-metonymy	γελάσετε	1	you will laugh	Jesus is figuratively describing people being happy by association with one thing that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “you will laugh with joy” or “you will become joyful again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	6	22	h8ii	figs-idiom	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	Blessed are you	As in [6:20](../06/20.md), the expression **blessed** indicates that God is giving favor to people or that their situation is positive or good. Alternate translation: “You receive God’s favor” or “How good it is for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ LUK	6	24	c6lu	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	woe to you	The phrase **woe to
 LUK	6	24	v1bp	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς πλουσίοις	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	6	24	cs2e	figs-explicit	ἀπέχετε τὴν παράκλησιν ὑμῶν	1	you have received your comfort	Jesus is drawing a series of contrasts between what the poor and the rich have now and what they will have later. So the implication is that while the rich have enjoyed ease and prosperity in this life, if they become complacent in those things, they will not enjoy it afterwards. Alternate translation: “you have already received in this life anything that will make you comfortable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	6	25	l305	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ ὑμῖν	1	woe to you	See how you translated this in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	6	25	de8m	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι	1	who are filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who have more than enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	25	de8m	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοι	1	who are filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who have more than enough to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	25	l8nr	figs-metonymy	οἱ γελῶντες	1	who are laughing	**Laughing** refers figuratively to being happy by association with something that people do when they are happy. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	6	25	l306	figs-hendiadys	πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε	1	mourn and weep	The phrase **mourn and weep** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **mourn** tells why these people are weeping. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “you will weep mournfully” or “you will weep because you are so sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	6	26	tn96	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ	1	woe to you	See how you translated this in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for you” or “Trouble will come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -969,17 +969,17 @@ LUK	6	35	l317	figs-idiom	Ὑψίστου	1	the Most High	See how you translated
 LUK	6	35	l318	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς	1	the ungrateful and evil	Here Jesus is using the adjectives **ungrateful** and **evil** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this pair of words with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungrateful and evil” or “people who do not thank God and who do wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	6	36	n28w	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1	your Father	This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the **Father** of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	37	a8c7		μὴ κρίνετε	1	do not judge	Your language may require you to specify the object of **judge**. Alternate translation: “do not judge other people”
-LUK	6	37	e8fb	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be judged	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. This could mean: (1) “God will not judge you.” (2) “other people will not judge you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	37	e8fb	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be judged	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not judge. This could mean: (1) “God will not judge you.” (2) “other people will not judge you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	37	vkl8		καὶ μὴ καταδικάζετε	1	do not condemn	Your language may require you to specify the object of **condemn**. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn other people”
-LUK	6	37	gz37	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be condemned	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. This could mean: (1) “God will not condemn you.” (2) “other people will not condemn you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	37	gz37	figs-activepassive	οὐ μὴ καταδικασθῆτε	1	you will certainly not be condemned	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who would not condemn. This could mean: (1) “God will not condemn you.” (2) “other people will not condemn you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	37	l319		ἀπολύετε	1	Forgive	Your language may require you to specify the object of **release**. Alternate translation: “Forgive other people”
 LUK	6	37	ls01	figs-metaphor	ἀπολύετε	1	Release	Jesus is using the word **release** figuratively to mean “forgive.” Alternate translation: “Forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	37	a22w	figs-activepassive	ἀπολυθήσεσθε	1	you will be released	Jesus does not say exactly who would **release**. This could mean: (1) “God will forgive you.” (2) “other people will forgive you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	6	38	ryf8	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you.” (2) “other people will give to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	38	ryf8	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will give. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you.” (2) “other people will give to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	38	q8sq	figs-metaphor	μέτρον καλὸν, πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	a good measure—pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	Jesus is comparing someone to a grain merchant who measures out very generously. He could mean either God or other people. The word **they** is indefinite, so it does not necessarily refer to people rather than to God. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, God will give you a generous amount” or “Like a generous grain merchant who presses down the grain and shakes it together and pours in so much that it fills a container and spills over, people will give you a generous amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	38	l320	figs-activepassive	πεπιεσμένον σεσαλευμένον ὑπερεκχυννόμενον, δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	pressed down, shaken together, spilling over—they will pour into your lap	These are all passive verb forms in Greek. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate them with active verbal phrases. See the alternate translation in the previous note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	38	l321	translate-unknown	τὸν κόλπον ὑμῶν	1	your lap	This is a reference to the way people in this culture would form a pocket or carrying pouch from the folds of the front of their robes. If you readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the folds of your robe” or “a container” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	6	38	fp26	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	38	fp26	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, ἀντιμετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	with the measure by which you measure, it will be measured back to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Jesus does not say exactly who will measure. This could mean: (1) “God will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (2) “people will give to you in just as generous or stingy a way as you give to others.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	39	bw7f	figs-parables	εἶπεν δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς	1	Then he also told them a parable	Jesus is giving a brief illustration that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Alternate translation: “Then he gave them this illustration to help them understand better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	6	39	l322	figs-gendernotations	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	Here the word translated **blind man** is masculine, but Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	6	39	l323	figs-doublenegatives	μήτι δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν?	1	A blind man is not able to guide a blind man, is he?	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding **is he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “Can one person who is blind really guide another person who is blind?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ LUK	6	39	nm4v	figs-metaphor	τυφλὸς	1	blind man	The **blind** person figur
 LUK	6	39	f4xj	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται?	1	Would not both fall into a pit?	Jesus is using this question as well as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Both of them would certainly fall into a ditch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	6	40	ipr9	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	A disciple is not above his teacher	The word **above** creates a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “A disciple is not better than his teacher” or “A disciple is not greater than his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	40	l324	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	A disciple is not above his teacher	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means. Alternate translation: “A disciple does not know more than his teacher” or “A disciple is not wiser than his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	6	40	a6ym	figs-activepassive	κατηρτισμένος…πᾶς	1	everyone having been fully trained	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	40	a6ym	figs-activepassive	κατηρτισμένος…πᾶς	1	everyone having been fully trained	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “every disciple whose teacher has fully taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	41	l7vj	figs-rquestion	τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ οὐ κατανοεῖς?	1	why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “do not look at the speck in your brother’s eye while ignoring the log in your own eye” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	6	41	jpt3	figs-metaphor	τί…βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου	1	why do you look at the speck of wood that is in the eye of your brother	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “you should not criticize the less important faults of a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	41	l325	figs-youcrowd	βλέπεις…σου…τῷ ἰδίῳ…οὐ κατανοεῖς	1	you look … your … you do not notice … your own	Even though Jesus is still speaking to his disciples and the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation here, so **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you can use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ LUK	6	42	l332	figs-metaphor	τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμ
 LUK	6	43	ezb4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	Jesus uses the word **for** to introduce the reason for what he said in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	6	43	u159	figs-litotes	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit	Jesus is twice using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “For a healthy tree naturally produces good fruit and, on the other hand, an unhealthy tree naturally produces bad fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	6	43	pi3u	figs-metaphor	οὐ γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρόν; οὐδὲ πάλιν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν	1	For there is no good tree that produces rotten fruit, nor, on the other hand, any rotten tree that produces good fruit	This is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “For a person of good character naturally says and does helpful things but, on the other hand, a person of bad character naturally says and does harmful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	6	44	z1vz	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστον…δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	each tree is known by its own fruit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “people recognize a tree by the fruit that it bears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	44	z1vz	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστον…δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	each tree is known by its own fruit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “people recognize a tree by the fruit that it bears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	44	l335	figs-metaphor	ἕκαστον…δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται	1	each tree is known by its own fruit	This phrase is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “each person’s words and actions reveal his or her character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	6	44	l336	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου σταφυλὴν τρυγῶσιν	1	they do not gather figs from a thornbush, nor do they gather grapes from a briar bush	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, you could combine them into a single general expression. Alternate translation: “people do not collect the kind of fruit that grows on a tree or a vine from a small, thorny bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	6	44	ns81	translate-unknown	ἀκανθῶν	1	a thornbush	The word **thornbush** refers to a kind of plant that has sharp protective spines on its stem. If your readers would not know what a **thornbush** is, in your translation you could use the name of another plant that does not produce edible fruit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ LUK	6	48	dp2a	translate-unknown	τὴν πέτραν	1	the rock	This means the l
 LUK	6	48	qc2z		ποταμὸς	1	torrent of water	Alternate translation: “floodwaters”
 LUK	6	48	d3gs		προσέρηξεν	1	flowed against	Alternate translation: “crashed against”
 LUK	6	48	h75u	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν σαλεῦσαι αὐτὴν	1	could not shake it	Jesus is figuratively describing what the waters would do at first to represent what they would ultimately do if they could. This meaning is clear from what he says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “it could not destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	6	48	tu5j	figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν	1	because it had been built well	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the person had built it well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	6	48	tu5j	figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομῆσθαι αὐτήν	1	because it had been built well	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “because the person had built it well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	6	49	sjf5	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Jesus uses this word to draw a strong contrast to the previous person who built with a foundation. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	6	49	l347	figs-ellipsis	ὁ…ἀκούσας καὶ μὴ ποιήσας	1	the one who hears and does not do	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from [6:47](../06/47.md). Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my teachings but does not put them into practice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	6	49	wg4w	figs-simile	ὅμοιός ἐστιν	1	he is like	Jesus says this to introduce the simile that follows in the rest of the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ LUK	7	1	l343	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα αὐτοῦ	1	his words	Luke is
 LUK	7	1	zi6w	figs-idiom	εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	in the hearing of the people	This phrase is an idiom. Alternate translation: “as the people were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	1	l2zp	writing-newevent	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1	he entered into Capernaum	This reference to a location, **Capernaum**, introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he went into the city of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	7	2	l348	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses the word **and** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	7	2	zm98	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ ἔντιμος	1	who was highly regarded by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the centurion greatly valued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	2	zm98	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ ἔντιμος	1	who was highly regarded by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the centurion greatly valued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	3	l349		ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὅπως ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ	1	asking him to come so that he might save	In this context, the word **save** has a specific meaning. Alternate translation: “asking him to come and heal”
 LUK	7	4	hm7l		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν σπουδαίως	1	they asked him earnestly	Alternate translation: “they pleaded with him” or “they begged him”
 LUK	7	4	y6vt	writing-pronouns	ἄξιός ἐστιν	1	He is worthy	Here the pronoun **he** refers to the centurion, not the servant. Alternate translation: “This centurion is worthy” or “This centurion deserves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ LUK	7	6	i6kv		μὴ σκύλλου	1	do not trouble yourself	The centurion is sp
 LUK	7	6	ez29	figs-idiom	ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην μου εἰσέλθῃς	1	that you would come under my roof	**Come under my roof** is an idiom that means “come into my house.” If your language has an idiom that means “come into my dwelling,” consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	7	m9ue	figs-metonymy	εἰπὲ λόγῳ	1	speak with a word	The centurion recognized that Jesus could heal the servant just by speaking. He understood Jesus did not need to travel all the way to his home. The term **word** expresses the means by which Jesus would speak. Alternate translation: “just give a command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	7	7	m6v8		ὁ παῖς μου	1	my servant	This is not the same word for **servant** that Luke and the centurion use in the rest of this passage. This word ordinarily means “boy.” This may indicate that the servant was young, or it may show the centurion’s affection for him. Alternate translation: “my young servant” or “my dear servant”
-LUK	7	8	tkd5	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	I also am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I also have someone in authority over me, and I have soldiers under me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	8	tkd5	figs-activepassive	καὶ…ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος, ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας	1	I also am a man placed under authority, having soldiers under me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I also have someone in authority over me, and I have soldiers under me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	8	q2ep	figs-metaphor	ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν	1	under me	This is a spatial metaphor that describes the authority relationship. Alternate translation: “under my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	8	mdd5		τῷ δούλῳ μου	1	my servant	Here the word that ULT translates as **servant** is the typical word for a servant, as in [7:2](../07/02.md) and [7:3](../07/03.md). It is not the word that usually means “boy,” as in [7:7](../07/07.md).
 LUK	7	9	tpz9	writing-pronouns	ἐθαύμασεν αὐτόν	1	he marveled at him	The pronoun **him** refers to the centurion. Alternate translation: “he was amazed at the centurion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1067,66 +1067,66 @@ LUK	7	9	w8pi		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize wh
 LUK	7	9	j76u	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον	1	not even in Israel have I found such faith	The implication is that Jesus expected Jewish people to have this kind of **faith**, but they did not. He did not expect Gentiles to have this kind of **faith**, yet this man did. It may be helpful to say this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “I have not found anyone among the Israelites who trusts me as much as this Gentile does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	9	l351	figs-metonymy	οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1	not even in Israel	Jesus used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “not even in any Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	7	9	l352	figs-idiom	τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον	1	have I found such faith	Here, **found** is an idiom. The word does not suggest that Jesus was searching for something he had lost. Alternate translation: “have I encountered such faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	7	10	g4ny	figs-activepassive	οἱ πεμφθέντες	1	those who had been sent	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the friends whom the Roman officer had sent to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	10	g4ny	figs-activepassive	οἱ πεμφθέντες	1	those who had been sent	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the friends whom the Roman officer had sent to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	11	l353	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	7	11	l354	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς	1	on the next day	Luke may be using the term **day** figuratively to refer a particular time, as UST suggests by saying “soon after that.” However, this could also mean literally **the next day**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	11	dmz7	translate-names	Ναΐν	1	Nain	**Nain** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	7	12	l355	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses **and** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	7	12	l356	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	12	l357	writing-participants	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς	1	one who had died was being carried out	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man who had died, and he was being carried out of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	7	12	zr69	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	7	12	l358	figs-explicit	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother	Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city so that they could bury his body. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	12	zr69	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	12	l358	figs-explicit	ἐξεκομίζετο τεθνηκὼς μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	one who had died was being carried out, the only son of his mother	Luke assumes that his readers will know that the people were carrying the man out of the city in order to bury him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a man who had died out of the city so that they could bury his body. He was his mother's only son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	12	n96r	writing-background	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	the only begotten son of his mother (and she was a widow)	This is background information about the dead man and his mother. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to introduce it in a way that shows it is background information. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	7	12	i5iv	figs-explicit	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	the only begotten son of his mother (and she was a widow)	The implication is that in this culture, when her son died, the woman lost her only means of support, since her husband had also died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow, so he had been her only means of support” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	12	i5iv	figs-explicit	μονογενὴς υἱὸς τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ αὐτὴ ἦν χήρα	1	the only begotten son of his mother (and she was a widow)	The implication is that in this culture, when her son died, the woman lost her only means of support, since her husband had also died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now he was his mother’s only son, and she was a widow, so he had been her only means of support” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	13	l359		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
-LUK	7	13	fa42	figs-explicit	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ	1	was moved with compassion for her	The implication is that feeling compassion led Jesus to want to do something for this woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “felt very sorry for her and wanted to help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	13	fa42	figs-explicit	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτῇ	1	was moved with compassion for her	The implication is that feeling compassion led Jesus to want to do something for this woman. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “felt very sorry for her and wanted to help her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	14	quy9	translate-unknown	τῆς σοροῦ	1	the bier	This was a stretcher or bed used to move the body to the burial place. It was not necessarily something in which the body was buried. Alternate translation: “the wooden frame that was holding the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	7	14	lex4	figs-imperative	ἐγέρθητι	1	arise	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: “your life is restored, so get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	7	15	er34		ὁ νεκρὸς	1	the dead man	The man was not still dead. He was now alive. It may be helpful to state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he man had come back to life, so he was no longer dead”
 LUK	7	15	l360	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	he gave him to his mother	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and **him** and **his** refer to the young man. Alternate translation: “Jesus returned the young man to his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	7	16	rf1k	figs-personification	ἔλαβεν…φόβος πάντας	1	fear seized all of them	Luke speaks of this **fear** figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of everyone in the crowd. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	7	16	l361	figs-idiom	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	A great prophet has been raised among us	Here, **raised** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	7	16	jf1j	figs-activepassive	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	A great prophet has been raised among us	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	16	jf1j	figs-activepassive	προφήτης μέγας ἠγέρθη ἐν ἡμῖν	1	A great prophet has been raised among us	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has caused one of us to become a great prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	16	wn5b	figs-idiom	ἐπεσκέψατο	1	God has visited his people	Here, **visited** is an idiom, as in [1:68](../01/68.md) and [1:78](../01/78.md). Alternate translation: “has come to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	17	g4zt	figs-personification	ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος οὗτος…περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	this word about him went out	Luke speaks figuratively of this **word** (that is, those sayings) as if it were something that could spread around actively by itself. His expression means that people said these things about Jesus to other people, and those people then repeated them to still more people. Alternate translation: “people spread these sayings about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	7	18	r11g	writing-newevent	ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωάννῃ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	his disciples reported to John concerning all these things	This sentence introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John told him about all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	7	18	r11x	writing-newevent	οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his disciples	The term **his** refers to John the Baptist, not to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	7	18	l362	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννῃ	1	John	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	18	l362	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννῃ	1	John	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	18	jf5m	figs-explicit	πάντων τούτων	1	all these things	The implication is that **all these things** refers to Jesus healing the centurion’s servant and restoring the life of the widow’s son. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that Jesus had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	19	l363		τὸν Κύριον	1	the Lord	Here Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	7	19	l364		λέγων	1	to say	Alternate translation: “to ask”
 LUK	7	19	l365	figs-you	σὺ	1	you	Since this question would be for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	7	19	l400	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	the one who is coming	This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	19	l400	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	the one who is coming	This expression implicitly means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	20	ftb7	figs-quotesinquotes	οἱ ἄνδρες εἶπαν, Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀπέστειλεν ἡμᾶς πρὸς σὲ λέγων, σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν?	1	the men said, “John the Baptist has sent us to you to say, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect another?’”	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the men told Jesus that John the Baptist had sent them to him to ask, ‘Are you the one who is coming, or should we expect someone else?’” or “the men said, ‘John the Baptist has sent us to you to ask if you are the one who is coming, or whether we should expect someone else.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	7	20	l366	translate-names	Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς	1	John the Baptist	Here John’s disciples use the term **Baptist** as a title to identify the man named John who had sent them. The term means “one who baptizes.” Because the word “Baptist” is associated with a group of churches in many parts of the world, if your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a different form of the word as a title, as UST does. Alternatively, you could use a phrase. Alternate translation: “John the Baptizer” or “John, the one who baptizes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	7	20	l367		λέγων	1	to say	Alternate translation: “to ask”
 LUK	7	20	l368	figs-you	σὺ	1	you	Since this question is for Jesus alone, **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	7	20	l369	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	the one who is coming	This expression means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	20	l369	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	the one who is coming	This expression means “the Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	21	ys1b	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	In that hour	Here Luke uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	7	21	a7sm	figs-ellipsis	ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων, καὶ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν	1	healed many from sicknesses and afflictions and evil spirits	Here Luke is telling the story in a compressed way, and he does not distinguish clearly between healing of sickness and deliverance from evil spirits. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that distinction more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he healed many people of sicknesses that they were suffering from, and he drove evil spirits out of many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	7	21	l370	figs-hendiadys	νόσων, καὶ μαστίγων	1	sicknesses and afflictions	The phrase **sicknesses and afflictions** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **afflictions** describes the effect of the **sicknesses** on the people who had them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sicknesses that they were suffering from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	7	21	l371		τυφλοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο βλέπειν	1	to many blind people he granted to see	Alternate translation: “he enabled many blind people to see again”
 LUK	7	22	lcm2	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς	1	answering he said to them	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that after healing and delivering many people, Jesus responded to the question that John’s messengers had asked him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded to the messengers whom John had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	7	22	l372	figs-youdual	πορευθέντες…εἴδετε	1	you have gone … you have seen	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
-LUK	7	22	fvz7	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	7	22	l373	figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed	As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	22	fvz7	figs-activepassive	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	22	l373	figs-explicit	λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται	1	lepers are being cleansed	As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	22	qbe3	figs-nominaladj	κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ	1	the deaf … the dead … the poor	Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	7	23	y4px	figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	blessed is anyone who is not offended by me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	23	y4px	figs-activepassive	μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	blessed is anyone who is not offended by me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	23	i7zh	figs-litotes	μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί	1	who is not offended by me	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	7	24	abcd	writing-pronouns	ἤρξατο λέγειν	1	he began to say	Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	7	24	h9dw	figs-rquestion	τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?	1	What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed shaken by the wind?	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking? Of course not!” or “Surely you did not go out into the desert just to see a reed that the wind was shaking.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	7	24	l374	figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	A reed shaken by the wind	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “A reed that the wind was shaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	24	l374	figs-activepassive	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	A reed shaken by the wind	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “A reed that the wind was shaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	24	gbv9	figs-explicit	κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον	1	A reed shaken by the wind	The implication seems to be that a reed swaying in the breeze by the banks of the Jordan River is a commonplace sight that no one would make a trip out into the desert just to see. Alternate translation: “An ordinary thing such as a reed that the wind was shaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	25	tcp3	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	But what did you go out to see? A man dressed in soft clothes?	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that consequently he expects a negative answer. You could also translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing? Of course not!” or “You certainly did not go out to see a man wearing splendid clothing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	7	25	a1wu	figs-explicit	ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	A man dressed in soft clothes?	Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	25	a1wu	figs-explicit	ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον?	1	A man dressed in soft clothes?	Luke assumes that readers will know that John wore crude, rugged clothing. Like his residence in the desert, his clothing was a symbolic protest against the established order. As such, it would have been offensive rather than attractive. So no one would have gone out to see a person dressed that way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man wearing splendid clothing? You would not have gone to hear John if that was what you wanted to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	25	l375	figs-explicit	ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον	1	dressed in soft clothes	The term **soft clothes** refers to luxurious clothes, since normal clothing was rough. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	7	25	l376	figs-activepassive	ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον	1	dressed in soft clothes	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	25	l376	figs-activepassive	ἐν μαλακοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον	1	dressed in soft clothes	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing splendid clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	25	l377	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get the crowd to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	25	nn75	figs-explicit	τοῖς βασιλείοις	1	king’s palaces	**Palaces** are large, elaborate houses where kings or queens would live. The implication is that a celebrity watcher might go to a palace to try to catch a glimpse of royalty. But certainly no one would go out into the desert to try to see someone famous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	26	ym8l	figs-rquestion	ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? προφήτην?	1	But what did you go out to see? A prophet?	Jesus is giving the answer to the repeated question that he has been using as a teaching tool. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that this time the question leads to a positive answer. You could also translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Did you go out to see a prophet? Yes, that was why!” or “You actually went out to see a prophet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	7	26	ix16		ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Yes, I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
 LUK	7	26	r7ud	figs-idiom	περισσότερον προφήτου	1	more than a prophet	This phrase is an idiom that means that John was indeed a prophet, but that he was even greater than a typical prophet. Alternate translation: “not just an ordinary prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	7	27	cg3r	figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	This is he concerning whom it is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	27	cg3r	figs-activepassive	οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται	1	This is he concerning whom it is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom one of the prophets wrote” or “John is the one about whom the prophet Malachi wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	27	wt2m	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	God, speaking through the prophet Malachi, uses the term **behold** to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	27	s8hg	figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου σου	1	before your face	Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation, as in UST: “ahead of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	7	27	cc5u	figs-you	σου…σου	1	your … you	The words **your** and **you** are singular in both cases because God is speaking to the Messiah individually in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1139,11 +1139,11 @@ LUK	7	28	c33u	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…μικρότερος	1	the least	Jesus is us
 LUK	7	28	l379	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	7	28	r81b	figs-explicit	μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1	is greater than he	The implication is that being part of the kingdom of God is greater than any human distinctive. So anyone who is part of God’s kingdom is greater than even John, whom Jesus said was the greatest person who had ever lived before the coming of the kingdom. Alternate translation: “is greater than John is because they are part of something greater than anything that is human” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	29	idv8	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν, βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	declared God to be righteous, having been baptized with the baptism of John	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism, declared God to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	7	29	m5cn	figs-explicit	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν	1	declared God to be righteous	The implication is that the people agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	7	29	s9v6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	having been baptized with the baptism of John	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	29	m5cn	figs-explicit	ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν Θεόν	1	declared God to be righteous	The implication is that the people agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “agreed that God had been right to send John to tell them to repent of their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	29	s9v6	figs-activepassive	βαπτισθέντες τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου	1	having been baptized with the baptism of John	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because they had come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	30	l380	translate-unknown	νομικοὶ	1	lawyers	Here and elsewhere in the book, the term **lawyers** does not mean people who would represent clients and argue cases in court or draw up legal documents. Rather, it refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	7	30	v8f5	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν εἰς ἑαυτούς, μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	rejected the purpose of God for themselves, not having been baptized by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had not come to John for baptism, rejected what God wanted them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	7	30	wqc3	figs-activepassive	μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	not having been baptized by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because John had not baptized them” or “because they had not come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	30	wqc3	figs-activepassive	μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	not having been baptized by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because John had not baptized them” or “because they had not come to John for baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	31	cs1j	figs-rquestion	τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι?	1	To what, then, will I compare the men of this generation? And what are they like?	Jesus is using these questions as a teaching tool, to introduce a comparison. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate them as statements. Alternate translation: “This is what I compare the people of this time to. This is what they are like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	7	31	ix8z	figs-parallelism	τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι?	1	To what, then, will I compare the men of this generation? And what are they like?	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis and to capture the interest of his listeners. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “What should I compare the people of this time to?” or “This is what I compare the people of this time to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	7	31	ec4k	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	the men of this generation	Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ LUK	7	34	am9s		ἄνθρωπος φάγος	1	a man, a glutton	Alternate transla
 LUK	7	34	chu4		ἄνθρωπος…οἰνοπότης	1	a man, … a drunkard	Alternate translation: “a man who is a drunkard” or “a man who drinks too much alcohol”
 LUK	7	35	ba4g	writing-proverbs	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	This appears to be a proverb, a short popular saying of the culture, that Jesus applied to this situation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the saying is true that wisdom is justified by all her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 LUK	7	35	l384	figs-idiom	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	This proverb likely uses a Hebrew idiom in which the “sons” or **children** of a thing share its qualities. Alternate translation: “wisdom is justified by people who are wise themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	7	35	l385	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	35	l385	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς	1	wisdom is justified by all her children	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wise people recognize when someone else is following a wise course” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	36	fd2c	writing-newevent	ἠρώτα δέ τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἵνα φάγῃ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Then one of the Pharisees requested him to eat with him	This phrase introduces a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	7	36	lhd4	writing-participants	τις…τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	one of the Pharisees	This phrase also introduces the Pharisee into the story. In [7:40](../07/40.md), Jesus addresses him as Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give his name here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a Pharisee named Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	7	36	dy31	translate-unknown	κατεκλίθη	1	he reclined to eat	See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). It was the custom in this culture for dinner guests to eat while lying comfortably around the table on banqueting couches. Alternate translation: “he took his place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1182,9 +1182,9 @@ LUK	7	40	u3cg	translate-names	Σίμων	1	Simon	This was the name of the Pharis
 LUK	7	40	l389		ὁ δέ, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ, φησίν	1	And he says, “Say it, Teacher!”	To call attention to a development in the story, Luke uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Say it, Teacher!’”
 LUK	7	40	l390	figs-imperative	Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ	1	Say it, Teacher!	Simon is inviting Jesus to speak, not ordering him to speak. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words as more of an invitation. You could also translate them as a question, as UST does. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and say it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	7	40	l391		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	This was a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
-LUK	7	41	sv92	figs-parables	δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι	1	There were two debtors	To help Simon the Pharisee understand what he wants to teach him, Jesus tells him a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told him this story to help him understand. ‘There were two debtors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK	7	41	sv92	figs-parables	δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι	1	There were two debtors	To help Simon the Pharisee understand what he wants to teach him, Jesus tells him a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told him this story to help him understand. ‘There were two debtors’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	7	41	fcq6		δύο χρεοφιλέται ἦσαν: δανιστῇ τινι	1	There were two debtors to a certain moneylender	Alternate translation: “Two different people owed money to the same moneylender”
-LUK	7	41	snz6	translate-bmoney	δηνάρια πεντακόσια	1	500 denarii	The word **denarii** is the plural of “denarius.” A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “500 silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to a year and a half’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+LUK	7	41	snz6	translate-bmoney	δηνάρια πεντακόσια	1	500 denarii	The word **denarii** is the plural of “denarius.” A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “500 silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to a year and a half’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 LUK	7	41	i92j	translate-bmoney	ὁ δὲ ἕτερος πεντήκοντα	1	and the other 50	Alternate translation: “the other person owed 50 silver coins” or “the other person owed an amount equal to 50 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 LUK	7	42	l392	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἐχόντων αὐτῶν ἀποδοῦναι	1	When they did not have to repay	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. He is not saying that the men no longer needed to repay these debts. Rather, he is saying that they did not have enough money to repay the lender what they owed him. Alternate translation: “When they were not able to repay their debts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	7	42	lbq6	figs-idiom	ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο	1	he forgave them both	This does not mean literally that the lender decided he would not hold their failure to repay against them. Rather, it is an idiom that means that he told them they did not have to repay the money. Alternate translation: “he canceled both of their debts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1192,26 +1192,26 @@ LUK	7	43	l393	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν	1	Sim
 LUK	7	43	l394	figs-ellipsis	ὑπολαμβάνω ὅτι ᾧ τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο	1	I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most	Simon leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “I suppose that the one to whom he forgave the most will love him the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	7	43	uyj6		ὑπολαμβάνω	1	I suppose	Simon was cautious about his answer. Alternate translation: “Probably”
 LUK	7	43	zqz4		ὀρθῶς ἔκρινας	1	You have judged correctly	Alternate translation: “You are right”
-LUK	7	44	s7g6	translate-symaction	στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα	1	he turned to the woman	Jesus **turned to the woman** in order to direct Simon’s attention to her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned to the woman so that Simon would look at her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+LUK	7	44	s7g6	translate-symaction	στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα	1	he turned to the woman	Jesus **turned to the woman** in order to direct Simon’s attention to her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned to the woman so that Simon would look at her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	7	44	l395	figs-rquestion	βλέπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα?	1	Do you see this woman?	Jesus does not expect Simon to tell him whether he can **see** the **woman**. Rather, he is using the question as a teaching tool, to focus Simon’s attention on her as an example of showing love and gratitude. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to consider this woman.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	7	44	mw7d	figs-explicit	ὕδωρ μοι ἐπὶ πόδας οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	You did not give me water for my feet	It was a basic responsibility of a host to provide **water** and a towel for guests to wash and dry their **feet** after walking on dusty roads. Alternate translation: “You did not provide me with anything to wash my feet, as a considerate host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	44	mw58	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐκ ἔδωκας; αὕτη δὲ	1	You did not give … but she	In this verse and the next two verses, Jesus uses such phrases to contrast Simon’s lack of courtesy with the woman’s extreme actions of gratitude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	7	44	am5z	figs-explicit	αὕτη…τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας	1	she has wet my feet with her tears	The woman used **her tears** in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	7	44	ld62	figs-explicit	καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν	1	and wiped them with her hair	The woman used **her hair** in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	44	am5z	figs-explicit	αὕτη…τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἔβρεξέν μου τοὺς πόδας	1	she has wet my feet with her tears	The woman used **her tears** in place of the missing water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she has wet my feet with her tears in place of the water you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	44	ld62	figs-explicit	καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν	1	and wiped them with her hair	The woman used **her hair** in place of the missing towel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and she has dried my feet with her hair in place of the towel you did not provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	45	xj92	figs-explicit	φίλημά μοι οὐκ ἔδωκας	1	You did not give me a kiss	It was customary in this culture for a host to greet a guest with a **kiss** on the cheek. Simon did not do this for Jesus. Alternate translation: “You did not greet me with a kiss on the cheek, as a welcoming host would have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	45	r2jj	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	has not stopped kissing my feet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **stopped**. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	7	45	u3er	translate-symaction	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	has not stopped kissing my feet	The woman kissed the **feet** of Jesus, rather than his cheek, as a sign of extreme repentance and humility. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet to show her repentance and humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+LUK	7	45	u3er	translate-symaction	οὐ διέλιπεν καταφιλοῦσά μου τοὺς πόδας	1	has not stopped kissing my feet	The woman kissed the **feet** of Jesus, rather than his cheek, as a sign of extreme repentance and humility. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has continued to kiss my feet to show her repentance and humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	7	46	j8wj	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐκ ἤλειψας; αὕτη δὲ	1	You did not anoint … but she	Jesus continues to contrast Simon’s poor hospitality with the actions of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	7	46	le9a	figs-explicit	ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου οὐκ ἤλειψας	1	You did not anoint my head with oil	It was the custom in this culture to welcome an honored guest by pouring refreshing olive **oil** on his **head**. Alternate translation: “You did not welcome me by pouring oil on my head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	7	46	g6va	translate-symaction	ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας μου	1	has anointed my feet	The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility and expressed her own sense of unworthiness by anointing his **feet** instead of his head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has anointed my feet to show her humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+LUK	7	46	g6va	translate-symaction	ἤλειψεν τοὺς πόδας μου	1	has anointed my feet	The woman greatly honored Jesus by doing this. She demonstrated humility and expressed her own sense of unworthiness by anointing his **feet** instead of his head. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has anointed my feet to show her humility” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	7	47	kwc5		λέγω σοι	1	I say to you	This phrase emphasizes the importance of the statement that follows. Alternate translation: “pay attention to this”
-LUK	7	47	clu2	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς αἱ πολλαί	1	her sins, which were many, have been forgiven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven her many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	7	47	l396	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	for she loved much	The implication is that her display of love was the evidence that her sins were forgiven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We can tell this because she has shown that she greatly loves the one who forgave her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	7	47	clu2	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς αἱ πολλαί	1	her sins, which were many, have been forgiven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven her many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	47	l396	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	for she loved much	The implication is that her display of love was the evidence that her sins were forgiven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “We can tell this because she has shown that she greatly loves the one who forgave her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	7	47	jql4		ὅτι ἠγάπησεν πολύ	1	for she loved much	Your language may require you to state the object of **loved**. Alternate translation: “because she greatly loves the one who forgave her”
 LUK	7	47	qd9q	figs-explicit	ᾧ δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται, ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ	1	the one to whom little is forgiven loves little	In this sentence Jesus states a general principle. However, he is saying implicitly that Simon specifically has shown very little love for him. A further implication is that **one to whom little is forgiven** is actually someone who thinks he is better than others and mistakenly thinks he does not need to be forgiven for very much. Alternate translation: “a person like you who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things does not show much love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	7	47	l397	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…ὀλίγον ἀφίεται	1	the one to whom little is forgiven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	47	l397	figs-activepassive	ᾧ…ὀλίγον ἀφίεται	1	the one to whom little is forgiven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the person who thinks that God has only had to forgive him for a few things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	48	c7hj	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῇ	1	Then he said to her	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, not to Simon. The word **her** refers to the woman. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	7	48	lq5v	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	7	48	lq5v	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	Your sins are forgiven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	7	49	enw4		συνανακείμενοι	1	reclining with him to eat	Alternate translation: “who were eating together with him”
 LUK	7	49	ie4z	figs-rquestion	τίς οὗτός ἐστιν ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν?	1	Who is this who even forgives sins?	The religious leaders knew that only God could forgive sins. They did not believe that Jesus was God. So they are using the question form to make an accusation. Alternate translation: “This man is not God, so he cannot forgive sins!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	7	50	lje8	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “you have trusted in God, and God has saved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ LUK	8	1	l402	figs-nominaladj	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Luke is using the a
 LUK	8	1	l403	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	2	g99l	figs-activepassive	αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν	1	who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	2	jq4g	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	8	2	n4x6	figs-activepassive	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	2	n4x6	figs-activepassive	Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή	1	Mary who was called Magdalene	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	2	l404	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει	1	from whom seven demons had gone out	The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	3	tfz5	translate-names	Ἰωάννα…Σουσάννα	1	Joanna … Susanna	These are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	3	w9kl	translate-names	Χουζᾶ…Ἡρῴδου	1	Chuza … Herod	These are the names of two men. See how you translated the name Herod in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ LUK	8	4	l406	figs-idiom	κατὰ πόλιν	1	by city	This is an idiom. Alterna
 LUK	8	4	l407	figs-parables	εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς	1	he spoke in a parable	This means that Jesus told a brief story to teach something true in an understandable and memorable way. Alternate translation: “he told them this story to help them understand God’s ways better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	8	5	ndc3		ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν σπόρον αὐτοῦ	1	The sower went out to sow his seed	Use either the singular or the plural to translate **seed** in this story, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A farmer went out to scatter some seed in a field” or “A farmer went out to scatter some seeds in a field”
 LUK	8	5	cv1h		ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν	1	some fell	Alternate translation: “some of the seed fell” or “some of the seeds fell”
-LUK	8	5	a5mz	figs-activepassive	κατεπατήθη	1	it was trampled underfoot	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people walked on it” or “people walked on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	5	a5mz	figs-activepassive	κατεπατήθη	1	it was trampled underfoot	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people walked on it” or “people walked on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	5	n8bw	figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	the birds of the sky	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. However, you could also use an action clause to keep the sense of **sky**. Alternate translation: “birds” or “birds flew down and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 LUK	8	5	lt8n		κατέφαγεν αὐτό	1	devoured it	Alternate translation: “ate it all” or “ate them all”
 LUK	8	6	k6a4		ἐξηράνθη	1	it withered away	Continue to use either the singular or the plural, whichever would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “each plant dried out and shriveled up” or “the plants dried out and shriveled up”
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ LUK	8	8	b92z	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτ
 LUK	8	8	l408	figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	8	8	l409	figs-you	ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω	1	The one who has ears to hear, let him hear	If you choose to translate this in the second person, **you** would be plural, since Jesus is speaking to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	8	9	l410		τίς αὕτη εἴη ἡ παραβολή	1	What is this parable?	Alternate translation: “What does this story mean?”
-LUK	8	10	je1f	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι	1	To you has been granted to know	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has allowed you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	10	je1f	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι	1	To you has been granted to know	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has allowed you to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	10	s7xp		τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the mysteries of the kingdom of God	These are spiritual truths that people had not previously understood. Jesus is now revealing them. Alternate translation: “the secrets of the kingdom of God”
 LUK	8	10	l411	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “of how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	8	10	l6sk	figs-ellipsis	τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς	1	but to the rest in parables	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “but I speak in parables to the people who are not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1259,16 +1259,16 @@ LUK	8	11	hb1t	figs-metonymy	ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ
 LUK	8	12	xsa7	figs-metaphor	οἱ…παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	the ones along the path are those who have heard	Jesus begins to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “The seeds that fell along the path represent people who hear the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	8	12	h969	figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	The parable represented this figuratively as a bird snatching away seeds. Try to use words in your language that retain that image. Alternate translation: “but then the devil comes and snatches the message away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	8	12	jb9t	figs-metaphor	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	The word **hearts** figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “the devil comes and keeps them from understanding and appreciating the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	8	12	l413	figs-explicit	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	Based on the figurative meaning of the parable, the implication is that these people did not appreciate the message deeply, just as seeds could not go down deep into the hard-packed soil of the path. And so the devil would be able to break up their superficial awareness and concentration by distracting them with everyday concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil distracts them and they forget about the message they heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	12	l413	figs-explicit	εἶτα ἔρχεται ὁ διάβολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	but then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts	Based on the figurative meaning of the parable, the implication is that these people did not appreciate the message deeply, just as seeds could not go down deep into the hard-packed soil of the path. And so the devil would be able to break up their superficial awareness and concentration by distracting them with everyday concerns. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil distracts them and they forget about the message they heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	12	l414	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	the word	Jesus is using the term **word** figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	8	12	g7r7	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν	1	so they may not believe and be saved	This phrase explains the devil’s purpose. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “because the devil does not want them to trust in God so that God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	12	g7r7	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν	1	so they may not believe and be saved	This phrase explains the devil’s purpose. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “because the devil does not want them to trust in God so that God will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	13	juq1	figs-metaphor	οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας, οἳ	1	And the ones on the rock are those	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell on the rocky soil represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	8	13	ar4x		τῆς πέτρας	1	the rock	Alternate translation: “the rocky soil” or “the shallow soil above the rocky layer”
 LUK	8	13	l415	figs-metonymy	μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγον	1	who … receive the word with joy	Jesus uses the term **word** figuratively to refer to the message that people share by using words. Alternate translation: “who … gladly believe the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	8	13	bm51		ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ	1	in a time of testing	Alternate translation: “when they experience hardship”
 LUK	8	13	e5rw	figs-metonymy	ἀφίστανται	1	they go away	Jesus is using the way such people **go away** from the community of believers to mean figuratively that they stop believing. Alternate translation: “they stop believing” or “they stop being disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	8	14	k4u4	figs-metaphor	τὸ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ	1	And the ones that fell among the thorns, these are the ones	Jesus continues to explain the figurative meanings of the seeds that fell in different places. Alternate translation: “In the parable, the seeds that fell among the thorns represent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	8	14	y3ue	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου…συνπνίγονται	1	they are choked by cares and riches and pleasures of this life	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	14	y3ue	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν, καὶ πλούτου, καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου…συνπνίγονται	1	they are choked by cares and riches and pleasures of this life	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the cares and riches and pleasures of this life choke them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	14	uut6		μεριμνῶν	1	cares	Alternate translation: “things that people worry about”
 LUK	8	14	b384		ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου	1	pleasures of this life	Alternate translation: “the things in this life that people enjoy”
 LUK	8	14	xhv7	figs-metaphor	οὐ τελεσφοροῦσιν	1	they do not produce mature fruit	The phrase **mature fruit** figuratively means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “they do not mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1277,20 +1277,20 @@ LUK	8	15	l62d	figs-metonymy	ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον	1	having he
 LUK	8	15	l416	figs-doublet	ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ	1	with an honest and good heart	The terms **honest** and **good** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis and clarity. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	8	15	pbi7	figs-metaphor	ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ	1	with an honest and good heart	In this expression, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “with genuine intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	8	15	i51s	figs-metaphor	καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν ὑπομονῇ	1	bear fruit with endurance	Here, **fruit** figuratively means spiritual maturity that is evidenced by godly character and loving actions. Alternate translation: “because they persevere, they mature into people of godly character who act out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	8	16	n86n	figs-parables	οὐδεὶς δὲ λύχνον ἅψας	1	And no one lights a lamp	After Jesus finished explaining the story about the seeds, he gave his disciples another example to illustrate that God wants them to understand spiritual truths. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them another example. ‘No one lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK	8	16	n86n	figs-parables	οὐδεὶς δὲ λύχνον ἅψας	1	And no one lights a lamp	After Jesus finished explaining the story about the seeds, he gave his disciples another example to illustrate that God wants them to understand spiritual truths. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them another example. ‘No one lights a lamp’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	8	16	l417	figs-ellipsis	οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι	1	those who enter	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “those who enter the room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	8	17	n5ca	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…ἐστιν κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ φανερὸν γενήσεται	1	nothing is hidden that will not become visible	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is hidden will become visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	8	17	iv9q	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could also translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is secret will be known and become visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	8	17	l418	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will reveal every secret and make it visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	17	l418	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will reveal every secret and make it visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	17	l419	figs-doublet	οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ	1	nor secret that will not be known and come into visibility	The phrases **be known** and **come into visibility** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “and God will clearly reveal every secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	8	18	l420		βλέπετε οὖν πῶς ἀκούετε	1	so be careful how you listen	The phrase **be careful** does not mean that listening is dangerous. Rather, it means that people should listen carefully, because, as Jesus has just said, God wants to reveal spiritual secrets. Alternate translation: “so make sure that you listen well” or “so listen carefully and reflect on what you hear”
-LUK	8	18	l421	figs-explicit	ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	The implication in context is that the phrase **whoever has, it will be given to him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will be given more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	8	18	bq9f	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will understand better” or “God will give greater understanding to anyone who seeks sincerely to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	8	18	l422	figs-explicit	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him	The implication once again is that the phrase **whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But whoever does not have understanding, even what understanding he thinks he has will be taken away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	8	18	ihh9	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever presumes that he already understands will understand less and less” or “God will not give greater understanding to anyone who presumes that he already understands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	18	l421	figs-explicit	ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	The implication in context is that the phrase **whoever has, it will be given to him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will be given more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	18	bq9f	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἂν…ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	whoever has, it will be given to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever seeks sincerely to understand will understand better” or “God will give greater understanding to anyone who seeks sincerely to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	18	l422	figs-explicit	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him	The implication once again is that the phrase **whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him** refers to understanding and believing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But whoever does not have understanding, even what understanding he thinks he has will be taken away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	18	ihh9	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ἔχῃ, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	whoever does not have, even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whoever presumes that he already understands will understand less and less” or “God will not give greater understanding to anyone who presumes that he already understands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	19	l423	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	Then	Luke uses **then** to introduce a new event and to indicate that it came after the event he has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	8	19	dw3m	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	his brothers	These were Jesus' younger brothers. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-LUK	8	20	wr4t	figs-activepassive	ἀπηγγέλη…αὐτῷ	1	it was reported to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	20	wr4t	figs-activepassive	ἀπηγγέλη…αὐτῷ	1	it was reported to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. The subject should be plural, since in the next verse Jesus responds to “them.” Alternate translation: “people told him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	20	l424	figs-you	σου…σου…σε	1	your … your … you	Since the person who said this was speaking to Jesus alone, **your** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	8	20	un5d		ἰδεῖν θέλοντές σε	1	wanting to see you	Alternate translation: “and they would like to see you”
 LUK	8	21	l425	figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	But answering he said to them	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the information that people gave him. Alternate translation: “But Jesus responded to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -1305,8 +1305,8 @@ LUK	8	23	vh2v		πλεόντων…αὐτῶν	1	as they voyaged	The term **voya
 LUK	8	23	sf8z	writing-pronouns	ἀφύπνωσεν	1	he fell asleep	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	8	23	mdb5	figs-idiom	κατέβη λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου εἰς τὴν λίμνην	1	a windstorm came down on the lake	Luke says **came down** because these winds blew down from the hills surrounding the lake. Alternate translation: “very strong winds suddenly began to blow on the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	8	23	l429	figs-metonymy	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	Luke says **they**, meaning the disciples, to refer figuratively by association to the boat they were in. Alternate translation: “the boat was being filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	8	23	l430	figs-activepassive	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	8	23	uki7	figs-explicit	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, so that the water began to fill it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	23	l430	figs-activepassive	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what was doing the action. Alternate translation: “water started to fill up their boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	23	uki7	figs-explicit	συνεπληροῦντο	1	they were being filled	The implication is that the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of the boat, and that this water was filling the boat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the strong winds were causing high waves that pushed water over the sides of their boat, so that the water began to fill it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	24	l432		Ἐπιστάτα	1	Master	**Master** is the title by which disciples addressed their teacher in this culture. If your language and culture have a similar term, you can use it here in your translation.
 LUK	8	24	l431		λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, Ἐπιστάτα, ἀπολλύμεθα!	1	saying, “Master! Master! We are perishing!”	The repetition indicates that the disciples called to Jesus urgently and continually. Alternate translation: “crying out continually, ‘Master! We’re going to die!’”
 LUK	8	24	l433	figs-exclusive	ἀπολλύμεθα	1	We are perishing	Since the disciples want Jesus to understand that he is in danger too, the word **we** would include him. Alternate translation: “We’re all going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -1335,8 +1335,8 @@ LUK	8	29	l437	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	Luke is giving the reas
 LUK	8	29	l438	translate-versebridge	παρήγγειλεν γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	he had commanded the unclean spirit to come out from the man	If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge and put this sentence in [8:28](../08/28.md), after the man bows down to Jesus but before he speaks, changing the tense of the verb to fit the context. You could also put the next sentence in this verse at the end of [8:27](../08/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 LUK	8	29	l439	writing-background	πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις	1	For many times	Luke uses this phrase to introduce further background information about what the demon had done to the man before Jesus met him. Alternate translation: “Many times in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	8	29	j3yj	figs-events	πολλοῖς γὰρ χρόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος	1	For many times it had seized him, and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Luke appears to be describing how the demon would seize the man after he was bound and while he was being guarded. Alternate translation: “For though he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, many times it had seized him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events)
-LUK	8	29	bxz4	figs-activepassive	ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος, καὶ διαρήσσων τὰ δεσμὰ	1	he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, and breaking his bonds	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation (no comma following): “though the people in the area had bound him with chains and shackles and kept him under guard, he would break his bonds and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	8	29	bey5	figs-activepassive	ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	he would be driven by the demon	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demon would make him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	29	bxz4	figs-activepassive	ἐδεσμεύετο ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις, φυλασσόμενος, καὶ διαρήσσων τὰ δεσμὰ	1	he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, and breaking his bonds	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation (no comma following): “though the people in the area had bound him with chains and shackles and kept him under guard, he would break his bonds and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	29	bey5	figs-activepassive	ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου	1	he would be driven by the demon	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demon would make him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	30	l440	figs-you	σοι	1	your	Since Luke indicates in the previous verse that Jesus is speaking to the unclean spirit here, **your** is singular, even though the demon responds that he is speaking for “many,” and even though in the following verses Luke says **they** and **them** for the multiple demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	8	30	p31w	translate-names	λεγεών	1	Legion	Translate the word **Legion** with a word in your language that refers to a large number of soldiers. Show that this was the name of the demon by using the convention in your language for proper names. Alternate translation: “Army” or “Battalion” or “Brigade” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	31	qcn1		παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν	1	they were begging him	Alternate translation: “the demons kept begging Jesus”
@@ -1347,21 +1347,21 @@ LUK	8	32	l442	writing-pronouns	παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπ
 LUK	8	32	l443		καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς	1	And he gave them permission	Luke does not say specifically why Jesus allowed the demons to go into the pigs. But Jesus did not necessarily do so because the demons begged him. He may have had other reasons of his own. So it would probably be best to translate this in a neutral way, as ULT and UST both do, rather than beginning with a word such as “So,” which would imply that Jesus agreed to this because the demons begged him.
 LUK	8	33	na38	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια	1	Then the demons came out	The term translated as **then** could mean that the demons came of out the man because Jesus told them they could go into the pigs. You could begin this sentence with the word **so**, as UST does, to show that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	8	33	gz5x		ὥρμησεν	1	rushed	Alternate translation: “ran very fast”
-LUK	8	33	ja6x	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀπεπνίγη	1	and was drowned	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. You do not need to specify someone who did this action to the pigs, because no one caused them to drown once they were in the water. Alternate translation: “and drowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	33	ja6x	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀπεπνίγη	1	and was drowned	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. You do not need to specify someone who did this action to the pigs, because no one caused them to drown once they were in the water. Alternate translation: “and drowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	34	l444	figs-merism	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	in the city and in the countryside	Here Luke uses a figure of speech to refer to that whole region by naming the two constituent parts of it. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	8	34	l445	figs-explicit	εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς	1	in the city and in the countryside	You could also translate this more literally. The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in [8:29](../08/29.md) that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. Alternate translation: “in the city of Gerasa and in the surrounding countryside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	8	35	l446	figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθον	1	they went out	Here, as well as in the other two instances in this verse, **they** refers to the people of that region, as in [8:37](../08/37.md). The term **went out** indicates the remote area where the man had been living. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over that region went out to that remote area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	35	l446	figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθον	1	they went out	Here, as well as in the other two instances in this verse, **they** refers to the people of that region, as in [8:37](../08/37.md). The term **went out** indicates the remote area where the man had been living. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over that region went out to that remote area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	35	ju71		εὗραν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐξῆλθεν	1	found the man from whom the demons had gone out	Alternate translation: “saw the man whom the demons had left”
-LUK	8	35	l447	figs-activepassive	ἱματισμένον	1	clothed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	35	l447	figs-activepassive	ἱματισμένον	1	clothed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	35	w3tq		σωφρονοῦντα	1	being sound-minded	Alternate translation: “behaving normally”
 LUK	8	35	x9lp	figs-idiom	καθήμενον…παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	sitting at the feet of Jesus	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sitting on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	8	35	j89t	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	they were afraid	The implication is that they were afraid of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	35	j89t	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	they were afraid	The implication is that they were afraid of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	36	xtf3	figs-ellipsis	οἱ ἰδόντες	1	those who had seen	Alternate translation: “those who had seen what had happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	8	36	kv18	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ὁ δαιμονισθείς	1	the one who had been possessed by demons had been saved	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “Jesus had delivered the man from the demons who had controlled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	36	kv18	figs-activepassive	ἐσώθη ὁ δαιμονισθείς	1	the one who had been possessed by demons had been saved	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “Jesus had delivered the man from the demons who had controlled him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	37	l448	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς περιχώρου	1	all the multitude of the region	This phrase means “everyone who lived in that area.” It is a generalization for emphasis, since every single resident of that region did not make this request. Rather, this was the general request of the crowd that came out to see what had happened. Alternate translation: “the crowd that had gathered from the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	8	37	ai7m		τῆς περιχώρου τῶν Γερασηνῶν	1	the region of the Gerasenes	Alternate translation: “the area where the Gerasene people lived”
 LUK	8	37	l449	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	for they were seized by great fear	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this phrase first in the sentence, since it gives the reason for the result that the rest of the sentence describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	8	37	jbh5	figs-activepassive	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	they were seized by great fear	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	37	jbh5	figs-activepassive	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	they were seized by great fear	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	37	l450	figs-personification	φόβῳ μεγάλῳ συνείχοντο	1	they were seized by great fear	Luke speaks of this **fear** figuratively as if it were something that could actively take hold of these people. Alternate translation: “they became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	8	37	l451	figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς δὲ ἐμβὰς, εἰς πλοῖον	1	he got into the boat	Luke figuratively says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples got into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	8	37	ue8c	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψεν	1	to return	The implication is that Jesus and his disciples were going to return to Galilee. Alternate translation: “to go back across the lake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ LUK	8	38	l452	figs-quotations	ἐδεῖτο…αὐτοῦ…εἶναι σὺ
 LUK	8	38	abce	writing-pronouns	ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν	1	he sent him away	The pronoun**he** refers to Jesus, and the word **him** refers to the man. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent the man away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	8	39	zl3v	figs-metonymy	τὸν οἶκόν σου	1	your house	Jesus is using the word **house** figuratively to mean the people who live in the man’s **house**. Alternate translation: “your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	8	39	c9nh		διηγοῦ ὅσα σοι ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός	1	describe all that God has done for you	Alternate translation: “tell them everything about what God has done for you”
-LUK	8	39	l453	figs-explicit	καθ’ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν	1	throughout the whole city	The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in [8:29](../08/29.md) that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	39	l453	figs-explicit	καθ’ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν	1	throughout the whole city	The implication is that this means the city of Gerasa, since Luke says in [8:29](../08/29.md) that Jesus and his disciples came to the region where this city was located. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole city of Gerasa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	40	l454	figs-synecdoche	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑποστρέφειν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Now when Jesus returned	Luke figuratively says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Now when Jesus returned with his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	8	40	yd57	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀπεδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος; ἦσαν γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες αὐτόν	1	the crowd welcomed him, for they were all expecting him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the results that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the crowd had been expecting him, and so they greeted him joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	8	41	l455	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ LUK	8	41	l456	writing-participants	ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰά
 LUK	8	41	l457	translate-names	Ἰάειρος	1	Jairus	**Jairus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	8	41	avi8		ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς	1	a ruler of the synagogue	Alternate translation: “one of the leaders at the local synagogue” or “a leader of the people who met at the synagogue in that city”
 LUK	8	41	epa2	translate-symaction	πεσὼν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Ἰησοῦ	1	falling at the feet of Jesus	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Jairus did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	8	42	kq2v	figs-explicit	ἀπέθνῃσκεν	1	was dying	The implication is that Jairus wanted Jesus to heal her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was about to die, and he wanted Jesus to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	42	kq2v	figs-explicit	ἀπέθνῃσκεν	1	was dying	The implication is that Jairus wanted Jesus to heal her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was about to die, and he wanted Jesus to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	42	ymb1	figs-explicit	ἐν δὲ τῷ ὑπάγειν αὐτὸν	1	And as he was going	You may need to say first in your language that Jesus had agreed to go with Jairus. You could put that information in a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “So Jesus agreed to go with him. Now as he was on his way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	42	l458	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	8	42	kw2y		οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν	1	the crowds were crowding around him	Alternate translation: “the people were crowding tightly around Jesus”
@@ -1386,16 +1386,16 @@ LUK	8	43	l7pu	writing-participants	γυνὴ οὖσα	1	there was a woman	This
 LUK	8	43	h9uq	figs-euphemism	ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος	1	with a flow of blood	Luke uses the phrase **a flow of blood** refers to her condition discreetly by using a mild expression. She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you can use that expression here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	8	43	l459	translate-textvariants	ἰατροῖς προσαναλώσασα ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	having spent all her living on doctors	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this phrase in your translation. The note below discusses a translation issue in this phrase for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	8	43	l460	figs-metonymy	ὅλον τὸν βίον	1	all her living	This phrase uses the term **living** figuratively to mean the money that was needed for **living**. Alternate translation: “all of her money” or “all the money she had to live on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	8	43	zb4a	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι	1	was not able to be healed by anyone	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom no one had been able to heal” or, if you include the phrase from the textual variant, “who had spent all of her money on doctors, but none of them had been able to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	43	zb4a	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἀπ’ οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι	1	was not able to be healed by anyone	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom no one had been able to heal” or, if you include the phrase from the textual variant, “who had spent all of her money on doctors, but none of them had been able to heal her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	44	vwe6	translate-unknown	ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ	1	touched the edge of his cloak	Jewish men wore tassels on the edges of their robes, as commanded in God’s Law. The woman likely **touched** one of those tassles. Alternate translation: “touched a tassel on his robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	8	45	c3wm	figs-explicit	οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	the crowds are crowding around and pressing against you	By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	8	45	c3wm	figs-explicit	οἱ ὄχλοι συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	the crowds are crowding around and pressing against you	By saying this, Peter was implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are many people crowding around you and pressing in against you, so any one of them might have touched you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	45	l461	figs-doublet	συνέχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν	1	crowding around and pressing against you	These two expressions mean similar things. Peter is using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “pressing against you from every side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	8	46	u6am	figs-explicit	ἥψατό μού τις	1	Someone touched me	The implication is that Jesus means someone reached out and **touched** him intentionally. He is not referring to the accidental jostling of the crowd. Alternate translation: “Someone deliberately touched me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	46	zmu9	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ…ἔγνων δύναμιν ἐξεληλυθυῖαν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1	I know power has gone out from me	Jesus did not lose power or become weak. Rather, he recognized that power had gone out from him and healed someone. Alternate translation: “I felt power go out from me and heal someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	47	cwn4	figs-explicit	ὅτι οὐκ ἔλαθεν	1	that she could not hide	The implication is that she could not hide the fact that she had touched Jesus deliberately. Alternate translation: “that she could not keep it a secret that she was the one who had touched Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	47	vua6	figs-explicit	τρέμουσα ἦλθεν	1	she came trembling	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the implicit reason why she was **trembling**. Alternate translation: “she came trembling with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	8	47	vxl7	translate-symaction	προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ	1	fell down before him	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the woman did not fall down accidentally. Rather, bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a sign of humility and respect for him. Alternate translation: “respectfully bowed down in front of Jesus” or “respectfully lay down on the ground in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	8	47	l462	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη	1	she had been healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she had become healthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	47	l462	figs-activepassive	ἰάθη	1	she had been healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she had become healthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	48	v4m9	figs-idiom	θύγατερ	1	Daughter	This was a kind way of speaking to a woman. Your language may have another way of expressing the same kindness. Alternate translation: “My dear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	8	48	uja4	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has saved you	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	8	48	l463	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	your faith has saved you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the woman’s **faith** as if it had actively healed her. He means that it provided the conditions for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because you believed, you have become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ LUK	8	49	id9v	figs-explicit	μηκέτι σκύλλε τὸν διδάσκαλο
 LUK	8	49	n6ez		τὸν διδάσκαλον	1	the Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You can translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 LUK	8	50	l466	writing-pronouns	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ	1	he answered him	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jairus, not the messenger. Jesus did not respond directly to the messenger. Rather, he reassured Jairus, despite the news. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Jairus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	8	50	ej1b		σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	In this context, the word **saved** has a specific meaning, comparable in this context to the meaning “healed.” Alternate translation: “she will come back to life”
-LUK	8	50	l467	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	8	50	l467	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	8	51	gl9g	figs-synecdoche	ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν	1	when he came to the house	Luke figuratively says **he**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group that was coming with Jesus, which included his disciples and Jairus and likely others. Alternate translation: “when they arrived at the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	8	51	qal2	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἀφῆκεν…τινα…εἰ μὴ	1	he did not allow anyone … except	If, in your language, it would appear that Luke was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus only allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 LUK	8	51	i4v1		τὸν πατέρα τῆς παιδὸς	1	the father of the child	The phrase **the father of the child** refers to Jairus. Alternate translation: “Jairus, the girl’s father”
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ LUK	9	3	pp64	translate-unknown	πήραν	1	bag	The team **bag** means something
 LUK	9	3	n237	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1	bread	Jesus figuratively uses one kind of food, **bread**, to represent food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	9	3	l474	figs-metonymy	ἀργύριον	1	silver	Jesus figuratively uses a means by which value is stored and exchanged, **silver**, to represent money by association. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	9	3	l475	figs-litotes	μήτε δύο χιτῶνας ἔχειν	1	nor have two tunics	Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. When he says that these men should not each have two tunics, he means that they each should only have one tunic. Alternate translation: “and do not bring an extra tunic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-LUK	9	4	kyw3	figs-explicit	εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε	1	whatever house you enter into	The implication is that the disciples can **enter** a house because the people living there have welcomed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any house where you are welcomed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	4	kyw3	figs-explicit	εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε	1	whatever house you enter into	The implication is that the disciples can **enter** a house because the people living there have welcomed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any house where you are welcomed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	4	sa5w		ἐκεῖ μένετε	1	stay there	Alternate translation: “stay in that same house”
 LUK	9	4	ksb3		καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέρχεσθε	1	and go out from there	Alternate translation: “until you leave that place”
 LUK	9	5	ux5m		καὶ ὅσοι ἂν μὴ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξερχόμενοι	1	And wherever they do not receive you, when you go out	It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “Here is what you should do in any town where people do not receive you. When you leave”
@@ -1446,18 +1446,18 @@ LUK	9	6	ycy4	figs-hyperbole	θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ	1	healing
 LUK	9	7	z45t	writing-background	δὲ Ἡρῴδης	1	And Herod	This phrase marks a break in the main story line. Luke is giving background information about Herod. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile, Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	9	7	s2k4	translate-unknown	Ἡρῴδης ὁ τετράρχης	1	Herod the tetrarch	See how you translated the term **tetrarch** in [3:1](../03/01.md) Alternate translation: “Herod, who ruled the region of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	7	c4vy		διηπόρει	1	he was perplexed	Alternate translation: “he was confused” or “he could not understand”
-LUK	9	7	tcp1	figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων	1	because it was said by some	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because some people were saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	7	tcp1	figs-activepassive	διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων	1	because it was said by some	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because some people were saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	7	l477	figs-explicit	ὅτι Ἰωάννης ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	that John had risen from the dead	Luke reports in [3:20](../03/20.md) that Herod put John in prison. When John sends messengers to Jesus in [7:18-19](../07/18.md), he does this from prison. But by this point in the story, John is dead, because Herod has executed him. Luke assumes that his readers will know that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could tell them explicitly. Alternate translation: “that John the Baptist, whom Herod had executed, had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	9	7	l478	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	John	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	7	l478	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	John	Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	8	l479	figs-ellipsis	ὑπό τινων δὲ, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐφάνη	1	and by some that Elijah had appeared	The expression **it was said** carries forward from the previous verse and applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “and it was said by some that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	9	8	l480	figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	and by some that Elijah had appeared	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and some people were saying that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	8	l480	figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	and by some that Elijah had appeared	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and some people were saying that Elijah had appeared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	8	ekf7	figs-ellipsis	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen from the dead	The expression **it was said** also applies to this phrase. Alternate translation: “but it was said by others that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	9	8	l481	figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen from the dead	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form as well. Alternate translation: “but others were saying that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	8	l481	figs-activepassive	ἄλλων δὲ, ὅτι προφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη	1	but by others that one of the ancient prophets had risen from the dead	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form as well. Alternate translation: “but others were saying that one of the prophets from long ago had come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	9	flw3	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, τίς δέ ἐστιν οὗτος	1	I beheaded John, but who is this	Herod is assuming that it is impossible for John to have risen from the dead. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “It cannot be John, because I had his head cut off, so who is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	9	r98f	figs-synecdoche	Ἰωάννην ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα	1	I beheaded John	Herod speaks of himself figuratively as the person who did this action, representing the entire group of people who were responsible for it. Herod’s soldiers would actually have carried out the execution, on his orders. Alternate translation: “I commanded my soldiers to cut off John’s head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	9	10	p7gf	figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψαντες, οἱ ἀπόστολοι	1	when the apostles returned	The implication is that the apostles returned to where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “when the apostles came back to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	9	10	aal8	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐποίησαν	1	as much as they had done	The phrase **as much as they had done** refers to what they did when they went to the cities where Jesus sent them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what had happened as they proclaimed the good news and healed the sick in the cities where Jesus had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	9	10	l482	figs-activepassive	πόλιν καλουμένην Βηθσαϊδά	1	a city called Bethsaida	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a city whose name was Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	10	aal8	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐποίησαν	1	as much as they had done	The phrase **as much as they had done** refers to what they did when they went to the cities where Jesus sent them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “what had happened as they proclaimed the good news and healed the sick in the cities where Jesus had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	10	l482	figs-activepassive	πόλιν καλουμένην Βηθσαϊδά	1	a city called Bethsaida	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a city whose name was Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	10	r2bq	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδά	1	Bethsaida	**Bethsaida** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	9	11	l483	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	9	12	btc8	writing-background	ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν	1	And the day began to end	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1466,14 +1466,14 @@ LUK	9	12	l485	translate-names	οἱ δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decid
 LUK	9	13	l486	figs-litotes	οὐκ εἰσὶν…πλεῖον ἢ	1	There are not more than	The disciples are figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	9	13	tay4	translate-unknown	ἄρτοι πέντε	1	five loaves	This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	13	vuc1	figs-irony	εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα	1	unless we go and buy food for all these people	The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-LUK	9	14	c9z5	figs-explicit	ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι	1	about 5,000 men	Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	14	c9z5	figs-explicit	ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι	1	about 5,000 men	Luke assumes that readers will know that this number does not include the women and children who were likely also present. (This is not a case where a masculine term includes women.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 5,000 men, not counting the women and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	14	v44h		κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς	1	Have them recline to eat	Alternate translation: “Tell them to sit down to eat”
 LUK	9	15	l552	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	9	15	xq6k	figs-parallelism	ἐποίησαν οὕτως	1	thus they did, and made them all recline to eat	These two phrases the same thing. Luke is using repetition for clarity and perhaps, by drawing things out, to create some suspense about what will happen next. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the disciples had all the people sit down as Jesus had instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	9	16	j39h		λαβὼν δὲ τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους	1	Then taking the five loaves	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus took the five loaves of bread”
 LUK	9	16	j8y3	figs-explicit	ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	looking up to heaven	This describes Jesus looking toward the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the abode of God, was located above the sky. Alternate translation: “looking up beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	16	gm2v		εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς	1	he blessed them	The word **them** refers to the loaves of bread and the fish, not to the people who had sat down to eat. Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for the food”
-LUK	9	17	l5ml	figs-activepassive	ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν πάντες	1	they all ate and were satisfied	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all ate until they had had enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	17	l5ml	figs-activepassive	ἔφαγον καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν πάντες	1	they all ate and were satisfied	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they all ate until they had had enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	17	l487	translate-unknown	κόφινοι	1	baskets	Here, **baskets** refers to containers made of woven material. In biblical times, baskets were often made from strong plant materials, such as peels of wood or reeds that grew near the water. If your readers would not be familiar with baskets, you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “containers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	9	18	y5a5	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	9	18	l91t		προσευχόμενον κατὰ μόνας	1	praying alone	The disciples were with Jesus, but he was praying personally and privately by himself. Alternate translation: “praying by himself”
@@ -1487,10 +1487,10 @@ LUK	9	20	l490	figs-explicit	τὸν Χριστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The Chri
 LUK	9	21	z55q	figs-quotations	αὐτοῖς, παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ λέγειν τοῦτο	1	commanding them to tell this to no one	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb rather than the object negative. You could also express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “commanding them not to tell this to anyone” or “commanding them, ‘Do not tell this to anyone’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 LUK	9	22	m2v8	figs-123person	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	9	22	l491	figs-explicit	δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν	1	It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, am going to have to suffer many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	9	22	j5k8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων	1	and to be rejected by the elders and chief priests and scribes	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him” or (if you translated in the first person) “The elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	9	22	d5je	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι	1	and to be killed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	22	j5k8	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων	1	and to be rejected by the elders and chief priests and scribes	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject him” or (if you translated in the first person) “The elders, chief priests, and scribes will reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	22	d5je	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι	1	and to be killed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	22	l492	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	This word at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	9	22	lw6f	figs-activepassive	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	22	lw6f	figs-activepassive	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	22	mfe8	translate-ordinal	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	9	22	l493	figs-idiom	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι	1	and to be raised on the third day	In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the**third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	9	23	h1u1		πρὸς πάντας	1	to them all	Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
@@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ LUK	9	23	h7j1	figs-metaphor	ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ κ
 LUK	9	23	pk72	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι	1	and follow me	Here, to **follow** Jesus means to obey him. Alternate translation: “and obey me in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	24	l495	figs-idiom	ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ	1	but whoever would lose his life for my sake	This phrase is an idiom. Jesus is not encouraging his disciples to do self-destructive things. Alternate translation: “but whoever is willing to give up everything for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	9	25	lx8i	figs-rquestion	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς?	1	For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but losing or destroying himself?	Jesus does not expect his disciples to tell him what benefit this would be. Rather, he is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would not benefit a person to get everything he wanted in this world and yet be lost eternally.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	9	25	l496	figs-activepassive	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to gain the whole world but to lose or destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	25	l496	figs-activepassive	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to gain the whole world but to lose or destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	25	xsk5	figs-doublet	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself	The terms **losing** and **destroying** mean the same thing. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to completely destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	9	25	l497	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	9	25	hpp5	figs-hyperbole	τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς	1	For what is a man profited, having gained the whole world, but destroying or losing himself	Jesus says **the whole world** as an overstatement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For what benefit would it be to a person to get everything he wanted in this world but to lose or destroy himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -1518,11 +1518,11 @@ LUK	9	28	l500	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke
 LUK	9	28	si9j	figs-metonymy	μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	after these words	The phrase **these words** refers to what Jesus said to his disciples in the preceding verses. Luke uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said these things to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	9	29	l501	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new development within this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	9	30	p3cd	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Here, Luke uses the word **behold** to alert readers to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	9	31	g28p	figs-activepassive	οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ	1	who were seen in glory	This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who appeared in glorious splendor” or “who were shining brightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	31	g28p	figs-activepassive	οἳ ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ	1	who were seen in glory	This phrase gives information about how Moses and Elijah looked. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who appeared in glorious splendor” or “who were shining brightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	31	cur1	figs-euphemism	τὴν ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ	1	his departure	Luke is using a polite way of referring to Jesus’ death. Alternate translation: “how Jesus would leave this world” or “how Jesus would die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	9	31	l502		ἣν ἤμελλεν πληροῦν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	which he was about to fulfill in Jerusalem	Alternate translation: “which was soon going to happen in Jerusalem”
 LUK	9	32	i29n	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information about what Peter, James, and John were doing while Jesus was speaking with Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	9	32	f8ip	figs-activepassive	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	32	f8ip	figs-activepassive	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “sleep was weighing heavily upon Peter and James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	32	l503	figs-personification	ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ	1	Peter and those with him were weighted with sleep	Luke speaks of **sleep** figuratively as if it were something that could be like a weight pressing down on a person. Alternate translation: “Peter and James and John all felt very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	9	32	tw7e	figs-explicit	εἶδον τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	they saw his glory	As in [2:9](../02/09.md), the implication is that this **glory** manifested visibly as a bright light. Alternate translation: “they saw brilliant light shining around Jesus” or “they saw a very bright light coming from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	32	tsj6		καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ	1	and the two men who were standing with him	The phrase **the two men** refers to Moses and Elijah. Alternate translation: “and they also saw Moses and Elijah”
@@ -1534,12 +1534,12 @@ LUK	9	33	l506		μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει	1	not knowing what he says	To c
 LUK	9	34	ct1w	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος	1	as he was saying this	Alternate translation: “While Peter was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	9	34	e75d	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν	1	they were afraid	These adult disciples were not afraid of clouds. Rather, given all the unusual things that had already taken place on this mountain, they were afraid of what might happen to them once the cloud came completely over them. Alternate translation: “they were very apprehensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	34	asa6		εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν νεφέλην	1	they entered into the cloud	This can be expressed in terms of what the cloud did. Alternate translation: “the cloud surrounded them”
-LUK	9	35	q8xy	figs-explicit	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	there was a voice from the cloud	Luke expects readers to understand that this voice could only have belonged to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	35	q8xy	figs-explicit	φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης	1	there was a voice from the cloud	Luke expects readers to understand that this voice could only have belonged to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	35	c3gt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1	my Son	This is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-LUK	9	35	l733	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἐκλελεγμένος	1	the one who is chosen	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could indicate who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the one I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	35	l733	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἐκλελεγμένος	1	the one who is chosen	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could indicate who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the one I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	36	l507		ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν	1	when the voice had happened	Alternate translation: “after the voice had spoken”
 LUK	9	36	l508	figs-idiom	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	Jesus was found alone	The term **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	9	36	l509	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	Jesus was found alone	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say **Jesus was found alone** with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	36	l509	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη Ἰησοῦς μόνος	1	Jesus was found alone	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state **Jesus was found alone** with an active form. Alternate translation: “only Jesus was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	36	v9uy	figs-doublet	αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν	1	they were silent and told no one	These two phrases mean the same thing. (The Greek verb in the first phrase does not always mean to make no sound. It can also mean to keep a secret.) Luke uses the two phrases together for emphasis. In your translation, you could also use repetition for emphasis, or, if your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “they kept it a secret and did not tell anyone” or “they said nothing about it to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	9	36	l510	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν…οὐδὲν	1	told no one … anything	Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis here, “told no one … nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “told someone … something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	9	36	l511	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Here Luke uses the term **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1563,20 +1563,20 @@ LUK	9	42	l519	writing-pronouns	ἔτι…προσερχομένου αὐτοῦ
 LUK	9	43	hz1l	figs-explicit	ἐξεπλήσσοντο δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ μεγαλειότητι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	they all marveled at the majesty of God	Jesus performed the miracle, but the crowd recognized that **God** was the power behind the healing. Alternate translation: “Then they were all amazed that God would work so powerfully through Jesus in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	43	d61c	writing-pronouns	πᾶσιν οἷς ἐποίει	1	everything that he was doing	The word **he** refers to Jesus, not to God the Father. Alternate translation: “everything Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	9	44	gah9	figs-idiom	θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1	You put these words in your ears	Jesus is using an idiom to tell his disciples to pay careful attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully to this and remember it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	9	44	im3l	figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	the Son of Man is going to be handed over	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	44	im3l	figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	the Son of Man is going to be handed over	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	44	ygr3	figs-123person	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	the Son of Man is going to be handed over	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “Someone is going to betray me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	9	44	l520	figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει παραδίδοσθαι	1	the Son of Man is going to be handed over	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “someone is going to betray me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	44	l521	figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	The term **hands** figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	44	l522	figs-explicit	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων	1	into the hands of men	It may be helpful to make explicit who these **men** are. Alternate translation: “to his enemies, who will have power over him” or (if you translated in the first person) “to my enemies, who will have power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	45	l523	figs-metonymy	τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο…περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου	1	this word … about this word	Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “this saying … about this saying” or “this statement … about this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	9	45	ub1r	figs-activepassive	ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	it was hidden from them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	45	ub1r	figs-activepassive	ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	it was hidden from them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God hid its meaning from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	46	dh3w	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	among them	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the pronoun **them** does not include Jesus. He was not arguing, along with the disciples, about who was the **greatest**. Alternate translation: “among the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	9	46	l524		τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν	1	which of them might be the greatest	Alternate translation: “which one of them was the greatest”
 LUK	9	47	cx62	figs-metaphor	εἰδὼς τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν	1	knowing the reasoning in their hearts	Here Luke uses **hearts** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and evaluations. Alternate translation: “knowing what they were thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	48	l525	figs-hyperbole	τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον	1	this child	Jesus is using the **child** as an extreme example. He is illustrating that since he will be present in even the most humble of his followers, the disciples do not need to argue among themselves about which of them is the greatest. Everyone who is working on behalf of Jesus possesses his full honor and dignity. Alternate translation: “even someone as seemingly insignificant as this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	9	48	afx5	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. Alternate translation: “as someone who is working on my behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	9	48	mav1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὲ δέχεται	1	welcomes me	This is a metaphor, but if your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it as a simile. Alternate translation: “it is as if he is welcoming me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	9	48	awc6	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who sent me	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	48	awc6	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who sent me	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that this means God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	48	zw5t	figs-gendernotations	οὗτός ἐστιν μέγας	1	he is great	Here Jesus uses the pronoun **he** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that is the person whom God considers to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	9	49	uwr3	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰωάννης εἶπεν	1	Then answering John said	Together **answering** and **said** mean that John responded to what Jesus had just said. Alternate translation: “Then John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	9	49	bj41	figs-exclusive	εἴδομέν…μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	we saw … with us	When John says **we**, he is speaking of himself and some other disciples who spoke to this man, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language uses that form. However, when John says **us**, he seems to be referring to the disciples and Jesus traveling together, and since he is speaking to Jesus, **us** would be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -1584,9 +1584,9 @@ LUK	9	49	py8i	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	Th
 LUK	9	49	l526	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	he does not follow with us	In this case, to **follow** Jesus does not seem to mean to be one of his disciples, as in [5:27](../05/27.md), since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Rather, in this context it seems to refer to traveling together in this group with Jesus. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	50	hw85	figs-litotes	μὴ κωλύετε	1	Do not prevent him	Jesus is figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. You can state this positively. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 LUK	9	51	l527	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	9	51	c8gx	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	when the days of his being taken up were being fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms in place of these two passive forms, and in the second case you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to take him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	9	51	c8gx	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	when the days of his being taken up were being fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms in place of these two passive forms, and in the second case you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time for God to take him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	9	51	l528	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας	1	when the days … were being fulfilled	Here Luke uses **days** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when it was almost time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	9	51	l529	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	of his being taken up	The implication is that God would take Jesus back up to heaven, and the further implication is that this would be after Jesus died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one or both of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God to take him up to heaven” or “for him to die and for God to take him back up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	51	l529	figs-explicit	τῆς ἀναλήμψεως αὐτοῦ	1	of his being taken up	The implication is that God would take Jesus back up to heaven, and the further implication is that this would be after Jesus died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express one or both of those things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God to take him up to heaven” or “for him to die and for God to take him back up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	51	mq2d	figs-idiom	τὸ πρόσωπον ἐστήρισεν	1	he set his face	**Set his face** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he firmly decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	9	52	l530	figs-metaphor	πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ	1	before his face	The term **face** figuratively means the front of a person. Alternate translation: “ahead of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	52	l531	translate-names	κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν	1	a Samaritan village	**Samaritan** is a name that refers to a place that is in the region of Samaria or to a person who is from that region. Samaria was between Galilee and Judea, and the people who lived there were not Jewish and they were hostile to the Jews. The terms **Samaritan** and Samaria occur several times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ LUK	9	53	v61k		οὐκ ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν	1	they did not welcome him
 LUK	9	53	l532	figs-synecdoche	τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	his face was going to Jerusalem	Luke is using one part of Jesus to represent all of him. Luke may use the **face** because Jesus was facing in the direction he was traveling. Or this may echo the expression “he set his face” in [9:52](../09/52.md). Alternate translation: “he was traveling toward Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	9	53	n62j	figs-explicit	ὅτι τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευόμενον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	because his face was going to Jerusalem	The Samaritans and the Jews hated each other. Therefore the Samaritans did not want to help Jesus travel to Jerusalem, which was the Jewish capital and the place where the Jews held their major religious observances. Alternate translation: “because they did not want to help any Jew make a journey to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	54	a8sf	figs-metaphor	ἰδόντες	1	saw	The word **saw** figuratively represents notice and attention. Alternate translation: “recognized that the Samaritans were not going to accommodate Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	9	54	y4rq	figs-explicit	θέλεις εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς?	1	do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven and consume them?	James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had called down judgment upon people who rejected God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven to consume them, as Elijah did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	54	y4rq	figs-explicit	θέλεις εἴπωμεν πῦρ καταβῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς?	1	do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven and consume them?	James and John suggested this method of judgment because they knew that this was how the prophets such as Elijah had called down judgment upon people who rejected God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you want us to tell fire to come down from heaven to consume them, as Elijah did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	54	l533	figs-exclusive	θέλεις εἴπωμεν	1	do you want us to tell	By **us**, James and John mean themselves, but not Jesus, so **us** is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	9	55	pj6b	writing-pronouns	στραφεὶς…ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς	1	he turned and rebuked them	The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Jesus did not condemn the Samaritans, as the disciples expected. Alternate translation: “Jesus turned around and rebuked James and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	9	57	l534		τις	1	someone	This was not one of the disciples. Alternate translation: “a certain person”
@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ LUK	9	61	l546	figs-metonymy	τοῖς εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου	1	those
 LUK	9	62	l547	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	No one, having put his hand on a plow, yet looking to the things behind, is fit for the kingdom of God	Jesus responds with an illustration that is designed to teach this person about what is required to be his disciple. He means that a person is not suitable for the kingdom to God if his past loyalties are more important to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this illustration. Alternate translation, add: “No one can plow straight if he is looking backwards, and in the same way, no one will be useful in the kingdom of God if his past loyalties are more important to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	9	62	l548	figs-synecdoche	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον	1	No one, having put his hand on a plow	Jesus refers figuratively to a person using a plow by describing one part of that activity, guiding the plow with the **hand**. Alternate translation: “No one who is using a plow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	9	62	l553	translate-unknown	οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἄροτρον	1	No one, having put his hand on a plow	A **plow** is a tool that farmers use to break up soil to prepare a field for planting. Plows have sharp, pointed prongs that dig into the soil. They usually have handles that the farmer uses to guide the plow. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of tool, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “No one who needs to go straight forward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	9	62	l549	figs-explicit	βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	looking to the things behind	The implication is that anyone who is looking backwards while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “looking backwards, and so not going in the right direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	9	62	l549	figs-explicit	βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	looking to the things behind	The implication is that anyone who is looking backwards while plowing cannot guide the plow where it needs to go. That person must focus on looking forward in order to plow well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “looking backwards, and so not going in the right direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	9	62	l550	figs-abstractnouns	εὔθετός ἐστιν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	is fit for the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “can really let God rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	10	intro	z899			0		# Luke 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends seventy-two disciples to teach and heal (10:1-24)<br>2. Jesus tells the Parable of the Good Samaritan (10:25-37)<br>3. Jesus visits Mary and Martha (10:38-43)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest refers to the time when people gather in the food they have planted so they can eat some of it right away and store the rest for future use. Jesus uses this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so that those people can become part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Neighbor<br><br>The Jews helped their Jewish neighbors who needed help, and they expected their Jewish neighbors to help them. Jesus wanted them to understand that people who were not Jews were also their neighbors, so he told them a story about this (10:29-37). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “72”<br><br>In 10:1 and 10:17, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible read “72,” but others read “70.” ULT reads “72,” but it mentions in a footnote that scholars are divided as to which number was originally in the book of Luke.<br><br>### “Jesus”<br><br>In 10:39, many of the best ancient manuscripts read “Jesus,” but some read “the Lord.” ULT reads “Jesus.”<br><br>In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	10	1	u8l6	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα	1	And after these things	Luke uses this phrase to mark a new event in the story. If your language has a similar expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -1632,14 +1632,14 @@ LUK	10	2	fx9w	figs-events	ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς	1	And he s
 LUK	10	2	ju6z	figs-metaphor	ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι	1	The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few	This statement means, “There is a big crop, but there are not enough workers to bring it in.” Jesus is speaking figuratively. Alternate translation: “There are many people who are ready to enter God’s kingdom, but there are not enough disciples to help them understand how to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	2	l555	figs-exmetaphor	τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ	1	the Lord of the harvest	Jesus continues to speak figuratively and extends his metaphor by describing God as **the Lord of the harvest**. Alternate translation: “God, who leads people to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 LUK	10	2	l556	figs-exmetaphor	ὅπως ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν αὐτοῦ	1	that he would send out laborers into his harvest	Jesus extends his metaphor even further by describing disciples who help others to trust in him as **laborers** in the **harvest**. Alternate translation: “to send more disciples to go and help people trust in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-LUK	10	3	x732	figs-explicit	ὑπάγετε	1	Go	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly where Jesus wants these disciples to go. Alternate translation: “Go to the cities and places where I am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	3	x732	figs-explicit	ὑπάγετε	1	Go	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly where Jesus wants these disciples to go. Alternate translation: “Go to the cities and places where I am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	3	l557	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	3	u8h7	figs-simile	ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves	Wolves attack and kill sheep. This simile is a warning to the disciples whom Jesus is sending out that there will be people who will want to harm them. You could explain the meaning of this figurative expression in your translation. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “when I send you out, there are going to be some people who will want to harm you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	10	3	l558	translate-unknown	ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς ἄρνας ἐν μέσῳ λύκων	1	I send you out as lambs in the midst of wolves	Jesus’ disciples would have known that **lambs** are gentle animals that have been domesticated for their wool, milk, meat, and leather, and that **wolves** are predatory land animals, similar to large dogs, that hunt and kill in packs. If you would like to reproduce the simile, but your readers would not be familiar with these animals, you could use general terms. Alternate translation: “I am sending you out like harmless animals that will encounter a group of predators” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	10	3	l559	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	Since Jesus is speaking to these 72 disciples as a group, **you** is plural here and through [10:12](../10/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	10	4	l560	figs-idiom	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals	Here Jesus is using the word **carry** in an idiomatic sense to mean “bring along.” He is not envisioning that these disciples might carry their sandals in their hands. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	10	4	fz6p	figs-metonymy	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals	While Jesus probably means what he says literally about not bringing these specific items, he is also using them figuratively with larger meanings. The **money bag** represents the money it would contain. The **sack** represents the provisions someone would carry in it for a journey. The **sandals** represent, in this culture, more clothing and equipment than is strictly needed. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	10	4	l561	figs-explicit	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why Jesus does not want his disciples to bring these things with them. As he will explain in [10:7](../10/07.md), he wants the people who receive his message to provide for those who bring the message. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you, because the people who receive my message will provide for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	4	l561	figs-explicit	μὴ βαστάζετε βαλλάντιον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ ὑποδήματα	1	Do not carry a money bag, nor a sack, nor sandals	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Jesus does not want his disciples to bring these things with them. As he will explain in [10:7](../10/07.md), he wants the people who receive his message to provide for those who bring the message. Alternate translation: “Do not bring any money or provisions or extra clothes with you, because the people who receive my message will provide for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	4	tj52	figs-hyperbole	μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε	1	greet no one on the road	Jesus is generalizing to indicate that these disciples should go quickly to the places where he is sending them to prepare the way for him. He is not telling them to be rude. Alternate translation: “make your journey as quickly as possible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	10	5	l562	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	say, ‘Peace be to this house’	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting what he wants his disciples to say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you want there to be peace in that house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	10	5	zk69	figs-metonymy	εἰρήνη τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ	1	Peace be to this house	The term **house** refers figuratively to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “May the people in this household have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ LUK	10	7	l564	figs-idiom	τὰ παρ’ αὐτῶν	1	what is from them	This p
 LUK	10	7	u3vs	writing-proverbs	ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	for the laborer is worthy of his wages	Jesus is quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life, to explain the reason for these arrangements. You could translate the proverb directly into your language, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “for since you will be teaching and healing the people, they should provide you with a place to stay and food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 LUK	10	7	kd8i		μὴ μεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν	1	Do not move around from house to house	This expression describes staying in different houses rather than making one house the base of operations the whole time. Jesus is repeating his earlier instruction, **remain in that house**, for emphasis. Jesus is not saying that these disciples cannot go to meet with people in other homes. Alternate translation: “As I said, stay at that house”
 LUK	10	8	k8yb	writing-pronouns	καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς	1	and they receive you	The pronoun **they** refers to the people living in this city. Alternate translation: “if the people there welcome you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	10	8	wd2x	figs-activepassive	ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν	1	eat what is served to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	8	wd2x	figs-activepassive	ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν	1	eat what is served to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “eat whatever food the people of that city serve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	9	ws6g	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…ἀσθενεῖς	1	the sick	Jesus is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	10	9	l565	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῇ	1	in it	Alternate translation: “who live in that city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	10	9	l566	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε αὐτοῖς, ἤγγικεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	say to them, ‘The kingdom of God has come close to you’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “tell them that the kingdom of God has come close to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -1692,10 +1692,10 @@ LUK	10	15	gk9v	figs-metaphor	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρα
 LUK	10	15	l582	figs-metonymy	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	you, Capernaum	Jesus uses the name of this city to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	10	15	l583	figs-you	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	you, Capernaum	Jesus is addressing an individual city, so **you** is singular here and in the rest of this verse. However, if you decide to translate this as “you people of Capernaum,” then **you** would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	10	15	l584	translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1	Capernaum	**Capernaum** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	10	15	l585	figs-activepassive	ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	you will … be exalted to heaven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	15	l585	figs-activepassive	ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	you will … be exalted to heaven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	15	l586	figs-explicit	ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ	1	you will … be exalted to heaven	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the reason why the people of Capernaum think that God would want to honor them. Alternate translation: “God is going to honor you greatly because you are such good people and your city is so prosperous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	15	l587	figs-metaphor	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down as far as Hades	To be **brought down** is another spatial metaphor. It figuratively indicates experiencing punishment and dishonor. To be brought down all the way to Hades, the underworld (that is, the abode of the dead), figuratively means to receive very great punishment or dishonor. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	10	15	bjh5	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down as far as Hades	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	15	bjh5	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down as far as Hades	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	15	l588	figs-explicit	τοῦ ᾍδου καταβήσῃ	1	You will be brought down as far as Hades	It may be helpful to state clearly the reason why God will judge Capernaum. Alternate translation: “God is going to punish you severely because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	16	i786	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν, ἐμοῦ ἀκούει	1	The one who listens to you listens to me	You could translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “When someone listens to you, it is as if they were listening to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	16	q56b	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς, ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ	1	the one who rejects you rejects me	You could also translate this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “when someone rejects you, it is as if they were rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ LUK	10	16	g3fx	figs-metaphor	ὁ…ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν, ἀθετεῖ τὸ
 LUK	10	16	eus8	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με	1	the one who sent me	This refers implictly to God, who appointed Jesus for this special task. Alternate translation: “God who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	17	m7nh	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	then the 72 returned	Some languages will need to say that the 72 actually went out first, as UST does. Alternate translation: “So the 72 disciples went out and did as Jesus had told them to do, and then they returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	17	prj8	translate-textvariants	ἑβδομήκοντα δύο	1	72	As in [10:1](../10/01.md), see the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to say **72** or “70” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK	10	17	l589	figs-activepassive	τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν	1	the demons are subjected to us	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons obey us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	17	l589	figs-activepassive	τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν	1	the demons are subjected to us	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons obey us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	17	cx7b	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	in your name	The term **name** refers figuratively to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “when we command them using the authority that you gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	10	18	a37w	figs-simile	ἐθεώρουν τὸν Σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	I was watching Satan fall from heaven like lightning	Jesus uses a simile to express that while his 72 disciples were out proclaiming the kingdom of God, he discerned that this was a quick and decisive defeat for Satan. If your readers would be familiar with lightning, you could use the same simile in your translation. Otherwise, you could use another comparison to something that happens rapidly and evidently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	10	18	v8fl	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα	1	fall from heaven	While Jesus actually did see this in his vision, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this image, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1715,8 +1715,8 @@ LUK	10	19	mla6	translate-unknown	σκορπίων	1	scorpions	The term **scorpio
 LUK	10	19	uvt4	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ	1	and over all the power of the enemy	This phrase continues the meaning from earlier in the sentence. The **enemy** is Satan, as described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “I have also given you authority to overcome the resistance of Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	19	l593	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ μὴ ἀδικήσῃ	1	nothing will harm you at all	Here Jesus uses a double negative for emphasis, “nothing in no way will hurt you.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “something in some way might hurt you.” If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	10	20	cs52	figs-hyperbole	ἐν τούτῳ μὴ χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται, χαίρετε δὲ ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	do not rejoice in this, that the spirits are subjected to you, but rejoice that your names are written in the heavens	Jesus is not actually telling the disciples not to rejoice over the way God has allowed them to deliver people who were oppressed by demons. Rather, he is exaggerating to emphasize that the disciples should rejoice even more that their names are written in heaven. Alternate translation: “rejoice that your names are written in heaven even more than you rejoice that the spirits submit to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	10	20	l594	figs-activepassive	τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται	1	the spirits are subjected to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons must obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	10	20	s4cj	figs-activepassive	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	your names are written in the heavens	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has written down your names in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	20	l594	figs-activepassive	τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσσεται	1	the spirits are subjected to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the demons must obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	20	s4cj	figs-activepassive	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	your names are written in the heavens	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has written down your names in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	20	l595	figs-explicit	τὰ ὀνόματα ὑμῶν ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1	your names are written in the heavens	While it may be literally true that there is a written record of names in heaven, you may wish to express the meaning and significance of this in your translation. Alternate translation: “God in heaven knows that you belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	21	l596	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	At that hour	Here Luke uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “At that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	10	21	l597	figs-youformal	ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, Πάτερ	1	I thank you, Father	Use your best judgment about whether the formal or informal form of **you** would be more natural in your language here. Jesus is speaking as an adult son would to a father with whom he had a close relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ LUK	10	25	l606	figs-verbs	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κλη
 LUK	10	25	ls03	figs-metaphor	τί ποιήσας, ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω	1	doing what, will I inherit everlasting life	The lawyer means implicitly that he would **inherit** or “come to possess” this **everlasting life** from God. Alternate translation: “what must I do so that God will give me everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	26	nj77	figs-rquestion	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	What is written in the law? How do you read it?	Jesus is using these questions to get this man to reflect on the Jewish law and apply it to his own question. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement that incorporates both of Jesus’ questions. Alternate translation: “Tell me what Moses wrote about that in the law and how you understand it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	10	26	l607	figs-parallelism	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται? πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	What is written in the law? How do you read it?	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus may be using repetition for emphasis and clarity. Both phrases have to do with what the law says. The first phrase views this objectively in terms of what is written there, and the second phrase views this subjectively from the perspective of a person reading it. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if your readers might wonder why Jesus was saying basically the same thing twice. Alternate translation: “Tell me what answer a person would find to your question in the law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	10	26	m2nl	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται?	1	What is written in the law?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “What did Moses write in the law?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	26	m2nl	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τί γέγραπται?	1	What is written in the law?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “What did Moses write in the law?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	26	a8nt	figs-idiom	πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις?	1	How do you read it?	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What do you understand it to be saying?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	10	27	l608	figs-hendiadys	ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	And answering he said	Together **answering** and **said** mean that the lawyer responded to the question that Jesus asked him. Alternate translation: “The lawyer responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	10	27	l609	figs-youcrowd	ἀγαπήσεις	1	you will love	Here it may not be clear whether to use the singular or plural form of **you** because this is a short quotation from the Scriptures and the context is not given. The word is actually singular because, even though Moses said this to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey this command. So in your translation, use the singular forms of **you** **your**, and **yourself** in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
@@ -1775,56 +1775,56 @@ LUK	10	30	l615	figs-idiom	καὶ πληγὰς ἐπιθέντες	1	and having
 LUK	10	30	r3gd	figs-idiom	ἡμιθανῆ	1	half dead	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “almost dead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	10	31	i3sf		κατὰ συνκυρίαν	1	by coincidence	This expression means that this event was not anything that anyone had planned. Alternate translation: “it just so happened that”
 LUK	10	31	plr2	writing-participants	ἱερεύς τις	1	a certain priest	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was a priest who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	10	31	l616	figs-explicit	ἱερεύς τις	1	a certain priest	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a priest is a religious leader. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was a priest, a religious leader, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	31	l616	figs-explicit	ἱερεύς τις	1	a certain priest	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a priest is a religious leader. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was a priest, a religious leader, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	31	gh79	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν	1	and when he saw him	Since a priest is a religious leader, the audience would assume that he would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “but when the priest saw the injured man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	10	31	xiu7	figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	he passed by on the other side	The implication is that the priest did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help him, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	31	xiu7	figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	he passed by on the other side	The implication is that the priest did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help him, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	32	z3ct	writing-participants	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	10	32	l617	figs-ellipsis	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	Jesus is leaving out some words, but they can be inferred from the rest of the story. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite traveling on that road who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	10	32	lf3l	figs-explicit	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a **Levite** was someone who served in the temple. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite, someone who served in the temple, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	32	lf3l	figs-explicit	καὶ Λευείτης	1	a Levite also	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that a **Levite** was someone who served in the temple. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was also a Levite, someone who served in the temple, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	32	l618	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁμοίως…καὶ Λευείτης κατὰ τὸν τόπον, ἐλθὼν καὶ ἰδὼν ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	likewise a Levite also, when he came to the place and saw him, passed by on the other side	Since Levites served in the temple, the audience would assume that this Levite would help the injured man. Since he did not, this phrase could be introduced with a contrasting word to call attention to this unexpected result. Alternate translation: “likewise a Levite also came to the place, but when he saw him, he walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	10	32	l619	figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	passed by on the other side	The implication is that the Levite did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help the injured man, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	32	l619	figs-explicit	ἀντιπαρῆλθεν	1	passed by on the other side	The implication is that the Levite did not help the man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he did not help the injured man, but instead walked past him on the other side of the road” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	33	z3xt	writing-participants	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	But a certain Samaritan	This expression introduces a new character in the parable. Alternate translation: “But there was also a Samartian who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	10	33	cyp5	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	But a certain Samaritan	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that Jews and Samaritans were bitter enemies. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But there was a Samaritan, whose people were enemies of the Jews, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	33	cyp5	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	But a certain Samaritan	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that Jews and Samaritans were bitter enemies. This detail is important to the story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But there was a Samaritan, whose people were enemies of the Jews, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	33	l620	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	Σαμαρείτης δέ τις	1	But a certain Samaritan	Since Jews and Samaritans were enemies, the listeners would have assumed that this Samaritan would not help an injured Jewish man. Since he did help him, Jesus introduces this character with a contrasting word that calls attention to this unexpected result. You can do the same in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	10	33	w8qm		ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	he was moved with compassion	Alternate translation: “he felt sorry for him and wanted to help him”
 LUK	10	34	emq5	figs-events	κατέδησεν τὰ τραύματα αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον	1	he bound up his wounds, pouring on oil and wine	The Samaritan would have put the **oil and wine** on the **wounds** first, and then **bound up** the **wounds**. Alternate translation: “he put oil and wine on the wounds and then wrapped them with cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 LUK	10	34	um21	figs-explicit	ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον	1	pouring on oil and wine	The **wine** was used to clean the **wounds**, and the **oil** was used to prevent infection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pouring oil and wine on them to help heal them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	10	34	ktz4	translate-unknown	τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος	1	his own animal	The Greek term translated as **animal** refers to an animal that carried heavy loads. In this culture, it was probably a donkey. You could say that, but if your readers might not know what a donkey is, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “his own pack animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	10	34	ktz4	translate-unknown	τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος	1	his own animal	The Greek term translated as **animal** refers to an animal that carried heavy loads. In this culture, it was probably a donkey. You could state that, but if your readers might not know what a donkey is, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “his own pack animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	10	35	z9w5	translate-bmoney	δύο δηνάρια	1	two denarii	See how you translated the term **denarii** in [7:41](../07/41.md). Alternate translation: “two silver coins” or “an amount equivalent to two days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 LUK	10	35	nu6t		τῷ πανδοχεῖ	1	the inn-keeper	Alternate translation: “the person who was in charge of the inn”
 LUK	10	35	f5dz	figs-hypo	ὅ τι ἂν προσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί με ἀποδώσω σοι	1	whatever more you might spend, when I return, I will repay you	The Samaritan is describing a hypothetical situation and saying what he would do if the condition were true. Alternate translation: “if you need to spend more than this, then I will repay you when I return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	10	36	pa6a		τίς τούτων τῶν τριῶν πλησίον δοκεῖ σοι γεγονέναι, τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς?	1	Which of these three do you think became a neighbor to the one who fell among the robbers?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as two questions. Alternate translation: “What do you think? Which of these three men acted like a neighbor to the man whom the robbers attacked?”
 LUK	10	36	v31w		πλησίον…γεγονέναι	1	became a neighbor	Alternate translation: “acted like a neighbor”
 LUK	10	36	kv4z	figs-idiom	τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς	1	the one who fell among the robbers	As in [10:30](../10/30.md), be sure it is clear in your translation that this does not mean that the man fell down accidentally. Rather, this is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the man whom the robbers attacked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	10	37	ig9x	figs-explicit	πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως	1	You go and do likewise	The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could also indicate what **do likewise** means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	37	ig9x	figs-explicit	πορεύου καὶ σὺ ποίει ὁμοίως	1	You go and do likewise	The implication is that the lawyer has given the correct answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, and you could also indicate what **do likewise** means. Alternate translation: “You are right. In the same way, you should also be a neighbor to people who need your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	38	kv4q	writing-newevent	ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς	1	And as they were traveling along	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event. Alternate translation: “The next thing that happened on their journey was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	10	38	l621	figs-synecdoche	αὐτὸς εἰσῆλθεν…ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν	1	he entered … welcomed him	Luke figuratively says **he** and **him**, meaning Jesus, to describe the entire group of Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “they entered … welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	10	38	i17j	writing-participants	γυνὴ δέ τις ὀνόματι Μάρθα	1	and a certain woman named Martha	This introduces Martha as a new character. Your language may have its own way of introducing new people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There was a woman named Martha who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	10	38	l622	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	Martha	**Martha** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	10	39	l623	writing-participants	καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	And she had a sister called Mary	This introduces **Mary** as a new character. Alternate translation: “Now Martha had a sister whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	10	39	l624	figs-activepassive	καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	called Mary	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	39	l624	figs-activepassive	καλουμένη Μαριάμ	1	called Mary	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whose name was Mary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	39	l625	translate-names	Μαριάμ	1	Mary	**Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	10	39	fal8	figs-explicit	παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	she was sitting at the feet of Jesus	This was the customary and respectful position for a learner at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she sat respectfully on the floor near Jesus to learn from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	39	fal8	figs-explicit	παρακαθεσθεῖσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	she was sitting at the feet of Jesus	This was the customary and respectful position for a learner at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she sat respectfully on the floor near Jesus to learn from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	39	l626	translate-textvariants	τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading in your translation, or another reading, “the Lord.” The note below discusses a translation issue in that reading, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	10	39	l627		τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus	If you use the variant reading “the Lord” at this place in your translation, you may wish to indicate that this is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	10	39	i74b	figs-metonymy	ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	listening to his word	Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus said while he was at Martha’s house. Alternate translation: “and listened to what he said” or “and listened to him teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	10	40	adr5	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ Μάρθα περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν	1	But Martha was distracted with much service	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “But all Martha could think about was the big meal she was preparing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	40	adr5	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ Μάρθα περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν	1	But Martha was distracted with much service	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “But all Martha could think about was the big meal she was preparing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	40	jd9a	figs-rquestion	οὐ μέλει σοι, ὅτι ἡ ἀδελφή μου μόνην με κατέλιπεν διακονεῖν?	1	are you not concerned that my sister has left me alone to serve?	Martha is complaining that Jesus is allowing Mary to sit listening to him when there is so much work to do. Martha respects the Lord, so she uses a rhetorical question to make her complaint more polite. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it seems as if you do not care that my sister has left me alone to serve.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	10	41	l628	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Κύριος	1	But answering the Lord said to her	Together **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to Martha’s request. Alternate translation: “But the Lord replied to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	10	41	l629		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	10	41	dsw3		Μάρθα, Μάρθα	1	Martha, Martha	Jesus repeats Martha’s name for emphasis. Alternate translation: “My dear Martha”
 LUK	10	41	l630	figs-doublet	μεριμνᾷς καὶ θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	you are anxious and troubled about many things	The terms **anxious** and **troubled** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate them with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you are worrying too much about things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	10	41	l631	figs-activepassive	θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	you are … troubled about many things	If you do not combine the term for **troubled** with the word **anxious** into a single phrase, you could say **are … troubled** with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are … letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	41	l631	figs-activepassive	θορυβάζῃ περὶ πολλά	1	you are … troubled about many things	If you do not combine the term for **troubled** with the word **anxious** into a single phrase, you could state **are … troubled** with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are … letting too many things bother you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	10	42	hqt4	figs-hyperbole	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	Jesus says **one thing** as an overstatement for emphasis. Other things actually are necessary for life, but this is the most important one. Alternate translation: “but one thing is more important than all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	10	42	l632	figs-explicit	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	10	42	l632	figs-explicit	ἑνός δέ ἐστιν χρεία	1	but one thing is necessary	The implication is that this most important thing is what Jesus is teaching about God, and that Martha should have been concentrating on that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but one thing, what I am teaching about God, is more important than all the others, and you should have been concentrating on that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	42	l633		Μαριὰμ…τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο	1	Mary has chosen the good part	While Jesus spoke just earlier about “one thing” as opposed to “many things,” here he seems to contrast only two things, **the good part** with another part, perhaps not “the bad part,” but at least the part that is not to be preferred. This likely refers to the two activities that Mary and Martha have chosen to pursue while Jesus is present in their home. Alternate translation: “Mary has chosen the better activity”
-LUK	10	42	nzn8	figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	which will not be taken away from her	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. This could mean: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her.” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	10	42	nzn8	figs-activepassive	ἥτις οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτῆς	1	which will not be taken away from her	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. This could mean: (1) “I will not take that opportunity away from her.” (2) “God will not let her lose what she has gained from listening to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	intro	j6le			0		# Luke 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about prayer (11:1-13)<br>2. Jesus teaches about driving out demons and other subjects (11:14-36)<br>3. Jesus criticizes the Pharisees and experts in the law (11:37-54)<br><br>ULT sets the lines in 11:2-4 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a special prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Lord’s Prayer<br><br>When Jesus’ followers asked him to teach them how to pray, he taught them this prayer. He did not expect them to use the same words every time they prayed, but he did want them to know what God wanted them to pray about.<br><br>### Jonah<br><br>Jonah was an Old Testament prophet whom God sent to the Gentile city of Nineveh to tell the people there to repent. When he went and preached to them, they did repent. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, that is, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. The Bible speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, that is, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Washing<br><br>The Pharisees would wash themselves and the things they ate with. They would even wash things that were not dirty. The law of Moses did not tell them to wash those things, but they would wash them anyway. They did that because they thought that if they obeyed both the rules that God had made and some rules that their ancestors had added, God would think that they were better people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### Bread and stone, fish and snake<br><br>In 11:11, some ancient manuscripts have a longer reading, which also is found in Matthew 7:9. It says, “Which father among you, if your son asks for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? Or a fish, will give him a snake?” ULT uses the shorter reading, which mentions just the fish and snake. This shorter reading is well attested to in many other ancient manuscripts. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	11	1	fl3j	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	11	1	l635	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	John	This disciple is referring to John the Baptist. You could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	1	l635	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1	John	This disciple is referring to John the Baptist. you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	2	n3pz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	Jesus is commanding the disciples to honor the name of God the Father by addressing him as **Father** when praying to him. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	11	2	l636	figs-explicit	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be made holy	Jesus is not saying that God’s **name** is not already **holy** in itself. Rather, he is referring to how people consider God’s **name**. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	11	2	l637	figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be made holy	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	2	l637	figs-activepassive	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be made holy	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “may people treat your name as holy” or “may people regard your name as holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	2	b6sr	figs-metonymy	ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	let your name be made holy	The term **name** is a figurative way of referring to an entire person by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “may all people honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	2	tm1a	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου	1	Let your kingdom come	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” As the General Introduction to Luke explains, in one sense, the **kingdom** of God is already present on earth, while in another sense, it is still a future reality. Try to translate this in a way that acknowledges both aspects. Alternate translation: “Come and rule more and more throughout the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	11	2	l638	figs-youformal	σου	1	your	Here, **your** is singular because Jesus is teaching his disciples how to pray to God. If your language has a formal form of “you” that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form for **your** in its two instances here and for **you** in [11:4](../11/04.md). Alternatively, it might be more appropriate in your culture to address God using a familiar form, such as friends would use with one another. Use your best judgment about what form to use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]])
@@ -1844,20 +1844,20 @@ LUK	11	6	zp7j	figs-hyperbole	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	anything to serve
 LUK	11	6	l731	figs-explicit	ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ	1	anything to serve to him	This could mean: (1) as UST implies, while his family has the ingredients to make a meal, they do not want to make a weary traveler wait the time it would take for them to bake bread and prepare other food. Alternate translation: “any food prepared to feed him” (2) the speaker wants to extend hospitality by sharing a meal with his guest, and so he needs enough food for a family meal. Alternate translation: “enough food to share a meal with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	7	l644	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ	1	answering … he may say	The word **answering** indicates that what this friend **may say** would be a response. Alternate translation: “he may reply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	11	7	l645	figs-quotesinquotes	εἴπῃ, μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε; ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ παιδία μου μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν; οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς δοῦναί σοι	1	he may say, ‘Do not cause me trouble. The door has already been shut, and my children are in the bed with me. I am not able to get up to give to you’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he may tell you not to bother him, because he has already locked the door for the night and his children are in bed with him, so he cannot get up and give you anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	11	7	l646	figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται	1	The door has already been shut	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	7	l646	figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἡ θύρα κέκλεισται	1	The door has already been shut	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “We have already closed and locked the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	7	vhf7	figs-hyperbole	οὐ δύναμαι ἀναστὰς	1	I am not able to get up	The friend inside is not literally incapable of getting up. Rather, this is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “It would be very difficult for me to get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	11	8	zl2k	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Even though Jesus began this hypothetical situation by asking “which of you,” that is, “which one of you,” here he is addressing all of the disciples together, not the hypothetical single disciple who might go to a friend’s house at midnight. So here, the word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	11	8	prx6	figs-abstractnouns	διά γε τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ	1	yet because of his persistence	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **persistence**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “continue.” Alternate translation: “because you continue to ask him urgently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	11	8	l647		ἐγερθεὶς	1	he will rise up	Alternate translation: “getting out of bed”
 LUK	11	9	j4ef	figs-you	ὑμῖν λέγω…ὑμῖν…εὑρήσετε…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you … to you … you will find … to you	In the first instance in this verse, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the disciples. In the next three instances, even though Jesus is describing what could be an individual situation of a person praying to God, **you** is also plural because Jesus is still speaking to the disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	11	9	l648	figs-explicit	αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε	1	ask … seek	It might be customary in your language to say what a person would be asking for and seeking, and from whom. Alternate translation: “keep asking God for what you need … keep seeking what you need from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	11	9	i7j9	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	9	i7j9	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be given to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” or “you will receive it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	9	l1f6	translate-unknown	κρούετε	1	knock	To **knock** at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	11	9	l649	figs-metaphor	κρούετε	1	knock	Jesus is using the expression **knock** figuratively to mean getting someone’s attention. Alternate translation: “seek God’s attention in prayer” or “let God know you are depending on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	11	9	kp3h	figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be opened to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door for you” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	9	kp3h	figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be opened to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door for you” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	9	l650	figs-metaphor	ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be opened to you	This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	10	l651	translate-unknown	τῷ κρούοντι	1	to the one who knocks	See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “to the one who calls out” or “to the one who coughs” or “to the one who claps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	11	10	l652	figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	it will be opened	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	10	l652	figs-activepassive	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	it will be opened	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will open the door” or “God will welcome you inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	10	l653	figs-metaphor	ἀνοιγήσεται	1	it will be opened	This phrase continues the metaphor of prayer as knocking on a door. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” or “God will enable you to do what you are praying about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	11	l654	translate-textvariants	τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει?	1	And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake?	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading or a longer one that is found in some ancient manuscripts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	11	11	l655		τίνα δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν τὸν πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἰχθύν, καὶ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος, ὄφιν αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει	1	And which father among you, his son will ask for a fish, and instead of a fish he will give him a snake	Alternate translation: “Which of you fathers, if his son asked for a fish, would give him a snake instead of a fish”
@@ -1889,13 +1889,13 @@ LUK	11	17	ze6p	figs-metaphor	πίπτει	1	falls	This image of a house collapsi
 LUK	11	18	jd5t	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But if Satan is divided against himself, then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	11	18	l663	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	But if Satan is also divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand?	Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose Satan and all the other members of his kingdom are fighting among themselves. In that case, his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 LUK	11	18	i74u	figs-synecdoche	εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	if Satan is … divided against himself	Here Jesus uses the person of **Satan** to refer figuratively to all of the demons who follow Satan, as well as to Satan himself. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	11	18	l664	figs-activepassive	εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	if Satan is … divided against himself	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	18	l664	figs-activepassive	εἰ…ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη	1	if Satan is … divided against himself	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if Satan and all of his demons are … fighting among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	18	l665	figs-metaphor	πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?	1	how will his kingdom stand?	Jesus asks figuratively how a **kingdom** could **stand** as if it were a building or a person. Alternate translation: “how can his kingdom last?” or “then his kingdom cannot last.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	11	18	vnt9	figs-explicit	ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια	1	For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul	The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered Beelzebul to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	18	vnt9	figs-explicit	ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν με τὰ δαιμόνια	1	For you say I drive out the demons by Beelzebul	The implication is that if Jesus is doing this, then Satan’s kingdom is divided against itself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may also be helpful to say who people considered Beelzebul to be. Alternate translation: “You are saying that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons. That would mean that Satan is divided against himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	18	l666	translate-names	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	See how you translated the name **Beelzebul** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	11	19	i48v	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	11	19	l667	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out?	Jesus is also using a conditional statement to teach. Specifically, he is suggesting a condition that is not true in order to show by the results of the condition that it is certainly not true. Alternate translation: “Suppose I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul. In that case, your followers must be using that same power themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-LUK	11	19	l668	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out?	The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of Beelzebul, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	19	l668	figs-explicit	εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?	1	But if I drive out the demons by Beelzebul, by whom do your sons drive them out?	The implication is that the people challenging Jesus would not say that their own followers were using the power of Beelzebul, and so they should agree that he is not using that power himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I am making demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, then your followers must be using that same power. But you do not believe that is true about them. So it must not be true about me, either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	19	l669	translate-names	Βεελζεβοὺλ	1	Beelzebul	See how you translated the name **Beelzebul** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	11	19	l670	figs-metaphor	οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν	1	your sons	Here, Jesus uses the word **sons** figuratively to mean “followers.” Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	11	19	bs8x	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται	1	they will be your judges	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implications of this statement more explicitly. Alternate translation: “your own followers will say that you are wrong for claiming that I make demons leave people by using the power of Beelzebul, because they know that they are not using that power themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1903,16 +1903,16 @@ LUK	11	20	l671	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐν δακτύλῳ Θε
 LUK	11	20	y643	figs-metonymy	ἐν δακτύλῳ Θεοῦ	1	the finger of God	This phrase refers figuratively to God’s power. Alternate translation: “by the power of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	20	ja3u	figs-abstractnouns	ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God has come to you	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” This could mean: (1) the kingdom of God has arrived in this place, that is, its activities are happening here. Alternate translation: “God is ruling in this area” (2) the kingdom of God has arrived in time, that is, it already beginning. Alternate translation: “God is beginning to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	11	21	e4d1	figs-parables	ὅταν ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	When the strong man who is fully armed	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told the crowd this story to help them understand. ‘When a strong man who has all his weapons’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-LUK	11	21	l672	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	the strong man who is fully armed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	21	l672	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμένος	1	the strong man who is fully armed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a strong man who has all his weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	21	l673	figs-synecdoche	φυλάσσῃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ αὐλήν	1	is guarding his own courtyard	Jesus speaks of one part of a house, its **courtyard** or entrance area, to refer figuratively to the entire house. Alternate translation: “is guarding his own house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	11	21	pb5v	figs-idiom	ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	his possessions are at peace	This expression means that no one will disturb the man’s **possessions**, that is, they are safe from being stolen. Alternate translation: “no one can steal his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	11	22	g1hx	figs-nominaladj	ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ	1	a stronger than he	Jesus is using the adjective **stronger** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is stronger than he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	11	22	zv57	figs-metaphor	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	divide his spoils	Jesus speaks figuratively of the first man’s possessions as if they were the **spoils** of war. He also says figuratively that the stronger man will **divide** these possessions, as if he were a soldier who needed to share them with other soldiers. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	11	22	l674	figs-explicit	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	divide his spoils	The implication of this parable is that Jesus must be stronger than Satan, because he has been overpowering him and rescuing the people whom Satan formerly controlled. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions. So I must be stronger than Satan and overpowering Satan, because I am taking away from him the people he formerly controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	22	l674	figs-explicit	τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ διαδίδωσιν	1	divide his spoils	The implication of this parable is that Jesus must be stronger than Satan, because he has been overpowering him and rescuing the people whom Satan formerly controlled. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “take away his possessions. So I must be stronger than Satan and overpowering Satan, because I am taking away from him the people he formerly controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	23	yw6h		ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν; καὶ ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	The one who is not with me is against me, and the one who does not gather with me scatters	Jesus is not referring to a specific individual. Rather, he is making a general statement that applies to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not with me is against me, and anyone who does not gather with me scatters” or “Those who are not with me are against me, and those who do not gather with me scatter”
 LUK	11	23	h3kb		ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	The one who is not with me	Alternate translation: “Anyone who is not working with me”
 LUK	11	23	t7zn		κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	is against me	Alternate translation: “is working against me”
-LUK	11	23	wa13	figs-explicit	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	the one who does not gather with me scatters	Jesus is referring implicitly to the work of gathering disciples to follow him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who is not working to help people come and follow me is keeping them away from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	23	wa13	figs-explicit	ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ, σκορπίζει	1	the one who does not gather with me scatters	Jesus is referring implicitly to the work of gathering disciples to follow him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who is not working to help people come and follow me is keeping them away from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	24	l675	figs-hypo	ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δι’ ἀνύδρων τόπων ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	When the unclean spirit has gone out from the man, it passes through waterless places seeking rest	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose a demon goes out of a person. And suppose it then wanders through the desert looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	11	24	l676	figs-idiom	τὸ ἀκάθαρτον πνεῦμα	1	the unclean spirit	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	11	24	l677	figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	the man	Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -1921,9 +1921,9 @@ LUK	11	24	l678	figs-idiom	ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	seeking rest	This
 LUK	11	24	yvp4	figs-hypo	καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον, λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	and not finding any, it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’	Jesus continues to use a hypothetical situation to teach. If you show that directly in your translation, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “And suppose the demon does not find another place to live. Then it would say, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	11	24	l679	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει, ὑποστρέψω εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’	Luke is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the unclean spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it says that it will return to the house from which it came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	11	24	s89t	figs-metaphor	τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον	1	my house from which I came	The demon is referring figuratively to the person it formerly controlled as its **house**. Alternate translation: “the person I used to control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	11	25	b4u3	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	25	b4u3	figs-activepassive	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	25	l680	figs-exmetaphor	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-LUK	11	25	l681	figs-explicit	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	The implication is that the house is still empty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but which is still empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	25	l681	figs-explicit	εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον	1	it finds it swept out and put in order	The implication is that the house is still empty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but which is still empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	26	wqq4	figs-nominaladj	γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last things of that man become worse than the first things	Here the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	11	26	l682	figs-gendernotations	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου	1	that man	Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	11	27	m86m	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -1934,13 +1934,13 @@ LUK	11	27	l684		μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά σε, κ
 LUK	11	28	c7e8		μενοῦν, μακάριοι	1	Rather, blessed are	Jesus is not saying that his mother is not blessed. He is saying that the people he is about to describe are even more blessed. Alternate translation: “It is even better for”
 LUK	11	28	l685		οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ φυλάσσοντες	1	the ones who hear the word of God and keep it	Alternate translation: “those who listen carefully to the message God has spoken and obey it”
 LUK	11	28	c3f2	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the word of God	Jesus uses the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that has come from God in the form of words. Alternate translation: “the message God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	11	29	cf2t	figs-explicit	τῶν δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων	1	as the crowds were increasing	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what these **crowds** were. Alternate translation: “as the crowds around Jesus were growing larger” or “as more people kept joining the crowds around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	29	cf2t	figs-explicit	τῶν δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων	1	as the crowds were increasing	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what these **crowds** were. Alternate translation: “as the crowds around Jesus were growing larger” or “as more people kept joining the crowds around Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	29	kt6k	figs-metonymy	ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη γενεὰ πονηρά ἐστιν; σημεῖον ζητεῖ	1	This generation is an evil generation. It seeks	Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “The people living at this time are evil people. They seek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	29	q19q	figs-explicit	σημεῖον ζητεῖ	1	It seeks a sign	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the purpose of the **sign** that the people were seeking. Alternate translation: “They want me to perform a miracle to prove that I have come from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	29	l686	grammar-connect-exceptions	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	a sign will not be given to it except the sign of Jonah	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “God will only give it the sign of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
-LUK	11	29	s29w	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	a sign will not be given to it	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	29	s29w	figs-activepassive	σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ	1	a sign will not be given to it	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	29	ft6z		τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ	1	the sign of Jonah	Alternate translation: “a miracle like the one that God did for Jonah”
-LUK	11	30	vj9m	figs-explicit	καθὼς…ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς τοῖς Νινευείταις σημεῖον, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	as Jonah became a sign to the Ninevites, so also will the Son of Man be to this generation	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly in what way Jesus will be a sign to this generation the way Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites. Alternate translation: “God did a miracle to show the people who lived long ago in the city of Nineveh that Jonah was his prophet. He brought Jonah out alive after he had been inside the great fish for three days. In the same way, God will do a miracle to show the people living at this time that I have come from him. He will bring me out alive after I have been in the grave for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	11	30	vj9m	figs-explicit	καθὼς…ἐγένετο Ἰωνᾶς τοῖς Νινευείταις σημεῖον, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ	1	as Jonah became a sign to the Ninevites, so also will the Son of Man be to this generation	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way Jesus will be a sign to this generation the way Jonah was a sign to the Ninevites. Alternate translation: “God did a miracle to show the people who lived long ago in the city of Nineveh that Jonah was his prophet. He brought Jonah out alive after he had been inside the great fish for three days. In the same way, God will do a miracle to show the people living at this time that I have come from him. He will bring me out alive after I have been in the grave for three days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	30	l687	translate-names	τοῖς Νινευείταις	1	the Ninevites	**Ninevites** describes the people who lived in the ancient city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	11	30	il7p	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	11	30	l732	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2024,8 +2024,8 @@ LUK	11	49	c97g	figs-personification	ἡ σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ εἶπεν
 LUK	11	49	lda4	figs-explicit	ἀποστελῶ εἰς αὐτοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	I will send to them prophets and apostles, and some of them they will kill and persecute	Jesus is saying that God was not so foolish or naïve as to think that the Israelites would welcome the message of the prophets and apostles. God in his wisdom knew that they would oppose his messengers. But he sent them anyway, because their message was necessary and important. Alternate translation: “I am going to send prophets and apostles to them with my message, even though I know they will persecute and kill some of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	11	49	w1fh	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκτενοῦσιν καὶ διώξουσιν	1	kill and persecute	Here, Jesus may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **persecute** may be telling why and how the people would **kill** the prophets. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “persecute even to the point of killing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	11	50	pi6u	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	that the blood of all the prophets that has been shed from the foundation of the world may be required from this generation	The implication seems to be that God will also send prophets to the people living at this time because the people’s violent persecution of the prophets will constitute a conscious, deliberate rejection of God’s message that will provide grounds for definitive judgment. That is because the people of this time should know better than to persecute the prophets, based on the prominent bad example of their own ancestors. Alternate translation: “so that the people living at this time, who should have known better, can be held accountable for the blood that people have shed of all the prophets since the beginning of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	11	50	l720	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ…ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	that … may be required from this generation	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	11	50	l721	figs-activepassive	τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	the blood … that has been shed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	50	l720	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἐκζητηθῇ…ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	that … may be required from this generation	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God can hold the people living at this time accountable for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	50	l721	figs-activepassive	τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	the blood … that has been shed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “the blood … that people have shed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	50	d1rf	figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα…τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον	1	the blood … that has been shed	Jesus uses the term **the blood … that has been shed** to refer to the deaths of **the prophets** figuratively by association with their **blood.** Alternate translation: “the deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	50	l722		ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	from the foundation of the world	Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God made the world”
 LUK	11	50	l723	figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ LUK	11	51	l724	figs-metonymy	αἵματος Ἂβελ…αἵματος Ζαχ
 LUK	11	51	l725	translate-names	Ἂβελ	1	Abel	**Abel** is the name of a man. He was the son of Adam, the first man, and God commended him for doing what was right. His brother Cain murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	11	51	jes7	translate-names	Ζαχαρίου	1	Zechariah	**Zechariah** is the name of a man. It is not the same man as father of John the Baptist, whose story Luke tells at the beginning of this book. Rather, Jesus means the priest whom King Joash ordered the officials of Judah to stone to death in the temple courtyard after he rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping idols. See [2 Chronicles 24:21](../2ch/24/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	11	51	l726	figs-metaphor	τοῦ οἴκου	1	the house	Jesus figuratively calls the temple the **house**, meaning the “house of God,” since God’s presence was in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	11	51	l727	figs-activepassive	ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	it will be required from this generation	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	11	51	l727	figs-activepassive	ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	it will be required from this generation	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will hold the people living at this time accountable for all these deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	11	51	l728	figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Jesus uses the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	11	52	vj5a	translate-unknown	τοῖς νομικοῖς	1	lawyers	See how you translated this in [11:45](../11/45.md). Alternate translation: “experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	11	52	s4fc	figs-metaphor	ἤρατε τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως	1	you have taken away the key of knowledge	Jesus speaks figuratively about the **knowledge** of God’s truth as if it were in a building whose door was locked, and about proper teaching as if it were a **key** that could unlock that door. Alternate translation: “you prevent people from knowing God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ LUK	12	1	en8g	writing-newevent	ἐν οἷς	1	In those times	Luke uses these wo
 LUK	12	1	c8yk	grammar-connect-time-background	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1	when myriads of the crowd were gathered together	Luke provides this background information to give the setting for the events he is about to describe. Alternate translation: “while tens of thousands of the common people were gathering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	12	1	l730	translate-unknown	μυριάδων	1	myriads	The word **myriads** is the plural of the Greek word “myriad,” which means ten thousand (10,000). You can express this number in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	1	l734		τοῦ ὄχλου	1	of the crowd	In this context, the word **crowd** refers to ordinary people. Alternate translation: “of the common people”
-LUK	12	1	l735	figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν	1	were gathered together	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	1	l735	figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθεισῶν	1	were gathered together	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “were coming together” or “were crowding around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	1	ybz9	figs-hyperbole	ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους	1	so that they trampled on each other	This could be an exaggeration to emphasize how tightly packed together the crowd as. Alternate translation: “so that they were all tightly packed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	12	1	x38n		ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ πρῶτον	1	he began to say to his disciples first	This could mean: (1) Jesus addressed his disciples before speaking to the crowd. Alternate translation: “Jesus first started speaking to his disciples, and said to them” (2) this was the first thing Jesus said to his disciples when he began to speak to them. Alternate translation: “Jesus started speaking to his disciples, and the first thing he said was”
 LUK	12	1	f5b9	figs-metaphor	προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης, τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις	1	Guard yourselves from the yeast of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy	Jesus is describing the influence of **the Pharisees** figuratively by comparing its spread throughout the community to the way **yeast** spreads through a whole batch of dough or batter. You could represent this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you do not become hypocrites like the Pharisees, whose behavior is influencing everyone around them, just as yeast spreads through a whole batch of dough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2055,53 +2055,53 @@ LUK	12	1	l736	translate-unknown	ζύμης	1	yeast	**Yeast** is a substance that
 LUK	12	2	m1ti	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	But	**But** connects the statement it introduces to the previous statement about the hypocrisy of the Pharisees. In your translation, you can use the term that would show this connection in the way that is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 LUK	12	2	e5w4	figs-parallelism	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed and hidden that will not be known	These two phrases mean similar things. Jesus uses them together to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them, especially if including both phrases might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “people will learn about everything that others try to hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	12	2	l737	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything that is now concealed will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	12	2	g46e	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	2	g46e	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν…συνκεκαλυμμένον ἐστὶν, ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται	1	nothing is concealed that will not be revealed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that people are now concealing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	2	l738	figs-ellipsis	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and nothing is hidden that will not be known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	12	2	l739	figs-doublenegatives	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	Supplying **nothing** from earlier in the sentence shows that this is a double negative. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “and everything that is now hidden will be known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	12	2	l740	figs-activepassive	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will let everyone know about everything that people are now hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	2	l740	figs-activepassive	καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται	1	and hidden that will not be known	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms in place of the two passive forms here, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and God will let everyone know about everything that people are now hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	3	iv8i	figs-metaphor	ὅσα ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε	1	whatever you have said in the darkness	Jesus uses the image of **darkness** to represent the idea of concealment. Alternate translation: “whatever you have said secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	3	l741	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται	1	will be heard in the light	Jesus uses the image of **light** to represent the idea of no concealment. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	3	l742	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται	1	will be heard in the light	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	3	l742	figs-activepassive	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ ἀκουσθήσεται	1	will be heard in the light	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will hear openly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	3	ix7b	figs-idiom	πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἐλαλήσατε	1	spoken in the ear	Alternate translation: “whispered to another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	3	jwe6	figs-metaphor	ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις	1	in the inner rooms	Jesus uses the image of this location to represent the idea of privacy. Alternate translation: “privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	3	b93h	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται	1	will be proclaimed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	3	b93h	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθήσεται	1	will be proclaimed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people will proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	3	rmx8	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων	1	upon the housetops	Houses in Israel had flat roofs that were reached by stairs or ladders, so people could easily go up and stand on top of them. If houses are different in your culture and you think your readers might wonder how people would get up onto **housetops** and stand there, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “from a high place from which everyone will be able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	4	m6t7		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, τοῖς φίλοις μου	1	But I say to you, my friends	Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, about not being afraid. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you, friends”
 LUK	12	4	l743	figs-metonymy	τὸ σῶμα	1	the body	Jesus speaks figuratively about a person by association with **the body**, which is mortal. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	12	4	vc8j		μὴ ἐχόντων περισσότερόν τι ποιῆσαι	1	do not have anything more to do	Alternate translation: “cannot cause any more harm”
-LUK	12	5	fsr4	figs-explicit	φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν	1	Fear the one who … has authority	The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	5	fsr4	figs-explicit	φοβήθητε τὸν…ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν	1	Fear the one who … has authority	The expression **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Fear God, who … has authority” or “Fear God, because he … has authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	5	us3x		μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	after having killed	Jesus is not suggesting that God actively kills each person. Alternate translation: “after a person dies”
 LUK	12	5	l744	translate-names	Γέενναν	1	Gehenna	**Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	12	5	ric8	figs-metaphor	Γέενναν	1	Gehenna	Jesus figuratively uses the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	6	l745	figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell five sparrows for only two small copper coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	6	l745	figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell five sparrows for only two small copper coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	6	czr7	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ πέντε στρουθία πωλοῦνται ἀσσαρίων δύο?	1	Are not five sparrows sold for two assaria?	Jesus is using this question to teach the disciples. He is not asking them to verify the market price for sparrows. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that five sparrows are sold for only two small copper coins.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	6	u697	translate-unknown	στρουθία	1	sparrows	**Sparrows** are small, seed-eating birds. If your readers would not know what **sparrows** are, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	12	6	l746	translate-bmoney	ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	two assaria	The word **assaria** is the plural of “assarion.” An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two small copper coins” or “half an hour’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
-LUK	12	6	mru1	figs-activepassive	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	not one of them is forgotten before God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God never forgets a single one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	6	l746	translate-bmoney	ἀσσαρίων δύο	1	two assaria	The word **assaria** is the plural of “assarion.” An assarion was a small copper coin equivalent to about half an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two small copper coins” or “half an hour’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+LUK	12	6	mru1	figs-activepassive	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	not one of them is forgotten before God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God never forgets a single one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	6	l747	figs-doublenegatives	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	not one of them is forgotten before God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative, which consists of a negative particle and a negative verb, as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	12	6	l748	figs-metaphor	ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	not one of them is forgotten before God	The expression **before God** means “in front of God,” that is, “where God can see.” Sight, in turn, figuratively represents attention. Alternate translation: “God is always aware of every one of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	7	m833	figs-activepassive	καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	even the hairs of your head have all been numbered	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has even counted all the hairs on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	7	m833	figs-activepassive	καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	even the hairs of your head have all been numbered	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has even counted all the hairs on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	7	l749	figs-synecdoche	καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται	1	even the hairs of your head have all been numbered	Jesus is figuratively using one small part of a person, the **hairs** on the **head**, to indicate the entire person. Alternate translation: “God is aware of everything about you, right down to the smallest detail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	12	7	l750	figs-you	τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν	1	your head	Although **head** is singular because Jesus is describing an individual situation, **your** is plural because he is speaking to his disciples as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	12	7	l751		ἠρίθμηνται	1	numbered	This word can also mean “counted.” Jesus is not necessarily saying that God has assigned a number to each individual hair on a person’s head. Alternate translation: “counted”
-LUK	12	7	shk3	figs-explicit	μὴ φοβεῖσθε, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε	1	Do not fear, you are more valuable than many sparrows	The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than many sparrows, so God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	7	shk3	figs-explicit	μὴ φοβεῖσθε, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε	1	Do not fear, you are more valuable than many sparrows	The implication is that if God is aware of and concerned for sparrows, which are of less value, then God is certainly aware of and concerned for people, who are of greater value. And so followers of Jesus do not need to be afraid, since God is watching over them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than many sparrows, so God is certainly even more aware of you and concerned for you, and so you do not need to be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	8	xzh3		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	But I say to you	Jesus readdresses his disciples to mark a shift in his speech to a new topic, confession. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you”
-LUK	12	8	d1cs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	everyone who confesses me before men	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what someone would **confess** or acknowledge. Alternate translation: “whoever tells other people that he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	8	d1cs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	everyone who confesses me before men	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone would **confess** or acknowledge. Alternate translation: “whoever tells other people that he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	8	l752	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	before men	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” other people. Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	8	l753	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	12	8	m5ek	figs-123person	καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει, ἐν αὐτῷ	1	the Son of Man will also confess him	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will also say that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	12	8	l754	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	8	l755	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	before the angels	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	9	fu3j	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the one who denies me before men	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what someone who **denies** might say. Alternate translation: “whoever denies to others that he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	9	fu3j	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός με ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the one who denies me before men	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what someone who **denies** might say. Alternate translation: “whoever denies to others that he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	9	l756	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	before men	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of other people” or “so other people can hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	9	l757	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-LUK	12	9	x27t	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρνηθήσεται	1	will be denied	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will deny that he belongs to him” or (if you translated with the first person) “I will deny that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	9	x27t	figs-activepassive	ἀπαρνηθήσεται	1	will be denied	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will would do the action. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will deny that he belongs to him” or (if you translated with the first person) “I will deny that he belongs to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	9	l758	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	before the angels	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of the angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	10	rp5y	figs-metonymy	καὶ πᾶς ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	everyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man	Jesus uses **word** figuratively to describe something someone might say by using words. Alternate translation: “And everyone who says something bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	12	10	l759	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	12	10	l760	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	12	10	px39	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	12	10	p9g7	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	it will not be forgiven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not extend forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	10	px39	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	10	p9g7	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται	1	it will not be forgiven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will not extend forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	11	f2j9	figs-explicit	ὅταν…εἰσφέρωσιν ὑμᾶς	1	when they bring you	The implication is that the opponents of Jesus would do this to his disciples. Alternate translation: “when my opponents bring you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	11	c1rk	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τὰς συναγωγὰς	1	to the synagogues	Jesus is referring figuratively to local Jewish tribunals by reference to the place where they met, in **synagogues**. Alternate translation: “to be tried by local Jewish tribunals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	12	11	gm94	figs-doublet	τὰς ἀρχὰς, καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας	1	the rulers, and the authorities	These two terms mean similar things. Jesus may be using them together for emphasis. He is referring to officials of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the officials whom the Romans have appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ LUK	12	20	xgr9	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν 
 LUK	12	20	vyn1	figs-rquestion	ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται?	1	what you have prepared, whose will it be?	God does not expect the man to tell him who will inherit his things. Rather, God is using the question as a teaching tool, to make the man realize that he could not count on possessing those things, and so he was wrong to put his confidence in them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “the things you have stored up will belong to someone else!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	21	m47i		ὁ θησαυρίζων	1	the one who stores up treasure	Alternate translation: “a person who saves up valuable things”
 LUK	12	21	fst9	figs-metaphor	μὴ εἰς Θεὸν πλουτῶν	1	is not rich toward God	Jesus uses the term **rich** figuratively to mean using one’s time and possessions for the things that are important to God. Alternate translation: “has not invested in the things that matter to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	22	ihk2	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	he said to his disciples	Since Peter asks in [12:41](../12/41.md) whether Jesus has been speaking only to the disciples, or also to the crowd as well, the implication is that Jesus did not say these things to his disciples privately, as in [12:1-12](../12/01.md), but rather to them publicly so that the crowd could also hear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, as the crowd was listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	22	ihk2	figs-explicit	εἶπεν…πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ	1	he said to his disciples	Since Peter asks in [12:41](../12/41.md) whether Jesus has been speaking only to the disciples, or also to the crowd as well, the implication is that Jesus did not say these things to his disciples privately, as in [12:1-12](../12/01.md), but rather to them publicly so that the crowd could also hear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, as the crowd was listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	22	vim6	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	For this reason	By **this** Jesus means the lesson of the story, that it is foolish to be overly concerned about having a lot of food and possessions. Alternate translation: “In light of what this story teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	22	cy4e		λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε	1	I say to you, do not worry	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry”
 LUK	12	22	u1cf		τῷ σώματι τί ἐνδύσησθε	1	about your body, what you will wear	Alternate translation: “about having clothes to put on your body”
@@ -2153,7 +2153,7 @@ LUK	12	25	l777	translate-unknown	πῆχυν	1	a cubit	A **cubit** is a measure
 LUK	12	25	l778	figs-explicit	πῆχυν	1	a cubit	The implication may be that since a **cubit** is a relatively short distance, it figuratively represents only a short time. Alternate translation: “even a little bit” or “even a short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	26	hl4d	figs-rquestion	εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε?	1	If then you are not able to do the least, why do you worry about the rest?	Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Since you cannot do even this small thing, you should not worry about the other things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	26	l779	figs-nominaladj	ἐλάχιστον	1	the least	Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	12	26	l780	figs-explicit	τῶν λοιπῶν	1	the rest	The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	26	l780	figs-explicit	τῶν λοιπῶν	1	the rest	The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	27	h293		κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει	1	Consider the lilies—how they grow	Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
 LUK	12	27	s8d3	translate-unknown	τὰ κρίνα	1	the lilies	The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	27	u3mf	translate-unknown	οὐδὲ νήθει	1	neither do they spin	In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ LUK	12	28	rur9	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄν
 LUK	12	28	l783	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέζει	1	if God so clothes the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since God makes the wild plants so beautiful, even though they are alive today and are thrown into the oven tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 LUK	12	28	l784	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. So you could express this with a general term in your translation. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	28	l785	translate-unknown	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	It would be particularly appropriate to use a general term in your translation if your readers would not know what **grass** is. Alternate translation: “the wild plants, which are alive today and tomorrow are thrown into the oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	12	28	t9am	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow someone throws them into an oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	28	t9am	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow someone throws it into an oven” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow someone throws them into an oven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	28	l786	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀγρῷ τὸν χόρτον ὄντα σήμερον, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον	1	the grass in the field, which exists today and tomorrow is thrown into the oven	The implication is that dried plant matter would be used for fuel, for heating and cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice, you could describe it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the grass in the field, which exists today, but tomorrow people use it for fuel” or, if you decided to say “plants,” “the wild plants, which exist today, but tomorrow people use them for fuel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	28	l787	figs-ellipsis	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	how much more you	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “how much more will God clothe you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	12	28	gr4m	figs-exclamations	πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς	1	how much more you	This is an exclamation, not a question. Jesus is emphasizing that God will certainly take care of people even better than he takes care of grass. Alternate translation: “God will certainly clothe you even better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@@ -2172,8 +2172,8 @@ LUK	12	29	q67w		ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε, καὶ τ
 LUK	12	30	g8jy	figs-explicit	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου	1	all the nations of the world	The term **nations** means non-Jewish people groups. The term **all** is not a generalization for emphasis. Jesus is saying that this is the way of life for any group that does not know God. Alternate translation: “all the people groups who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	30	ns35	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὑμῶν…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	12	31	gvj9		ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ	1	seek his kingdom	As in [12:29](../12/29.md), the word **seek** has a specific meaning here. Alternate translation: “concentrate on God’s kingdom”
-LUK	12	31	jni1	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	these things will be added to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also give you these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	12	31	l788	figs-explicit	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	these things will be added to you	In context, the expression **these things** refers to food and clothing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will also give you the food and clothing that you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	31	jni1	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	these things will be added to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also give you these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	31	l788	figs-explicit	ταῦτα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν	1	these things will be added to you	In context, the expression **these things** refers to food and clothing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will also give you the food and clothing that you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	32	eej3	figs-metaphor	τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον	1	little flock	Jesus speaks to his disciples as if they were a small group of sheep or goats. The image means that as a shepherd cares for his **flock**, God will care for the disciples. Alternate translation: “my dear disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	12	32	e3tv	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	12	33	rlg7	translate-unknown	πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην	1	Sell your possessions and give alms	This culture referred to charitable donations or gifts to the poor as **alms**. Alternate translation: “Sell your possessions and give the proceeds to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2191,13 +2191,13 @@ LUK	12	34	r26g	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν ἔσται	1	y
 LUK	12	34	l791	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν	1	your … your	Jesus is speaking of each individual person’s values and desires, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	12	35	c4j1	figs-parables	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	Let your loins be girded	To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this illustration to help them understand. ‘Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	12	35	nk2x	translate-unknown	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	People in this culture wore long flowing robes. They would wrap the lower part of the robe around their hips to keep it out of the way while they engaged in physical activity. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	12	35	l792	figs-activepassive	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	35	l792	figs-activepassive	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	35	l793	figs-explicit	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this in order to be ready to do any physical activity that was needed as soon as the master returned. Alternate translation: “Be dressed and ready to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	35	l794	figs-you	ἔστωσαν ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι	1	let your loins be girded	Jesus is speaking of what an individual should do, but **your** is plural because he is addressing the disciples as a group. You could use the singular form of **your** in your translation if that is what your language would do in a context like this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	12	35	lh96	figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι	1	and the lamps kept burning	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and keep the lamps burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	35	lh96	figs-activepassive	καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι	1	and the lamps kept burning	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and keep the lamps burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	35	l795	figs-explicit	καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι	1	and the lamps kept burning	The implication within the illustration is that a servant would do this so that the house would be well lit when the master returned. Alternate translation: “and make sure that the house is well lit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	36	l796	figs-simile	ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις	1	you be like men waiting	This is a simile. Alternate translation: “you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-LUK	12	36	mhg8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις	1	you be like men waiting	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples should be like this as they wait for his return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you wait for my return, you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	36	mhg8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις	1	you be like men waiting	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples should be like this as they wait for his return. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as you wait for my return, you should be like people who are waiting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	36	l797	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώποις	1	men	Since household servants would probably include women as well as men, Jesus is likely using the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	12	36	l798		πότε ἀναλύσῃ ἐκ τῶν γάμων	1	when he returns from the wedding	Alternate translation: “to come home after a wedding celebration”
 LUK	12	36	l799	translate-unknown	κρούσαντος	1	knocks	See how you translated the word “knock” in [11:9](../11/09.md). Alternate translation: “calls out” or “coughs” or “claps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@ LUK	12	36	l800	figs-explicit	εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ	1	they
 LUK	12	37	qk47		μακάριοι	1	blessed are	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for”
 LUK	12	37	xiv7		οὓς ἐλθὼν, ὁ Κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας	1	whom the master will find watching when he comes	Alternate translation: “whose master finds them waiting for him when he returns” or “who are ready when the master returns”
 LUK	12	37	l801		ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
-LUK	12	37	s3yd	figs-explicit	παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς	1	he will come and serve them	The implication is that, because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	37	s3yd	figs-explicit	παρελθὼν, διακονήσει αὐτοῖς	1	he will come and serve them	The implication is that, because the servants were faithful in their tasks and they were ready to serve their master when he arrived, the master will now reward them by serving them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will come and serve them as a reward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	38	l802		κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ	1	Even if he comes in the second, or even in the third watch	Alternate translation: “Even if he comes in the second or third watch of the night”
 LUK	12	38	x25s	translate-unknown	ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ…φυλακῇ	1	in the second … watch	The **second watch** of the night was from 9:00 PM until midnight. Alternate translation: “late at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	38	qa35	translate-unknown	κἂν ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ φυλακῇ	1	or even in the third watch	The **third watch** was from midnight until 3:00 AM. Alternate translation: “or even after midnight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@ LUK	12	39	l804		τοῦτο δὲ γινώσκετε	1	But understand this	Jesus
 LUK	12	39	l805	figs-parables	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης	1	if the owner of the house had known	To help his disciples understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave his disciples this further illustration to help them understand. ‘If the owner of the house had known’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	12	39	l806	figs-hypo	εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται	1	if the master of the house had known at which hour the thief was coming	The illustration that Jesus chooses involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a thief were going to rob a house, and suppose the owner of the house knew when the thief was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	39	v73u	figs-idiom	ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ	1	at which hour	Jesus uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “when” or “at what time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	12	39	ej9m	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he would not have let his house be broken into	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	39	ej9m	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he would not have let his house be broken into	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he would not have let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	39	ej9q	figs-hypo	οὐκ ἂν ἀφῆκεν διορυχθῆναι τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	he would not have let his house be broken into	If you translated the earlier part of this verse as a hypothetical condition, you can translate this part as the result. You may want to make this part a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then he would not let the thief break into his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	40	p1y9	figs-idiom	ᾗ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε	1	in that hour you do not expect	Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a particular time. Alternate translation: “at a time when you are not expecting him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	12	40	dw4h	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται	1	the Son of Man is coming	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will return” (and for the previous phrase, “at a time when you are not expecting me”) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -2226,7 +2226,7 @@ LUK	12	42	l810		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here, Luke refers to Jesus by the re
 LUK	12	42	g8lu	figs-rquestion	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	Who then is the faithful, wise manager	Jesus uses a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly. He means that he expected that those who recognized that they should be like faithful managers would understand that the parable had been about them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	42	dxd2	figs-parables	τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος ὁ φρόνιμος	1	Who then is the faithful, wise manager	In the course of using a question to answer Peter’s question indirectly, Jesus provides a further illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus gave Peter this further illustration to answer his question. ‘I said it for everyone who would recognize that they should be like a faithful, wise manager’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	12	42	mnn1	figs-metonymy	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	will appoint over his care	Jesus refers to the other servants figuratively as the master’s **care** by association with the way they care for him. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	12	42	l811	figs-explicit	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	will appoint over his care	The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants while he goes away for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	12	42	l811	figs-explicit	ὃν καταστήσει ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς θεραπείας αὐτοῦ	1	will appoint over his care	The implication, as the rest of the parable makes clear, is that the master is making this arrangement temporarily and provisionally because he is going to be absent for a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will put in charge of his other servants while he goes away for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	12	43	g6xl		μακάριος ὁ δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος	1	Blessed is that servant	Alternate translation: “How good it will be for that servant”
 LUK	12	43	h35t		ὃν ἐλθὼν, ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως	1	whom his master will find doing so when he comes	Alternate translation: “if his master finds him doing that work when he comes back”
 LUK	12	44	i2cq		ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
@@ -2245,9 +2245,9 @@ LUK	12	46	l817		τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων
 LUK	12	46	l818	figs-nominaladj	τῶν ἀπίστων	1	the unfaithful	Jesus is using the adjective **unfaithful** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. The meaning will depend on how you decided to translate **unfaithful** (see previous note). Alternate translation: “servants who have shown that they cannot be trusted” or “people who have shown that they are not genuine believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	12	47	p1l2	figs-hypo	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος, ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἑτοιμάσας ἢ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	Now that servant, the one who knew the will of his master, and did not get ready or do according to his will, will be beaten much	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “Suppose a servant knew what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did not get ready or do what the master wanted. Then his master would punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	12	47	aj41		τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	the will of his master	Alternate translation: “what his master wanted him to do”
-LUK	12	47	im3v	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	will be beaten much	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	47	im3v	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται πολλάς	1	will be beaten much	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master will punish him severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	48	l819	figs-hypo	ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	But the one who did not know, and did things worthy of blows will be beaten little	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to use two sentences if you translate it that way. Alternate translation: “But suppose a servant did not know what his master wanted him to do, and suppose he did things that deserved punishment. Then his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	12	48	nn9c	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	will be beaten little	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	48	nn9c	figs-activepassive	δαρήσεται ὀλίγας	1	will be beaten little	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “his master would punish him lightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	48	qg96	figs-parallelism	παντὶ…ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him, and to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him	These two clauses mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine them, especially if putting both of them in your translation might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “if someone entrusts many resources to a person, he will expect that person to produce much from those resources” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	12	48	ehu9	figs-activepassive	παντὶ…ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone to whom much has been given, much will be required from him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will require more of everyone to whom he has given much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	48	ir7m	figs-activepassive	ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	to whom much has been provided, even more will be asked of him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active verbal forms to express the meaning of the two passive verbal forms here. Alternate translation: “the master will ask even more of the one to whom he has given much property to care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2255,13 +2255,13 @@ LUK	12	49	qy62	figs-metaphor	πῦρ ἦλθον βαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν
 LUK	12	49	l820	figs-metonymy	τὴν γῆν	1	the earth	Jesus says **the earth** figuratively to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	12	49	ygv3	figs-exclamations	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	how I wish that it were already kindled	This exclamation emphasizes how much Jesus wants this to happen. Alternate translation: “I wish very much that this fire were already lit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 LUK	12	49	ygx3	figs-metaphor	τί θέλω εἰ ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	how I wish that it were already kindled	This exclamation continues the metaphor of **fire** as conflict. Alternate translation: “how I wish that people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	49	l821	figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	it were already kindled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire were already burning” or “people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	49	l821	figs-activepassive	ἤδη ἀνήφθη	1	it were already kindled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire were already burning” or “people were already taking sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	50	k4e8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Jesus uses this word to indicate that he cannot do what the previous sentence describes until after he does what this sentence describes. Alternate translation: “But first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	12	50	hn1j	figs-metaphor	βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	I have a baptism to be baptized with	Jesus speaks figuratively of **baptism** to describe how he must suffer. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering will overwhelm Jesus. Alternate translation: “I must be overwhelmed by suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	12	50	l822	figs-activepassive	βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	I have a baptism to be baptized with	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	50	l822	figs-activepassive	βάπτισμα…ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι	1	I have a baptism to be baptized with	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “suffering must overwhelm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	50	r2yj	figs-exclamations	πῶς συνέχομαι ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	how I am distressed until it is completed	This exclamation emphasizes how distressed Jesus is. Alternate translation: “I am terribly distressed and will continue to be distressed until my suffering is completed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-LUK	12	50	l823	figs-activepassive	πῶς συνέχομαι	1	how I am distressed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	12	50	l824	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	until it is completed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	50	l823	figs-activepassive	πῶς συνέχομαι	1	how I am distressed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “this suffering will continue to distress me terribly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	50	l824	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου τελεσθῇ	1	until it is completed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “until I have endured all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	51	s32r	figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ?	1	Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth?	Jesus is not asking the people in the crowd to tell him what they think. He is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I came to bring peace on the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	51	l825	figs-metonymy	δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρεγενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	Do you think that I came to give peace on the earth	Jesus says **the earth** figuratively to mean the people living on the earth. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I came to make peace between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	12	51	l826	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην…δοῦναι ἐν τῇ γῇ	1	to give peace on the earth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to make people get along with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2269,10 +2269,10 @@ LUK	12	51	l827	figs-ellipsis	οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1
 LUK	12	51	np4v	figs-abstractnouns	οὐχί…ἀλλ’ ἢ διαμερισμόν	1	No … but rather division	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **division**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “No … my coming will cause people to oppose each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	12	51	l828		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. Alternate translation: “I want you to understand”
 LUK	12	52	vrt5	figs-metonymy	πέντε ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ	1	five in one house	Jesus uses the term **house** to refer figuratively to people who live together in a house, that is, to a family. Alternate translation: “five members of the same family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	12	52	l829	figs-activepassive	διαμεμερισμένοι	1	divided	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	52	l829	figs-activepassive	διαμεμερισμένοι	1	divided	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who will take sides against one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	52	fln4	figs-ellipsis	τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν	1	three against two, and two against three	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from what he says figuratively earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	12	52	l830	figs-parallelism	τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν, καὶ δύο ἐπὶ τρισίν	1	three against two, and two against three	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “three of the family members will be on one side, and the other two will be on the opposing side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-LUK	12	53	qr7s	figs-activepassive	διαμερισθήσονται	1	They will be divided	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Family members will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	53	qr7s	figs-activepassive	διαμερισθήσονται	1	They will be divided	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Family members will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	53	l831	figs-parallelism	πατὴρ ἐπὶ υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί	1	father against son, and son against father	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “Fathers and sons will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	12	53	l832	figs-parallelism	μήτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	mother against her daughter, and daughter against her mother	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers and daughters will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	12	53	l833	figs-parallelism	πενθερὰ ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν	1	mother-in-law against her daughter-in-law, and daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law	These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and make them a sentence of their own. Alternate translation: “mothers-in-law and daughters-in-law will oppose one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -2287,11 +2287,11 @@ LUK	12	56	jdj7	figs-metaphor	τὸ πρόσωπον	1	the face	Jesus uses the te
 LUK	12	56	y3yj	figs-rquestion	τὸν καιρὸν δὲ τοῦτον, πῶς οὐκ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν?	1	but how do you not know how to interpret this time?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “so you ought to be able to understand what is happening right now.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	57	w8rz	figs-rquestion	τί δὲ καὶ ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν, οὐ κρίνετε τὸ δίκαιον?	1	And why do you not even judge for yourselves what is right?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ought to discern on your own what is right.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	12	58	y75j	figs-hypo	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd. Alternate translation: “Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose they were taking you to court to collect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	12	58	l838	figs-parables	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate	This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK	12	58	l838	figs-parables	ὡς γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου ἐπ’ ἄρχοντα	1	For as you are going with your adversary to the magistrate	This hypothetical situation is also an illustration designed to help the people understand that they should be welcoming Jesus. Just as the debtor is going to be judged imminently, God is going to judge them imminently based on their responses to Jesus, and so they should make a positive response now, before it is too late. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Suppose you owed someone money, and suppose he was taking you to court to collect it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	12	58	f1ea	figs-youcrowd	ὑπάγεις…σου…σε	1	you are going … your … you	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	12	58	t4v8	translate-unknown	τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου	1	your adversary	In the context of this story, the term **adversary** means specifically an opponent in a legal proceeding. You could translate it with the equivalent term in your language. Alternatively, since the next verse indicates that the **adversary** is trying to collect a debt, you could describe him in a way that indicates that. Alternate translation: “your opponent” or “your creditor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	58	e7hz	translate-unknown	ἄρχοντα	1	the magistrate	**Magistrate** is a general term for a person in legal authority. You can translate it with the equivalent general term in your language. Alternate translation: “the official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	12	58	b7sh	figs-activepassive	ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be released from him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	12	58	b7sh	figs-activepassive	ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	to be released from him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to settle the matter out of court” or “to have him forgive your debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	12	58	l839	translate-unknown	τὸν κριτήν	1	the judge	The term **the judge** refers to the same person as the **magistrate**, but the term here is more specific and threatening. In your translation you can use the specific term in your language that describes someone with the power to deliver a verdict and pass sentence on a defendant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	58	l840	translate-unknown	τῷ πράκτορι	1	the officer	In the context of the story, the term **the officer** refers to a court official who was empowered to collect debts that a judge had ruled were owed and to put the debtor in prison if he did not pay. Your language may have a similar term that you can use. Alternate translation: “the bailiff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	12	59	wi7m	figs-hypo	λέγω σοι	1	I say to you	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples and the crowd. If you translated the previous verse as a hypothetical condition, you could translate this expression as an introduction to the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “If that happens, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -2300,7 +2300,7 @@ LUK	12	59	i124	translate-bmoney	καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν	1	th
 LUK	13	intro	xaa2			0		# Luke 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches with parables (13:1-30)<br>2. Jesus speaks about Herod and Jerusalem (13:31-35)<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Unknown events<br><br>The people and Jesus speak about two events that they knew about, but about which no one today knows anything except what Luke has written. These events are Pilate executing some Galileans in the temple, 13:1-2, and 18 people being killed when a tower collapsed in Jerusalem, 13:4. In your translation, you should tell your readers no more than what Luke tells about what happened. Your translation should tell only what Luke tells.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Those who are least important will be first, and those who are most important will be last” (Luke 13:30)
 LUK	13	1	t1fi	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	13	1	l842	writing-participants	παρῆσαν…τινες ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ, ἀπαγγέλλοντες αὐτῷ	1	some were present at that time who were reporting to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “There were some people present at that time who were telling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	13	1	wg2k	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ	1	at that time	This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	1	wg2k	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ καιρῷ	1	at that time	This implicitly means while Jesus was still teaching the crowds, as Luke said he was doing in [11:54](../11/54.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while he was still teaching the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	1	l843	figs-metaphor	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Luke is speaking figuratively about this event to indicate that the **blood** of the Galileans was shed at the same time as the blood of their animal **sacrifices**. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	1	fj2c	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Luke uses the term **blood** figuratively to refer to the death of these Galileans. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate had killed while they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	13	1	l844	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ αἷμα Πειλᾶτος ἔμιξεν μετὰ τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν	1	whose blood Pilate had mixed with their sacrifices	Pilate likely did not kill these Galileans personally. Rather, he ordered his soldiers to kill them. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers had killed as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” or “whom Pilate had ordered his soldiers to kill as they were offering sacrifices at the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ LUK	13	2	zfa8	figs-rquestion	δοκεῖτε ὅτι	1	Do you think that	Jesus i
 LUK	13	2	l847		ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους	1	more sinful than all the Galileans	Alternate translation: “more sinful than all the other Galileans” or “the most sinful of all Galileans”
 LUK	13	2	l848		ταῦτα πεπόνθασιν	1	they suffered this	Alternate translation: “this happened to them”
 LUK	13	3	xl6m		οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	No, I say to you	Jesus uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to tell these people and the crowd. Alternate translation: “That is certainly not the case”
-LUK	13	3	a3ez	figs-explicit	πάντες ὁμοίως ἀπολεῖσθε	1	you will all perish in the same way	This statement seems to be similar to the one that Jesus makes in [19:41-44](../19/41.md), in which he says that if the Jewish people reject him and instead follow violent false messiahs, this will bring them into conflict with the Romans and they will be destroyed. That seems to be the implicit meaning here as well, and you could say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	3	a3ez	figs-explicit	πάντες ὁμοίως ἀπολεῖσθε	1	you will all perish in the same way	This statement seems to be similar to the one that Jesus makes in [19:41-44](../19/41.md), in which he says that if the Jewish people reject him and instead follow violent false messiahs, this will bring them into conflict with the Romans and they will be destroyed. That seems to be the implicit meaning here as well, and you could express that in your translation. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	4	hj5w		ἢ ἐκεῖνοι	1	Or those	Jesus is giving a second example of people who suffered. Alternate translation: “Also consider those”
 LUK	13	4	e2s8	figs-nominaladj	ἐκεῖνοι οἱ δεκαοκτὼ	1	those 18	Jesus is using the adjective **18** (eighteen) as a noun in order to indicate a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “those 18 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	13	4	p6r8	translate-names	Σιλωὰμ	1	Siloam	**Siloam** is the name of an area in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ LUK	13	5	m77t		οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	No, I say to you	Jesus uses this
 LUK	13	5	ckc2	figs-explicit	πάντες ὡσαύτως ἀπολεῖσθε	1	you will all likewise perish	See how you translated the similar statement in [13:3](../13/03.md). In this case, the people whom Jesus is using as an example were not destroyed by the Romans, so the comparison does not include that detail. Alternate translation: “you too will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	6	sm1p	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν	1	Then he spoke this parable	Jesus now gives a brief illustration to help the crowd understand what he has been saying. Alternate translation: “Then he told them this story to help them understand what he had been saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	13	6	l850	writing-participants	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην ἐν τῷ ἀμπελῶνι αὐτοῦ	1	Someone had a fig tree planted in his vineyard	This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who owned a vineyard in which a fig tree had been planted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	13	6	x42j	figs-activepassive	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην	1	had a fig tree planted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Someone had planted a fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	6	x42j	figs-activepassive	συκῆν εἶχέν τις πεφυτευμένην	1	had a fig tree planted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Someone had planted a fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	6	l851	translate-unknown	συκῆν	1	a fig tree	A **fig tree** is a type of fruit tree that is common in the land of Israel. If your readers would not know what a fig tree is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fruit tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	13	6	l852	writing-background	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ οὐχ εὗρεν	1	he came seeking fruit on it, but did not find any	This is background information that helps listeners understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree, but there were none” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	13	6	l853	figs-go	ἦλθεν ζητῶν καρπὸν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	he came seeking fruit on it	Here your language might use a form of “go” rather than a form of “come.” Alternate translation: “he went to see if there were any figs on the tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -2344,15 +2344,15 @@ LUK	13	11	hqj5		πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας	1	having a spiri
 LUK	13	11	l859	figs-nominaladj	εἰς τὸ παντελές	1	to the complete	Luke is using the adjective **complete** as a noun in order to indicate the woman’s full height. Alternate translation: “to her complete height” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	13	12	l860	figs-idiom	γύναι	1	Woman	Unlike the term **man** in [12:14](../12/14.md), in this context Jesus uses the term **woman** gently and compassionately. Alternate translation: “My dear woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	12	h6ne	figs-declarative	ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	you are released from your weakness	By saying this, Jesus healed the woman. You could express this in your translation with a statement that shows that Jesus was causing this to happen. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-LUK	13	12	l29y	figs-activepassive	γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	you are released from your weakness	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	13	13	k3k1	figs-activepassive	ἀνωρθώθη	1	she was straightened up	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	12	l29y	figs-activepassive	γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι τῆς ἀσθενείας σου	1	you are released from your weakness	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I now set you free from your weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	13	k3k1	figs-activepassive	ἀνωρθώθη	1	she was straightened up	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “she stood up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	14	d8ir	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς…ἔλεγεν	1	answering … said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that the synagogue leader spoke in response to the healing he had just witnessed. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	13	14	l861		ἓξ ἡμέραι εἰσὶν ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι	1	There are six days in which it is necessary to work	Alternate translation: “You must only do work on the first six days of the week”
-LUK	13	14	ai1f	figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε	1	come and be healed on them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	14	ai1f	figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε	1	come and be healed on them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “come and have Jesus heal you on those days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	14	qap4		τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	the day of the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 LUK	13	15	l862		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	13	15	k7p8	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη…αὐτῷ…καὶ εἶπεν	1	answered him and said	Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus responded to the synagogue ruler. Alternate translation: “responded to the synagogue ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	13	15	u6zr	figs-explicit	ὑποκριταί	1	Hypocrites	Jesus is speaking directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form indicates that he is including other religious leaders as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	15	u6zr	figs-explicit	ὑποκριταί	1	Hypocrites	Jesus is speaking directly to the synagogue ruler, but the plural form indicates that he is including other religious leaders as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow religious leaders are hypocrites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	15	xt5y	figs-rquestion	ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ Σαββάτῳ οὐ λύει	1	Does not each of you on the Sabbath untie	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking his listeners to tell him whether they would do this. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “On the Sabbath, each one of you unties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	13	15	ha7b	translate-unknown	τὸν βοῦν αὐτοῦ, ἢ τὸν ὄνον	1	his ox or donkey	These are domesticated animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what an **ox** or a **donkey** is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his farm animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	13	15	kbj4		τῷ Σαββάτῳ	1	on the Sabbath	Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “even on a Sabbath day”
@@ -2363,13 +2363,13 @@ LUK	13	16	mh31	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτη	1	b
 LUK	13	16	g5b7	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔδει λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου?	1	ought she not to have been released	Jesus is using the question form to challenge the synagogue ruler’s assertion that people should not come for healing on the Sabbath. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “it is right to free her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	13	16	l864	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ τούτου	1	from this bond	Jesus speaks again about the woman’s disease figuratively as if it had kept her tied up. Alternate translation: “from this crippling illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	16	l865		τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Σαββάτου	1	on the day of the Sabbath	Here your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article, since Jesus is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
-LUK	13	17	l866	figs-activepassive	κατῃσχύνοντο	1	were put to shame	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “felt ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	13	17	r1jn	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the glorious things that were being done by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the glorious things Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	17	l866	figs-activepassive	κατῃσχύνοντο	1	were put to shame	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “felt ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	17	r1jn	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the glorious things that were being done by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the glorious things Jesus was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	18	wdq9	figs-parallelism	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν	1	What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it	These two questions mean basically the same thing. Jesus uses the repetition to catch the attention of his audience. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine the questions, especially if it might be confusing for your readers if you put both of them in. Alternate translation: “What example can I use to show you what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LUK	13	18	ua3y	figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν?	1	What is the kingdom of God like, and to what will I compare it?	Jesus is using the question form as teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “I want to tell you what the kingdom of God is like. I am going to compare it with something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	13	18	l867	figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	What is the kingdom of God like	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “What is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	13	19	g4hr	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	It is like a mustard seed	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-LUK	13	19	l868	figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	It is like a mustard seed	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK	13	19	l868	figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	It is like a mustard seed	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the people understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the people in the synagogue this illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like a mustard seed’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	13	19	x3p8	translate-unknown	κόκκῳ σινάπεως	1	a mustard seed	A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with it, in your translation you can use the name of another seed like it, or you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	13	19	l869	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	This could: (1) be a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “a person” (2) refers to a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God, since Jesus speaks in his next illustration of a **woman** doing something. In that case, it would be appropriate to say **a man** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	13	19	wv4q	figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ	1	took and threw into his garden	In this culture, people planted some kinds of seeds by throwing them so that they scattered in a garden. Jesus assumes that his listeners will know this. Alternate translation: “planted in his garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2377,20 +2377,20 @@ LUK	13	19	avk2	figs-explicitinfo	τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
 LUK	13	20	hn4n	figs-rquestion	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	To what will I compare the kingdom of God?	Jesus once again uses a question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am going to compare the kingdom of God to something else.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	13	20	l870	figs-abstractnouns	τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	To what will I compare the kingdom of God?	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “I am going to use another comparison to show you what is it like when God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	13	21	ub44	figs-simile	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ	1	It is like yeast	This is a simile or comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-LUK	13	21	l871	figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ	1	It is like yeast	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the crowds understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them this further illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like yeast’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+LUK	13	21	l871	figs-parables	ὁμοία ἐστὶν ζύμῃ	1	It is like yeast	This comparison is also a parable, a brief illustration designed to help the crowds understand what Jesus is teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave them this further illustration to help them understand. ‘The kingdom of God is like yeast’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	13	21	l872	translate-unknown	ζύμῃ	1	yeast	See how you translated **yeast** in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “leaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	13	21	wms4	figs-explicit	ζύμῃ	1	yeast	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of **yeast** is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	21	wms4	figs-explicit	ζύμῃ	1	yeast	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that only a little bit of **yeast** is needed to make a lot of dough rise. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a little bit of yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	21	wz5u	translate-unknown	ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία	1	three seahs of flour	The term **seahs** is the plural of “seah,” a dry measure equivalent to nearly eight liters or two gallons. You can express this quantity in terms of a measure that your culture uses, or you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large amount of flour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	13	21	l873	figs-activepassive	ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	it was all leavened	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the yeast caused all of it to rise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	21	l873	figs-activepassive	ἐζυμώθη ὅλον	1	it was all leavened	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the yeast caused all of it to rise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	22	bh87	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας	1	And he was traveling through cities and villages	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was traveling through cities and villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	13	23	l874	writing-participants	εἶπεν…τις αὐτῷ	1	someone said to him	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “someone in one of those places asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	13	23	l875	figs-idiom	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	if the ones who are being saved are few?	This was an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	13	23	yf6h	figs-activepassive	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	if the ones who are being saved are few?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	13	23	l876	figs-explicit	ὁ…εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	23	yf6h	figs-activepassive	εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σῳζόμενοι?	1	if the ones who are being saved are few?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “is God going to save only a few people?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	23	l876	figs-explicit	ὁ…εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	The implication is that a crowd had gathered to meet Jesus as he went through this place on his journey, and that the questioner was one person in the crowd. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus replied to this person and to the whole crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	24	i39q	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς θύρας	1	Struggle to enter through the narrow door	Jesus is speaking about God’s kingdom as if people had to go through a small doorway with great difficulty to enter it. Alternate translation: “work hard to overcome every difficulty that would keep you from entering God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	24	l877		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the crowd. Alternate translation: “you must understand”
 LUK	13	24	l878	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural. The implied **you** in the command to **struggle** earlier in this verse is also plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	13	24	x137	figs-explicit	πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν	1	many … will seek to enter, but will not be able	The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	24	x137	figs-explicit	πολλοί…ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἰσχύσουσιν	1	many … will seek to enter, but will not be able	The implication is that they will not be able to enter because it is so difficult. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many of the people who try to enter the kingdom of God … will not be able to, because it is so difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	25	b35z	figs-exmetaphor	ἀφ’ οὗ ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης καὶ ἀποκλείσῃ τὴν θύραν	1	After the master of the house gets up and closes the door	Jesus extends the metaphor of the **door** by speaking of God at the time of final judgment as if God were the owner of a house and the people he is addressing were outside the house trying to get in. Alternate translation: “After God has admitted everyone who is going to enter his kingdom and is not letting anyone else in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 LUK	13	25	gk3c	figs-you	ἄρξησθε…ὑμῖν…ὑμᾶς	1	you will begin … you … you	Even though Jesus is answering an individual’s question, he is talking to the whole crowd, so the word **you** is plural in all of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	13	25	l879	figs-quotesinquotes	κρούειν τὴν θύραν λέγοντες, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν	1	knock on the door, saying, ‘Lord, open for us’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “knock on the door and ask the Lord to open it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -2414,7 +2414,7 @@ LUK	13	27	l894		ἐργάται ἀδικίας	1	workers of unrighteousness	Alt
 LUK	13	28	uhh8	translate-symaction	ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων	1	wailing and the grinding of teeth	These are actions that indicate deep regret and sadness. If people in your culture would not express themselves in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate Alternate translation: “actions that express great mourning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	13	28	l895	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Ἰακὼβ	1	Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob	These are the names of three men. See how you translated them in [3:34](../03/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	13	28	crf9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “in the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	13	28	ep1b	figs-activepassive	ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω	1	but you are thrown out	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will have done the action. Alternate translation: “when God will have thrown you outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	28	ep1b	figs-activepassive	ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω	1	but you are thrown out	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will have done the action. Alternate translation: “when God will have thrown you outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	29	wcg6	figs-merism	ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν καὶ ἀπὸ βορρᾶ καὶ νότου	1	from east and west, and from north and south	Jesus speaks figuratively of all directions in order to include everything in between. Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	13	29	sbv1	figs-metaphor	ἀνακλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	will recline to eat in the kingdom of God	Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all having a feast. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	29	l896	translate-unknown	ἀνακλιθήσονται	1	will recline to eat	If you decide to translate this phrase literally, see how you did that in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “will take their places at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2435,9 +2435,9 @@ LUK	13	32	af7k	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀλώπεκι ταύτῃ	1	that fox	Jesus
 LUK	13	32	l906	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	32	l907	figs-idiom	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The expression **today and tomorrow** is an idiom that means “at the present time” or “for now.” Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to drive out demons and perform healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	32	l908	figs-synecdoche	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	Jesus speaks of two parts of his ministry, **driving out demons and performing healings**, to mean all of his ministry, which also included teaching and other things. Alternate translation: “for now I will continue to carry on my ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	13	32	l909	figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	32	l909	figs-explicit	ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια, καὶ ἰάσεις ἀποτελῶ σήμερον καὶ αὔριον	1	I am driving out demons and performing healings today and tomorrow	The implication is that Jesus is saying he knows he does not need to be afraid of Herod’s deadly intentions, even though he is in territory that Herod rules, because God will keep him safe while he carries out his ministry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that for now, with God’s protection, I can safely carry on my ministry even in Herod’s territory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	32	l910	figs-idiom	τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the third day	In this culture, **the third day** meant “the day after tomorrow.” Jesus is using the expression as an idiom. Alternate translation: “at a short time in the future” or “soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	13	32	l911	figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	I will be finished	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) this expression refers to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus is referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) the expression describes someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	32	l911	figs-activepassive	τελειοῦμαι	1	I will be finished	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. This could mean: (1) Jesus is saying he will soon complete his work of teaching and healing. Alternate translation: “I will complete my ministry” (2) this expression refers to someone reaching a goal or destination. Alternate translation: “I will finish traveling through Herod’s territory and reach Jerusalem” (3) Jesus is referring to a goal or destination figuratively, and mean that he will reach the end of his life. Alternate translation: “I will give my life as a sacrifice” (4) the expression describes someone reaching maturity or perfection of character, and if that is what it means here, it would describe the character that Jesus demonstrated when he gave his life as the Savior. Alternate translation: “I will demonstrate supreme love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	33	p9za		πλὴν δεῖ με…πορεύεσθαι	1	Nevertheless, it is necessary for me to journey	Alternate translation: “But I must keep traveling”
 LUK	13	33	l912	figs-idiom	σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ	1	today, and tomorrow, and the following day	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “now and in the time just ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	33	nbk7	figs-irony	οὐκ ἐνδέχεται προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	it is not possible for a prophet to perish outside of Jerusalem	This could also mean “it is not acceptable.” Either way, Jesus is speaking ironically. The Jewish leaders claimed to serve God, and yet their ancestors killed many of God’s prophets in Jerusalem. Jesus knew that they would kill him there too. Alternate translation: “it is in Jerusalem that the Jewish leaders have killed so many of God’s messengers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -2446,23 +2446,23 @@ LUK	13	34	l913	figs-parallelism	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφ
 LUK	13	34	l914	figs-personification	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her	Jesus speaks figuratively of the city as if it were female. Your language may customarily use neuter pronouns for cities. Alternate translation: “which kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	13	34	gb6w	figs-metonymy	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her	If your readers would find it strange that Jesus is addressing the city, you could make it clear that he is really speaking about the people who live in the city: “whose people kill the prophets and stone those sent to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	13	34	l915	figs-123person	ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	who kills the prophets and stones those who are sent to her	Jesus speaks of the city in the third person, even though he is addressing it directly. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “you who kill the prophets and stone those who are sent to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	13	34	zhg8	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	those who are sent to her	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	34	zhg8	figs-activepassive	τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν	1	those who are sent to her	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “those God has sent to her” or “those God has sent to it” or “those God has sent to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	34	rj48	figs-exclamations	ποσάκις ἠθέλησα	1	How often have I desired	This is an exclamation and not a question. Alternate translation: “I have desired so often” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 LUK	13	34	q1i3	figs-metaphor	ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα σου	1	to gather your children	Jesus is figuratively describing the people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the **children** of the city. Alternate translation: “to gather your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	34	q4nf	figs-ellipsis	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	the way a hen her own brood under her wings	Jesus is leaving out the word **gathers** that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply this word from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “the way a hen gathers her own brood under her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	13	34	l916	figs-you	σου	1	your	Even though Jesus is speaking of the people who live in Jerusalem, he is figuratively addressing the city, so **your** would be singular. The pronoun **you** would also be a singular pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you were not willing,” and in the phrase “sent to you,” if you decide to use the second person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	13	34	kb9t	figs-simile	ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	the way a hen gathers her brood under her wings	Jesus uses this comparison to describe how he wishes he could care for the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “just as if I were a hen gathering her chicks under her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	13	34	l917	translate-unknown	τὴν ἑαυτῆς νοσσιὰν	1	her brood	The term **brood** refers collectively to all of the young offspring of a bird. Alternate translation: “her chicks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	13	34	l918	figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	under her wings	The implication is that a hen would put her baby chicks there to protect them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under her wings to protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	13	34	l918	figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας	1	under her wings	The implication is that a hen would put her baby chicks there to protect them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “under her wings to protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	35	l919	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	13	35	l920	figs-pastforfuture	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	Jesus is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. Alternate translation: “your house will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 LUK	13	35	w1v2	figs-metaphor	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the city of Jerusalem as if it were a **house** in which its people lived. Alternate translation: “your city will be left to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	13	35	l921	figs-activepassive	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	13	35	l921	figs-activepassive	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God is going to leave your city to you alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	13	35	l922	figs-explicit	ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν	1	your house has been left to you	The implications of this statement are that God will no longer consider that Jerusalem belongs to him, as a holy city where he dwells in his temple, and that God will therefore not protect the people of Jerusalem from their enemies. Alternate translation: “God will not protect you from your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	13	35	l923	figs-you	ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν	1	your … you … you	Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	13	35	l924		λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	13	35	x4y6		οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	you will certainly not see me until it comes when you say	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
-LUK	13	35	l925	figs-idiom	ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	until it comes when you say	The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could say that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	13	35	l925	figs-idiom	ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε	1	until it comes when you say	The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could express that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	13	35	l926	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	when you say, ‘Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	13	35	v6lj	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	God’s **name** figuratively represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	14	intro	xk3w			0		# Luke 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1-24)<br>2. Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25-35)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15-24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
@@ -2470,13 +2470,13 @@ LUK	14	1	dj2d	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Lu
 LUK	14	1	a3ya	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	14	1	l89x	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν	1	he	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	14	1	lh8g	figs-synecdoche	φαγεῖν ἄρτον	1	to eat bread	Luke refers figuratively to **bread**, one kind of food, to mean food in general. Alternate translation: “to have a meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	14	1	jst8	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν	1	and they were watching him closely	The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as [14:3](../14/03.md) indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	14	1	jst8	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν παρατηρούμενοι αὐτόν	1	and they were watching him closely	The implication is that other Pharisees were also present, as [14:3](../14/03.md) indicates explicitly, and that they all wanted to find a way to accuse Jesus of saying or doing something wrong. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It might be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Many other Pharisees were present, and they were all watching Jesus closely to try to catch him saying or doing something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	2	l927	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	14	2	f5gh	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	a certain man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	14	2	l4a1	translate-unknown	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	who was edematous	This means that the man had edema. That is a condition that causes swelling when water builds up in parts of the body. Your language may have a specific name for this condition. If not, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	2	l929	writing-background	ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς	1	who was edematous	Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Jesus was facing the issue of whether to heal this man on the Sabbath, which the Pharisees thought was wrong. Alternate translation: “who was suffering because parts of his body were swollen with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	14	2	l930	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	before him	Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. Alternate translation: “was in the presence of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	14	3	l931	figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	answering Jesus spoke	The term **answering** indicates that Jesus **spoke** in response to the situation that he observed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he saw the man, Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	14	3	l931	figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	answering Jesus spoke	The term **answering** indicates that Jesus **spoke** in response to the situation that he observed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he saw the man, Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	3	l932	translate-unknown	τοὺς νομικοὺς	1	the lawyers	See how you translated this in [7:30](../07/30.md). In this context, the term **lawyers** refers to experts in the law of Moses and its application to various situations. Alternate translation: “the experts in the Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	3	qak4	figs-rquestion	ἔξεστιν τῷ Σαββάτῳ θεραπεῦσαι ἢ οὔ?	1	Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath, or not?	Jesus is not asking this question for information or to get guidance about what he should do. Rather, he is using the question to challenge the Pharisees and lawyers to think about the meaning and purpose of the Sabbath. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “If you think the law does not permit healing on the Sabbath, explain why.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	14	4	pj9t		οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν	1	But they kept silent	Alternate translation: “But the religious leaders would not answer Jesus’ question”
@@ -2487,30 +2487,30 @@ LUK	14	5	rr5z	figs-rquestion	τίνος ὑμῶν υἱὸς ἢ βοῦς ε
 LUK	14	6	cti5		καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἀνταποκριθῆναι πρὸς ταῦτα	1	And they were not able to give an answer to these things	Alternate translation: “And there was nothing they could say in response”
 LUK	14	7	l935	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν…ἐπέχων πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο	1	he was was speaking a parable … noticing how they were choosing the first places	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of the phrases in this verse, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Jesus noticed that those whom the leader of the Pharisees had invited to the meal were trying to sit in the seats for honored guests, so he gave them an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	14	7	u86b	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν…παραβολήν	1	he was speaking a parable	In this instance, Luke is not using the term **parable** to mean a brief story that teaches something true in a way that is easy to understand and remember. Jesus used a hypothetical situation as an illustration to get the guests at this meal to consider how they should behave at feasts. Alternate translation: “he gave an illustration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-LUK	14	7	em4u	figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	those who were invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	7	em4u	figs-activepassive	τοὺς κεκλημένους	1	those who were invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who had done the action. Alternate translation: “those whom this Pharisee had invited to the meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	7	yd4g	figs-metaphor	τὰς πρωτοκλισίας	1	the first places	The term **first** figuratively represents being important and honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the seats closest to the host” or “the seats for honored guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	14	8	l936	figs-hypo	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	When you are invited by someone to a wedding feast, do not recline to eat	Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the guests at this meal. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone invites you to a wedding celebration. Then you should not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	14	8	pd7w	figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος	1	When you are invited by someone	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “When someone invites you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	8	pd7w	figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος	1	When you are invited by someone	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “When someone invites you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	8	l937	translate-unknown	μὴ κατακλιθῇς	1	do not recline to eat	See how you translated this in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “do not take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	8	l938	figs-metaphor	τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν	1	the first place	See how you translated this in [14:7](../14/07.md). Alternate translation: “in a seat for an honored guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	14	8	t1r5	figs-activepassive	ἐντιμότερός σου ᾖ κεκλημένος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	a more honorable than you may have been invited by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the host may also have invited a person who is more important than you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	8	t1r5	figs-activepassive	ἐντιμότερός σου ᾖ κεκλημένος ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	a more honorable than you may have been invited by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the host may also have invited a person who is more important than you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	8	l939	figs-nominaladj	ἐντιμότερός	1	a more honorable	Jesus is using the comparative adjective **more honorable** as a noun. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who is more important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	14	8	m5b9	figs-youcrowd	σου	1	you	Even though Jesus is speaking to the crowd, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular in [14:8-10](../14/08.md). But if the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	14	9	l940	translate-unknown	ἐλθὼν, ὁ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας	1	when the one who invited you and him arrives	In this culture, the host would come into the banquet hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you can use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited both of you sees the seating arrangements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	9	ecp7	figs-idiom	ἄρξῃ μετὰ αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν	1	you will begin with shame to take the last place	Jesus uses the term **begin** idiomatically to suggest slowly unfolding, reluctant action. Alternate translation: “you will be ashamed and reluctantly have to take the last place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	14	9	gqa6	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	the last place	The term **last** figuratively represents being unimportant and not honored. If your culture has a way of placing people at meals to show honor, you can use that in your translation. Otherwise, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a seat far from the host” or “a seat for the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	14	9	l941	figs-explicit	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	the last place	The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	14	10	x5qh	figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς	1	when you are invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	9	l941	figs-explicit	τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	the last place	The implication is that this guest must go to the least important section of seats because all the other places have been taken in the meantime. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a seat for the least important person, since all the other seats will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	14	10	x5qh	figs-activepassive	ὅταν κληθῇς	1	when you are invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “when someone invites you to a feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	10	l942	translate-unknown	ἀνάπεσε	1	recline to eat	See how you translated this in [14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “take your place at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	10	by81	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον	1	in the last place	See how you translated this in [14:9](../14/09.md). Alternate translation: “among the least important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	14	10	l943	translate-unknown	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε	1	when the one who has invited you comes	In this culture, the host would come into the banqueting hall after all the guests were seated. If the practice is different in your culture, you can use a general expression in your translation here. Alternate translation: “when the person who invited you sees where you are sitting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	10	ck9k	figs-metaphor	προσανάβηθι ἀνώτερον	1	come up higher	The host speaks figuratively of the more important places at the feast being **higher** than the less important ones. Alternate translation: “move to a seat for a more important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	14	10	h5ee	figs-idiom	ἔσται σοι δόξα	1	there will be honor to you	This is an idiom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “your host will honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+LUK	14	10	h5ee	figs-idiom	ἔσται σοι δόξα	1	there will be honor to you	This is an idiom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “your host will honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	14	10	l944	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον	1	before all those reclining to eat with you	Here, the word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of all the other guests” or “as all the other guests are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	14	11	i5e7		ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν	1	who exalts himself	Alternate translation: “who tries to look important” or “who takes an important position”
-LUK	14	11	zrs1	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will have to act humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	11	zrs1	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will have to act humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	11	dk2c		ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν	1	the one who humbles himself	Alternate translation: “who chooses to look unimportant” or “who takes an unimportant position”
-LUK	14	11	eki7	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will receive honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	11	eki7	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will receive honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	12	p9hc		τῷ κεκληκότι αὐτόν	1	the one who had invited him	Alternate translation: “the Pharisee who had invited him to his house for a meal”
 LUK	14	12	v4uk	figs-you	ὅταν ποιῇς	1	when you make	Even though this is general advice for everyone listening, the word **you** is singular here, and **you** and **your** are singular in all of [14:12-14](../14/12.md), because Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisee who invited him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	14	12	gmh6	figs-hyperbole	μὴ φώνει	1	do not invite	Jesus is probably not telling his host never to invite such people. Rather, this is likely a generalization that means he should invite others as well. Alternate translation: “do not invite only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -2520,9 +2520,9 @@ LUK	14	12	l947		μήποτε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἀντικαλέσωσίν σ
 LUK	14	12	l948		γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι	1	and repayment happen to you	Your language may require you to say who would make this happen. Alternate translation: “and they would repay you”
 LUK	14	13	uc5f		κάλει	1	invite	It may be helpful to add “also” in your translation, since, as in [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus probably does not mean to invite only these people. Alternate translation: “also invite”
 LUK	14	13	abcf	figs-nominaladj	πτωχούς, ἀναπείρους, χωλούς, τυφλούς	1	the poor, the crippled, the lame, and the blind	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are handicapped, and people who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	14	14	vpt9	figs-activepassive	μακάριος ἔσῃ	1	you will be blessed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	14	vpt9	figs-activepassive	μακάριος ἔσῃ	1	you will be blessed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	14	r6cp	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι	1	they do not have to repay you	This expression does not mean that these people would not have a social obligation to return hospitality, the way others would. Rather, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “they do not have the means to repay you” or “they cannot invite you to a banquet in return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	14	14	z4tv	figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι	1	it will be repaid to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	14	z4tv	figs-activepassive	ἀνταποδοθήσεται…σοι	1	it will be repaid to you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will repay you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	14	rd75		ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων	1	in the resurrection of the righteous	Alternate translation: “when God brings righteous people back to life”
 LUK	14	15	cm12	grammar-connect-time-background	δέ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	14	15	h4wu	writing-participants	τις τῶν συνανακειμένων	1	one of those who reclined to eat	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “another one of the guests at that meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -2534,21 +2534,21 @@ LUK	14	16	m4y2	figs-parables	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἄνθρωπός
 LUK	14	16	m7bc	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις	1	A certain man	This introduces a character in the parable. Alternate translation: “There was a man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	14	16	yrp5	figs-explicit	ἐποίει δεῖπνον μέγα, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς	1	made a large supper and invited many	The implication is that this man had his servants prepare the meal and invite the guests. Alternate translation: “told his servants to prepare a large banquet and to invite many guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	17	us3d	figs-idiom	τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου	1	at the hour of the supper	Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time for the dinner” or “when the dinner was about to begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	14	17	xkp8	figs-activepassive	τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	the ones who were invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to those he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	17	xkp8	figs-activepassive	τοῖς κεκλημένοις	1	the ones who were invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to those he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	17	l951	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν	1	‘Come, because it is now ready’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that they should come because everything was now ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	18	eh3h	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	This word introduces a contrast between what was expected, that all the invited guests would come to the dinner, and what happened, that they all declined to do that. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	14	18	l952	figs-ellipsis	ἀπὸ μιᾶς πάντες	1	all from one	Jesus is leaving out a word that this sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This could mean a number of things, depending on what word is supplied, but the general sense is the same in every case: (1) “all from one mind” or “all from one voice,” that is, unanimously. Alternate translation: “all alike” (2) “all from one manner.” Alternate translation: “all in the same way” (3) “all from one time” Alternate translation: “all, as soon as the servant came to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	14	18	s9as		παραιτεῖσθαι	1	to excuse themselves	Alternate translation: “to give polite reasons why they could not come to the dinner”
-LUK	14	18	l3r6	figs-explicit	ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The first said to him	While **him** refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	14	18	l3r6	figs-explicit	ὁ πρῶτος εἶπεν αὐτῷ	1	The first said to him	While **him** refers to the servant, the implication is that this first guest was giving the servant a message for his master, since it would be the master, not the servant, who would excuse him from attending the banquet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached told him to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	18	l953	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	The first	Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first guest whom the servant approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	14	18	l954	figs-quotesinquotes	ἀγρὸν ἠγόρασα καὶ ἔχω ἀνάγκην ἐξελθὼν ἰδεῖν αὐτόν; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	‘I have bought a field, and I have need to go out to see it. I ask you, have me excused’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought a field and that he needed to go out and look at it, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	18	l955	figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	I ask you, have me excused	In this culture, this was a polite formula for declining a social invitation. If your language has a similar formula, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	14	18	l956	figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	have me excused	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	18	l956	figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	have me excused	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	19	d9p2	figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	another said	See how you translated this in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	19	l957	figs-quotesinquotes	ζεύγη βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε καὶ πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά; ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	‘I have bought five pairs of oxen, and I am going to try them out. I ask you to have me excused’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just bought five pairs of oxen and that he was going to try them out, so he wanted to be excused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	19	cd9b	translate-unknown	ζεύγη βοῶν…πέντε	1	five pairs of oxen	**Oxen** are large cattle. In this culture, they were used in pairs to pull farming tools such as plows. Alternate translation: “five pairs of oxen to work in my fields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	19	l958	figs-idiom	ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	I ask you to have me excused	See how you translated this in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “Please accept my apology for not being able to attend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	14	19	l959	figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	have me excused	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	19	l959	figs-activepassive	ἔχε με παρῃτημένον	1	have me excused	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “excuse me from attending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	20	lf9h	figs-explicit	ἕτερος εἶπεν	1	another said	See how you translated this in [14:18](../14/18.md). Alternate translation: “Another guest told the servant to give this message to his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	20	l960	figs-quotesinquotes	γυναῖκα ἔγημα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν	1	‘I have married a wife, and because of this I am not able to come’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had just gotten married and so he could not come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	20	gy6v	figs-explicitinfo	γυναῖκα ἔγημα	1	I have married a wife	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Use the expression that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have just gotten married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
@@ -2556,18 +2556,18 @@ LUK	14	20	l961		οὐ δύναμαι ἐλθεῖν	1	I cannot come	This is not
 LUK	14	21	v7v7	figs-explicit	ὀργισθεὶς	1	becoming angry	The implication is that the host became angry with the people who had turned down his invitation, not with his servant. Alternate translation: “becoming angry with the people he had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	21	s88p		εἰσάγαγε ὧδε	1	bring in here	Alternate translation: “invite to my house”
 LUK	14	21	l962	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς, καὶ ἀναπείρους, καὶ τυφλοὺς, καὶ χωλοὺς	1	the poor, and crippled, and blind, and lame	Jesus is using these adjectives as nouns to refer to groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are poor, people with disabilities, people who are blind, and people who are handicapped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	14	22	y4rb	figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος	1	And the servant said	The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	14	22	y4rb	figs-explicit	καὶ εἶπεν ὁ δοῦλος	1	And the servant said	The implication is that the servant did what the master commanded him and then came back with this report. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After the servant went out and did that, he came back and reported” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	22	l963	figs-quotesinquotes	Κύριε, γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι τόπος ἐστίν	1	‘Master, what you commanded has happened, and there is still room’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had done what the master had commanded but there was still room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	22	dgt3		γέγονεν ὃ ἐπέταξας	1	what you commanded has happened	Alternate translation: “I have done what you commanded”
 LUK	14	23	l964	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμοὺς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	the master said to the servant, ‘Go out into the roads and hedges and compel them to come in, so that my house may be filled’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the master told the servant to go out into the roads and hedges and compel people to come in so that his house would be filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	23	n9x7	figs-metonymy	φραγμοὺς	1	hedges	The word **hedges** describes boundary fences that enclose and protect fields and buildings. They may be made of bushes and shrubs growing closely together, or they may be made of wood or stone or similar building materials. This could mean: (1) actual hedges. In that case, you could use the equivalent term in your language or a general expression. Alternate translation: “boundary fences” (2) since the term is paired with **roads**, it may figuratively mean the footpaths that run along hedges at the borders of fields. Alternate translation: “paths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	14	23	w5w6	figs-activepassive	ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	so that my house may be filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	23	w5w6	figs-activepassive	ἵνα γεμισθῇ μου ὁ οἶκος	1	so that my house may be filled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that guests may fill my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	24	i5lt	figs-declarative	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	The master is using a future statement to express the result he desires from the instructions he has just given his servants. Alternate translation: “For I say to you that I do not want any of those men who were invited to taste of my supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	14	24	v5m6	figs-you	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	While the word **you** is singular in [14:21-23](../14/21.md) because the master and the servant are addressing one another individually, here the word **you** is plural. It is not clear why. Possibly it may be assumed that other servants have been helping and that the master is now addressing all of the servants at once. In that case, it would make sense to translate **you** using the plural form, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	14	24	ooz4		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	The master says this to emphasize what he is telling his servants. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	14	24	l965	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κεκλημένων, γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	For I say to you that none of those men who were invited will taste of my supper	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The master told all of his servants that he did not want any of the men he had invited to taste his supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	14	24	liz5	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων	1	those men	Here, the word for **men** means “male adults,” not people in general. So it would be appropriate to use a specifically masculine term in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-LUK	14	24	n867	figs-activepassive	τῶν κεκλημένων	1	who were invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	24	n867	figs-activepassive	τῶν κεκλημένων	1	who were invited	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	24	hl7q	figs-metonymy	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	will taste of my supper	The master may be using the word **taste** figuratively to mean eating the meal. Alternate translation: “will enjoy the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	14	24	l984	figs-hyperbole	γεύσεταί μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	will taste of my supper	Alternatively, the master may be making an extreme statement for emphasis. Alternate translation: “will get even a taste of the dinner that I have prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	14	24	l966		μου τοῦ δείπνου	1	my supper	By this expression, the master does not mean his own meal, but the dinner that he has prepared for others. Alternate translation: “the dinner that I have prepared”
@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ LUK	14	28	eyx4	translate-unknown	πύργον	1	a tower	This may mean a watchtow
 LUK	14	28	l973	figs-ellipsis	εἰ ἔχει εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν	1	whether he has for completion	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “whether he has enough money to complete the project” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	14	29	qj4i	figs-explicit	ἵνα μήποτε	1	Otherwise	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “If he does not first calculate the cost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	29	axc7	translate-unknown	θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον	1	when he has laid a foundation	See how you translated the word **foundation** in [6:48](../06/48.md). Alternate translation: “once he has built a base” or “once he has completed the lower part of the building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	14	29	ym3a	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι	1	and is not able to finish	The implication is that this person was not able to finish the building because he did not have enough money. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not have enough money to finish the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	14	29	ym3a	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι	1	and is not able to finish	The implication is that this person was not able to finish the building because he did not have enough money. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not have enough money to finish the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	14	29	l974	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντες	1	all who see it	This is a generalization that describes what the common reaction would be. Alternate translation: “those who see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	14	30	l975	figs-gendernotations	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	Since Jesus addresses his question in [14:28](../14/28.md) to the whole crowd, his illustration envisions all of them, so the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “this person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	14	30	l976	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	This word introduces a contrast between what the man planned to do and what he failed to do in the end. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -2600,8 +2600,8 @@ LUK	14	32	p5h6		τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	the things for peace	Alternate
 LUK	14	33	is32	figs-doublenegatives	πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναται εἶναί μου μαθητής	1	every one of you who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses is not able to be my disciple	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those of you who give up all that you have are able be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	14	33	f2he		ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν	1	who does not renounce all the things that he himself possesses	Alternate translation: “who is not willing to give up everything he owns”
 LUK	14	34	tz7c	figs-parables	καλὸν οὖν τὸ ἅλας	1	Salt then is good	To help the people in the crowd understand what he has been teaching, Jesus provides an illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus gave the crowd this illustration to help them understand. ‘Salt is certainly useful’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-LUK	14	34	l979	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt … is made tasteless	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	14	34	l980	figs-activepassive	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται	1	with what will it be seasoned	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	34	l979	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ	1	if the salt … is made tasteless	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if something causes salt to lose its flavor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	14	34	l980	figs-activepassive	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται	1	with what will it be seasoned	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what can make it salty again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	14	34	cz52	figs-rquestion	ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται?	1	with what will it be seasoned?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. He does not expect the crowd to tell him how the flavor of salt can be restored. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “nothing can make it salty again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	14	35	bp1b	translate-unknown	εἰς κοπρίαν	1	for the manure pile	See how you translated this phrase in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “to use as fertilizer” or “to add to the compost heap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	14	35	n5a9	writing-pronouns	ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό	1	They throw it outside	**They** does not refer to any individuals in particular. This is an indefinite usage. Alternate translation: “People throw it outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ LUK	15	4	m048	figs-123person	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχω
 LUK	15	4	l990	figs-gendernotations	τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	Which man among you	This could mean: (1) while all of the Pharisees and scribes who are grumbling are probably men, Jesus is describing what any person, man or woman, would likely do in this situation, and he is telling the parable for the whole crowd to hear. So the term **man** here may be generic. Alternate translation: “Which person among you” (2) since Jesus speaks in his next parable of a woman doing something, he may be using a man and a woman in paired examples to offer a comprehensive teaching about the kingdom of God. In that case, the term **man** here would not be generic. Alternate translation: “Which of you men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	15	4	l991	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀπολωλὸς	1	the lost one	Here, Jesus is using the participle **lost**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun. ULT adds the term **one** to show that. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the term with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the sheep that had wandered off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	15	5	l992	figs-123person	καὶ εὑρὼν, ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ χαίρων	1	And having found it, he lays it on his shoulders, rejoicing	If you decided in the previous verse that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “Once you found it, you would very happily lay it across your shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	15	5	xwa5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ	1	he lays it on his shoulders	This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	15	5	xwa5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους αὐτοῦ	1	he lays it on his shoulders	This is the way a shepherd carries a sheep. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he lays it across his shoulders to carry it home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	15	6	g3f3	figs-123person	καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον, συνκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας	1	And coming to the house, he calls together his friends and his neighbors	If you decided that your language would continue this parable in the second person, use the second person here as well. Alternate translation: “And when you got back to your house, you would call together your friends and neighbors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	15	6	l993	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων αὐτοῖς, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου τὸ ἀπολωλός	1	saying to them, ‘Rejoice together with me, for I have found my lost sheep’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with him because he has found his sheep that was lost” or, if you decided to use the second person, “and you would tell them to rejoice with you because you had found your sheep that was lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	7	l994		λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι	1	I say to you that	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell these Pharisees and scribes. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that”
@@ -2633,7 +2633,7 @@ LUK	15	7	k8k6	figs-metonymy	χαρὰ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται	1	t
 LUK	15	7	abcg	figs-nominaladj	δικαίοις	1	righteous	Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	15	8	ly5c	figs-rquestion	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ?	1	what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp, and sweep the house, and seek diligently until she has found it?	Jesus is using this question as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “if a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them, she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	15	8	qr36	figs-hypo	τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον, καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως οὗ εὕρῃ?	1	what woman, having ten drachmas, if she would lose one drachma, would not light a lamp and sweep the house and seek diligently until she has found it?	Jesus is offering an illustration that involves a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose a woman had ten drachma coins and she lost one of them. Then she would certainly light a lamp, sweep the house, and seek diligently until she found it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	15	8	l995	translate-bmoney	δραχμὰς	1	drachmas	A **drachma** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+LUK	15	8	l995	translate-bmoney	δραχμὰς	1	drachmas	A **drachma** was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “valuable silver coins” or “coins each worth a day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 LUK	15	8	l996	figs-synecdoche	σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν	1	sweep the house	Jesus speaks of the whole **house** to refer figuratively to one part of it, the floor. Alternate translation: “sweep the floor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	15	9	l997	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσα, συνχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα	1	saying, ‘Rejoice together with me, for I have found the drachma that I lost’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and tells them to rejoice with her because she has found the drachma that she lost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	10	wrs9	figs-explicit	οὕτως	1	In the same way	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the implicit meaning here. Alternate translation: “Just as the woman and her friends and neighbors would rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2656,7 +2656,7 @@ LUK	15	15	cdn2	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses this word t
 LUK	15	15	y3bf	figs-idiom	πορευθεὶς, ἐκολλήθη ἑνὶ	1	he went and attached himself to one	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he began to work for one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	15	k19m		ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης	1	one of the citizens of that country	Alternate translation: “to someone who lived in that country”
 LUK	15	15	rxt4		βόσκειν χοίρους	1	to feed pigs	Alternate translation: “to feed the pigs that the man owned”
-LUK	15	16	m8zd	figs-activepassive	ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι	1	he was longing to be satisfied	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he wished he could satisfy his hunger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	15	16	m8zd	figs-activepassive	ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι	1	he was longing to be satisfied	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he wished he could satisfy his hunger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	15	16	pd3c	translate-unknown	κερατίων	1	carob pods	These are the husks of the beans that grow on the **carob** tree. If your readers would not be familiar with this tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bean husks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	15	16	m003		καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ	1	and no one gave to him	This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “because no one was giving him anything else to eat” or “but his master would not allow him to eat even those”
 LUK	15	17	x4jc	figs-idiom	εἰς ἑαυτὸν…ἐλθὼν	1	coming to himself	This idiom means that he became able to understand his situation clearly and realized that he had made a terrible mistake. Alternate translation: “realizing the situation he was in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2669,19 +2669,19 @@ LUK	15	18	m007	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	get up	This is an idiom. Alternate
 LUK	15	18	m4pj	figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	15	18	m008	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν	1	before	The term **before** figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. In the speech he is planning, the younger son makes a distinction between the way he has sinned **against** heaven, by committing many sins, and **before** his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	19	m009	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son; make me as one of your hired servants	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He decided he would tell his father that he did not deserve to be his son any more, but that he hoped his father would hire him as one of his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	15	19	aug2	figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	15	19	aug2	figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	15	19	m010	figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	to be called	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated it in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	19	up55	figs-imperative	ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου	1	make me as one of your hired servants	This is a request, not a command. To show that, it may be helpful to add “please,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “please hire me as one of your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	15	20	m43r	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	15	20	m011	figs-idiom	ἀναστὰς	1	he got up	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he left that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	20	za3c		ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος	1	while he was still far away	This does not mean that the younger son was still in the other country. Alternate translation: “while he was still at a great distance from his father’s house”
-LUK	15	20	a7ls	figs-activepassive	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	was moved with compassion	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	15	20	a7ls	figs-activepassive	ἐσπλαγχνίσθη	1	was moved with compassion	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “had pity on him” or “loved him deeply from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	15	20	z7p3	translate-symaction	ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν	1	fell upon his neck, and kissed him	The father did these things to show his son that he loved him and that he was glad he was coming home. If men in your culture would not show affection to their sons in this way, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “welcomed him affectionately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	15	20	m012	figs-idiom	ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ	1	fell upon his neck	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “gave him a hug” or “hugged him tightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	21	m013	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου; οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	Then the son said to him, ‘Father, I have sinned against heaven and in your sight. I am no longer worthy to be called your son’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Then the son told his father that he had sinned against God and directly against him, and that he did not deserve to be called his son anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	21	xz93	figs-euphemism	τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heaven	In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** instead. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LUK	15	21	m014	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιόν	1	before	The term **before** figuratively means “in the presence” of another person. The young man is making a distinction between the way he has sinned **against** heaven, by committing many sins, and **before** his father, by causing him personal shame and loss. Alternate translation: “directly against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	15	21	qxg5	figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	15	21	qxg5	figs-activepassive	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου	1	I am no longer worthy to be called your son	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I am no longer worthy for you to call me your son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	15	21	m015	figs-idiom	κληθῆναι	1	to be called	This expression could also be an idiom that means “to be.” See how you translated it in [1:32](../01/32.md), [1:76](../01/76.md), and [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	15	22	m016	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε στολὴν τὴν πρώτην, καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας	1	But the father said to his servants, ‘Bring quickly the best robe, and put it on him, and put a ring on his hand, and sandals on his feet’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the father told his servants quickly to bring the best robe they had and put it on his son, and to put a ring on his hand and sandals on his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	22	m017	figs-you	ἐξενέγκατε…ἐνδύσατε…δότε	1	bring … clothe … put	Since the father is speaking to a number of servants, the implied **you** in these imperatives would be plural. Your language may need to show that distinction explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -2698,10 +2698,10 @@ LUK	15	23	m022	figs-exclusive	φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν	1	let us
 LUK	15	24	m023	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	‘For this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life; he was lost, and has been found’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The father said that it was as if his son had died and come back to life, as if he had lost him and found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	24	ubz3	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν	1	this son of mine was dead, and has come back to life	The father says figuratively that when his **son** was in the faraway country, it was as if he was **dead**. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had died. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son had died, but now I see he is very much alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	24	izx2	figs-metaphor	ἦν ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	he was lost, and has been found	The father says figuratively that when his **son** was in faraway country, it was as if he was **lost** and no one knew where to find him. You could translate this as a simile or comparison if your readers might otherwise take the father’s statement to mean that the son actually had been missing. Alternate translation: “it was as if my son was missing, but now I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	15	24	m024	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη	1	he has been found	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	15	24	m024	figs-activepassive	εὑρέθη	1	he has been found	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “I have found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	15	24	m025	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι	1	And they began to celebrate	**And** introduces the results of what the previous sentence described. The servants carried out the father’s orders and prepared a feast, and the people in the household then began to enjoy it. Alternate translation: “Then they began to celebrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	15	25	jd7l	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	Now	Jesus uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	15	25	bk6d	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	was in the field	The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	15	25	bk6d	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	was in the field	The implication was that he was out in the field because he was working there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “was out working in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	15	25	m026	figs-explicit	ὡς ἐρχόμενος	1	as he came	Alternate translation: “as he came back home from the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	15	25	m027	figs-metonymy	ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν	1	he heard music and dancing	The older son could not literally hear **dancing**, so Jesus is using the term **heard** figuratively in that case. Alternate translation: “he heard music and the sound of people dancing” or “he heard music and could tell that people were dancing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	15	26	m028	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When the older son heard these sounds, he wondered what was going on, so he called for a servant and asked him. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -2709,7 +2709,7 @@ LUK	15	26	m029	figs-explicit	ἕνα τῶν παίδων	1	one of the servants
 LUK	15	26	z51r		τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα	1	what these things might be	Alternate translation: “what was happening”
 LUK	15	27	m030	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἥκει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν	1	And he said to him, Your brother has come and your father has killed the fattened calf because he has received him back in good health	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The servant told him that his brother had come home and that his father had killed the fattened calf because he had received him back in good health” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	15	27	m031	figs-metonymy	ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	your father has killed the fattened calf	The father did not do this personally. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	15	27	m032	figs-metonymy	ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	your father has killed the fattened calf	The implication, as the father says explicitly in [15:23](../15/23.md), was that this was in order to have a celebration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf so we could have a celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LUK	15	27	m032	figs-metonymy	ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	your father has killed the fattened calf	The implication, as the father says explicitly in [15:23](../15/23.md), was that this was in order to have a celebration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your father ordered us to butcher and cook the fattened calf so we could have a celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	15	27	r8py	translate-unknown	τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν	1	the fattened calf	See how you translated this in [15:23](../15/23.md). Alternate translation: “the young animal we had been making fat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	15	27	m033		ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν	1	because he has received him in good health	Alternate translation: “because his son has come home safely”
 LUK	15	28	m034	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν, παρεκάλει αὐτόν	1	and his father came out and entreated him	Here Jesus uses the term **and** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So his father came outside and pleaded with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -2735,13 +2735,13 @@ LUK	15	32	m045	figs-hendiadys	εὐφρανθῆναι…καὶ χαρῆναι
 LUK	15	32	c35s		ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος	1	this brother of yours	The older son had referred to “this son of yours,” but the father wants him to recognize him as his **brother**. Alternate translation: “your very own brother”
 LUK	15	32	due5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος, νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἔζησεν	1	this brother of yours was dead, and lived	See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if your very own brother had died and come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	15	32	v55y	figs-metaphor	ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη	1	he had been lost, and was found	See how you translated this figurative expression in [15:24](../15/24.md). Alternate translation: “it is as if he had been missing and we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	15	32	m046	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρέθη	1	and was found	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	15	32	m046	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρέθη	1	and was found	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “we found him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	intro	qz3g			0		# Luke 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells a parable about a household manager (16:1-15)<br>2. Jesus gives further teachings (16:16-18)<br>3. Jesus tells a parable about a rich man who died (16:19-31)
 LUK	16	1	m047	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what Jesus teaches next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	16	1	p54g	writing-participants	ἔλεγεν…καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	he also said to his disciples	Luke uses this phrase to reintroduce these characters into the story. Jesus directed the previous three parables to the Pharisees and scribes, although **the disciples**may have been part of the crowd that was listening. He directs this next parable to **the disciples**. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to his disciples, who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	16	1	r6ck	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητάς	1	And he also said to his disciples	One theme of the story of the two sons was the use of possessions. To help his disciples understand something further about that, Jesus tells them a brief story that provides an illustration. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Jesus then told his disciples an illustrative story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	16	1	k6jv	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον	1	There was a certain rich man who had a manager	This introduces the main characters in the parable. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man who employed a manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	16	1	blp5	figs-activepassive	οὗτος διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς	1	he was reported to him as	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people reported to the rich man that his manager was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	1	blp5	figs-activepassive	οὗτος διεβλήθη αὐτῷ ὡς	1	he was reported to him as	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people reported to the rich man that his manager was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	1	lpc3		διασκορπίζων τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ	1	wasting his possessions	Alternate translation: “managing his wealth badly”
 LUK	16	2	m049	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	16	2	abci	writing-pronouns	φωνήσας αὐτὸν	1	he called him	The pronoun **he** refers to the rich man, and **him** refers to the manager. Alternate translation: “the rich man called the manager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -2753,7 +2753,7 @@ LUK	16	3	m052	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν…ἐν ἑαυτῷ…τί ποι
 LUK	16	3	kng1	figs-explicit	ὁ κύριός μου	1	my master	The expression **my master** refers to the rich man. The manager was not a slave, although he was financially dependent on the rich man for his housing, food, etc. Alternate translation: “my employer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	3	t3kj	figs-synecdoche	σκάπτειν οὐκ ἰσχύω	1	I am not strong to dig	The manager is saying that he is not strong enough to work all day digging ditches in the ground. He is likely using this one kind of manual work figuratively to represent all work that would require sustained physical exertion. Alternate translation: “I am not strong enough to do manual labor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	16	4	m053	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔγνων τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας, δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	I know what I will do, so that when I am removed from the management, they will welcome me into their houses	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He realized that there was something he could do so that when his master took away his management job, his master’s debtors would welcome him into their houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	16	4	xxe2	figs-activepassive	ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας	1	when I am removed from the management	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when my master takes away my management job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	4	xxe2	figs-activepassive	ὅταν μετασταθῶ ἐκ τῆς οἰκονομίας	1	when I am removed from the management	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “when my master takes away my management job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	4	m054	writing-pronouns	δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	they will welcome me into their houses	By **they**, the manager means his master’s debtors, as the next verse indicates explicitly. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will welcome me into their houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	16	4	m4za	figs-metonymy	δέξωνταί με εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν	1	they will welcome me into their houses	The expression **welcome me into their houses** likely refers to providing food and lodging, and perhaps other necessities, for some period of time in acknowledgment of a previous favor. The manager speaks figuratively of this by reference to where it would happen. Alternate translation: “my master’s debtors will provide for my needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	16	5	rze8		τῶν χρεοφιλετῶν τοῦ κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ	1	the debtors of his master	Alternate translation: “the people who were in debt to his master” or “the people who owed things to his master”
@@ -2806,7 +2806,7 @@ LUK	16	15	m072	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	Jesu
 LUK	16	16	m566	figs-merism	ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται	1	The Law and the Prophets	Jesus is referring figuratively to all of God’s word that had been written up to that time. He is using the names of two of its major components to do so. Alternate translation: “The Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	16	16	a2ra		μέχρι	1	were until	Alternate translation: “led up to the time of”
 LUK	16	16	b78c	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1	John	Jesus assumes that the Pharisees will know that he is referring to John the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	16	16	mrl3	figs-activepassive	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται	1	the kingdom of God is proclaimed as good news	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has been doing the action. Alternate translation: “I have been teaching people the good news about the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	16	mrl3	figs-activepassive	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται	1	the kingdom of God is proclaimed as good news	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has been doing the action. Alternate translation: “I have been teaching people the good news about the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	16	m073	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the kingdom of God	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	16	16	m074	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς εἰς αὐτὴν βιάζεται	1	everyone is forcing their way into it	Jesus says figuratively that people have been **forcing their way** into the kingdom to mean that they have been doing everything they can to enter it. Alternate translation: “people have been doing everything they can to enter it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	16	16	lyw7	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς	1	everyone	The term **everyone** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -2819,7 +2819,7 @@ LUK	16	18	m077	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα
 LUK	16	18	j8fn		πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ	1	Everyone who divorces his wife	Alternate translation: “Anyone who divorces his wife” or “Any man who divorces his wife”
 LUK	16	18	i544		μοιχεύει	1	commits adultery	Alternate translation: “is guilty of adultery”
 LUK	16	18	sq24		ὁ…γαμῶν	2	the one who marries	Alternate translation: “any man who marries”
-LUK	16	18	m078	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν	1	one divorced from her husband	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	18	m078	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς γαμῶν	1	one divorced from her husband	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	19	kd1x	figs-parables	δέ	1	Now	Jesus uses the term **now** to introduce a story that will help people understand better what he has been teaching. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Here is an illustration to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	16	19	r67p	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος…τις ἦν πλούσιος	1	there was a certain rich man	This introduces one of the characters in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person, or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. You may need to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “There once was a rich man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	16	19	fu76	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον	1	and he was putting on purple and fine linen	Jesus is figuratively using two specific types of expensive clothing to mean expensive clothing in general. These were likely not the only types of clothes that the man owned and wore. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He wore very expensive clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2827,16 +2827,16 @@ LUK	16	19	m079	figs-metonymy	πορφύραν	1	purple	Jesus uses the term **pur
 LUK	16	19	sz7t		εὐφραινόμενος καθ’ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς	1	feasting sumptuously every day	Alternate translation: “and he enjoyed eating expensive food every day”
 LUK	16	20	mmw2	writing-participants	πτωχὸς δέ τις ὀνόματι Λάζαρος	1	But a certain poor man named Lazarus	This introduces another character in the parable. It is not clear whether this is a real person or simply a person in a story that Jesus is telling in order to make a point. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor man named Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	16	20	m080	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1	Lazarus	**Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	16	20	m081	figs-activepassive	ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	was laid at his gate	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom people laid at his gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	16	20	ax4v	figs-explicit	πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	at his gate	The implication is that people brought Lazarus there so that he could beg for money and food from those who went in and out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gate to the rich man’s house so that he could beg there” or “at the entrance to the rich man’s property so that he could beg there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	16	20	m081	figs-activepassive	ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	was laid at his gate	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom people laid at his gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	20	ax4v	figs-explicit	πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα αὐτοῦ	1	at his gate	The implication is that people brought Lazarus there so that he could beg for money and food from those who went in and out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the gate to the rich man’s house so that he could beg there” or “at the entrance to the rich man’s property so that he could beg there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	20	ex57		εἱλκωμένος	1	afflicted with sores	It might be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “He was covered with sores” or “He had sores all over his body”
-LUK	16	21	i2fn	figs-activepassive	ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πιπτόντων	1	longing to be fed from the things falling	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	21	i2fn	figs-activepassive	ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πιπτόντων	1	longing to be fed from the things falling	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “wishing he could eat the scraps of food that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	21	vnk5		ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι	1	But even the dogs were coming	Jesus uses the word **even** to show that what follows is worse than what he has already told about Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Worse yet, the dogs came”
 LUK	16	21	xby9	figs-explicit	οἱ κύνες	1	the dogs	The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Lazarus was too sick and weak to stop them from licking his wounds, so in addition to being poor and sick, he was always ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the unclean dogs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	22	y7pb	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	16	22	hrm6	figs-activepassive	ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	he was carried away by the angels	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	16	22	r2k1	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ	1	to the bosom of Abraham	The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	16	22	hn6v	figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	was buried	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	22	hrm6	figs-activepassive	ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων	1	he was carried away by the angels	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels carried him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	22	r2k1	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν κόλπον Ἀβραάμ	1	to the bosom of Abraham	The implication is that Abraham and Lazarus were reclining next to each other at a feast. Within the story, this feast likely represents the joys of heaven, and Jesus may be depicting Abraham, the ancestor of the Jews, as the host. In that case, Lazarus would be in a place of honor next to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to Abraham at the heavenly feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	16	22	hn6v	figs-activepassive	ἐτάφη	1	was buried	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	23	m082	translate-names	ἐν τῷ ᾍδῃ	1	in Hades	**Hades** was the Greek name for the abode of the dead. You could use that name in your translation, or you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he went to Hades, where” or “he went to hell, where” or “he went to the place of the dead, where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	16	23	tl8x	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	lifting up his eyes	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	16	23	vca4		ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις	1	being in torment	Alternate translation: “while suffering in terrible pain”
@@ -2849,32 +2849,32 @@ LUK	16	24	b2rc	figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	This is a
 LUK	16	24	ly9k		καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον	1	and send Lazarus	Alternate translation: “by sending Lazarus” or “and tell Lazarus to come to me”
 LUK	16	24	rc6p	figs-hyperbole	βάψῃ τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ δακτύλου αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου	1	that he may dip the tip of his finger in water and cool my tongue	The rich man is making an exaggeratedly small request in order to emphasize how hot and thirsty he is. In your translation, you could indicate that this is not the most he would want Lazarus to do. Alternate translation: “so that he can at least dip his finger in water and cool my tongue with a drop of it” or “so he can bring me water to drink that will cool my tongue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	16	24	rc6x	figs-hyperbole	καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν μου	1	and cool my tongue	The rich man is figuratively describing how thirsty he is by association with the way his **tongue** feels hot. Alternate translation: “so that I will not be so thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-LUK	16	24	qix8	figs-activepassive	ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	I am tormented in this flame	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	24	qix8	figs-activepassive	ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ	1	I am tormented in this flame	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	25	m085	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	But Abraham said, ‘Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	25	m086	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	Child	Abraham is using the term **child** figuratively to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	16	25	we9w	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀγαθά σου	1	the good of yours	Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	16	25	rv17		ὁμοίως	1	likewise	Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
 LUK	16	25	hwc8	figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακά	1	the bad	Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	16	25	g4js	figs-activepassive	παρακαλεῖται	1	he is comforted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	16	25	cn8i	figs-activepassive	σὺ…ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	you are tormented	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	25	g4js	figs-activepassive	παρακαλεῖται	1	he is comforted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	25	cn8i	figs-activepassive	σὺ…ὀδυνᾶσαι	1	you are tormented	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	26	m087	figs-quotesinquotes	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται, ὅπως οἱ θέλοντες διαβῆναι ἔνθεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	And with all these things, between us and you a great chasm has been put in place, so that those who want to cross over from here to you are not able, and none may cross over from there to us	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Abraham also told him that God had placed a huge pit between them, so that no one who wanted to cross over to where the rich man was, and no one who wanted to come over from there to where Abraham was, would be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	26	af4h	figs-idiom	καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις	1	And with all these things	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “In addition to this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	16	26	m088	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	Abraham means himself and the people who are with him, but not the rich man, so **us** is exclusive in both instances in this verse, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	16	26	m089	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμᾶς	1	you … you	Even though Abraham is speaking to the rich man individually, he is referring to all of the people who are in Hades with him, so **you** is plural in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-LUK	16	26	tu5w	figs-activepassive	χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται	1	a great chasm has been set in place	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	26	tu5w	figs-activepassive	χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικται	1	a great chasm has been set in place	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has placed a huge pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	26	sg6d	figs-ellipsis	μηδὲ ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσιν	1	and that they may not go across from there to us	Abraham is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and so that those who want to come across from where you are to where we are will not be able to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	16	27	abcj	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν δέ, ἐρωτῶ οὖν σε Πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	Then he said, ‘I beg you then, Father, that you would send him to the house of my father	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the rich man then begged Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, to send Lazarus to his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	27	m090	figs-metaphor	Πάτερ	1	Father	The rich man is using the term **Father**, which figuratively means “ancestor,” as a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Abraham, my father” or “Abraham, my ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	16	27	m091	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	to the house of my father	The rich man is using the word **house** figuratively to mean the people who live together in a household. Alternate translation: “to my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	16	28	y1xn	figs-quotesinquotes	ἔχω γὰρ πέντε ἀδελφούς, ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου	1	for I have five brothers—in order that he might warn them, so that they would not also come to this place of torment	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The rich man explained that he had five brothers and that he wanted Lazarus to warn them so that they would not also come to where he was, in a place where they would suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	16	28	x8xk	figs-explicit	ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς	1	in order that he might warn them	The implication is that the rich man wanted Lazarus to warn his brothers not to act as he had. He had been selfish, self-indulgent, and unconcerned about the needs of people around him who were poor and suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he can warn them not to be self-indulgent and callous, as I was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	16	28	x8xk	figs-explicit	ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς	1	in order that he might warn them	The implication is that the rich man wanted Lazarus to warn his brothers not to act as he had. He had been selfish, self-indulgent, and unconcerned about the needs of people around him who were poor and suffering. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that he can warn them not to be self-indulgent and callous, as I was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	29	m092		λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ	1	But Abraham says	To call attention to a significant development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham said”
 LUK	16	29	m093	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει δὲ Ἀβραάμ, ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας; ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	But Abraham says, ‘They have Moses and the prophets; let them listen to them’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham told the rich man that his brothers had what Moses and the prophets had written, and that they should obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	16	29	v8eh	figs-explicit	ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	They have Moses and the prophets	The implication is that Abraham is refusing to send Lazarus to the rich man’s brothers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	16	29	v8eh	figs-explicit	ἔχουσι Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	They have Moses and the prophets	The implication is that Abraham is refusing to send Lazarus to the rich man’s brothers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not do that, because your brothers have what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	29	x8pt	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	16	29	m094	figs-merism	Μωϋσέα καὶ τοὺς προφήτας	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is referring figuratively to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	16	29	l3in	figs-idiom	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	let them listen to them	Here, **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “let them obey their teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	16	29	m095	figs-explicit	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	let them listen to them	The implication is that the rich man’s brothers do not need Lazarus to come and warn them, because in the Scriptures they already have all the warning they need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your brothers should obey their teaching, because it provides all the warning they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	16	29	m095	figs-explicit	ἀκουσάτωσαν αὐτῶν	1	let them listen to them	The implication is that the rich man’s brothers do not need Lazarus to come and warn them, because in the Scriptures they already have all the warning they need. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your brothers should obey their teaching, because it provides all the warning they need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	30	m096	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, οὐχί, Πάτερ Ἀβραάμ, ἀλλ’ ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	But he replied, ‘No, Father Abraham, but if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent.’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But the rich man told Abraham, addressing him respectfully as his ancestor, that his brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures, but that if someone came to them from the dead, then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	16	30	m097	figs-explicit	οὐχί	1	No	The rich man uses this word to indicate that what Abraham has just said is not true. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning more fully. Alternate translation: “No, my brothers would not repent based on the teaching of the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	16	30	d84a	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἀπὸ νεκρῶν πορευθῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς, μετανοήσουσιν	1	if someone would go to them from the dead, they will repent	The rich man is describing a hypothetical situation that he would like to happen. Alternate translation: “suppose someone who had died went and warned them. Then they would repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ LUK	16	31	n9s4	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶ
 LUK	16	31	m099	figs-idiom	εἰ Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἀκούουσιν	1	If they do not listen to Moses and the prophets	The term **listen to** is an idiom that means “obey.” See how you translated this idiom in [16:29](../16/29.md). Alternate translation: “If they will not obey what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	16	31	xkr7	figs-metonymy	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is using the names of the authors of the biblical books to refer figuratively to their writings. Alternate translation: “what Moses and the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	16	31	m100	figs-merism	Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	Moses and the prophets	Abraham is referring figuratively to all of God’s Word that had been written up to that time. He is using two of its major collections of writings to do so. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-LUK	16	31	m101	figs-activepassive	οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	16	31	m101	figs-activepassive	οὐδ’ ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ, πεισθήσονται	1	neither will they be persuaded if someone should rise from the dead	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “a dead person who came back to life would not be able to convince them either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	16	31	gf1b	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Abraham is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	17	intro	c4am			0		# Luke 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches about forgiveness, faith, and service (17:1-10)<br>2. Jesus heals ten lepers (17:11-19)<br>3. Jesus teaches about the kingdom of God coming (17:20-37)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Old Testament Examples<br><br>Jesus uses Noah and Lot’s wife as examples to teach his followers. Noah was ready for the flood when it came, and followers of Jesus need to be ready for him to return, because he will not warn them when he is about to come. Lot’s wife loved the evil city she had been living in so much that God also punished her when he destroyed it. Followers of Jesus need to love him more than anything else. You may need to provide some background information that Jesus assumed his listeners would know so that people who read your translation today can understand what Jesus is teaching here.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Jesus asks his disciples three questions in (17:7-9) to teach them that even those who serve him well are righteous only because of his grace. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever seeks to gain his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life will save it” (17:33).<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “In his day”<br><br>At the end of 17:24, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible have the phrase “in his day,” but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>### “There will be two in the field”<br><br>Some ancient manuscripts of the Bible include the verse 17:36, but the manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not. ULT does not have this verse in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>In both of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to include the verse if it does, but leave it out if it does not include it. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	17	1	ej1e	figs-doublenegatives	ἀνένδεκτόν ἐστιν τοῦ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν	1	It is impossible for traps not to come	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this double negative as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Traps will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -2937,9 +2937,9 @@ LUK	17	9	m125	figs-explicit	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτ
 LUK	17	9	jn5s	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	17	9	m126		μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ	1	he does not have gratitude to the servant	Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
 LUK	17	9	m127	figs-nominaladj	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	the things commanded	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	17	9	a1fm	figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	the things commanded	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	9	a1fm	figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα	1	the things commanded	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things he commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	10	m128	figs-nominaladj	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	the things commanded you	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	17	10	ub27	figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	the things commanded you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	10	ub27	figs-activepassive	τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν	1	the things commanded you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things God commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	10	m129	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	say, ‘We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do.’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “say that you are unworthy servants and that you have only what you ought to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	17	10	m130	figs-exclusive	δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν, ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιήκαμεν	1	We are worthless servants. We have done what we ought to do	People who would say this would be speaking about themselves but not about God, to whom they would be speaking, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	17	10	dga7	figs-hyperbole	δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν	1	We are worthless servants	This is an exaggeration that means the servants have not done anything worthy of praise or thanks or a special reward. Alternate translation: “We are unworthy servants” or “We have not done anything while serving you that deserves special thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -2952,19 +2952,19 @@ LUK	17	12	i1sc	figs-explicit	οἳ ἔστησαν πόρρωθεν	1	who stood
 LUK	17	13	l1j4	figs-idiom	αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν	1	they lifted up their voice	This idiom means that they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices” or “they shouted out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	13	m134		αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν	1	they lifted up their voice	If it would be unusual in your language for someone to speak as if a group of people had only one **voice**, you can use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they called out in loud voices”
 LUK	17	13	fsn5	figs-imperative	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	have mercy on us	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	17	13	m135	figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	have mercy on us	The ten lepers assume that Jesus will know that they are specifically asking to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us and heal us” or “please be merciful to us by healing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	17	14	mrx8	figs-explicit	πορευθέντες ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν	1	Go show yourselves to the priests	People who had been lepers but who had been healed were required under the law of Moses to have the priests verify that fact. So the implication of this command is that Jesus is healing the men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are healed. Now go and show yourselves to the priests so they can verify that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	17	13	m135	figs-explicit	ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς	1	have mercy on us	The ten lepers assume that Jesus will know that they are specifically asking to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on us and heal us” or “please be merciful to us by healing us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	17	14	mrx8	figs-explicit	πορευθέντες ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν	1	Go show yourselves to the priests	People who had been lepers but who had been healed were required under the law of Moses to have the priests verify that fact. So the implication of this command is that Jesus is healing the men. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are healed. Now go and show yourselves to the priests so they can verify that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	14	m137	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in the episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-LUK	17	14	jpk2	figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθησαν	1	they were cleansed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	14	jpk2	figs-activepassive	ἐκαθαρίσθησαν	1	they were cleansed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	14	m138	figs-explicit	ἐκαθαρίσθησαν	1	they were cleansed	Luke uses the term **cleansed** for the healing of these lepers because when they were healed, they were no longer ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God healed them and so they were no longer ceremonially unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	17	15	tdt1	figs-activepassive	ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη	1	seeing that he had been healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when he realized that Jesus had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	15	tdt1	figs-activepassive	ἰδὼν ὅτι ἰάθη	1	seeing that he had been healed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “when he realized that Jesus had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	15	x5ja		ὑπέστρεψεν	1	returned	Alternate translation: “came back to where Jesus was”
 LUK	17	15	pe1z	figs-idiom	μετὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης δοξάζων τὸν Θεόν	1	glorifying God with a loud voice	This is an idiom that means the leper raised the volume of his voice. Alternate translation: “loudly praising God” or “shouting praises God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	16	ca9n	translate-symaction	ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ	1	he fell on his face at his feet	Bowing or lying down in front of Jesus was a humble sign of gratitude and respect for him. Be sure that it is clear in your translation that this man did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he bowed down in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	17	16	m139	writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν Σαμαρείτης	1	And he was a Samaritan	Luke provides this background information about the man to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now he was a Samaritan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	17	17	m140	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Then Jesus answering said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus spoke in response to the Samaritan man coming back to thank him. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	17	17	hfa2	figs-explicit	ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1	Then Jesus answering said	Jesus responded to what the man did, but he did so by speaking about the man to the group of people around him, rather than to the man directly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	17	17	m141	figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν?	1	Were not the ten cleansed?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Did I not cleanse ten lepers?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	17	m141	figs-activepassive	οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν?	1	Were not the ten cleansed?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Did I not cleanse ten lepers?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	17	cvb2	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ οἱ δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν?	1	Were not the ten cleansed?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis, to show the people around him how surprised and disappointed he is that only one of the ten men whom he healed came back to thank and praise God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I healed ten men of their leprosy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	17	17	w8y3	figs-rquestion	οἱ δὲ ἐννέα ποῦ?	1	But where are the nine?	Jesus is not asking the crowd to tell him where the other nine men are. He is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “The other nine men should have come back too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	17	18	m142	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος	1	Were they not found returning to give glory to God except this foreigner	If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Was this foreigner the only one who returned to give glory to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
@@ -2972,13 +2972,13 @@ LUK	17	18	rxh9	figs-rquestion	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαν
 LUK	17	18	m143	writing-pronouns	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	Were they not found returning	The pronoun **they** refers to the lepers who were healed. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	17	18	m144		οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	Were they not found returning	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive here. Alternate translation: “Did none of the lepers I healed return”
 LUK	17	18	m145	figs-idiom	οὐχ εὑρέθησαν ὑποστρέψαντες	1	Were they not found returning	The term **found** is an idiom that means “could be found” or “was there.” Alternate translation: “Was there no one else who returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	17	18	x64q	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος	1	this foreigner	Samaritans had non-Jewish ancestors, and they did not worship God in the same way that the Jews did. The implication is that some of the lepers in the group were Jews, and Jesus would have expected them to return to give thanks to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this foreigner, when the Jewish men should certainly have returned to thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	17	18	x64q	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος	1	this foreigner	Samaritans had non-Jewish ancestors, and they did not worship God in the same way that the Jews did. The implication is that some of the lepers in the group were Jews, and Jesus would have expected them to return to give thanks to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this foreigner, when the Jewish men should certainly have returned to thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	19	n2ce	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, that has saved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	17	19	m196	figs-explicit	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	While the word **saved** can mean “healed,” as in [7:3](../07/03.md) and [8:48](../08/48.md), that does not seem to be the meaning here. Since all ten of the lepers were healed, but only this man demonstrated that he believed, Jesus seems to be saying that beyond being healed, he received salvation through faith. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	19	m146	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	Jesus speaks figuratively of the leper’s **faith** as if it had actively saved him. Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have received salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	17	20	lvu1	grammar-connect-time-background	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming	Luke uses this phrase to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Now when some Pharisees asked Jesus when the kingdom of God was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	17	20	m147	figs-quotations	ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	And having been asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God was coming	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could present this as a direct quotation rather than as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now some Pharisees asked Jesus, ‘When is the kingdom of God coming?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-LUK	17	20	m148	figs-activepassive	ἐπερωτηθεὶς…ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	having been asked by the Pharisees	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was the recipient of the action. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	20	m148	figs-activepassive	ἐπερωτηθεὶς…ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	having been asked by the Pharisees	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was the recipient of the action. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	20	m149	figs-abstractnouns	πότε ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	when the kingdom of God was coming	See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “when God would begin to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	17	20	m150	figs-hendiadys	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν	1	he answered them and said	Together the two words **answered** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the question that the Pharisees asked him. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	17	20	yc3i	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἔρχεται ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως	1	The kingdom of God is not coming with observation	Jesus uses the word **observation** figuratively to mean things that people can observe. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is not coming with signs that people can observe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2999,15 +2999,15 @@ LUK	17	23	dp8g	figs-explicit	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ
 LUK	17	23	m157	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐροῦσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐκεῖ, ἤ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε	1	they will say to you, ‘Behold, there!’ or ‘Behold, here!’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “people will tell you that the Messiah is over in one place or with them in another place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	17	23	m158	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ	1	Behold … Behold	These people would be using the term **behold** to get others to focus their attention on what they were saying. Alternate translation: “Hey … Hey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	23	m159	figs-doublet	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	Do not go out or run after them	The expressions **go out** and **run after** mean similar things. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	17	23	kjy2	figs-explicit	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	Do not go out or run after them	The implication is that people would **go** to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	17	23	kjy2	figs-explicit	μὴ ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε	1	Do not go out or run after them	The implication is that people would **go** to look for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not go where they tell you to look for the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	24	m160		ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky	Alternate translation: “just as lightning that flashes lights up the sky from one end to the other”
 LUK	17	24	i5rz	figs-simile	ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὴν ὑπ’ οὐρανὸν λάμπει	1	just as the lightning flashing from a place under the sky shines to a place under the sky	Jesus is using this comparison to indicate that he will be revealed suddenly and visibly as the Messiah and the world’s reigning king. Alternate translation: “the lightning appears suddenly and visibly across the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	17	24	m161	translate-textvariants	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include the phrase “in his day” at the end of this verse in your translation. The note below suggests one way to do that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-LUK	17	24	m162	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	The implication is that **so will the Son of Man be** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	17	24	m162	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	The implication is that **so will the Son of Man be** refers to the future reign of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. (If you have chosen to represent the phrase “in his day” in your translation, the alternate translation offered here would be expressing that as explicit meaning.) Alternate translation: “it will be like that when the Son of Man comes to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	24	m163	figs-123person	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “so will I, the Son of Man, be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	17	24	m164	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	so will the Son of Man be	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “so will I, the Messiah, be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	25	csa3	figs-123person	δεῖ αὐτὸν…παθεῖν	1	it is necessary for him to suffer	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-LUK	17	25	dp8a	figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	be rejected by this generation	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	25	dp8a	figs-activepassive	ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	be rejected by this generation	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation must reject him” or, if you translated with the first person, “the people of this generation must reject me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	25	m165	figs-metonymy	τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης	1	this generation	Jesus is using the term **generation** figuratively to mean the people who were born in the current generation. Alternate translation: “the people living at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	17	26	d2ne		καθὼς ἐγένετο…οὕτως ἔσται καὶ	1	just as it happened … so it will also be	Alternate translation: “just as people were doing certain things … so people will be doing the same things”
 LUK	17	26	v1sr	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Νῶε	1	in the days of Noah	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Noah was living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -3016,7 +3016,7 @@ LUK	17	26	ktl1	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τ
 LUK	17	26	m167	figs-123person	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the days of the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in my days as the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	17	26	m168	figs-explicit	ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the days of the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “in my days as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	27	eu24	figs-synecdoche	ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, ἐγαμίζοντο	1	They were eating, they were drinking, they were marrying, they were being given in marriage	Jesus describes several regular activities to refer figuratively to regular activities in general. Alternate translation: “They were going about their normal lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	17	27	uh5k	figs-activepassive	ἐγαμίζοντο	1	they were being given in marriage	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “parents were giving their daughters in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	27	uh5k	figs-activepassive	ἐγαμίζοντο	1	they were being given in marriage	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “parents were giving their daughters in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	27	m169	figs-idiom	ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας	1	until the day	While Noah and his family did enter the ark on a specific **day**, Jesus is likely using the word **day** figuratively to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “right up to the moment when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	27	hb8s	translate-unknown	τὴν κιβωτόν	1	the ark	The term **the ark** refers to the structure that Noah built on God’s instructions to save himself and his family from the flood. If your readers would not recognize this specific term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “the ship he built” or “the barge he built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	17	27	qt8b	figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	them all	Here, **them all** does not include Noah and his family, who were in the ark. Alternate translation: “all those who were not in the ark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -3032,16 +3032,16 @@ LUK	17	29	skp4	figs-hyperbole	πάντας	1	them all	Here, **them all** does no
 LUK	17	30	m176		κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	It will be according to these things	Alternate translation: “It will be just like that”
 LUK	17	30	w3uh	figs-explicit	κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἔσται	1	It will be according to these things	The implication is that people will be occupied with ordinary activities and not expecting anything out of the ordinary to happen. Alternate translation: “In the same way, people will not be ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	30	m177	figs-idiom	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ	1	in the day	Jesus is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	17	30	v9ki	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	the Son of Man is revealed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man appears” or “the Son of man returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	30	v9ki	figs-activepassive	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	the Son of Man is revealed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man appears” or “the Son of man returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	30	pfe1	figs-123person	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	in the day the Son of Man is revealed	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, am revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	17	30	m178	figs-explicit	ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	in the day the Son of Man is revealed	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “when I, the Messiah, am revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	31	m179	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	In that day	Jesus is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “At that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	17	31	i9eq	figs-hypo	ὃς ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά	1	whoever is on the housetop and his goods are in the house, let him not go down to take them away	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone is doing something on the roof of his house. Then he should not go inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	31	ep81	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος	1	on the housetop	In this culture, housetops were flat and people could go up onto them without being in danger of sliding off. Housetops were used for a variety of purposes, such as storing and ripening grain and fruit, sleeping in hot weather, and gathering in a large open space. If housetops or roofs are different in your culture and your readers would not understand that Jesus is speaking of someone doing an ordinary activity, you could use a general expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “doing something outside the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	17	31	jj9c		τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ	1	his goods	Alternate translation: “his possessions” or “his valuables”
-LUK	17	31	m180	figs-explicit	μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά	1	let him not go down to take them away	The implication is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	17	31	m180	figs-explicit	μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι αὐτά	1	let him not go down to take them away	The implication is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going inside to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	31	m181	figs-hypo	καὶ ὁ ἐν ἀγρῷ, ὁμοίως μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	and the one in the field, likewise let him not turn to the things behind	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone is out working in the field. Then he too should not go back into the house for anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	17	31	suh5	figs-explicit	μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	let him not turn to the things behind	The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	17	31	suh5	figs-explicit	μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1	let him not turn to the things behind	The implication once again is that people should flee immediately without even taking the time to secure their valuables. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he should flee immediately, without going back to the house to get his valuables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	32	fz8m	figs-explicit	μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ	1	Remember the wife of Lot	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that Lot’s **wife** looked back toward Sodom and that God punished her along with the people of Sodom. Alternate translation: “Remember what happened to Lot’s wife when she looked back toward Sodom” or “Do not do what Lot’s wife did and wish you were back among people whom God is punishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	32	m182	translate-names	Λώτ	1	Lot	**Lot** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [17:28](../17/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	17	33	d9fl		ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ περιποιήσασθαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν	1	Whoever seeks to keep his life will lose it	Alternate translation: “Whoever tries to save his old way of living will lose his life”
@@ -3049,24 +3049,24 @@ LUK	17	33	kvw6		ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει, ζῳογονήσει αὐ
 LUK	17	34	p84l		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “Indeed”
 LUK	17	34	j3b6	figs-hypo	ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	in that night there will be two in one bed	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose this were to happen at night, and suppose there were two people sleeping in the same bed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	34	at99	translate-unknown	ἐπὶ κλίνης μιᾶς	1	in one bed	If your readers would not be familiar with what a **bed** is, you could use the name of the sleeping furniture that people in your own culture use, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sleeping on one mat” or “sleeping side by side” or “sleeping in the same place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	17	34	e9hj	figs-activepassive	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	The one will be taken and the other will be left	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the Gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	34	e9hj	figs-activepassive	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται, καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	The one will be taken and the other will be left	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can state who would do the actions. This could mean: (1) the person who is **taken** may be one whom God takes out of a situation in which they would be destroyed, as God brought Lot out of Sodom, and the person who is **left** may be one who remains in a situation where they will be destroyed, like the people who remained in Sodom. That is the interpretation of UST. Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” (2) in the parallel to this passage in the Gospel of Matthew, Jesus says that the people living in Noah’s time “knew nothing until the flood came and took them all away” (Matthew 24:39 ULT). So the person who is **taken** may actually be one whom God destroys, and the one who is **left** may be one whom God spares and allows to remain alive. Alternate translation: “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	34	m183	figs-hypo	ὁ εἷς παραλημφθήσεται	1	The one will be taken	If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	35	il9v	figs-hypo	ἔσονται δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό	1	There will be two grinding together	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two women are grinding grain together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	35	m184		δύο	1	two	The verb is feminine, so this means “two women.” (In [17:34](../17/34.md) and [17:36](../17/36.md), grammatically masculine forms are used, but conventionally in Greek that means that the people are not known to be all women; they could be men or women, so a general term such as “people” would be appropriate in those verses.) Alternate translation: “two women”
 LUK	17	35	t4zn	translate-unknown	ἀλήθουσαι	1	grinding	The term **grinding** refers to the process of breaking up grain into very small pieces so that it can be used for cooking. If your readers would not be familiar with grain, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “grinding grain” or “preparing food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	17	35	m185	figs-activepassive	ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται	1	The one will be taken, but the other will be left	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	35	m185	figs-activepassive	ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα ἀφεθήσεται	1	The one will be taken, but the other will be left	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	35	m186	figs-hypo	ἡ μία παραλημφθήσεται	1	The one will be taken	If you translated the first sentence in this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this sentence as the result of that condition. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	36	m187	translate-textvariants	δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	There will be two in the field; one will be taken and the other will be left	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	17	36	m188	figs-hypo	δύο ἐν ἀγρῷ	1	There will be two in the field	Jesus is speaking of a hypothetical situation that might occur at this time. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Suppose that when this happens, two people are out working in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	17	36	m189	figs-activepassive	εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	one will be taken and the other will be left	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can say who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	36	m189	figs-activepassive	εἰς παραληφθήσεται καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται	1	one will be taken and the other will be left	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use active forms for both of these verbs, and you can state who would do the actions. See how you decided to translate this in [17:34](../17/34.md). Alternate translation: “God will spare one of them but destroy the other” or “God will destroy one of them but spare the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	17	36	m190	figs-hypo	εἰς παραληφθήσεται	1	one will be taken	If you translated the beginning of this verse as the condition of a hypothetical situation, translate this as the result of that condition, as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Then one of them will be taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	17	37	m191		ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	answering they say to him	To convey the vividness and immediacy of the disciples’ question, Luke uses the present tense in past narration here. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him”
 LUK	17	37	m192	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ	1	answering they say to him	Together the two words **answering** and **say** mean that the disciples responded to what Jesus had been telling them by asking him a question about it. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	17	37	wmg6	figs-explicit	ποῦ, Κύριε	1	Where, Lord	The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	17	37	wmg6	figs-explicit	ποῦ, Κύριε	1	Where, Lord	The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	37	fen1	writing-proverbs	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together	Jesus may be quoting a popular proverb of the time. Alternate translation: “The location will be obvious from the things that you see happening there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 LUK	17	37	m193	figs-metaphor	ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together	In this proverb, **the body** and **the vultures** are figurative. If you would like to present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	17	37	m6ca	translate-unknown	οἱ ἀετοὶ	1	the vultures	The word **vultures** describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with **vultures**, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	17	37	m194	figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	will be gathered together	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will flock together” or “will assemble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	17	37	m194	figs-activepassive	ἐπισυναχθήσονται	1	will be gathered together	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will flock together” or “will assemble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	intro	v92v			0		# Luke 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells a parable about a widow and a judge (18:1-8)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a Pharisee and a tax collector (18:9-14)<br>3. Jesus blesses little children (18:15-17)<br>4. Jesus teaches about wealth and the kingdom of God (18:18-30)<br>5. Jesus warns about his impending death (18:31-34)<br>6. Jesus heals a blind man in Jericho (18:35-43)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judges<br><br>People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge “unjust.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Pharisees and tax collectors<br><br>The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of good, righteous people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous of sinners. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “that he had become sad”<br><br>At the beginning of 18:24, in the story of the ruler who asked Jesus how he could have eternal life, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible say that Jesus saw “that he had become sad.” However, the ancient manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not have that phrase. They say simply that Jesus looked at him. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>### “we have left everything”<br><br>In 18:28, in some ancient manuscripts of the Bible, Peter says that the disciples have left “everything” to follow Jesus. In other manuscripts, the expression is “our own possessions.” ULT says “everything” in its text, but it acknowledges the variant “our own possessions” in a footnote.<br><br>In each of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	18	1	r26t	figs-parables	ἔλεγεν δὲ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, πρὸς τὸ	1	Then he spoke a parable to them to show that	Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand that it was necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 LUK	18	2	l2qr		λέγων	1	saying	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He said”
@@ -3074,7 +3074,7 @@ LUK	18	2	ph5w	writing-participants	κριτής τις ἦν ἔν τινι πό
 LUK	18	2	d77j	writing-background	τὸν Θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος	1	not fearing God and not respecting men	Jesus provides this background information about the **judge** to help his disciples understand what happens in the story. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He did not make his decisions based on what God wanted or on what other people thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	18	2	m195	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	men	Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	18	3	ie2v	writing-participants	χήρα δὲ ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ	1	And there was a widow in that city	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the other main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There was also a woman who lived in that city whose husband had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	18	3	jhk6	figs-explicit	χήρα	1	a widow	A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that in this culture, she would have had no one to protect her from anyone who was trying to take advantage of her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband had died, and so she had no one to protect her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	18	3	jhk6	figs-explicit	χήρα	1	a widow	A widow is a woman whose husband has died and who has not remarried. Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that in this culture, she would have had no one to protect her from anyone who was trying to take advantage of her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a woman whose husband had died, and so she had no one to protect her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	3	xfg3		ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	she was coming to him	Here the Greek verb indicates repeated or continual action. Alternate translation: “she kept coming to the judge”
 LUK	18	3	m131	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγουσα, ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	saying, ‘Vindicate me against my opponent’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and asking him to make a fair ruling in her case against her opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	18	3	kj2l	figs-imperative	ἐκδίκησόν με ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου μου	1	Vindicate me against my opponent	This is an imperative, but since the woman is not in a position to make a demand, it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me a fair ruling in my case against my opponent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -3090,11 +3090,11 @@ LUK	18	5	ub29	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἐρχομένη	1	by coming to the
 LUK	18	6	m201		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here Luke refers to Jesus by the respectful title **the Lord**. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	18	6	t9mg	figs-idiom	ἀκούσατε τί ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει	1	Listen to what the unrighteous judge says	**Listen to** is an idiom that means “think about.” Jesus says this to get his disciples to reflect on what the judge said at the end of the parable. He is not introducing a further statement from the judge. Translate this in such a way that your readers will understand that Jesus has already related what the judge said. Alternate translation: “Think about what the unjust judge said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	18	7	t1sk	figs-rquestion	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ	1	And will not God do the vindication of his elect	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis as he teaches his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	18	7	e2lv	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ	1	And will not God do the vindication of his elect	Jesus is drawing an implicit comparison between the unrighteous human judge and **God**, who is the perfectly righteous divine judge. The implication is that if even the human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God would certainly do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If an unrighteous human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	18	7	e2lv	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Θεὸς οὐ μὴ ποιήσῃ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν αὐτοῦ	1	And will not God do the vindication of his elect	Jesus is drawing an implicit comparison between the unrighteous human judge and **God**, who is the perfectly righteous divine judge. The implication is that if even the human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God would certainly do so. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If an unrighteous human judge would ensure justice for someone who persevered in pleading for it, God will certainly answer the prayers of the people he has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	7	m202	figs-merism	τῶν βοώντων αὐτῷ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός	1	the ones crying out to him day and night	Jesus is using the phrase **day and night** figuratively to describe all of time, by referring to its two components. Alternate translation: “who pray to him all the time” or “who ask him for help continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	18	7	ljb4	figs-idiom	καὶ μακροθυμεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς	1	and he delays long over them	Here Jesus may be using the word **and** in an idiomatic sense to mean “even if.” (UST offers another possible interpretation of this phrase.) Alternate translation: “even if he takes a long time to answer their prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	18	8	m203		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
-LUK	18	8	m204	figs-explicit	ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἐν τάχει	1	he will do the vindication of them quickly	The point of the parable and of this teaching is that people should continue to pray even if God does not answer right away. So this statement might seem contradictory, since it suggests that God will answer right away. The implication may be that God is concerned for his people and will begin to act immediately to help them, even if his actions do not become apparent for some time. If you think your readers would be puzzled or troubled by the apparent contradiction, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will start to answer their prayers right away” or “he will begin to send them help right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	18	8	m204	figs-explicit	ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἐν τάχει	1	he will do the vindication of them quickly	The point of the parable and of this teaching is that people should continue to pray even if God does not answer right away. So this statement might seem contradictory, since it suggests that God will answer right away. The implication may be that God is concerned for his people and will begin to act immediately to help them, even if his actions do not become apparent for some time. If you think your readers would be puzzled or troubled by the apparent contradiction, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will start to answer their prayers right away” or “he will begin to send them help right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	8	zi1f	figs-rquestion	πλὴν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν, ἆρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς?	1	Nevertheless, when the Son of Man comes, will he indeed find faith on the earth?	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. This particular question uses a word that anticipates a negative answer. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, it is doubtful that the Son of Man will find faith on the earth when he returns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	18	8	m205	figs-explicit	πλὴν	1	Nevertheless	The reference of this word is implied in the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “Even though God readily answers prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	8	inw3	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν	1	when the Son of Man comes	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “when I, the Son of Man, come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -3113,7 +3113,7 @@ LUK	18	11	m211	figs-youformal	εὐχαριστῶ σοι	1	I thank you	Here, th
 LUK	18	11	m212	figs-gendernotations	οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	the rest of men	The Pharisee is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	18	11	lud3	translate-unknown	ἅρπαγες	1	robbers	The word **robbers** describes people who steal from other people by forcing them to give things to them. Your language may have a specific term for this kind of person. Alternate translation: “bandits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	18	11	m213	figs-nominaladj	ἄδικοι	1	unrighteous	The Pharisee is using the adjective **unrighteous** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “evildoers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	18	11	z78w	figs-explicit	ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης	1	or even like this tax collector	The Pharisees believed that any **tax collector** would be dishonest and cheat others, and so as a group they were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	18	11	z78w	figs-explicit	ἢ καὶ ὡς οὗτος ὁ τελώνης	1	or even like this tax collector	The Pharisees believed that any **tax collector** would be dishonest and cheat others, and so as a group they were as sinful as robbers, unrighteous people, and adulterers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “and I am certainly not like this sinful tax collector who cheats people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	12	m214	figs-quotesinquotes	νηστεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου; ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	I fast twice a week. I tithe all that I acquire	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “He boasted that he fasted twice a week and that he gave ten percent of all his income to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	18	12	ru63	figs-idiom	ἀποδεκατεύω πάντα, ὅσα κτῶμαι	1	I tithe all that I acquire	To **tithe** means to give ten percent of one’s income to God, as required in the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “I give you ten percent of all my income” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	18	13	c37t	translate-symaction	ὁ δὲ τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς	1	But the tax collector, standing at a distance	This was a sign of humility. The **tax collector** did not feel worthy to be near the Pharisee and the other people in the temple courtyard. It may be helpful to make each of the phrases in this verse a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “But the tax collector humbly stood by himself, away from the other people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@@ -3127,14 +3127,14 @@ LUK	18	14	s1yr	figs-explicit	κατέβη οὗτος δεδικαιωμένος
 LUK	18	14	m218		οὗτος…παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	this one … rather than that one	Alternate translation: “the latter … rather than the former” or “the tax collector … rather than the Pharisee”
 LUK	18	14	m219	figs-activepassive	δεδικαιωμένος	1	justified	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **justified** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	14	m220	figs-idiom	κατέβη…εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ	1	went down to his house	When Jesus says that this man **went down** to his house, he likely means that he returned home from Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	18	14	qrg3	figs-explicit	παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	rather than that one	The implication is that the Pharisee was not right with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the Pharisee was not right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	18	14	n7xr	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	18	14	uuc5	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	14	qrg3	figs-explicit	παρ’ ἐκεῖνον	1	rather than that one	The implication is that the Pharisee was not right with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the Pharisee was not right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	18	14	n7xr	figs-activepassive	ταπεινωθήσεται	1	will be humbled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	14	uuc5	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	14	m221	figs-metaphor	ὑψωθήσεται	1	will be exalted	Jesus is using a spatial metaphor to describe someone who is honored as if he were high up. Alternate translation: “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	15	m260	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	18	15	abcm	writing-pronouns	προσέφερον…αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη	1	they were bringing even the infants to him	Here, **they** refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “people were bringing their children to Jesus, even their newborns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	18	15	m222	translate-symaction	ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτηται	1	so that he might touch them	If Jesus would **touch** the babies, this would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. Alternate translation: “so that he could put his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	18	15	kxd9	figs-explicit	ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς	1	they were rebuking them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	18	15	kxd9	figs-explicit	ἐπετίμων αὐτοῖς	1	they were rebuking them	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they tried to stop the parents from bringing their children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	16	y3qg	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων	1	But Jesus summoned them, saying	Alternate translation: “But Jesus called the children to come to him, telling his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	18	16	j8x3	figs-verbs	ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά	1	Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them	The verb in the first phrase indicates a one-time action, while the verb in the second phrase indicates an ongoing action. Alternate translation: “Allow these children to come to me, and do not ever forbid children to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	18	16	u7sq	figs-simile	τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	of such is the kingdom of God	It becomes clear in [18:17](../18/17.md) that this is simile. You could express it as one here. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God consists of people who are like these little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ LUK	18	18	a5qz	writing-participants	καὶ ἐπηρώτησέν τις αὐτ
 LUK	18	18	d6kf		τί ποιήσας…κληρονομήσω	1	doing what will I inherit	Alternate translation: “what do I need to do to inherit”
 LUK	18	18	xrs8	figs-metaphor	κληρονομήσω	1	will I inherit	The ruler is using the term **inherit** figuratively to mean coming into possession of something. Alternate translation: “will I receive” or “will I obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	19	fxi2	figs-rquestion	τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός	1	Why do you call me good? No one is good except God alone	Jesus is using the question form as a teaching tool. He is not asking the ruler to explain why he used this term. Jesus is also not denying that he is God. Rather, he is challenging the ruler to reflect on whether, in light of God’s holiness, he should consider any human being to be **good**. The ruler apparently considers Jesus to be a **good** human being, and he wants to know how he can be **good** enough himself to earn God’s approval. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, and it may be helpful to combine that statement with the next sentence in the verse. Alternate translation: “You should not consider any human being to be good, since no one is good except God alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	18	20	m226	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας	1	You know the commandments	The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	18	20	m226	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας	1	You know the commandments	The implication is that Jesus is saying this in response to the ruler’s question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As for what God expects from us, you know what he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	20	m227	figs-quotesinquotes	μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	do not commit adultery, do not murder, do not steal, do not testify falsely, honor your father and mother	You may wish to represent these commandments as a second-level direct quotation within Jesus’ reply to the ruler, using the capitalization and punctuation conventions of your language. That is what UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving the commandments as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	18	20	m261	figs-youcrowd	σου	1	your	Jesus is reciting these commandments from the Scriptures, and the word **your** is singular because that is the way Moses spoke the commandments, since even though he gave them to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was supposed to obey them. So in your translation, it would be appropriate to use the singular form of **your**. The implied **you** in the imperative verbs would also be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 LUK	18	21	m5qf	figs-abstractnouns	ταῦτα πάντα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ νεότητος μου	1	All these things I have kept from my youth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **youth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “young.” Alternate translation: “I have obeyed all of these commandments ever since I was young” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -3166,7 +3166,7 @@ LUK	18	25	j7x3	translate-unknown	τρήματος βελόνης	1	the eye of a
 LUK	18	25	m232	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν	1	to enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in [18:24](../18/24.md). Alternate translation: “to allow God to rule his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	18	26	ycm3		οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1	the ones who heard	Alternate translation: “the people who were listening to Jesus”
 LUK	18	26	vu3z	figs-rquestion	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	And who is able to be saved?	It is possible that these people were asking for an answer. But it is more likely that they were using the question form to emphasize their surprise at what Jesus said. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then no one can be saved!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	18	26	m233	figs-activepassive	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	And who is able to be saved?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	26	m233	figs-activepassive	καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι?	1	And who is able to be saved?	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could specify the agent. Alternate translation: “Then God is not going to save anyone!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	27	ms9b	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν	1	The impossible with men is possible with God	Jesus is using the adjectives **impossible** and **possible** as nouns to describe types of things. The terms are plural. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these terms with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “The things that are impossible for people to do are possible for God to do” or “God is able to do the things that people are not able to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	18	28	m235	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Peter uses the term **Behold** to get Jesus to focus his attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	28	znu6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν…ἠκολουθήσαμέν	1	we have left … we have followed	Peter is referring to himself and his fellow disciples, but not to Jesus, so if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **we**, use the exclusive form in both of these cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -3184,15 +3184,15 @@ LUK	18	31	m239	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	See how you t
 LUK	18	31	m240	translate-names	τοὺς δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	18	31	g4yx	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	18	31	m241	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	we are going up to Jerusalem	When Jesus says that they are **going up** to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	18	31	pg4k	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	all the things that have been written by the prophets	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	31	pg4k	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	all the things that have been written by the prophets	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	31	ss78	figs-explicit	τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν	1	the things that have been written by the prophets	Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that he is referring to the Old Testament prophets. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that the prophets have written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	31	zj2x	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “about me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	18	31	m242	figs-explicit	τῷ Υἱῷ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “about me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	18	31	i5ya	figs-activepassive	τελεσθήσεται	1	will be accomplished	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will occur” or “will take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	18	32	h2a3	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεται	1	he will be delivered	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	31	i5ya	figs-activepassive	τελεσθήσεται	1	will be accomplished	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will occur” or “will take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	32	h2a3	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεται	1	he will be delivered	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	32	es98	figs-123person	παραδοθήσεται	1	he will be delivered	If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders will hand me over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	18	32	m243	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1	to the Gentiles	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the Roman authorities by association with the fact that they are not Jews. Alternate translation: “to the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	18	32	hc2k	figs-activepassive	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται	1	he be mocked, and will be mistreated, and will be spit upon	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will mock him, mistreat him, and spit on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	32	hc2k	figs-activepassive	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται	1	he be mocked, and will be mistreated, and will be spit upon	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will mock him, mistreat him, and spit on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	32	m244	figs-123person	ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται, καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται	1	he be mocked, and will be mistreated, and will be spit upon	If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, also use it here. Alternate translation: “they will mock me, mistreat me, and spit on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	18	33	u86r	figs-123person	καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	And having whipped him, they will kill him. And on the third day he will rise up	If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	18	33	fie4	figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται	1	And on the third day he will rise up	See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the **third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3201,9 +3201,9 @@ LUK	18	33	m246	translate-ordinal	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	on the t
 LUK	18	33	m247	figs-metonymy	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise up	Jesus speaks figuratively of his coming back to life as if he will **rise up**, since he will come **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	18	34	bm7h		αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν	1	they understood none of these things	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
 LUK	18	34	b29z	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν τούτων	1	none of these things	Implicitly, **these things** refers to Jesus’ description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	18	34	fn58	figs-activepassive	ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	this word was hidden from them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God prevented them from understanding the meaning of what Jesus was telling them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	34	fn58	figs-activepassive	ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο κεκρυμμένον ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	this word was hidden from them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God prevented them from understanding the meaning of what Jesus was telling them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	34	m248		τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο	1	this word	Here Luke uses the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “this saying” or “what Jesus was telling them”
-LUK	18	34	qx2n	figs-activepassive	τὰ λεγόμενα	1	the things that were spoken	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	34	qx2n	figs-activepassive	τὰ λεγόμενα	1	the things that were spoken	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the things that Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	35	w3sw	writing-newevent	ἐγένετο δὲ	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	18	35	m249	translate-names	ἐν τῷ ἐγγίζειν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερειχὼ	1	as he came near to Jericho	**Jericho** is the name of a city. Alternate translation: “as Jesus approached the city of Jericho” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	18	35	dyf9	writing-participants	τυφλός τις	1	a certain blind man	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. Alternate translation: “there was a blind man who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -3216,12 +3216,12 @@ LUK	18	38	m250	figs-metaphor	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	The blind man
 LUK	18	38	ehf6	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ	1	Son of David	**David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	38	m251	translate-names	Δαυείδ	1	David	**David** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	18	38	u69g	figs-imperative	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-LUK	18	38	m252	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	18	38	m252	figs-explicit	ἐλέησόν με	1	have mercy on me	The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking specifically to be healed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	18	39	m253		οἱ προάγοντες	1	the ones who were walking ahead	Alternate translation: “the people who were walking ahead of Jesus”
 LUK	18	39	z7r6		ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ, ἵνα σιγήσῃ	1	were rebuking him, so that he would be silent	Alternate translation: “kept telling him not to shout”
 LUK	18	39	zug7		πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν	1	he kept crying out much more	This could mean: (1) “he shouted even louder.” (2) “he called out even more persistently.”
 LUK	18	39	m254	figs-explicit	Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με	1	Son of David, have mercy on me	See how you decided to translate this phrase in [18:38](../18/38.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	18	40	m255	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	him to be brought to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	18	40	m255	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	him to be brought to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the people to bring the blind man to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	18	41	al8g		ἵνα ἀναβλέψω	1	that I might see again	Alternate translation: “I want to be able to see again” or “I want you to restore my sight”
 LUK	18	42	n67h	figs-imperative	ἀνάβλεψον	1	See again	This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I have restored your sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	18	42	m256	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε	1	Your faith has saved you	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “believe.” Alternate translation: “Because you believed, you have been healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -3239,7 +3239,7 @@ LUK	19	2	m265	translate-names	Ζακχαῖος	1	Zacchaeus	**Zacchaeus** is the
 LUK	19	2	z91v	writing-background	καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἀρχιτελώνης, καὶ αὐτὸς πλούσιος	1	and he was a chief tax collector, and he was rich	Luke provides this background information about Zacchaeus to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Alternate translation: “who had become wealthy through his work as a chief tax collector” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	19	3	m3ux		ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν τίς ἐστιν	1	he was trying to see Jesus, who he was	Alternate translation: “Zacchaeus was trying to get a good look at Jesus” or “Zacchaeus was trying to see what kind of man Jesus was”
 LUK	19	3	njt7	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because he was short, he could not see over the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	19	3	m266	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature	The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	19	3	m266	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ὅτι τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μικρὸς ἦν	1	he was not able from the crowd, because he was small in stature	The implication may be that the people resented Zacchaeus for taking their money, and so they would not let him come forward and stand in front of them, even though they would have been able to see over him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he could not see over the crowd because he was short, and the people would not let him stand in the front, because they resented him for taking their money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	4	k984	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	4	pzr6	translate-unknown	συκομορέαν	1	a sycamore tree	This is a type of fig tree. It would have been tall enough and strong enough to hold Zacchaeus at a height from which he could see the street. If you readers would not be familiar with this particular tree, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fig tree” or “a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	19	5	mr51		ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον	1	when he came to the place	Alternate translation: “when Jesus got to that tree” or “when Jesus reached the place where Zacchaeus was”
@@ -3253,7 +3253,7 @@ LUK	19	8	m268	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	Zacchaeus uses **behold** to get
 LUK	19	8	m269		Κύριε	1	Lord	Zacchaeus is addressing Jesus directly by a respectful title. It would be appropriate to represent the title with the corresponding term in your language and culture, rather than using the name “Jesus.”
 LUK	19	8	m270	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν	1	if I have defrauded anything from anyone, I will restore four-fold	Zacchaeus speaks as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. He is inviting anyone he has cheated to come to him for restitution. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Zacchaeus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “I know that I have cheated many people out of their money, and I promise to pay each one back four times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 LUK	19	8	u2bt		ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν	1	I will restore four-fold	Alternate translation: “I will return to them four times as much as I took from them”
-LUK	19	9	m271	figs-explicit	εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Then Jesus said to him	Jesus spoke not just to Zacchaeus but also to the people from the crowd who were complaining that he had gone to visit him. In this culture, people were allowed to stand around the walls of the banquet room in a private home and listen to what an invited guest was saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to Zacchaeus and to the people from the crowd who were standing around the room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	19	9	m271	figs-explicit	εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Then Jesus said to him	Jesus spoke not just to Zacchaeus but also to the people from the crowd who were complaining that he had gone to visit him. In this culture, people were allowed to stand around the walls of the banquet room in a private home and listen to what an invited guest was saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said to Zacchaeus and to the people from the crowd who were standing around the room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	9	m272	figs-123person	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι καὶ αὐτὸς υἱὸς Ἀβραάμ ἐστιν	1	salvation has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham	Jesus is speaking to Zacchaeus, but he addresses him in the third person because he is also speaking to the people from the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use the second person here. Alternate translation: “salvation has come to your household, because you too are a son of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	19	9	m273	figs-personification	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο	1	salvation has come to this house	Jesus speaks figuratively of **salvation** as if it were a living thing that could come to the house of Zacchaeus. Alternate translation: “God has brought salvation to this household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	19	9	u2bx	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο	1	salvation has come to this house	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “save,” and show that God has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has saved this household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -3271,11 +3271,11 @@ LUK	19	11	vue7	figs-parables	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν
 LUK	19	11	m279	grammar-connect-logic-result	προσθεὶς, εἶπεν παραβολὴν	1	he proceeded to speak a parable	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this clause last in the verse, since the two statements that follow give the reason for the result that it describes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	11	qs7z	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναφαίνεσθαι	1	that the kingdom of God was about to appear immediately	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “that God was going to begin to rule immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	19	12	m9j6	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς	1	A certain well-born man	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a nobleman who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	19	12	mtz9	figs-explicit	λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν	1	to receive for himself a kingdom	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he is speaking of a lesser king going to a greater king or emperor. The emperor would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to receive authorization from the emperor to rule over his own kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	19	12	mtz9	figs-explicit	λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν	1	to receive for himself a kingdom	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he is speaking of a lesser king going to a greater king or emperor. The emperor would give the lesser king the right and authority to rule over his own country. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to receive authorization from the emperor to rule over his own kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	12	m280		καὶ ὑποστρέψαι	1	and to return	Alternate translation: “and then to return and rule that kingdom in person”
 LUK	19	13	m387	figs-explicit	καλέσας δὲ	1	So calling	It may be helpful to state that the man did this before he left to receive his kingdom. Alternate translation: “So before he left, the nobleman called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	13	xx6p		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς	1	he gave them ten minas	Alternate translation: “he gave each of them one mina”
-LUK	19	13	t82q	translate-bweight	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς	1	he gave them ten minas	A mina was a unit of weight equal to about half a kilogram. The term refers to silver coins of that weight. Each one was equal to what people would be paid for about four months’ work. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “he gave each of them a valuable silver coin” or “he gave each of them four months’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LUK	19	13	t82q	translate-bweight	ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς	1	he gave them ten minas	A mina was a unit of weight equal to about half a kilogram. The term refers to silver coins of that weight. Each one was equal to what people would be paid for about four months’ work. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “he gave each of them a valuable silver coin” or “he gave each of them four months’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LUK	19	13	m281	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, πραγματεύσασθαι ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	said to them, ‘Conduct business while I go’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “told them to trade with the money while he was away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	13	vwp2		πραγματεύσασθαι	1	Conduct business	Alternate translation: “Trade with this money” or “Use this money to earn more money”
 LUK	19	13	m282		ἐν ᾧ ἔρχομαι	1	in that I go	Alternate translation: “while I am gone.”
@@ -3285,7 +3285,7 @@ LUK	19	14	m283	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες	1	after h
 LUK	19	14	m284	figs-quotesinquotes	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, οὐ θέλομεν τοῦτον βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς	1	after him, saying, ‘We do not want this one to rule over us’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “after him to tell the emperor that they did not want this nobleman to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	15	g3jp	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Jesus uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	19	15	s9a7		λαβόντα τὴν βασιλείαν	1	having received the kingdom	Alternate translation: “after the emperor had appointed him king”
-LUK	19	15	s2x2	figs-activepassive	εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ	1	he commanded to be called to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	19	15	s2x2	figs-activepassive	εἶπεν φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ	1	he commanded to be called to him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he told some of his other servants to bring in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	15	m285	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἀργύριον	1	the silver	Jesus is speaking figuratively of the money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives it its value. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	15	xc6s		τί διεπραγματεύσαντο	1	what they had gained by doing business	Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
 LUK	19	16	iy7i	figs-quotesinquotes	παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς	1	the first came and said, ‘Master, your mina has earned ten minas’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -3310,7 +3310,7 @@ LUK	19	20	n71e		ὁ ἕτερος	1	the other one	Alternate translation: “anot
 LUK	19	20	m291	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ	1	saying, ‘Master, behold your mina, which I have been keeping put away in a cloth’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “and gave the king back the mina he had entrusted to him, explaining that he had kept it hidden in a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	20	m292		ἰδοὺ, ἡ μνᾶ σου	1	behold your mina	This does not seem to be a figurative use of the term **behold**. The servant wants the king to look and see that he is giving him the mina back. Alternate translation: “look, here is your mina back”
 LUK	19	20	r25f	translate-bweight	μνᾶ	1	mina	See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LUK	19	20	l2wr	figs-activepassive	ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ	1	which I was keeping put away in a cloth	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I put it in a cloth to keep it safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	19	20	l2wr	figs-activepassive	ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ	1	which I was keeping put away in a cloth	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I put it in a cloth to keep it safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	21	m293	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐφοβούμην γάρ σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ; αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας, καὶ θερίζεις ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας	1	for I feared you, because you are a harsh man. You take up what you did not put down, and you reap what you did not sow’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that it is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This servant told the king that he had been afraid of him because he was a demanding man who took other people’s property as his own and benefitted from other people’s hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	21	w5yw		ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς	1	a harsh man	Alternate translation: “a man who is very demanding”
 LUK	19	21	a6ja	figs-metaphor	αἴρεις ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας	1	You take up what you did not put down	The servant is speaking figuratively of the king as if he would pick up things that others had set down and take them away as his own property. Alternate translation: “You take other people’s property as your own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3338,9 +3338,9 @@ LUK	19	26	x6ay	figs-explicit	λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus assumes th
 LUK	19	26	m302		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	The king says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	19	26	m303	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	The word **you** is plural because the king is speaking to his servants as a group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	19	26	f5hn	figs-explicit	παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι, δοθήσεται	1	to everyone who has, it will be given	The king means implicitly that what a servant **has** is the money he earned by using his mina faithfully. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have already given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	19	26	m304	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	it will be given	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	19	26	m304	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται	1	it will be given	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will entrust more money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	26	ab42	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ…τοῦ μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	from the one who does not have, even what he has will be taken away	The king means implicitly that a servant **who does not have** is a servant who did not use his mina faithfully to earn more money. Alternate translation: “If someone does not use the money wisely that I have given him, I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	19	26	d1g9	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	even what he has will be taken away	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	19	26	d1g9	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται	1	even what he has will be taken away	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take even that small amount away from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	27	m305	figs-quotesinquotes	πλὴν τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους, τοὺς μὴ θελήσαντάς με βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε καὶ κατασφάξατε αὐτοὺς ἔμπροσθέν μου	1	But these enemies of mine, the ones who did not want me to reign over them, bring them here and kill them before me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “The king then commanded his servants to bring in his enemies, the ones who had not wanted him to reign over them, and kill them in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	19	27	u44z		τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου τούτους	1	these enemies of mine	Since the enemies were not right there, instead of **these**, some languages would say “those,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “those enemies of mine”
 LUK	19	27	m306	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθέν μου	1	before me	Here, **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “where I can see them die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3348,12 +3348,12 @@ LUK	19	28	l43i		εἰπὼν ταῦτα	1	when he had said these things	Alterna
 LUK	19	28	ja5p	figs-idiom	ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	going up to Jerusalem	It was customary for Israelites to speak of **going up** to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveling towards Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	29	y9q8	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened that	Luke uses this phrase to mark an important development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	19	29	q1wn	translate-names	Βηθφαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν	1	Bethphage and Bethany	These are the names of two small cities near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	19	29	lj69	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	19	29	lj69	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	29	m307	translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	19	30	m308	figs-youdual	ὑπάγετε…ἐν ᾗ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε…λύσαντες…ἀγάγετε	1	Go … entering, you will find … Untie … bring	Since Jesus is speaking to two of his disciples, **you** as a pronoun and as implied in the participle and imperative verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses the dual form. Otherwise, all of those things would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	19	30	m309		τὴν κατέναντι κώμην	1	the village opposite	Alternate translation: “that village right ahead of us”
 LUK	19	30	qq5c	translate-unknown	πῶλον	1	a colt	The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	19	30	m310	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένον	1	tied up	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	19	30	m310	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένον	1	tied up	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whose owner has tied its reins securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	30	w1yp	figs-gendernotations	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν	1	on which no one of men has ever sat	Here Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	19	30	m311	figs-metonymy	ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν	1	on which no one of men has ever sat	Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. Alternate translation: “that no person has ever ridden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	31	px4k	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, διὰ τί λύετε? οὕτως ἐρεῖτε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	if anyone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ thus you will say, ‘The Lord has need of it’	Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could occur. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone asks you, ‘Why are you untying it?’ Then you should tell him, ‘The Lord needs to use it’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -3361,10 +3361,10 @@ LUK	19	31	emu8	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐάν τις ὑμᾶς ἐρωτᾷ, δι
 LUK	19	31	m312	figs-youdual	ὑμᾶς…διὰ τί λύετε?…ἐρεῖτε	1	you … ‘Why are you untying it?’ … you will say	Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in all of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	19	31	m313	figs-declarative	ἐρεῖτε	1	you will say	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. Alternate translation: “you are to say” or “you should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 LUK	19	31	m314		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	The disciples are to refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
-LUK	19	32	hdd8	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	the ones who were sent	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	19	32	hdd8	figs-activepassive	οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι	1	the ones who were sent	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the two disciples whom Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	33	biw8	figs-youdual	τί λύετε	1	why are you untying	The owners of the colt are speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	19	33	m315	translate-unknown	τὸν πῶλον	-1	the colt … the colt	See how you translated **colt** in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “the young donkey … this young donkey” or “the young riding animal … this young riding animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	19	34	m316	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	So they said, “The Lord has need of it”	The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	19	34	m316	figs-explicit	οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει	1	So they said, “The Lord has need of it”	The implication is that when the owners of the colt heard this, they allowed the disciples to take it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “So they said, ‘The Lord has need of it.’ And the owners let them take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	34	m317		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	The disciples refer to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
 LUK	19	35	m318	translate-symaction	ἐπιρίψαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον	1	throwing their cloaks upon the colt	The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. Alternate translation: “draping the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	19	35	scz2	translate-unknown	τὰ ἱμάτια	1	cloaks	The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -3379,7 +3379,7 @@ LUK	19	37	m322	figs-hendiadys	χαίροντες αἰνεῖν τὸν Θεὸ
 LUK	19	37	m323	figs-idiom	φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	with a loud voice	This is an idiom that means the people in the crowd raised the volume of their voices. Alternate translation: “loudly” or “shouting out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	37	m324		φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	with a loud voice	If you would like to reproduce this idiom, but it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a whole crowd had one **voice**, you could make this plural. Alternate translation: “with loud voices” or “in loud voices”
 LUK	19	37	m8hn	figs-explicit	ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων	1	the mighty works that they had seen	This means implicitly the mighty works that they had seen Jesus do. Alternate translation: “the miracles that they had seen Jesus do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	19	38	x7wk	figs-explicit	λέγοντες	1	saying	The implication is that the crowd was saying this about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “saying about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	19	38	x7wk	figs-explicit	λέγοντες	1	saying	The implication is that the crowd was saying this about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “saying about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	38	nsg4	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	in the name of the Lord	The term **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	19	38	d7b4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη	1	Peace in heaven	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “peaceful.” Alternate translation: “May heaven be peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	19	38	m325	figs-metonymy	ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη	1	Peace in heaven	The word **heaven** is a figurative way of referring to the inhabitants of **heaven**, and perhaps specifically to God. Alternate translation: “May everyone in heaven be peaceful towards this king” or “May God be peaceful towards this king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3393,7 +3393,7 @@ LUK	19	39	yv21		ἐπιτίμησον τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου	1	rebuk
 LUK	19	40	m331	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce a contrast between what the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do and what he was willing to do. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 LUK	19	40	m332	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν	1	answering he said	Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Jesus said what follows in response to the complaint of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “he responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	19	40	efm9		λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
-LUK	19	40	m333	figs-explicit	ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	if these were silent, the stones would cry out	The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	19	40	m333	figs-explicit	ἐὰν οὗτοι σιωπήσουσιν, οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	if these were silent, the stones would cry out	The implication is that Jesus is refusing to do what the Pharisees are asking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No, I will not tell them to be silent, because if they were, then the stones would cry out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	40	v8tc		οἱ λίθοι κράξουσιν	1	the stones would cry out	Alternate translation: “the stones would shout out praises”
 LUK	19	41	v3pq	figs-explicit	ὡς ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν	1	as he approached, seeing the city	The phrase **the city** refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “when he got close enough to Jerusalem to see it well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	41	k4l2	figs-metonymy	ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	he wept over it	Luke is using the city of Jerusalem figuratively to mean the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he wept over the people who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3403,7 +3403,7 @@ LUK	19	42	q8fm	figs-you	ἔγνως…καὶ σὺ…σου	1	you had known …
 LUK	19	42	m335	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ταύτῃ	1	in this day	Jesus is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	42	m336	figs-explicit	τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην	1	the things towards peace	The implication is that Jesus is speaking about people being at **peace** with God. Alternate translation: “the things that enable people to be at peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	19	42	tgs6	figs-metonymy	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	they have been hidden from your eyes	The term **eyes** figuratively means the ability to see. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	19	42	m337	figs-activepassive	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	they have been hidden from your eyes	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	19	42	m337	figs-activepassive	ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου	1	they have been hidden from your eyes	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are not able to see them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	43	y3g2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus uses this word to introduce the reason why he wishes the people of Jerusalem had known “the things toward peace,” as he said in the previous verse. Because they have not known them, their city will be surrounded by armies and destroyed. Alternate translation: “I wish you had known those things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	19	43	tib4	figs-idiom	ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ	1	the days will come upon you	This is an idiom that indicates that the people of Jerusalem will experience difficult times. If your language do not say that a particular time will **come**, you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “you are going to experience difficult times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	19	43	m338	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι	1	days	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to specific times. Alternate translation: “times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -3421,7 +3421,7 @@ LUK	19	45	u91v	figs-explicit	εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1	ent
 LUK	19	45	j6ce	figs-synecdoche	τὸ ἱερὸν	1	the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus went into the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	19	45	py1x		ἐκβάλλειν	1	drive out	Alternate translation: “throw out” or “force out”
 LUK	19	46	m343	figs-quotesinquotes	γέγραπται, ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	It is written, ‘My house will be a house of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that ‘his temple will be a place of prayer,’ but you have made it ‘a den of robbers’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-LUK	19	46	v81e	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	19	46	v81e	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	It is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	19	46	uvf7	figs-metaphor	ὁ οἶκός μου	1	My house	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to his temple as his **house**, because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	46	wac1	figs-metaphor	οἶκος προσευχῆς	1	a house of prayer	God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers figuratively to a place where people would pray as a **house**. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	19	46	ba8w	figs-metaphor	σπήλαιον λῃστῶν	1	a den of robbers	God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers figuratively to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s **den** or lair. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3454,7 +3454,7 @@ LUK	20	6	m356	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	See how you translate
 LUK	20	6	m357	figs-hyperbole	ὁ λαὸς ἅπας	1	the whole people	For emphasis, the Jewish leaders speak figuratively as if every single person in the Jewish nation believed that John was God’s prophet and would stone them if they said otherwise. Alternate translation: “many of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	20	6	m358	figs-idiom	ὁ λαὸς	1	the … people	This was a customary way of speaking of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “the … Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	6	nns5	figs-explicit	καταλιθάσει ἡμᾶς	1	stone us	The implication is that the people would do this as a punishment for blasphemy, for saying that one of God’s prophets had only human authority. Alternate translation: “kill us by throwing stones at us, as punishment for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	6	m359	figs-activepassive	πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν	1	it is persuaded	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	6	m359	figs-activepassive	πεπεισμένος…ἐστιν	1	it is persuaded	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. If you translated **the … people** as “the Jewish people,” this would be plural. Alternate translation: “they firmly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	7	ia28	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	20	7	w2bc	figs-quotations	ἀπεκρίθησαν, μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν	1	they answered that they did not know from where	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they replied, ‘We do not know where it came from’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 LUK	20	7	eeg7	figs-ellipsis	πόθεν	1	from where	Luke leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from [20:4](../20/04.md). Alternate translation: “where John’s authority to baptize came from” or “who gave John the authority to baptize people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ LUK	20	9	mf5e	figs-parables	ἤρξατο δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέ
 LUK	20	9	m360	writing-participants	ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα	1	A man planted a vineyard	Jesus uses this phrase to introduce the main character into the story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	20	9	s8tt	translate-unknown	ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς	1	rented it to farmers	As the rest of the story shows, the man **rented** the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	20	9	y37s		γεωργοῖς	1	farmers	While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
-LUK	20	10	wm51	figs-explicit	καιρῷ	1	at the time	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	10	wm51	figs-explicit	καιρῷ	1	at the time	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what time this was. Alternate translation: “at the time at which they had agreed to give him a share of the crop” or “at harvest time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	10	m361		γεωργοὺς…γεωργοὶ	1	farmers … farmers	See how you translated **farmers** in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “vine growers” or “grape farmers”
 LUK	20	10	kr7j	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος	1	of the fruit of the vineyard	The word **fruit** could be: (1) intended literally. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	10	m362	figs-explicit	οἱ…γεωργοὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν, δείραντες κενόν	1	the farmers sent him away, having beaten him, empty	It may be helpful to state explicitly that the farmers did this after the servant arrived, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3496,12 +3496,12 @@ LUK	20	17	a5kc	figs-metaphor	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ ο
 LUK	20	17	bd2f	figs-explicit	λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες	1	The stone that the builders rejected	The psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	17	bh2r	figs-idiom	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	the head of the corner	The phrase **the head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	18	d7n2	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον, συνθλασθήσεται	1	Everyone who falls on that stone will be broken to pieces	Jesus is applying the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking figuratively of people who reject him as Messiah as if they would fall over a stone and be injured. Jesus’ words are a direct allusion to the figurative language of Scripture, and he does not explain the metaphor to the people who are listening. So it would not be appropriate to change them into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	20	18	n3n5	figs-activepassive	συνθλασθήσεται	1	will be broken to pieces	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	18	n3n5	figs-activepassive	συνθλασθήσεται	1	will be broken to pieces	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will break up into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	18	fdu6	figs-metaphor	ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν	1	and on whomever it may fall, it will crush him	Jesus is making a further application of the metaphor from the psalm to himself. He is speaking figuratively of the Messiah judging those who reject him as if he were a large stone that would crush them. Once again it would not be appropriate to change Jesus’ words, which allude directly to the figurative language of Scripture, into a non-figurative explanation of the metaphor. However, you could explain the meaning of the metaphor in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	19	vbf7	figs-metonymy	ἐζήτησαν…ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	sought to lay hands on him	The expression **to lay hands on** means figuratively to arrest a person by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of the person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “looked for a way to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	19	u4tz	figs-idiom	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	in that hour	Here Luke uses the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “right at that time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	19	m372	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	and they feared the people	Luke uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and this reason why they were not able to do. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-LUK	20	19	u4ta	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	they feared the people	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what the people might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	19	u4ta	figs-explicit	ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν	1	they feared the people	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that the religious leaders did not arrest Jesus, even though they wanted to, and why they did not. Alternate translation: “but they knew that the people respected Jesus and they were afraid of what the people might do if they did arrest him, so they did not arrest him right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	19	m373	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην	1	for they knew that he had spoken this parable against them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this the first clause in the verse, since it gives the reason why the religious leaders wanted to arrest Jesus. That is what UST does, making the clause a separate sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	20	20	m374	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. The religious leaders could not arrest Jesus openly, so this is what they did instead. Alternate translation: “So” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	20	20	f1en	writing-participants	ἀπέστειλαν ἐνκαθέτους	1	they sent spies	Luke uses this statement to introduce these **spies** as new characters into the story. It may be helpful to say more about where they came from. Alternate translation: “they found some people who agreed to act as spies, and they sent them to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -3510,12 +3510,12 @@ LUK	20	20	ml5w	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται αὐτοῦ λόγ
 LUK	20	20	m376	figs-metonymy	αὐτοῦ λόγου	1	his word	Luke uses the term **word** figuratively to mean something Jesus might say by using words. Alternate translation: “of something he might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	20	r84a	figs-doublet	ὥστε παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος	1	in order to deliver him to the rule and to the authority of the governor	The terms **rule** and **authority** mean basically the same thing. Luke is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “so that the governor would take Jesus into custody” or “so that the governor would arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	20	21	xn1w	figs-explicit	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	It may be helpful to state explicitly that this happened after the spies whom the leaders sent arrived where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “the spies came and asked Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	21	i3fr	figs-synecdoche	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	Luke could mean that one spy spoke on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+LUK	20	21	i3fr	figs-synecdoche	ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	Luke could mean that one spy spoke on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could state “one of them,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	20	21	m377		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 LUK	20	21	v93z	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	20	21	fi1t	figs-metonymy	οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον	1	you do not receive a face	The spies are using the term **face** figuratively to mean “person.” Alternate translation: “it does not matter to you who a person is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	21	ubu9	figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the way of God	The spies speak figuratively of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	20	22	j6wb	figs-explicit	ἔξεστιν	1	Is it lawful	The spies are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	22	j6wb	figs-explicit	ἔξεστιν	1	Is it lawful	The spies are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	22	m378		φόρον δοῦναι	1	to give tribute	Alternate translation: “to pay taxes”
 LUK	20	22	h4cc	figs-metonymy	Καίσαρι	1	to Caesar	The spies are referring figuratively to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	23	z9dm		κατανοήσας δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν, εἶπεν	1	but perceiving their craftiness, he said	Alternate translation: “But Jesus realized that these spies were trying to trick him, and so he said”
@@ -3544,11 +3544,11 @@ LUK	20	29	si57	figs-nominaladj	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	Jesus is using the
 LUK	20	29	m389	translate-ordinal	ὁ πρῶτος	1	the first	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	30	m390	figs-hypo	καὶ	1	and	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	30	p5mw	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	and the second	The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	20	30	m391	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	and the second	The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	30	m391	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ δεύτερος	1	and the second	The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brother’s widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	30	m392	figs-nominaladj	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	30	r4xe	translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος	1	the second	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	31	m393	figs-hypo	καὶ	1	and	The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-LUK	20	31	d5tq	figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	the third took her	The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	31	d5tq	figs-explicit	ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν	1	the third took her	The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	31	m394	figs-nominaladj	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	31	ky9p	translate-ordinal	ὁ τρίτος	1	the third	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	20	31	f1fj	figs-explicit	ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον	1	and likewise the seven also left no children, and died	The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3556,25 +3556,25 @@ LUK	20	33	avu1		ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει	1	in the resurrection	The Sadd
 LUK	20	33	m395	figs-hypo	οὖν	1	Therefore	This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	20	33	m396		οἱ…ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα	1	the seven had her as wife	Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
 LUK	20	34	nlu3	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you can use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	20	34	m397	figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	34	m397	figs-activepassive	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται	1	The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	34	n91c	figs-idiom	οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	the sons of this age	The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	34	m398	figs-gendernotations	οἱ υἱοὶ	1	the sons	Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	20	34	m399	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου	1	this age	As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	35	m8m9	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage	As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	20	35	m400	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες	1	those who are considered worthy	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	35	m400	figs-activepassive	οἱ…καταξιωθέντες	1	those who are considered worthy	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	35	m401	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead	Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	35	ct9h	figs-abstractnouns	τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	20	35	m3gm	figs-nominaladj	νεκρῶν	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	35	rh62	figs-idiom	οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται	1	neither marry nor are given in marriage	If your culture does not use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you may have you translated this with a single term in [20:34](../20/34.md). If so, you can do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “will not get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	20	36	lk28	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ…ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται	1	neither are they able to die anymore	The implication is that these people will not need to get married and have children anymore in order to carry on the human race, because they will not die. Alternate translation: “they will not need to have children anymore, since they will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	20	36	m402	figs-explicit	ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν	1	for they are like the angels	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	36	m402	figs-explicit	ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν	1	for they are like the angels	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	36	m403	figs-gendernotations	υἱοί εἰσιν Θεοῦ	1	they are sons of God	Here Jesus is using the term **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “they are God’s own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	20	36	btb3	figs-idiom	τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες	1	being sons of the resurrection	Jesus is using the term **sons** in this second case idiomatically to mean people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of God bringing them back to life after they have died. Alternate translation: “since God has brought them back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	20	37	j8z5	figs-activepassive	ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead are raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	20	37	j8z5	figs-activepassive	ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead are raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who does the action. Alternate translation: “God brings back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	20	37	m404	figs-nominaladj	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	37	g3xg		καὶ Μωϋσῆς	1	even Moses	Jesus is using the word **even** for emphasis. He is stressing the authority of Moses as someone to whom God gave an extensive revelation of his character and actions. Alternate translation: “Moses himself”
 LUK	20	37	m405	translate-names	Μωϋσῆς	1	Moses	**Moses** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	20	37	n82t	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	at the bush	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	37	n82t	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	at the bush	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the bush in the desert that was burning without being consumed, at which Moses encountered God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	37	m406	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῆς βάτου	1	at the bush	Jesus is not referring to the actual encounter that Moses had with God at the burning bush, since during that encounter Moses did not say the words that Jesus attributes to him here. Rather, God said those words about himself, and Moses recorded them in the Scriptures. So Jesus is referring by association to the passage in which Moses describes his encounter with God at the burning bush. Alternate translation: “in the passage where he wrote about the burning bush” or “in the scripture about the burning bush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	37	nx7f	figs-verbs	λέγει	1	he calls	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “he called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	20	37	pqm8	figs-explicit	τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ	1	the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob	The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3588,7 +3588,7 @@ LUK	20	39	n5nq	writing-participants	ἀποκριθέντες δέ τινες τ
 LUK	20	39	m409	figs-hendiadys	ἀποκριθέντες…εἶπαν	1	answering … said	Together the two words **answering** and **said** mean that these scribes responded to the teaching that Jesus gave in answer to the question that the Sadducees asked. Alternate translation: “responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	20	39	m410		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 LUK	20	40	m411	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	they no longer dared to ask him anything	Here Luke uses a double negative in Greek for emphasis, saying **no longer** and “nothing.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning, “they still dared to ask him something.” If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-LUK	20	40	vjx9	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	they no longer dared to ask him anything	The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	40	vjx9	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾶν αὐτὸν οὐδέν	1	they no longer dared to ask him anything	The implication in context is that Jesus’ enemies were afraid that if they continued to ask him difficult questions, his wise answers would continue to show how much more he understood than they did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were afraid to ask him any more difficult questions, because they realized he would give more wise answers that would show how much more he understood than they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	40	i6sv	writing-pronouns	οὐκέτι…ἐτόλμων	1	they no longer dared	It is unclear whether **they** refers to the scribes, the Sadducees, or everyone who had been trying to trap Jesus with difficult questions. It may be best to translate this with a general statement. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ enemies no longer dared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	20	41	t981	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν…πρὸς αὐτούς	1	he said to them	As in [20:40](../20/40.md), it is unclear to whom the pronoun **them** refers. It may be best to translate it with a general statement here as well. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	20	41	mda6	figs-rquestion	πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν Χριστὸν εἶναι Δαυεὶδ Υἱόν?	1	How do they say that the Christ is the son of David?	This does not seem to be a rhetorical question that Jesus is using as a teaching tool. Rather, it seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer. They had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -3598,7 +3598,7 @@ LUK	20	41	m412	translate-names	Δαυεὶδ	1	David	**David** is the name of a
 LUK	20	42	m413		λέγει	1	says	In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “said”
 LUK	20	42	h2al	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγει ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	says in the book of Psalms, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “says in the book of Psalms that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	20	42	e1i2	figs-euphemism	εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου	1	The Lord said to my Lord	Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and and said **Lord** instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-LUK	20	42	m415	figs-nominaladj	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right	In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+LUK	20	42	m415	figs-nominaladj	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right	In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	20	42	pse3	translate-symaction	κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου	1	Sit at my right	The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	20	43	m416	figs-quotesinquotes	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet	This is the continuation of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. If you decided in [20:42](../20/42.md) to have only one level of quotation, you can make the same adjustment here. Alternate translation: “until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	20	43	fl1h	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet	The psalm speaks figuratively of the Messiah using his enemies as a **footstool** to mean that Yahweh would make those enemies stop resisting the Messiah and submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3612,7 +3612,7 @@ LUK	20	45	k3pf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word t
 LUK	20	45	m420	figs-hyperbole	παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ	1	all the people	Luke is generalizing to refer to everyone who was present as Jesus was teaching. Alternate translation: “all the people who were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	20	46	m421	figs-metonymy	προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων	1	Beware of the scribes	Jesus says **beware** to warn about the influence of these people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	46	ang2	translate-symaction	θελόντων περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς	1	who desire to walk in long robes	In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in a long robe was to assert wealth and status. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-LUK	20	46	m422	figs-explicit	φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς	1	love greetings	The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “love to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	20	46	m422	figs-explicit	φιλούντων ἀσπασμοὺς	1	love greetings	The implication is that these would be respectful greetings, in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “love to be greeted respectfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	20	46	m423	figs-metaphor	πρωτοκαθεδρίας…πρωτοκλισίας	1	the first seats … the first places	As in [14:7](../14/07.md), **first** here figuratively means “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	20	47	m424	figs-metonymy	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of widows	Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	20	47	c7yv	figs-metaphor	οἳ κατεσθίουσιν τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν	1	They devour the houses of widows	Jesus says figuratively that the scribes **devour** or eat up the possessions of widows to mean that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -3623,36 +3623,36 @@ LUK	21	intro	ny7d			0		# Luke 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formattin
 LUK	21	1	k2zb	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	21	1	m425	writing-newevent	εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν πλουσίους	1	he saw the rich who were putting their gifts into the treasury	This background information that Luke provides introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “he noticed that there were some rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	21	1	m428	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς…πλουσίους	1	the rich	Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	21	1	nf4c	figs-explicit	τὰ δῶρα	1	gifts	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	21	1	nf4c	figs-explicit	τὰ δῶρα	1	gifts	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **gifts** were. Alternate translation: “gifts of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	1	unv2	figs-metonymy	τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον	1	the treasury	Luke is figuratively describing the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God by association with the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed, the **treasury**. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	2	xrk2	writing-participants	εἶδεν δέ τινα χήραν πενιχρὰν	1	And he saw a certain poor widow	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “There was also a poor widow there, and Jesus saw her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	21	2	vzu8	translate-bmoney	λεπτὰ δύο	1	two lepta	The word **lepta** is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
-LUK	21	3	i8gf	figs-explicit	εἶπεν	1	he said	Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in [20:45](../20/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	21	3	i8gf	figs-explicit	εἶπεν	1	he said	Jesus is still speaking to his disciples, as in [20:45](../20/45.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	3	t97j		ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	21	3	rwt3	figs-metaphor	ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν	1	this poor widow put in more than all	Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	3	m429	figs-explicit	πάντων	1	all	In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	4	x3qb		ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον εἰς τὰ δῶρα	1	put in the gifts out of their abundance	Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it”
 LUK	21	4	gaj8		αὕτη δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς, πάντα τὸν βίον ὃν εἶχεν ἔβαλεν	1	But she, out of her poverty, put in all the livelihood that she had	Alternate translation: “But she only had a very little money but gave everything she had to live on”
 LUK	21	5	vgp3	figs-explicit	τινων	1	some	The implication is that these were some of Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “some of Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	21	5	m430	figs-activepassive	κεκόσμηται	1	it was decorated	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people had decorated it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	5	m430	figs-activepassive	κεκόσμηται	1	it was decorated	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people had decorated it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	5	vk7z	figs-metonymy	ἀναθέμασιν	1	offerings	In this context, **offerings** refers specifically to golden ornaments that people had given to beautify the temple and its courtyards. The ornaments were known by this name since people had given them as offerings. Alternate translation: “ornaments that people had donated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	6	lcz6		ταῦτα ἃ θεωρεῖτε	1	These things that you are looking at	Alternate translation: “As for this beautiful temple and its decorations”
 LUK	21	6	wcd9	figs-idiom	ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς	1	the days will come in which	Here Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	21	6	jfl1	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	stone upon stone will not be left	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	6	jfl1	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	stone upon stone will not be left	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “your enemies will not leave one stone upon another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	6	ajx2		οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	stone upon stone will not be left	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this statement in positive form. Alternate translation: “your enemies will topple every stone off the stone it is resting on”
 LUK	21	6	dps1	figs-hyperbole	οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ λίθῳ	1	stone upon stone will not be left	See how you translated the similar expression “they will not leave stone upon stone” in [19:44](../19/44.md). Here as well this is a figurative overstatement to emphasize how completely the enemies of the Jews will destroy the temple. Alternate translation: “your enemies will completely destroy this building of stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	6	m431		ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	which will not be torn down	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this statement in positive form and make it a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be torn down”
-LUK	21	6	m432	figs-activepassive	ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	which will not be torn down	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	6	m432	figs-activepassive	ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται	1	which will not be torn down	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a separate sentence with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. (In the alternate translation that is suggested here, “they” would mean “your enemies,” and “it” would mean “this building of stone,” as in the alternate translation in the last note to the previous phrase in this verse.) Alternate translation: “They will tear it all down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	7	rix4	writing-pronouns	ἐπηρώτησαν…αὐτὸν	1	they asked him	The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus’ disciples, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the disciples asked Jesus” or “Jesus’ disciples asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	21	7	m433		Διδάσκαλε	1	Teacher	**Teacher** is a respectful title. You could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use.
 LUK	21	7	a11j	figs-explicit	πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι	1	when therefore will these things be, and what will be the sign when these things are about to happen	The phrase **these things** refers implicitly to what Jesus has just said about enemies destroying the temple. Alternate translation: “then when will the temple be destroyed, and how will we know that our enemies are about to destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	21	8	vu18	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	you are not deceived	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	8	vu18	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανηθῆτε	1	you are not deceived	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	8	f1ed	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	Here Jesus uses the word **name** figuratively to mean identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	8	h6zp	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am he	The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	8	m434	figs-explicit	ὁ καιρὸς ἤγγικεν	1	The time has come near	This implicitly means the **time** when God will establish his kingdom, which these false Messiahs would understand to mean defeating their enemies. Alternate translation: “God is about to establish his kingdom” or “God is about to defeat all of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	8	sls1	figs-metaphor	μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν	1	Do not go after them	Here the expression **go after** seems to have a figurative sense like that of the term **follow**, found in [5:27](../05/27.md) and several other places in the book, meaning to become someone’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Do not become their disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	9	p5w5	figs-doublet	πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας	1	wars and rebellions	The term **wars** probably refers to countries fighting against each other, and the term **rebellions** probably refers to people fighting against their own leaders or against other people in their own countries. Jesus may be using the two terms together to refer generally to violent fighting. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “of armed conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	21	9	eze2	figs-activepassive	μὴ πτοηθῆτε	1	do not be terrified	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “do not let these things terrify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	9	eze2	figs-activepassive	μὴ πτοηθῆτε	1	do not be terrified	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “do not let these things terrify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	9	m435	grammar-connect-logic-result	δεῖ γὰρ ταῦτα γενέσθαι πρῶτον	1	for these things must happen first	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this phrase before **do not be terrified**, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason why followers of Jesus should not be terrified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	21	9	msn6	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ τέλος	1	but not immediately the end	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	21	9	jyh8	figs-explicit	τὸ τέλος	1	the end	This implicitly means the end of the world. Alternate translation: “the end of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3678,16 +3678,16 @@ LUK	21	14	q1s1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὖν	1	But	**But** is usually t
 LUK	21	14	he8s	figs-metaphor	θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	put in your hearts	Jesus speaks figuratively of his disciples’ **hearts** as if they were containers in which the disciples could put the resolution he describes. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” or “decide firmly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	14	m442	figs-metaphor	θέτε…ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	put in your hearts	Jesus is using the disciples’ **hearts** figuratively to represent their minds. Alternate translation: “make up your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	14	usf9	figs-explicit	μὴ προμελετᾶν ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	not to prepare to be defended	The implication is that Jesus’ disciples would be thinking about how to defend themselves against their enemies’ accusations. Alternate translation: “not to try to figure out ahead of time what you should say in order to defend yourself against the accusations of your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	21	14	m443	figs-activepassive	ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	to be defended	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to defend yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	14	m443	figs-activepassive	ἀπολογηθῆναι	1	to be defended	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to defend yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	15	m788	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why his disciples should do what he told them in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [21:14](../21/14.md) and [21:15](../21/15.md), putting all of [21:15](../21/15.md) first, followed by all of [21:14](../21/14.md). You could begin [21:15](../21/15.md) with “Since” and have no introductory word for [21:14](../21/14.md), or you could have no introductory word for [21:15](../21/15.md) and begin [21:14](../21/14.md) with “So.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 LUK	21	15	z6ua	figs-metonymy	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	a mouth and wisdom	Jesus is using the term **mouth** figuratively to refer to speech. Alternate translation: “speech and wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	15	gm5t	figs-hendiadys	στόμα καὶ σοφίαν	1	a mouth and wisdom	The phrase **a mouth and wisdom** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **wisdom** describes what kind of speech Jesus will give the disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wise things to say” or “wise responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	21	15	d3zh	figs-doublenegatives	ᾗ οὐ δυνήσονται ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν, πάντες οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν	1	that all the ones opposing you will not be able to resist or contradict	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the negative word **not** combined with the negative verbs **resist** and **contradict** as a single positive statement. (See note just below explaining that these two verbs likely form a doublet.) Alternate translation: “that all of your adversaries will have to agree are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	21	15	m444	figs-doublet	ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν	1	to resist or contradict	The terms **resist** and **contradict** mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these terms into a single, equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to deny” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	21	16	xc2s	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεσθε…καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων	1	you will be delivered even by parents, and brothers, and relatives, and friends	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	16	xc2s	figs-activepassive	παραδοθήσεσθε…καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων, καὶ ἀδελφῶν, καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ φίλων	1	you will be delivered even by parents, and brothers, and relatives, and friends	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “even your parents, brothers, relatives, and friends will turn you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	16	m445	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφῶν	1	brothers	Here, the term **brothers** has a generic sense that includes both brothers and sisters. Alternate translation: “siblings” or “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 LUK	21	16	ue17	writing-pronouns	θανατώσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	they will put to death some of you	The pronoun **they** could mean: (1) “the authorities will kill some of you.” (2) “those who turn you in will kill some of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	21	17	m446	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	17	m446	figs-activepassive	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	17	wbh8	figs-hyperbole	ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων	1	you will be hated by all	The term **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	17	lm66	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, **name** figuratively represents Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	18	m447	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	Jesus uses this word to introduce a contrast with what he has just said. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -3697,7 +3697,7 @@ LUK	21	18	m449		θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ
 LUK	21	18	m450	figs-metaphor	θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται	1	a hair of your head will not at all perish	Since Jesus says in [21:16](../21/16.md) that some of them would be put to death, he must be speaking figuratively here. He means that his disciples will not perish spiritually; that is, their souls will be saved. Alternate translation: “God will keep you entirely safe spiritually” or “God will save your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	19	g85h		ἐν τῇ ὑπομονῇ ὑμῶν	1	By your endurance	Alternate translation: “If you remain faithful to me”
 LUK	21	19	r5zc		κτήσασθε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν	1	you will gain your souls	The **soul** means the eternal part of a person. Alternate translation: “you will receive eternal life”
-LUK	21	20	nqb6	figs-activepassive	κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem surrounded by armies	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	20	nqb6	figs-activepassive	κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem surrounded by armies	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “armies surrounding Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	20	m451	translate-names	Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	21	20	dfy7	figs-abstractnouns	ἤγγικεν ἡ ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς	1	its desolation is near	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **desolation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “those armies will soon destroy it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	21	21	m452	translate-names	τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ	1	Judea	**Judea** is the name of a province. Alternate translation: “the other parts of the province of Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -3707,7 +3707,7 @@ LUK	21	21	m454	figs-explicit	οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσε
 LUK	21	21	m455		οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις, μὴ εἰσερχέσθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν	1	let those in the fields not enter into it	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this positively. Alternate translation: “the people living on the farms around the city should stay outside of it where they will be safer”
 LUK	21	22	vs2g	figs-idiom	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	these are days of vengeance	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	21	22	m456	figs-abstractnouns	ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν	1	these are days of vengeance	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **vengeance**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “punish.” Alternate translation: “this will be the time when God punishes this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	21	22	eba2	figs-activepassive	τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	to fulfill all the things that have been written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	22	eba2	figs-activepassive	τοῦ πλησθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	to fulfill all the things that have been written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when all the things that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	22	m457	figs-hyperbole	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα	1	all the things that have been written	Here, **all** has a limited meaning. It does not mean everything that the prophets wrote about every subject. Rather, it means specifically **all** that the prophets wrote about this particular event. Alternate translation: “that the prophets wrote in the Scriptures about how Jerusalem would be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	23	m458	figs-idiom	ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις	1	the ones having in the womb	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	21	23	e1pj		ταῖς θηλαζούσαις	1	the ones nursing	This does not mean babies who are nursing. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies”
@@ -3722,13 +3722,13 @@ LUK	21	24	m463	figs-metaphor	στόματι μαχαίρης	1	by the mouth of t
 LUK	21	24	m464	figs-personification	στόματι μαχαίρης	1	by the mouth of the sword	This phrase could also be depicting the sword figuratively as a devouring monster. Alternate translation: “as if swords were eating them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	21	24	m465	figs-genericnoun	μαχαίρης	1	the sword	The word **sword** represents swords in general, not one particular sword. Alternate translation: “of the swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 LUK	21	24	m466	figs-synecdoche	μαχαίρης	1	the sword	Jesus may figuratively be using one kind of weapon, **the sword**, to represent all weapons. Alternate translation: “of the weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	21	24	cg3n	figs-activepassive	αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	they will be led captive into all the nations	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	24	cg3n	figs-activepassive	αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	they will be led captive into all the nations	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “their enemies will capture them and take them away into other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	24	zn4e	figs-hyperbole	εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πάντα	1	into all the nations	The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes that their enemies will take the people away to many other countries. Alternate translation: “into many other countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	24	m467	figs-metonymy	ἐθνῶν	1	nations	Jesus is using the term **nations** figuratively to mean the places where various people groups live. Alternate translation: “countries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	24	d356	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	Jesus speaks figuratively of the Gentiles walking all over the city of Jerusalem. This image could be: (1) of people walking around on land that they own or control. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” (2) of walking over something to flatten it. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	21	24	m468	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LUK	21	24	m468	figs-metaphor	Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν	1	Jerusalem will be trampled by the nations	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will occupy Jerusalem” or “the Gentiles will completely destroy Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	24	m469	figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν	2	the nations	Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that by **the nations**, he means in this instance the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	21	24	na6l	figs-activepassive	ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν	1	until the times of the nations are fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	24	na6l	figs-activepassive	ἄχρι οὗ πληρωθῶσιν καιροὶ ἐθνῶν	1	until the times of the nations are fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. (See the discussion of the meaning of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “until the time when the Gentiles rule the Jews is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	25	bza4	figs-metonymy	συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν	1	distress of nations	As in [21:10](../21/10.md), the term **nations** here refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will be distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	25	sz1c	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀπορίᾳ ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου	1	in perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea	These storms could be literal. Jesus may be saying that there will be larger and more frequent hurricanes at this time. However, they could also be figurative. Jesus may be using the image of being in a storm at sea to portray how the people will feel about what they are experiencing. You could represent this possible metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They will be as anxious as they would be in a great storm at sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	25	m470	figs-doublet	ἤχους θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου	1	at the roaring and tossing of the sea	Jesus may be using the words **roaring** and **tossing** together to depict a great storm in the ocean, whose waves would rise up high and make loud sounds. If you decide to retain the metaphor in your translation, you could translate these words with a single expression. Alternate translation: “about the great storms at sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -3737,7 +3737,7 @@ LUK	21	26	m472	figs-hendiadys	ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας	1
 LUK	21	26	az37		τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ οἰκουμένῃ	1	the things that are coming upon the inhabited world	Alternate translation: “of the things that are happening in the world” or “of the things that are happening to the world”
 LUK	21	26	m473	grammar-connect-logic-result	αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	for the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this statement first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the verse describes. You could begin this statement with “Since,” or you could have no introductory word for it and introduce the rest of the verse with “and so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	21	26	wn9g	figs-idiom	αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	The phrase **the powers of the heavens** is most likely an idiomatic reference back to the sun, moon, and stars, which Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars will be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	21	26	m474	figs-activepassive	αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	26	m474	figs-activepassive	αἱ…δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers of the heavens will be shaken	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will shake the sun, moon, and stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	27	m475	writing-pronouns	ὄψονται	1	they will see	The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations, about whom Jesus has been speaking since [21:25](../21/25.md). Alternate translation: “the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	21	27	k9pr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	21	27	m476	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3761,13 +3761,13 @@ LUK	21	32	m481		πάντα	1	all	Alternate translation: “all of these things
 LUK	21	33	t53u	figs-merism	ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται	1	The heaven and the earth will pass away	Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	21	33	c3yl	figs-metonymy	οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	but my words will certainly not pass away	Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he has just said. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	21	33	kym8		οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται	1	will certainly not pass away	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true”
-LUK	21	34	m482	figs-activepassive	μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness and everyday worries	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	34	m482	figs-activepassive	μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness and everyday worries	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	34	y2qk	figs-metaphor	μήποτε βαρηθῶσιν ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι ἐν κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ, καὶ μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	so that your hearts may not be burdened with hangover and drunkenness and everyday worries	Jesus speaks figuratively of these things as if they would be a weight pressing down on the minds of his disciples. Alternate translation: “so that drunken hangovers and everyday worries do not dull your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	34	r69y	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι	1	your hearts	Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the mind. Alternate translation: “your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	21	34	se3c	figs-hendiadys	κρεπάλῃ, καὶ μέθῃ	1	hangover and drunkenness	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The term **drunkenness** explains the source of the **hangover**. Alternate translation: “drunken hangovers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	21	34	unw9		μερίμναις βιωτικαῖς	1	everyday worries	Alternate translation: “the cares of this life”
 LUK	21	34	x8jh	figs-personification	ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	that sudden day will come upon you	Jesus speaks figuratively of this **day** as if it could actively spring upon his disciples like a trap. (The traditional verse divisions put the phrase “like a trap” at the start of the next verse. A note will discuss it there.) This could mean one of two things, depending on whether **sudden** is understood as an adjective or with the sense of an adverb. Alternate translation: “that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-LUK	21	34	r486	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	and that sudden day will come upon you	The implication is that this is why Jesus is telling his disciples to pay attention to themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for if you are not careful, that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “for if you are not careful, that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	21	34	r486	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	and that sudden day will come upon you	The implication is that this is why Jesus is telling his disciples to pay attention to themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for if you are not careful, that day you are not expecting will come upon you” or “for if you are not careful, that day will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	34	q6ph	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐπιστῇ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη	1	and that sudden day will come upon you	This implicitly means the day when Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “the day when I return, which you will not be expecting, will come upon you” or “the day when I return will come upon you suddenly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	35	m483	figs-simile	ὡς παγίς	1	like a trap	Jesus says figuratively that just as a **trap** closes on an animal when the animal is not expecting it, so he will return when people are not expecting it. Alternate translation: “as when a trap closes suddenly on an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	21	35	qh1b		ἐπεισελεύσεται…ἐπὶ πάντας	1	it will come upon all	Alternate translation: “it will affect all the people”
@@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ LUK	21	36	m488	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the
 LUK	21	36	m489	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	21	37	tfe8	writing-endofstory	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce information about ongoing action that continues after the part of the story in [20:1-21:36](../20/01.md) ends. Your language may have its own way of showing how such information is related to the preceding part of a story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 LUK	21	37	zh1m	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Luke means that Jesus was teaching in the temple courtyard. Luke is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	21	37	m490	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	21	37	m490	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	21	37	m491	translate-names	τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον Ἐλαιῶν	1	the hill that is called Olivet	You could also translate this entire expression as a proper name. **Olivet** is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “the Mount of Olives” or “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	21	38	m492	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ὁ λαὸς	1	all the people	The word **all** is a generalization that emphasizes how many people came to hear Jesus teach each morning. Alternate translation: “large numbers of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	21	38	bky8	figs-ellipsis	ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	were getting up early to him	Here Luke is leaving out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “were getting up early to come to him” or “were coming to him starting early each morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -3792,17 +3792,17 @@ LUK	21	38	m493	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only pries
 LUK	22	intro	y8nr			0		# Luke 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Judas Iscariot agrees to betray Jesus to his enemies (22:1-6)<br>2. Jesus shares the Passover meal with his disciples (22:7-38)<br>3. Jesus prays on the Mount of Olives and is arrested there (22:39-53)<br>4. Peter denies Jesus (22:54-62)<br>5. Soldiers mock Jesus and the Jewish leaders question him (22:63-71)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus<br><br>[22:14-20](../22/14.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This cup is the new covenant in my blood.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>Some people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And an angel from heaven appeared to him … his sweat became like drops of blood falling on the ground”<br><br>Verses 43 and 44 of Luke 22 are not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so they are likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider them to provide accurate accounts of real events in Jesus’ life that were preserved in oral or written traditions about him and copied into the book of Luke at an early stage. ULT and UST include these verses, but some other versions do not. If you decide to translate these verses, you should put them inside square brackets to indicate that they are probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	22	1	q8fa	grammar-connect-time-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to begin relating a new event by introducing background information that will help readers understand what happens. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 LUK	22	1	jjy9	figs-explicit	ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἀζύμων	1	the Festival of Unleavened Bread	During this festival the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	1	m494	figs-activepassive	ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα	1	which is called the Passover	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	1	m494	figs-activepassive	ἡ λεγομένη Πάσχα	1	which is called the Passover	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which people call Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	1	m495	translate-names	Πάσχα	1	Passover	**Passover** is the name of a festival. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	1	u5jm		ἤγγιζεν	1	was coming near	Here Luke uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. Alternate translation: “was about to begin”
 LUK	22	2	m496	writing-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce further background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	22	2	n9v6	figs-explicit	τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν	1	how they might kill him	These leaders did not have the authority to kill Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “how they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “how they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	2	aij5	figs-explicit	ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν	1	for they were fearing the people	These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	2	aij5	figs-explicit	ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν	1	for they were fearing the people	These leaders were not trying to have Jesus killed because they were afraid of **the people**. Rather, they were **seeking how** to have him killed, by implication quietly, because they were afraid that the people would make a great disturbance if they did this publicly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “quietly, because they were afraid that the people would riot if they did it publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	2	m497	figs-explicit	τὸν λαόν	1	the people	This means specifically the great crowds of people who had been coming to hear Jesus teach, as Luke describes in [21:38](../21/38.md). Alternate translation: “the many people who were coming to hear him teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	3	m498	translate-names	Σατανᾶς	1	Satan	**Satan** is the name of the devil. See how you translated it in [10:18](../10/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	3	r65v		εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς	1	entered into	This was probably very similar to demon possession. Alternate translation: “took control of”
 LUK	22	3	m499	translate-names	Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην	1	Judas Iscariot	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	22	3	m500	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην	1	the one called Iscariot	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	3	m500	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην	1	the one called Iscariot	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	3	m501	figs-nominaladj	ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα	1	who was from the number of the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	22	3	m502	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	4	qpi4	figs-explicit	στρατηγοῖς	1	captains	The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3816,7 +3816,7 @@ LUK	22	7	rqi1	figs-metonymy	ἔδει θύεσθαι τὸ Πάσχα	1	it was n
 LUK	22	8	abcs	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν	1	he sent	The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	22	8	m503	translate-names	Πέτρον…Ἰωάννην	1	Peter … John	These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [6:14](../06/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	8	m504	figs-youdual	πορευθέντες, ἑτοιμάσατε	1	Going, prepare	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** as implied in the participle and imperative verb would be in the dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
-LUK	22	8	nkz4	figs-explicit	πορευθέντες	1	Going	The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	8	nkz4	figs-explicit	πορευθέντες	1	Going	The implication is that Jesus is sending Peter and John into the city of Jerusalem to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Your language might translate this as an imperative. Alternate translation: “Go into the city of Jerusalem and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	8	e4ev	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν…ἵνα φάγωμεν	1	us … that we may eat	Peter and John would be part of the group that would eat the meal, so the terms **us** and **we** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	22	8	m505	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1	the Passover	Jesus is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	9	j52e	figs-exclusive	θέλεις ἑτοιμάσωμεν	1	do you wish that we should prepare it	Jesus was not part of the group that would prepare the meal, so the word **we** does not include Jesus and it would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -3842,7 +3842,7 @@ LUK	22	15	s1sj	figs-metonymy	πρὸ τοῦ με παθεῖν	1	before I suffe
 LUK	22	16	m510	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why he has been so eager to share this Passover meal with his disciples, as he said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. You could combine [22:15](../22/15.md) and [22:16](../22/16.md), putting all of [22:16](../22/16.md) first, followed by all of [22:15](../22/15.md). This would require saying “this Passover meal” in [22:16](../22/16.md) and **it** in [22:15](../22/15.md). You could have no introductory word for [22:16](../22/16.md) and begin [22:15](../22/15.md) with “And so.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 LUK	22	16	gbj7		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize the importance of what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
 LUK	22	16	m511	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ φάγω αὐτὸ	1	I will certainly not eat it	Since Jesus is just about to eat a Passover meal, he means implicitly that he will not eat such a meal again until the later time he describes. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not eat it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	16	k28r	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. This could mean: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God.” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom.” (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	16	k28r	figs-activepassive	ἕως ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	until when it is fulfilled in the kingdom of God	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. This could mean: (1) “until people celebrate this feast in the kingdom of God.” (2) “until God gives this feast its full meaning when he establishes his kingdom.” (3) “until I die as the true Passover sacrifice and establish the kingdom of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	17	l5e6	figs-metonymy	δεξάμενος ποτήριον	1	he took a cup	Luke is using the term **cup** figuratively to mean what it contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “Jesus picked up a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	17	d7pc		εὐχαριστήσας	1	having given thanks	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God”
 LUK	22	17	xvm7	figs-metonymy	διαμερίσατε εἰς ἑαυτούς	1	divide it among yourselves	Jesus meant that the apostles were to divide up the contents of the cup, not the cup itself. Alternate translation: “share the wine that is in this cup among yourselves” or “each of you drink some wine from this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3857,12 +3857,12 @@ LUK	22	19	m515		εὐχαριστήσας	1	when he had given thanks	Your langua
 LUK	22	19	d3yc		ἔκλασεν	1	he broke it	Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation.
 LUK	22	19	m516	figs-explicit	καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς	1	and gave to them	The implication is that Jesus gave the bread to the disciples to eat. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	19	d8r1	figs-metaphor	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου	1	This is my body	See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this phrase. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread”
-LUK	22	19	lc9m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον	1	which is given for you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	19	lc9m	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον	1	which is given for you	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “which I am giving for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	19	cxy5	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν	1	Do this in my remembrance	Jesus seems to be telling his disciples implicitly that he wants them to re-enact this part of the meal regularly in the future in order to remember him. Alternate translation: “When you meet together, break and share bread like this in order to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	20	m517	figs-ellipsis	καὶ τὸ ποτήριον	1	And the cup	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And he took the cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	22	20	z3cx	figs-metonymy	τὸ ποτήριον…τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον	1	the cup … This cup	In each case, the term **cup** figuratively means what the **cup** contained, which was wine. Alternate translation: “the cup of wine … The wine in this cup” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	20	gc8h	figs-explicit	ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου	1	the new covenant in my blood	In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here, Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. Alternate translation: “the new covenant that will be ratified when I shed my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	20	v4d3	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	which is poured out for you	Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	20	v4d3	figs-activepassive	τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐκχυννόμενον	1	which is poured out for you	Jesus is referring to the way his blood is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	21	swj1	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	22	21	g6ks	figs-synecdoche	ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος με μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	the hand of the one betraying me is with me on the table	Jesus is figuratively using one part of this person, his **hand**, to represent the entire person. There is significance to the part that Jesus chooses. With the same hand with which Judas has just received the bread and wine, he will receive the money for betraying Jesus. Alternate translation: “the man who is going to betray me is sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	22	21	m518	figs-metonymy	μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης	1	is with me on the table	Jesus is using the shared location of the **table** figuratively to mean sharing the meal that is being served on the **table**. Alternate translation: “sharing this meal with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -3870,15 +3870,15 @@ LUK	22	22	wtj2	translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason wh
 LUK	22	22	mk3q	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται	1	the Son of Man indeed goes	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	22	22	m519	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς μὲν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…πορεύεται	1	the Son of Man indeed goes	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah, indeed go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	22	m520	figs-euphemism	πορεύεται	1	goes	Jesus is speaking about his impending death in a discreet way. Alternate translation: “is going to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-LUK	22	22	p2qa	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον	1	according to what has been determined	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	22	22	wy2s	figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	through whom he is betrayed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	22	p2qa	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον	1	according to what has been determined	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “as God has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	22	wy2s	figs-activepassive	δι’ οὗ παραδίδοται	1	through whom he is betrayed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	24	yyw9	grammar-connect-logic-result	δὲ	1	Then	Luke may use this word simply to indicate that the quarrel about which disciple was the greatest took place after the discussion about which disciple would betray Jesus. However, he could also be using the word to indicate that the quarrel arose directly from the discussion. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	22	24	y9ce		δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων	1	seems to be greater	Here Luke uses the present tense in past narration. See how you decided to approach this usage in [7:40](../07/40.md). If it would not be natural to use the present tense in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared to be the greatest one” or “people should consider to be the greatest one”
 LUK	22	24	m521		μείζων	1	greater	Your language might naturally use the comparative form of the adjective here, **greater**, to express the issue in terms of which one disciple was greater than all the others. Or your language might naturally use the superlative form, “greatest,” to express the issue in terms of which disciple was the greatest of them all. Alternate translation: “the greatest one”
 LUK	22	25	m522	figs-explicit	οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	the kings of the nations	Here Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that by **the nations** he means the people groups who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the kings of the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	25	zjf5		κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν	1	lord it over them	Alternate translation: “order them around” or “are arrogant and domineering”
 LUK	22	25	tw4y	figs-irony	εὐεργέται, καλοῦνται	1	are called Benefactors	The subjects of these rulers did not call them this spontaneously and gratefully. Rather, the rulers gave themselves this title, even though they were not really ruling in a way that was good for their subjects, as Jesus says in the first part of this sentence. Jesus is mentioning the title to emphasize how undeserved it is. Alternate translation: “nevertheless give themselves the title of Benefactor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-LUK	22	25	m523	figs-activepassive	καλοῦνται	1	are called	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	25	m523	figs-activepassive	καλοῦνται	1	are called	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “call themselves” or “give themselves the title” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	25	m524	translate-names	εὐεργέται	1	Benefactors	This is a title that several rulers of this time had given themselves. Your language may have an equivalent title. If not, you can express the meaning with an equivalent expression, as UST does. Alternate translation: “the Good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	26	ne9r		ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως	1	But you be not thus	Alternate translation: “But you should not act like that”
 LUK	22	26	m525		ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν, γενέσθω ὡς ὁ νεώτερος	1	let the greater among you become like the younger	As the last note to [22:24](../22/24.md) discusses, your language might naturally use the superlative form of these adjectives rather than the comparative form. Alternate translation: “let the greatest one among you become like the youngest one”
@@ -3906,7 +3906,7 @@ LUK	22	31	m533	translate-names	ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan	**Satan** is the name
 LUK	22	31	m534		ἐξῃτήσατο	1	has asked	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “has asked God for permission”
 LUK	22	31	m535	translate-unknown	ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	to sift you as wheat	To **sift wheat** means to put it in a sieve, which is a container with a mesh bottom, and shake it back and forth so that the grain stays in the sieve and the husk or chaff falls out. If your readers would not be familiar with **wheat**, you could use the name of a grain that they would recognize, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	22	31	qyy7	figs-simile	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	has asked to sift you as wheat	Jesus is using this comparison to say figuratively that Satan wants to put the disciples through difficult experiences in order to show that many of them are not unconditionally loyal to Jesus. You could use this same comparison in your translation, or you could explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “to shake you as if he were separating grain from its husks in a sieve” or “to test you to show that many of you will not stay loyal to me when threatened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-LUK	22	31	m536	figs-explicit	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	has asked to sift you as wheat	The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	31	m536	figs-explicit	ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον	1	has asked to sift you as wheat	The implication is that God has given Satan permission to do this, and that is why Jesus is giving this warning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to test you to show that many of you are not unconditionally loyal to me, and God has given him permission to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	31	dmw8	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1	you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is referring to all of the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	22	32	m537		ἐγὼ…ἐδεήθην	1	I have asked	Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. In this context the verb has a strong sense. Alternate translation: “I have prayed to God” or “I have pleaded with God”
 LUK	22	32	pd1t	figs-you	ἐγὼ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ	1	you … your … you … you … your	Jesus is addressing Simon specifically, and so the terms **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -3932,19 +3932,19 @@ LUK	22	36	m546	figs-explicit	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔ
 LUK	22	36	q717	translate-unknown	τὸ ἱμάτιον	1	cloak	See how you translated **cloak** in [19:35](../19/35.md). Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	22	37	n73l	translate-versebridge	γὰρ	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why the disciples should now be concerned about providing for and protecting themselves, as he said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 LUK	22	37	m547		λέγω…ὑμῖν	1	I say to you	Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell the disciples. Alternate translation: “indeed”
-LUK	22	37	g4l7	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	this that is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	37	g4l7	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	this that is written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “what a prophet wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	37	m548	figs-explicit	τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον	1	this that is written	Jesus may be assuming that his disciples know the source and subject of this passage. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it more specifically. Alternate translation: “what Isaiah wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	37	u9jx	figs-activepassive	δεῖ τελεσθῆναι	1	must be accomplished in me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. The meaning of **accomplished** is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in [1:1](../01/01.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	37	u9jx	figs-activepassive	δεῖ τελεσθῆναι	1	must be accomplished in me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. The meaning of **accomplished** is the same as for the word “fulfilled” in [1:1](../01/01.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and many other places in the book, even though the Greek verb is different. Alternate translation: “must happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	37	m549	figs-quotesinquotes	τό καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	And he was reckoned with the lawless	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be more natural in your language to use a singular form here. Alternate translation: “that people would consider me to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LUK	22	37	jz9d	figs-nominaladj	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	Jesus is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “he was considered a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	22	37	jf1f	figs-activepassive	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	37	jf1f	figs-activepassive	μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη	1	he was reckoned with the lawless	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people considered him to be a criminal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	37	se1d	figs-explicit	καὶ γὰρ τὸ περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει	1	For indeed the thing concerning me has an accomplishment	Here Jesus is speaking implicitly about what the Scriptures say about him. Alternate translation: “Yes, what the Scriptures say about me must certainly happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	38	kbt8	figs-explicit	ἱκανόν ἐστιν	1	It is enough	This could mean: (1) Jesus is indicating that when he told his disciples to buy swords, he meant for their own defense, not to attack their enemies, and that they have enough swords for that purpose. Alternate translation: “That will be enough for us to defend ourselves” (2) Jesus wants them to stop talking about having swords. The implication would be that when he said they should buy swords, he was mainly warning them that they were going to face dangers, and he did not really want them to buy swords and fight. Alternate translation: “That is enough talk about swords, I do not really want you to buy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	39	zaw6	writing-background	ἐξελθὼν, ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	going out, he went according to his custom to the Mount of Olives	Luke provides this background information about where Jesus went to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Luke has already indicated in [21:37](../21/37.md) that during this time in Jerusalem, Jesus did not spend the nights in the city, but rather in this location. Alternate translation: “leaving the city of Jerusalem, Jesus went to spend the night on the Mount of Olives, as he had been doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	22	39	m550	translate-names	τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν	1	the Mount of Olives	This is the name of a hill or mountain. See how you translated it in [19:29](../19/29.md). Alternate translation: “Olive Tree Mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	40	m551	figs-synecdoche	γενόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου	1	when he came to the place	Luke says **he**, meaning Jesus, to refer figuratively to Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “when Jesus and his disciples arrived at the Mount of Olives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	22	40	b6pz	figs-abstractnouns	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν	1	Pray not to enter into temptation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “Pray that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	22	40	m552	figs-explicit	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν	1	Pray not to enter into temptation	The implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	40	m552	figs-explicit	προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν	1	Pray not to enter into temptation	The implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	41	sp1s	figs-idiom	ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν	1	about the throw of a stone	This is an idiom that means “about as far as someone can throw a stone.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could represent this with a general expression or with an estimated measurement. Alternate translation: “a short distance” or “about 30 meters” or “about 100 feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	41	m553	translate-symaction	θεὶς τὰ γόνατα	1	having put down his knees	As Jesus indicates in his parable in [18:11](../18/11.md), the customary posture of prayer in this culture was standing. By kneeling down, Jesus indicated that he was praying urgently about a serious matter. Alternate translation: “after kneeling down to show the urgency of his request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	22	42	y51l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -3962,10 +3962,10 @@ LUK	22	45	m562		ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς προσευχῆς, ἐλθ
 LUK	22	45	gb3z	figs-abstractnouns	εὗρεν κοιμωμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης	1	found them sleeping from the sorrow	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **sorrow**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “sad.” Alternate translation: “saw that they were sleeping because they were tired from being sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	22	46	in7g	figs-rquestion	τί καθεύδετε?	1	Why are you sleeping?	Jesus is not looking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be sleeping now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	22	46	nl7w	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” See how you translated the similar phrase in [22:40](../22/40.md). Alternate translation: “so that nothing tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	22	46	m563	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	As in [22:40](../22/40.md), the implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could say something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	46	m563	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν	1	so that you may not enter into temptation	As in [22:40](../22/40.md), the implications are that the disciples will soon face the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If you indicated that explicitly in your translation there, you could state something similar here. Alternate translation: “so that when the Jewish leaders arrest me and you are tempted to abandon me to save yourselves, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	47	m564	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to calls the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	22	47	kt25	writing-participants	ὄχλος	1	a crowd	Luke is introducing new characters into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a crowd that arrived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	22	47	m565	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας	1	the one called Judas	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	47	m565	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας	1	the one called Judas	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	47	m56x	translate-names	Ἰούδας	1	Judas	**Judas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [22:3](../22/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	47	m567	figs-nominaladj	εἷς τῶν δώδεκα	1	one of the Twelve	See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	22	47	m568	translate-names	τῶν δώδεκα	1	the Twelve	You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -3975,7 +3975,7 @@ LUK	22	48	e2n9	figs-rquestion	φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀν
 LUK	22	48	zvk8	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	22	48	m569	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	49	njs1		οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν	1	those who were around him	The expression **those who were around him** refers to Jesus' disciples. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who were around him,”
-LUK	22	49	y5za	figs-explicit	τὸ ἐσόμενον	1	what was going to happen	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders and soldiers who had come were going to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	49	y5za	figs-explicit	τὸ ἐσόμενον	1	what was going to happen	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders and soldiers who had come were going to arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	49	m570	figs-idiom	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	if we will strike with the sword	This was an idiomatic way to ask a question. Alternate translation: “should we strike with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	49	m571	figs-synecdoche	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	if we will strike with the sword	The disciples may be asking specifically not about what weapon to use, but generally whether they should fight back to prevent Jesus from being arrested. In that case they would be using one kind of weapon, a **sword**, to mean fighting in general. The disciples said in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they had two swords, but they could also have resisted by further means. Alternate translation: “should we fight to defend you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	22	49	gv81	figs-explicit	εἰ πατάξομεν ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	if we will strike with the sword	Alternatively, the disciples may implicitly be asking whether this was the kind of occasion for which Jesus told them in [22:38](../22/38.md) that they should have swords. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you told us we should have swords; should we use them now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -3986,7 +3986,7 @@ LUK	22	51	rcp5	figs-idiom	ἐᾶτε ἕως τούτου	1	Allow up to this	Thi
 LUK	22	51	c6pz	figs-explicit	ἁψάμενος τοῦ ὠτίου, ἰάσατο αὐτόν	1	touching his ear, he healed him	It may be necessary to explain what it means that Jesus touched the servant’s **ear**, since it had been cut off. Alternate translation: “Jesus put the servant’s ear back in place and healed it” or “Jesus touched the servant at the place where his ear had been cut off and restored it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	52	m573	figs-explicit	στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1	captains of the temple	See how you translated this in [22:4](../22/04.md). Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	52	fa7z	figs-rquestion	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs?	Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Jewish leaders. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You did not need to bring soldiers with weapons to arrest me, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	22	52	m574	figs-explicit	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs?	The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	52	m574	figs-explicit	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων?	1	Have you come out as against a robber, with swords and clubs?	The implication, as Jesus will say specifically in the next verse, is that he has demonstrated that he is a peaceful person. He has taught openly and undefened in the temple. He has not gathered an armed band around him and operated from a hidden location. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have seen that I am a peaceful person, yet you come to arrest me bringing soldiers with weapons, as if I were a bandit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	52	m575	figs-simile	ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν	1	as against a robber	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the meaning of this simile. Here, the term **robber** likely indicates a violent person who steals from others by forcing them to hand over their valuables, threatening to harm them if they refuse. Alternate translation: “as if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 LUK	22	52	m576	figs-metonymy	μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων	1	swords and clubs	Jesus is speaking of these weapons figuratively, to mean the soldiers who are carrying them. Alternate translation: “soldiers armed with weapons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	53	a6qu	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Only priests were allowed to enter the **temple** building, so Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -3994,12 +3994,12 @@ LUK	22	53	c4is	figs-metonymy	οὐκ ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας
 LUK	22	53	gw9n	figs-idiom	αὕτη ἐστὶν ὑμῶν ἡ ὥρα	1	this is your hour	Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “this is a time when you can do whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	53	mzb4	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους	1	and the authority of the darkness	Jesus is using this phrase to characterize the **hour** further. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show that by repeating the reference to “time” from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when darkness is in authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	22	53	m577	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους	1	and the authority of the darkness	Jesus is referring figuratively to Satan as **darkness**. Alternate translation: “because it is a time when God is allowing Satan to do what he wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	22	54	mtp8	figs-explicit	ἤγαγον	1	they led him away	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	54	mtp8	figs-explicit	ἤγαγον	1	they led him away	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “they led Jesus away from the place where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	54	m578	writing-background	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	And Peter was following from a distance	Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	22	54	m579	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	And Peter was following from a distance	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why Peter followed **from a distance**. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	54	m579	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει μακρόθεν	1	And Peter was following from a distance	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why Peter followed **from a distance**. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed the group there, staying some distance away so that he would not be recognized and arrested himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	55	b3x7	writing-pronouns	περιαψάντων…πῦρ	1	they having kindled a fire	Here the pronoun **they** does not mean the same thing as in the previous verse. Luke is not saying that the leaders and soldiers who had arrested Jesus built this fire. Rather, Luke is using the word **they** in an indefinite sense. Alternate translation: “some people had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	22	55	m580	writing-participants	περιαψάντων…πῦρ	1	they having kindled a fire	Luke is using this phrase to introduce some new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “some of the people who were there at the high priest’s house had started a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-LUK	22	55	m581	figs-explicit	πῦρ	1	a fire	Implicitly, the purpose of the **fire** was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	55	m581	figs-explicit	πῦρ	1	a fire	Implicitly, the purpose of the **fire** was to keep the people warm during the cool night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a fire to keep warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	55	qx64	figs-explicit	ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς	1	in the middle of the courtyard	Luke assumes that his readers will know that in this culture, the courtyard of a house had walls around it, but no roof. You may wish to clarify this for your readers. This was an outdoor fire. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the open courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	55	m8ew		μέσος αὐτῶν	1	in the midst of them	Alternate translation: “there together with them”
 LUK	22	56	m582	writing-participants	ἰδοῦσα δὲ αὐτὸν, παιδίσκη τις	1	Then a certain female servant, seeing him	Luke says this to introduce this new character into the story. Alternate translation: “Now there was a female servant there who saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -4035,7 +4035,7 @@ LUK	22	64	q4g1	figs-explicit	προφήτευσον	1	Prophesy	The implication i
 LUK	22	65	m588		βλασφημοῦντες	1	blaspheming him	**Blaspheming** can have a technical sense, as it often does in this book. It can refer to a human being claiming to be God, as the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [5:21](../05/21.md). It can also refer to a human being wrongly denying that something is divine or of divine origin, as the Jewish leaders were afraid the people would consider them to be doing in [20:6](../20/06.md). By ironically suggesting that Jesus was not a true prophet, the soldiers actually were guilty of blasphemy in this technical sense. But the word can also have a general sense of “insult,” and that may be the sense in which Luke is using it here. Alternate translation: “insulting him”
 LUK	22	66	v9m2		καὶ ὡς ἐγένετο ἡμέρα	1	And when it became day	Alternate translation: “As soon as it was light”
 LUK	22	66	vp8u	writing-pronouns	ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	they led him into their Sanhedrin	The pronoun **they** does not necessarily refer to **the elders**. Rather, since Jesus was in the custody of the guards, the elders would have had the guards bring Jesus in. Alternate translation: “the elders had Jesus brought into the Sanhedrin” or “the guards led Jesus into the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	22	66	m589	figs-explicit	τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	their Sanhedrin	The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	66	m589	figs-explicit	τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	their Sanhedrin	The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	66	cboi	figs-metonymy	τὸ Συνέδριον αὐτῶν	1	their Sanhedrin	Luke is figuratively using the name of the Jewish ruling council to mean by association the meeting place of that council. Alternate translation: “the place where the Sanhedrin, their ruling council, met” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	22	66	m590	translate-names	Συνέδριον	1	Sanhedrin	**Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	22	67	br8y		λέγοντες	1	saying	It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The elders said to Jesus”
@@ -4046,25 +4046,25 @@ LUK	22	68	m591	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ἐρωτήσω	1	if I questioned you	Th
 LUK	22	69	z3ea		ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν	1	from now on	Alternate translation: “after this”
 LUK	22	69	p8kt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	22	69	m592	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	22	69	m593	figs-activepassive	ἔσται…καθήμενος	1	will be seated	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	22	69	m593	figs-activepassive	ἔσται…καθήμενος	1	will be seated	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will sit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	22	69	nka9	translate-symaction	ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	at the right hand of the power of God	To sit at the **right hand … of God** means to receive great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	22	69	h4n3	figs-hendiadys	τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the power of God	This expression is like a hendiadys, in which two nouns are used together and one of them describes the other. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” or “the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 LUK	22	70	udh2	figs-explicit	σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Therefore are you the Son of God	The council asked this question because they wanted Jesus to confirm explicitly their understanding that he was saying he was the Son of God. Alternate translation: “So when you said that, did you mean that you are the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	70	l4j7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	This is an important title that Jesus deserves, even though the elders did not think he deserved it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	22	70	jtr9	figs-idiom	ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	You are saying that I am	This is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what the elders are asking about is true. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is just as you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	22	71	u3m3	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	What further need do we have of a witness?	The elders are using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	22	71	m594	figs-explicit	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	What further need do we have of a witness?	The implications are that no further testimony is needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	71	m594	figs-explicit	τί ἔτι ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν?	1	What further need do we have of a witness?	The implications are that no further testimony is needed to prove a charge of blasphemy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We have no further need for testimony to prove a charge of blasphemy!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	71	m595	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν…αὐτοὶ…ἠκούσαμεν	1	do we have … we ourselves have heard	The elders are speaking to one another about themselves, so **we** and **ourselves** would be exclusive, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	22	71	m596	grammar-connect-logic-result	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	For we ourselves have heard from his own mouth	If your readers would misunderstand this, you put this phrase before the previous phrase, as UST does, since this phrase gives the reason for the conclusion that the previous phrase states. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	22	71	lpm4	figs-metonymy	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The elders are using the expression **his own mouth** figuratively to refer to what Jesus has just said using his mouth. Alternate translation: “we … have heard what he just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	22	71	m597	figs-explicit	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	22	71	m597	figs-explicit	ἠκούσαμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	we … have heard from his own mouth	The implications are that what Jesus has just said proves a charge of blasphemy by itself, because Jesus has claimed to be equal with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we have heard him say that he is equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	intro	p6wq			0		# Luke 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus stands trial before Pilate and Herod (23:1-25)<br>2. The Roman soldiers crucify Jesus (23:26-49)<br>3. Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus and women prepare spices (23:50-56)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Luke 23:53) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise”<br><br>There are two translation issues related to the statement, “Truly I say to you, today you will be with me in paradise” in [23:42](../23/42.md).<br><br>(1) When Jesus said this to the criminal who was crucified with him, it is possible that he was using the term **paradise** figuratively to mean “heaven,” describing it by association with the way that it is a place of comfort and consolation. Some groups of believers would understand it that way. However, other groups of believers would say that people who express their faith in Jesus, as this criminal did, still need to wait until the final resurrection before they go to heaven, and so **paradise** refers to a place where such people go when they die and await the final resurrection. Be sensitive to this difference in your translation. You may decide it is best simply to use the term **paradise** and leave the meaning open to either understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>(2) Some groups that may be active in your area, such as the Jehovah’s Witnesses, do not honor Jesus as the Son of God, and so they do not believe that he would have been able to promise the criminal entrance into paradise with himself that day, when they both would die. And so they translate or punctuate this so that the word **today** describes when Jesus is making the statement, rather than when the criminal will be in paradise. However, if that were actually the case, the Greek wording and word order would be different. The expression that introduces the statement would be, “Truly, today, I say to you,” or, “Truly I say to you today that.” The actual expression, “Truly I say to you,” occurs ten times in the book of Luke, and it always stands by itself as an introduction to a statement that follows. So **today** belongs with the statement, not with the introduction to the statement. Your language may have a way of making this clear, for example, by saying, “Truly I say to you, you will be with me in paradise today.”<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “And he was obligated to release one to them at every feast” [23:17](../23/17.md)<br><br>This verse is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible. Most scholars consider it to be a later addition for explanation. Many current versions of the Bible do not include it. Some versions put it into square brackets. We recommend that you do not translate this verse. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in your region that include this verse, you may include it.<br><br>### “Jesus said, ‘Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.’” [23:34](../23/34.md)<br><br>This sentence is not in the earliest and most accurate manuscripts of the Bible, and so it is likely not an original part of the Gospel of Luke. However, many scholars consider it an authentic saying of Jesus that was copied into the book at an early stage. ULT and UST include this sentence in this verse, but some other versions do not.<br><br>If you decide to include either [23:17](../23/17.md) or the additional sentence [23:34](../23/34.md) in your translation, you should enclose the material in square brackets to indicate that it is probably not original to Luke’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 LUK	23	1	pi3d	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to indicate that this event came after the events he has just described. Alternate translation (as in UST): “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 LUK	23	1	sgf1	figs-hyperbole	ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν	1	the whole multitude of them	The word **whole** is a generalization. Luke says in [23:51](../23/51.md) that at least one member of the Sanhedrin did not agree that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy and should be punished. Alternate translation: “the many members of the ruling council who wanted to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 LUK	23	1	mvn9	figs-metonymy	ἀναστὰν	1	rose up	This means literally that they “stood up” or “stood to their feet,” but figuratively by extension it means that they adjourned the meeting and left the meeting place. Alternate translation: “ended the meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	1	k4aa	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τὸν Πειλᾶτον	1	to Pilate	The implication is that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. Alternate translation: “to Pilate so that Pilate would judge him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	1	m598	translate-names	Πειλᾶτον	1	Pilate	**Pilate** is the name of the man who was the Roman ruler of Judea in this time. See how you translated his name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-LUK	23	2	m599	figs-explicit	κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	to accuse him	The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could say explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	2	m599	figs-explicit	κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ	1	to accuse him	The chief priests and scribes accused Jesus of doing wrong things because they wanted Pilate to kill Jesus. But they were accusing him falsely, because Jesus had never done what they accused him of doing. For example, in [20:25](../20/25.md), Jesus had specifically said that the Jews could pay taxes to the Roman government. To make sure that your readers are not confused, you could state explicitly that these accusations were false. Alternate translation: “to accuse him falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	2	mtc8	figs-exclusive	εὕρομεν…τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	we found … our nation	The terms **we** and **our** refer only the members of the Jewish ruling council who are speaking, not to Pilate or any of the other people nearby. So in your translation, use the exclusive forms of these words, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	23	2	im4v	figs-metaphor	διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος ἡμῶν	1	misleading our nation	The Jewish leaders speak figuratively of Jesus as if he were a guide who was leading someone in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “encouraging our people to do things that are wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	23	2	xsa4		κωλύοντα φόρους…διδόναι	1	forbidding to give tribute	Alternate translation: “telling them not to pay taxes”
@@ -4080,11 +4080,11 @@ LUK	23	6	vvp6	figs-explicit	Πειλᾶτος…ἀκούσας	1	when Pilate he
 LUK	23	6	px94	figs-quotations	ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν	1	he asked whether the man was a Galilean	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could represent this as a direct quotation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 LUK	23	6	dr1s	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	the man	The term **the man** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	7	cbn1	figs-explicit	ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι	1	when he learned that	The implication is that the Jewish leaders answered Pilate’s question and confirmed that Jesus came from Galilee. Alternate translation: “when the Jewish leaders confirmed to Pilate that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	7	mn6i	figs-explicit	ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν	1	he was under the authority of Herod	The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	7	mn6i	figs-explicit	ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου ἐστὶν	1	he was under the authority of Herod	The implication is that Jesus was under Herod’s authority because Herod was the ruler of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was under the authority of Herod, since Herod ruled over Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	7	ay2i	figs-explicit	ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἡρῴδην	1	he sent him to Herod	The implication seems to be that Pilate used these grounds to get someone else to decide Jesus’ case. He did not want to decide it himself, because he would either have to release someone the Jewish leaders wanted condemned or else condemn someone he knew was innocent. Alternate translation: “he referred Jesus’ case to Herod so that he would not have to decide it himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	7	ys2n	figs-idiom	ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1	in those days	Luke is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	23	8	z3zz	writing-pronouns	θέλων ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν…διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν περὶ αὐτοῦ	1	he had been desiring to see him … because he had heard about him	In these phrases, **he** refers to Herod and **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “wanting to see Jesus … because he had heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	23	8	b424	figs-activepassive	ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον	1	he was hoping to see some sign happen by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	8	b424	figs-activepassive	ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ γινόμενον	1	he was hoping to see some sign happen by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Herod wanted to see Jesus perform a miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	9	hbp3	figs-metonymy	ἐπηρώτα…αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς	1	he questioned him in many words	Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what Herod said as he questioned Jesus. Alternate translation: “Herod asked Jesus many questions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	9	c8li		οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ	1	he answered him nothing	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in reply”
 LUK	23	10	lpu6		ἵστήκεισαν	1	stood by	Alternate translation: “were standing there”
@@ -4104,7 +4104,7 @@ LUK	23	14	e517		οὐθὲν εὗρον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτ
 LUK	23	15	h623	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ἡρῴδης	1	But neither did Herod	Here Pilate is speaking in an abbreviated way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could clarify his meaning by adding information from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “But Herod did not find any grounds to convict him either” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	23	15	bn7l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέπεμψεν γὰρ αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	for he sent him back to us	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this clause first in the verse, as UST does, since it gives the reason why it is clear that Herod did not consider Jesus guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	15	i2ba	figs-exclusive	πρὸς ἡμᾶς	1	to us	Pilate means that Herod sent Jesus back not just to him and his soldiers, but also to the Jewish leaders who were the accusers in this trial. Since Pilate is speaking specifically to those leaders (he says in the previous verse, “You brought this man to me”), the word **us** includes the addressees. So it would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-LUK	23	15	gs4m	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ	1	nothing worthy of death has been done by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve being put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	15	gs4m	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ	1	nothing worthy of death has been done by him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he has not done anything to deserve being put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	16	p5wa	figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Therefore, having punished him, I will release him	Your readers may find this hard to understand. Since Pilate had found Jesus not guilty, he should have released him without punishing him. The implications are that Pilate punished Jesus anyway, even though he knew he was innocent, to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	16	m606	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν	1	having punished him	Pilate will not administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “after having my soldiers whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	23	17	m607	translate-textvariants	Ἀνάγκην δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα	1	And he had obligation to release one to them at every feast	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in the verse, for those who decide to include it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -4118,8 +4118,8 @@ LUK	23	18	m612	figs-imperative	ἀπόλυσον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαρ
 LUK	23	18	i6pj	figs-exclusive	ἀπόλυσον…ἡμῖν	1	release to us	When the people in the crowd say **us**, they are referring to themselves only, not to Pilate and his soldiers as well. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive **us,** you would use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 LUK	23	18	m613	translate-names	Βαραββᾶν	1	Barabbas	**Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	23	19	vd6b	writing-background	ὅστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον, βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	He had been put in prison for a certain rebellion that happened in the city, and for murder	Luke provides this background information to explain to his readers who Barabbas was. Alternate translation: “Now Barabbas was a man whom the Romans had put in prison because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem and he had killed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	23	19	qdv7	figs-activepassive	ὅστις ἦν…βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	He had been put in prison	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	23	19	zl1f	figs-explicit	διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	for a certain rebellion that happened in the city	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	19	qdv7	figs-activepassive	ὅστις ἦν…βληθεὶς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ	1	He had been put in prison	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “The Romans had put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	19	zl1f	figs-explicit	διὰ στάσιν τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	for a certain rebellion that happened in the city	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that Barabbas led this rebellion against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “because he had led a rebellion in Jerusalem against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	20	vbp4	writing-pronouns	πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτοῖς	1	again addressed them	The pronoun **them** refers to the religious leaders who had accused Jesus and the crowd that was shouting for him to be executed. Alternate translation: “spoke again to the religious leaders and to the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	20	t1i2	grammar-connect-logic-result	θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	desiring to release Jesus	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	21	m614	translate-unknown	σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν	1	Crucify, crucify him	As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -4130,12 +4130,12 @@ LUK	23	22	de5a		οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν α
 LUK	23	22	mij1	figs-explicit	παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	Therefore, having punished him, I will release him	See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	22	m616	figs-synecdoche	παιδεύσας…αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω	1	having punished him, I will release him	Pilate is not going to administer this punishment personally. Rather, he will have his soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “I will have my soldiers whip him, and then I will release him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	23	23	sni4	figs-metonymy	φωναῖς μεγάλαις	1	with loud voices	Luke is describing the shouts of the crowd figuratively by reference to the **voices** that the people used to make them. Alternate translation: “with loud shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	23	23	pst8	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι	1	for him to be crucified	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	23	pst8	figs-activepassive	αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι	1	for him to be crucified	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “that Pilate have his soldiers crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	23	pgz9	figs-personification	κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν	1	their voices prevailed	Luke speaks figuratively of the **voices** as if they were a living thing that actively overcame Pilate’s reluctance. Alternate translation: “the crowd kept shouting until they convinced Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	23	24	m617	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Because the people in the crowd overcame his reluctance with their shouts, Pilate agreed to do what they wanted. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	24	tfw2		γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν	1	for their demand to happen	Alternate translation: “to do what the crowd was demanding”
-LUK	23	25	nwd3	figs-explicit	τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	the one who had been put in prison	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	25	t66f	figs-activepassive	βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	who had been put in prison	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	25	nwd3	figs-explicit	τὸν…βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	the one who had been put in prison	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this means Barabbas. Alternate translation: “Barabbas, whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	25	t66f	figs-activepassive	βεβλημένον εἰς φυλακὴν	1	who had been put in prison	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans had put in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	25	z8v8	figs-personification	τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τῷ θελήματι αὐτῶν	1	he handed over Jesus to their will	Luke speaks figuratively of the **will** of the people as if it were a living thing into whose custody Pilate delivered Jesus. Alternate translation: “but he ordered his soldiers to do to Jesus what the crowd had demanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	23	26	s9kc		ὡς ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν	1	as they led him away	Alternate translation: “while the soldiers were leading Jesus away from where Pilate had judged him”
 LUK	23	26	ysu3	figs-explicit	ἐπιλαβόμενοι Σίμωνά…ἐπέθηκαν	1	seizing Simon … they put	Luke assumes that his readers will know that Roman soldiers had the authority to compel people to carry their loads. Be sure that your translation does not suggest that the soldiers arrested Simon or that he had done anything wrong. Alternate translation: “making use of their authority, they conscripted Simon … and put” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4151,7 +4151,7 @@ LUK	23	27	s7gx	writing-background	καὶ γυναικῶν αἳ ἐκόπτο
 LUK	23	27	m621	translate-symaction	ἐκόπτοντο	1	mourning	See the note to this term at [8:52](../08/52.md), and see how you translated it there. It could mean that the women were pounding on their chests as a sign of grief, as was customary in this culture, or it could mean more generally that they were expressing their sorrow over what was happening to Jesus. Alternate translation: “pounding on their chests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	23	27	bp3x		ἠκολούθει…αὐτῷ	1	was following him	Here, the word **following** is not figurative. It does not mean that these people were Jesus’ disciples. Alternate translation: “were walking along behind him”
 LUK	23	28	nl38	figs-metaphor	θυγατέρες Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	Daughters of Jerusalem	As in [13:34](../13/34.md), Jesus is figuratively describing people who live in Jerusalem as if they were the children of the city and it was their mother. Alternate translation: “You women who live in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	23	28	wi15	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν	1	weep for yourselves and for your children	Jesus does not say specifically why the women should weep for themselves and for their children, but the implication from what he says in [23:31](../23/31.md) is that they should weep because even worse things are going to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “weep for yourselves and for your children, because even worse things are going to happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	28	wi15	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν	1	weep for yourselves and for your children	Jesus does not say specifically why the women should weep for themselves and for their children, but the implication from what he says in [23:31](../23/31.md) is that they should weep because even worse things are going to happen to them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “weep for yourselves and for your children, because even worse things are going to happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	29	s9uj	translate-versebridge	ὅτι	1	For	Jesus is giving the reason why the women of Jerusalem should weep for themselves and their children, as he told them to do in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this reason before the result by combining this verse and the previous one into a verse bridge. See the suggestions in the note about the similar situation in [22:16](../22/16.md) for how you might do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
 LUK	23	29	rd8v	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Jesus is using the term **behold** to get the women to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	23	29	bjb7	figs-idiom	ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς	1	the days are coming in which	Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “there will be a time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -4175,13 +4175,13 @@ LUK	23	31	m632	translate-unknown	ξύλῳ	1	tree	A **tree** is a large plant wi
 LUK	23	31	zt5s	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	23	31	m633	figs-nominaladj	ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ	1	in the dry	Jesus is using the adjective **dry** as a noun. In context, the term means **dry** wood. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the noun for clarity. Alternate translation: “with dry wood” or “when the wood is dry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	23	32	m634	writing-background	δὲ	1	And	Luke uses this word to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-LUK	23	32	w8yj	figs-activepassive	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away with him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	32	w8yj	figs-activepassive	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο σὺν αὐτῷ	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away with him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “with him the soldiers were also leading away two other men, who were criminals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	32	m635	figs-verbs	ἤγοντο…καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	others, two criminals, were also being led away	If your language does use passive verb forms, and if it also uses a dual form, this verb should be in the dual form if it is passive, since the two criminals would be the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	23	32	m636	writing-participants	ἤγοντο δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	And others, two criminals, were also being led away	Luke uses this phrase to introduce these new characters into the story. Alternate translation: “And there were two other men, who were criminals, who were also being led away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 LUK	23	32	m2nh	figs-distinguish	ἕτεροι κακοῦργοι δύο	1	others, two criminals	This does not mean “two other criminals,” which would imply that Jesus was also a criminal. Jesus was innocent, even though the Romans were treating him as if he were a criminal. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “two other men, who actually were criminals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-LUK	23	32	m637	figs-activepassive	ἀναιρεθῆναι	1	to be put to death	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they could execute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	32	m637	figs-activepassive	ἀναιρεθῆναι	1	to be put to death	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they could execute them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	33	wj2q	writing-pronouns	ὅτε ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον	1	when they came to the place	The pronoun **they** includes the soldiers, the criminals, and Jesus. Alternate translation: “when they all arrived at the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	23	33	m638	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον	1	that is called	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	33	m638	figs-activepassive	τὸν καλούμενον	1	that is called	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	33	m639	translate-names	Κρανίον	1	The Skull	**The Skull** is the name of a place. Even though it consists of an article and a common noun, translate it following the conventions of your language for names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	23	33	i3vx	writing-pronouns	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	they crucified him	In this case the pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	23	33	m640	translate-unknown	ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτὸν	1	they crucified him	See how you translated the term “crucify” in [23:21](../23/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -4192,11 +4192,11 @@ LUK	23	34	m643	grammar-connect-logic-result		0	Father, forgive them, for they do
 LUK	23	34	m644	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples		0	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	23	34	m645	figs-imperative		0	forgive them	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request, rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	23	34	qbj8	writing-pronouns	διαμεριζόμενοι δὲ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	Then, dividing up his garments, they threw lots	The pronoun **they** refers to the Roman soldiers. Alternate translation: “Then the Roman soldiers threw lots to decide which of them would get each piece of Jesus’ clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	23	34	uk4s	translate-unknown	ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	they threw lots	The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could say that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	23	34	uk4s	translate-unknown	ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	they threw lots	The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could state that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the Roman soldiers gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	23	35	a2h5	figs-explicit	καὶ ἵστήκει, ὁ λαὸς θεωρῶν ἐξεμυκτήριζον, δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	And the people stood by watching, and the rulers were also ridiculing him	The implication is that the **people** who **stood by watching** were also **ridiculing** Jesus. Alternate translation: “People had come to watch the crucifixion and they ridiculed Jesus, and the Jewish leaders ridiculed him as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	35	m646	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1	the rulers	**Rulers** refers specifically to the Jewish leaders, not to the Roman **rulers** of the area. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	35	t7mb	figs-irony	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	He saved others	Here the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-LUK	23	35	m647	figs-explicit	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	He saved others	In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved** others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	35	m647	figs-explicit	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν	1	He saved others	In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved** others by doing miracles on their behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	35	m648	figs-hypo	ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν, εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	He saved others, let him save himself, if he is the Christ of God, the Chosen One	The Jewish leaders are mockingly suggesting a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the Messiah whom God has sent. Then he ought to be able to save himself; after all, he supposedly saved others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 LUK	23	35	m3f6	figs-explicit	σωσάτω ἑαυτόν	1	let him save himself	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross, if he is the Messiah and can do miracles. Alternate translation: “let him do a miracle to save himself from dying on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	35	a963	figs-nominaladj	ὁ ἐκλεκτός	1	the Chosen One	The leaders are using the adjective **Chosen** as a noun. ULT adds the term **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the One whom God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -4206,7 +4206,7 @@ LUK	23	37	x5wr	figs-hypo	εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰου
 LUK	23	37	m650	figs-explicit	σῶσον σεαυτόν	1	save yourself	The implication is that Jesus ought to be able to save himself from dying on the cross. Alternate translation: “do a miracle to save yourself from dying on that cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	38	l5be	figs-metonymy	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	there was also an inscription over him	Luke is referring figuratively to a placard that the soldiers placed above Jesus by association with the fact that it bore an **inscription**, that is, something that the soldiers had written on it. Alternate translation: “The soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	23	38	w7aw	figs-irony	ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	there was also an inscription over him	The soliders did not really believe that Jesus was **the King of the Jews**. Rather, putting up this placard was another of the ways in which they mocked him. So the sign said the opposite of what the people who wrote it actually believed. Alternate translation: “the soldiers also attached a placard at the top of Jesus’ cross on which they had written mockingly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-LUK	23	39	m651	figs-activepassive	κρεμασθέντων	1	having been hung	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers had hung on a cross next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	39	m651	figs-activepassive	κρεμασθέντων	1	having been hung	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers had hung on a cross next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	39	z9ej		ἐβλασφήμει αὐτόν	1	blasphemed him	As in [22:65](../22/65.md), the term **blasphemed** here likely has the general sense of “insulted,” although technically this criminal was guilty of blasphemy in the more specific sense, since he was suggesting that Jesus was not the Messiah. Alternate translation: “insulted him”
 LUK	23	39	tmy7	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός?	1	Are you not the Christ?	The criminal is using the question form to mock Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I thought you were supposed to be the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	23	39	g6uk	figs-irony	σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς	1	Save yourself and us	The criminal did not really think that Jesus could rescue himself and the two criminals from dying by crucifixion. Instead, he is telling Jesus to do this in order to suggest that Jesus actually cannot do it. So he is saying the opposite of what he actually believes. Alternate translation: “But it looks like you can’t save yourself or us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@@ -4239,7 +4239,7 @@ LUK	23	44	m663	translate-ordinal	ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης	1	until the nin
 LUK	23	45	hjt3	figs-personification	τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος	1	The sun failed	This means figuratively that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 LUK	23	45	m664	translate-symaction	ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον	1	the curtain of the temple was torn in the middle	See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	23	45	ssh2	figs-explicit	τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ	1	the curtain of the temple	Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	23	45	ah4k	figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	was torn	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	45	ah4k	figs-activepassive	ἐσχίσθη	1	was torn	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	23	45	m665	figs-explicit	μέσον	1	in the middle	The implication, as the General Notes to this chapter explain, is that God tearing **the curtain** opened the way into the Most Holy Place. And so **in the middle** means not “across the middle,” from side to side, but “down through the middle,” from top to bottom. Alternate translation: “into two pieces, from top to bottom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	46	z1fq	figs-idiom	φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ	1	crying out with a loud voice	This is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “crying out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	23	46	r4ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -4256,7 +4256,7 @@ LUK	23	48	yq19	figs-nominaladj	θεωρήσαντες τὰ γενόμενα	1	h
 LUK	23	48	whs7	figs-explicit	ὑπέστρεφον	1	returned	The implication is that the people in the crowds **returned** to their homes. Alternate translation: “returned to their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	48	ft9q	translate-symaction	τύπτοντες τὰ στήθη	1	beating their breasts	As in [18:13](../18/13.md), this was a physical expression of great sorrow. Alternate translation: “hitting their chests to express their great sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LUK	23	49	m669	figs-nominaladj	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	Luke is using the adjective **acquainted** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. ULT adds the term **ones** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “all the people who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	23	49	m670	figs-explicit	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in [19:30-33](../19/30.md) and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in [22:11-13](../22/11.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	49	m670	figs-explicit	πάντες οἱ γνωστοὶ αὐτῷ	1	all the ones acquainted with him	These means implicitly all the people in the crowd that had come to watch the crucifixion who knew Jesus. It does not mean the disciples, since they had fled and were hiding. Rather, it means other people in Jerusalem who knew Jesus personally, which could include people such as the ones who lent him the colt in [19:30-33](../19/30.md) and the one who provided the room for the Passover meal in [22:11-13](../22/11.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the crowd who knew Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	49	xzh8	figs-explicit	γυναῖκες αἱ συνακολουθοῦσαι αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1	the women who followed him from Galilee	Here, **followed** does not have the figurative meaning of “became a disciple.” Rather, the implication is that the women whom Luke describes in [8:2-3](../08/02.md), who accompanied Jesus and his disciples and provided for them out of their own means, had traveled with the group here to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the women who helped Jesus and his disciples, who had traveled with him from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	49	s74u		ταῦτα	1	these things	Alternate translation: “what happened”
 LUK	23	50	cbj7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	behold	Luke uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -4266,7 +4266,7 @@ LUK	23	50	wx2z	figs-explicit	βουλευτὴς	1	a council member	The term **c
 LUK	23	50	m672	figs-doublet	ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος	1	a good and righteous man	The terms **good** and **righteous** mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very upright man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LUK	23	51	m673	writing-background	(οὗτος οὐκ ἦν συνκατατεθειμένος τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν)	1	(he had not agreed with the council and their action)	Luke provides this background information about Joseph to help readers understand what happens in the next verse, when Joseph asks Pilate for permission to bury Jesus’ body. It may be helpful to make this a continuation of the last sentence in the previous verse, since it also shows that Joseph was a “good and righteous man,” as that sentence says. Alternate translation: “who had not agreed with the action of the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 LUK	23	51	m674	figs-hendiadys	τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν	1	the council and their action	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two nouns are connected with the word **and**, and one of the nouns describes the other. Alternate translation: “the action of the council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	23	51	ddr1	figs-explicit	τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν	1	the council and their action	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “the decision of the Sanhedrin to condemn Jesus for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	51	ddr1	figs-explicit	τῇ βουλῇ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν	1	the council and their action	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “the decision of the Sanhedrin to condemn Jesus for blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	51	rba6	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, πόλεως τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	from Arimathea, a city of the Jews	Since Joseph was a member of the Sanhedrin, he had likely come to live in Jerusalem, so Luke would mean that he was originally **from Arimathea**. Joseph had not come from Arimathea to Jerusalem for this occasion. Alternate translation: “who was originally from Arimathea, a city in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	51	m675	translate-names	Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Arimathea	**Arimathea** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	23	51	m676	figs-idiom	ὃς προσεδέχετο τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who was waiting for the kingdom of God	As in [2:25](../02/25.md) and [2:38](../02/38.md), the term **waiting** does not mean passively **waiting** for something to happen, but eagerly anticipating something that someone wants to happen. See how you translated the term in those places. Alternate translation: “who was eagerly anticipating the coming of the kingdom of God” or “who was looking forward to the coming of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -4274,16 +4274,16 @@ LUK	23	52	tk6r	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1	This one	**This one** implicitly mean
 LUK	23	52	m677	figs-explicit	οὗτος, προσελθὼν τῷ Πειλάτῳ, ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	This one, approaching Pilate, requested the body of Jesus	The implication is that Joseph requested the body of Jesus so that he could give it a proper burial. Ordinarily, to make crucifixion as gruesome a death as possible, the Romans left the dead bodies of people who had been crucified on the crosses to be eaten by wild animals, and they then burned whatever remained in the Valley of Hinnom where, as a note to [12:5](../12/05.md) explains, refuse was thrown and fires burned continually. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why Joseph asked for Jesus’ body. You could also specify that Pilate gave Joseph permission to bury Jesus, as UST does. Alternate translation: “This man went to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	53	ec9d	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. When Pilate gave Joseph permission to take Jesus’ body down from the cross and bury it, Joseph did so. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	23	53	f5bq	translate-unknown	ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι	1	he wrapped it in a linen cloth	This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and he wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “and he prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-LUK	23	53	yy3n	translate-unknown	μνήματι λαξευτῷ	1	a hewn tomb	This means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff, as UST suggests. You could say that more specifically, or you could use a general expression if there are no rock cliffs in your area and readers might not understand the meaning. Alternate translation: “a tomb that had been chiseled out of rock” or “a special burial place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+LUK	23	53	yy3n	translate-unknown	μνήματι λαξευτῷ	1	a hewn tomb	This means specifically a burial place that had been cut or chiseled out of rock, most likely into the face of a cliff, as UST suggests. You could express that more specifically, or you could use a general expression if there are no rock cliffs in your area and readers might not understand the meaning. Alternate translation: “a tomb that had been chiseled out of rock” or “a special burial place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	23	53	m5wu	figs-doublenegatives	οὗ οὐκ ἦν οὐδεὶς οὔπω κείμενος	1	where no one ever had lain	Here Luke uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis, “where no one not yet had not lain.” This stresses the honor that Joseph was showing Jesus by putting his body in a tomb that was being used for the very first time. If your language uses multiple negatives for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You might express the emphasis in other ways, and it may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “No body had ever before been put in that tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	23	54	m678	grammar-connect-time-background	καὶ	1	And	Luke uses **and** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
-LUK	23	54	tia9	figs-explicit	ἡμέρα ἦν παρασκευῆς	1	it was the Day of Preparation	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this **day** was used in **preparation** for. Alternate translation: “the day when people made preparations for the Sabbath, the Jewish day of rest, since they could not do any work then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	54	tia9	figs-explicit	ἡμέρα ἦν παρασκευῆς	1	it was the Day of Preparation	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **day** was used in **preparation** for. Alternate translation: “the day when people made preparations for the Sabbath, the Jewish day of rest, since they could not do any work then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	54	b4i1	figs-metaphor	Σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν	1	the Sabbath was dawning	For the Jews, the day began at sunset. But Luke speaks figuratively of this day **dawning** to mean that it was about to begin, even though this would happen at sunset rather than at sunrise. Alternate translation: “it was nearly sunset, when the Sabbath would begin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	23	55	pu3i	figs-idiom	αἵτινες ἦσαν συνεληλυθυῖαι ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας αὐτῷ	1	who had come out of Galilee with him	The expression **had come out** is an idiom that means to have traveled from a place. Alternate translation: “who had traveled from the region of Galilee with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	23	55	m679	figs-ellipsis	κατακολουθήσασαι	1	having followed after	Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “followed Joseph when he took the body of Jesus away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	23	55	m680	figs-hendiadys	τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	the tomb and how his body was laid	Luke is using a figure of speech in which two phrases are connected with the word **and**, and one of the phrases describes the other. Alternate translation: “the tomb where Joseph laid the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-LUK	23	55	nhd9	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	how his body was laid	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph laid the body of Jesus there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LUK	23	56	sm68	figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψασαι	1	returning	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	23	55	nhd9	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	how his body was laid	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “how Joseph laid the body of Jesus there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	23	56	sm68	figs-explicit	ὑποστρέψασαι	1	returning	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state where the women returned. Alternate translation: “returning to the place where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	56	mj6q	figs-explicit	ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	they prepared spices and ointments	In keeping with the burial customs of the time, the women prepared these **spices and ointments** to put on Jesus’ body, to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. Alternate translation: “they prepared spices and ointments to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	23	56	m681	translate-unknown	ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα	1	spices and ointments	The **spices** were sweet-smelling substances that were dry, and the **ointments** were sweet-smelling substances that were moist. If your readers would not be familiar with **spices and ointments**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sweet-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	23	56	uzk9		ἡσύχασαν	1	they rested	Alternate translation: “the women did not do any work”
@@ -4294,7 +4294,7 @@ LUK	24	1	r62f	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	on th
 LUK	24	1	m683	figs-idiom	ὄρθρου βαθέως	1	deeply at dawn	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	1	qg7a	writing-pronouns	ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν	1	they came to the tomb	The pronoun **they** refers to the women whom Luke describes in [23:55-56](../23/55.md). Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	2	jq9p		εὗρον…τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	they found the stone rolled away	Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
-LUK	24	2	l6uk	figs-activepassive	τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	the stone rolled away	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	2	l6uk	figs-activepassive	τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον	1	the stone rolled away	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	2	t4mf	figs-explicit	τὸν λίθον	1	the stone	Luke assumes that his readers will know that this was a large, cut, round stone that was big enough to completely block the entrance to the tomb. It had been put in place to seal off the entrance, and it would have required several people to move it. Alternate translation: “the large stone that had been put in place at the entrance to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	3	m684		εἰσελθοῦσαι	1	having entered	Alternate translation: “once they entered the tomb”
 LUK	24	3	elq2	figs-explicit	οὐχ εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus	You can state explicitly that they did not find the body because it was not there. Alternate translation: “they discovered that the body of the Lord Jesus was not there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -4307,16 +4307,16 @@ LUK	24	5	abcw	figs-verbs	εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτάς	1	they said to them	I
 LUK	24	5	fs3y	figs-rquestion	τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν?	1	Why are you seeking the living among the dead?	The men do not expect the women to tell them why they are looking for a living person in a tomb. Rather, the men are using the question form to make an announcement. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be looking for Jesus here, because he is no longer dead, he is alive again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	24	5	m687	figs-nominaladj	τὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	the living among the dead	The men are using the adjectives **living** and **dead** as nouns to refer to groups of people. (The term **living** is actually a participle that functions here as an adjective.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “someone who is alive among the bodies of people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	24	6	m688	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	The term **raised** is an idiom that means “brought back to life.” Alternate translation: “has been brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	24	6	awf1	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	6	awf1	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη	1	has been raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has made him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	6	s8k5		μνήσθητε ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν	1	Remember how he spoke to you	Alternate translation: “Remember that he said to you”
 LUK	24	6	m689	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1	you	The word **you** is plural. It refers to the women, and possibly also to Jesus’ disciples. If your language has a form of **you** that includes both the addressees and a larger group besides, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 LUK	24	6	m690		ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὢν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ	1	to you, still being in Galilee	Alternate translation: “to you when he was still in Galilee”
 LUK	24	7	sj3u	figs-quotations	λέγων…ὅτι	1	saying that	These words introduce an indirect quotation. You could also translate what follows as a direct quotation, as UST does. However, that would be a quotation within a quotation, and you may wish to avoid that by leaving what follows as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-LUK	24	7	pl6b	figs-activepassive	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…παραδοθῆναι	1	for the Son of Man to be delivered	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	7	pl6b	figs-activepassive	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…παραδοθῆναι	1	for the Son of Man to be delivered	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for someone to betray the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	7	m691	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	When Jesus said this, he was referring to himself in the third person. If you decide to represent this as a direct quotation, and if your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LUK	24	7	m692	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	See how you translated this title in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “him, the Messiah” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	7	e4ca	figs-metaphor	εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν	1	into the hands of sinful men	As in [9:44](../09/44.md), **hands** here figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	24	7	m693	figs-activepassive	καὶ σταυρωθῆναι	1	and to be crucified	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	7	m693	figs-activepassive	καὶ σταυρωθῆναι	1	and to be crucified	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	7	m694	figs-explicit	καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι	1	and on the third day to rise up	See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	7	dta4	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	7	m695	figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	to rise up	Jesus spoke figuratively of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -4345,13 +4345,13 @@ LUK	24	13	s5n1	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on that same
 LUK	24	13	m707		σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ, ᾗ ὄνομα Ἐμμαοῦς	1	that was named Emmaus, 60 stadia from Jerusalem	It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The name of the village was Emmaus, and it was 60 stadia from Jerusalem”
 LUK	24	13	d8jk	translate-names	Ἐμμαοῦς	1	Emmaus	**Emmaus** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	13	cea7	translate-bdistance	σταδίους ἑξήκοντα	1	60 stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. Alternate translation: “about eleven kilometers” or “about seven miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
-LUK	24	14	m708	figs-explicit	πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων	1	all these things that had happened	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **these things** means. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had been arrested and crucified, and how the women had said his body was no longer in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	24	14	m708	figs-explicit	πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων	1	all these things that had happened	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **these things** means. Alternate translation: “how Jesus had been arrested and crucified, and how the women had said his body was no longer in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	15	m709	writing-newevent	καὶ ἐγένετο	1	And it happened	Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this episode. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 LUK	24	15	b3sl	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus himself	The word **himself** emphasizes the fact that it was truly Jesus who joined them as they walked. This was not a vision in which Jesus only appeared to be there. Alternate translation: “Jesus, risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	15	m710		ἐγγίσας, συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς	1	approaching, was going with them	Alternate translation: “caught up with them and walked along with them”
 LUK	24	16	q6nk	figs-synecdoche	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	Luke uses one part of the men, their **eyes**, to speak figuratively of the capacity of the men themselves to recognize Jesus. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	24	16	m711	figs-metaphor	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	Luke uses the term **held** figuratively, as if someone were physically holding back the eyes, to mean “restrained.” Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LUK	24	16	m712	figs-activepassive	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	16	m712	figs-activepassive	οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν	1	But their eyes were being held so as not to recognize him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “But God prevented them from recognizing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	17	xak8	figs-youdual	αὐτούς…ἀντιβάλλετε…περιπατοῦντες…ἐστάθησαν	1	them … you are exchanging … you are walking … they stood still	Since Jesus is speaking to two men, all of these expressions would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. (Your language might even put the adjective **gloomy**, which is plural in Greek, in the dual, since it describes the two men.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	24	17	m713	figs-metonymy	οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς ἀλλήλους	1	these words that you are exchanging with each other	Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to describe what the men had been saying using words. Alternate translation: “these things that you have been saying to one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	17	m714		ἐστάθησαν, σκυθρωποί	1	they stood still, gloomy	Alternate translation: “they stopped walking and looked sad”
@@ -4410,7 +4410,7 @@ LUK	24	30	m744	translate-unknown	ἐν τῷ κατακλιθῆναι αὐτ
 LUK	24	30	ecm2		εὐλόγησεν	1	he blessed it	Alternate translation: “he gave thanks for it” or “he thanked God for it”
 LUK	24	30	m745	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	them	The pronoun **them** would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since it refers to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	31	h4yr	figs-metonymy	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	their eyes were opened	Here, **eyes** figuratively represents understanding of what one is seeing. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	24	31	m746	figs-activepassive	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	their eyes were opened	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	31	m746	figs-activepassive	αὐτῶν δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ	1	their eyes were opened	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God enabled them to understand what they had been seeing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	31	yev2	figs-idiom	αὐτὸς ἄφαντος ἐγένετο ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	he became invisible from them	Here Luke uses an unusual expression, saying that Jesus **became invisible**. It does not mean that Jesus remained in the room but could not be seen. Rather, it means that he left suddenly and so the two disciples did not see him any more. Alternate translation: “suddenly they did not see him any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	32	m747	figs-verbs	εἶπαν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν…ἡμῖν	1	they said … our … us … us	This verb, as well as these three pronouns, would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form, since they all apply to the two disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	32	inw4	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γραφάς?	1	Was not our heart burning, as he spoke to us on the way, as he opened to us the Scriptures?	The two men are not asking each other for information about what happened. Rather, they are using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “As he was talking to us as we traveled along and explaining the Scriptures, it was so exciting, it was as if we were on fire inside!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -4423,17 +4423,17 @@ LUK	24	32	xy6p	figs-metaphor	ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς Γρα
 LUK	24	33	qi47	figs-verbs	ἀναστάντες…ὑπέστρεψαν…εὗρον	1	rising up … they returned … they found	These verbs would be in the dual form, if your language uses that form, since they describe actions of the two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 LUK	24	33	ar2c	figs-idiom	ἀναστάντες	1	rising up	As in [24:12](../24/12.md), this expression is an idiom that means to take initiative. It does not necessarily mean that the men had been sitting or lying down and then stood up. Alternate translation: “starting out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	33	m753	figs-idiom	αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ	1	that same hour	Luke is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LUK	24	33	m754	figs-activepassive	εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	they found the Eleven having been gathered, and those with them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	33	m754	figs-activepassive	εὗρον ἠθροισμένους τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	they found the Eleven having been gathered, and those with them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they found that the 11 apostles had gathered together with some other disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	33	dw85	translate-names	τοὺς ἕνδεκα	1	the Eleven	See how you translated this in [24:9](../24/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	34	kyn4		λέγοντας	1	saying	This word applies to the apostles and disciples in Jerusalem, not to the two men who had just traveled back from Emmaus. Alternate translation: “and they told the two men”
 LUK	24	34	m755		ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord	Here the apostles and disciples are referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus”
-LUK	24	34	m756	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord has been raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has raised the Lord Jesus from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	34	m756	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord has been raised	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has raised the Lord Jesus from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	34	m757	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	and	The apostles and disciples use this word to introduce the reason why they know that Jesus has been raised from the dead. It is because Simon Peter has seen him. Alternate translation: “for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-LUK	24	34	m758	figs-activepassive	ὤφθη Σίμωνι	1	he has been seen by Simon	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	34	m758	figs-activepassive	ὤφθη Σίμωνι	1	he has been seen by Simon	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Simon has seen him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	34	m759	translate-names	Σίμωνι	1	Simon	This means the same man whom Luke often calls Peter in this book. So that your readers will know that this is the same man, you could use both of his names here. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	35	m760	writing-pronouns	αὐτοὶ…αὐτοῖς	1	they … them	These pronouns refer to the two men who returned from Emmaus. They would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-LUK	24	35	fb1r	figs-ellipsis	τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	the things on the way	Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LUK	24	35	mnn2	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς	1	how he was made known to them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	35	fb1r	figs-ellipsis	τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ	1	the things on the way	Luke is telling this story in a concise way. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “what had happened on their journey” or “how Jesus had joined them as they traveled and what they had talked about with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LUK	24	35	mnn2	figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς	1	how he was made known to them	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “how they recognized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	35	y3f8	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου	1	in the breaking of the bread	Luke is using **the breaking of the bread** figuratively to represent something associated with it. Alternate translation: “at the time when he broke the bread” or “by the way that he broke the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	36	m761	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν	1	they	The pronoun **they** refers to the two men who returned from Emmaus, so it would be in the dual form, if your language marks that form. You could also use a noun phrase instead. Alternate translation: “the two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 LUK	24	36	rt8d	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ἔστη	1	he himself stood	Luke uses the word **himself** to emphasize the surprise of Jesus actually appearing to this group. Alternate translation: “none other than Jesus himself stood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@@ -4442,10 +4442,10 @@ LUK	24	36	pnl1	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	As the note to
 LUK	24	37	i2tu	grammar-connect-logic-result	πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought they were seeing a spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they thought they were seeing a spirit, and so they were frightened and became terrified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 LUK	24	37	m762	figs-activepassive	πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι, ἐδόκουν	1	being frightened and becoming terrified, they thought	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **being frightened** with an active form. Alternate translation: “they were afraid and became terrified, because they thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	37	kf17	figs-doublet	πτοηθέντες…καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι	1	being frightened and becoming terrified	These expressions mean similar things. Luke may be using repetition for emphasis. Alternate translation: “becoming very frightened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	24	37	z4q5	figs-explicit	ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	they thought they were seeing a spirit	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why they thought this. Alternate translation: “they thought that they were seeing a ghost, because they did not yet understand truly that Jesus was alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	24	37	z4q5	figs-explicit	ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν	1	they thought they were seeing a spirit	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why they thought this. Alternate translation: “they thought that they were seeing a ghost, because they did not yet understand truly that Jesus was alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	37	q9rf		πνεῦμα	1	a spirit	In this context, the term **spirit** refers to the spirit of a dead person. Alternate translation: “a ghost”
 LUK	24	38	jj1h	figs-rquestion	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ, καὶ διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν?	1	Why are you troubled, and why are doubts arising in your heart?	Jesus is using the question form to challenge and reassure his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not need to be upset, and you do not need to have doubts in your minds!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-LUK	24	38	m763	figs-activepassive	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ	1	Why have you been troubled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “Why does my appearing here upset you” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “My appearing here should not upset you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	38	m763	figs-activepassive	τί τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ	1	Why have you been troubled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “Why does my appearing here upset you” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “My appearing here should not upset you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	38	m764	figs-metaphor	διὰ τί διαλογισμοὶ ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	why are doubts arising in your heart	Jesus is using the term **arising** figuratively to mean coming into consciousness. Alternate translation: “why are you starting to have doubts” or, if you chose to translate the rhetorical question as a statement or exclamation, “you should not be starting to have doubts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	38	m765	figs-explicit	διαλογισμοὶ	1	doubts	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate what the disciples were doubting. Alternate translation: “doubts that I have truly risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	38	m766		ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	in your heart	If it would be unusual in your language for someone speak as if a group of people had one **heart**, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “in your hearts”
@@ -4457,34 +4457,34 @@ LUK	24	39	m770	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἴδετε	1	and see	Here, **see** does no
 LUK	24	39	tf2v	figs-merism	σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα	1	flesh and bones	Jesus is describing the human body figuratively by referring to two of its major components. Alternate translation: “a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	24	40	qm9p	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας	1	his hands and his feet	As in [24:39](../24/39.md), this figuratively means the nail marks from crucifixion in Jesus’ **hands** and **feet**. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in his hands and feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	41	m771	figs-doublet	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν…καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	And as they were still disbelieving and wonderingg	These two terms mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-LUK	24	41	m772	figs-explicit	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν…καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	And as they were still disbelieving and wondering	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the disciples were **disbelieving and wondering** about. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	24	41	m772	figs-explicit	ἔτι δὲ ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν…καὶ θαυμαζόντων	1	And as they were still disbelieving and wondering	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the disciples were **disbelieving and wondering** about. Alternate translation: “And as they were still finding it very hard to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	41	hr4f	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς	1	from the joy	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “because they were so happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LUK	24	41	m773		τι βρώσιμον	1	anything eatable	Alternate translation: “anything to eat”
-LUK	24	43	tyh4	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	he ate it before them	Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body, because a spirit or ghost would not be able to eat food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that this was the reason. Alternate translation: “he had them watch him eat it, to prove that he had a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	24	43	tyh4	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	he ate it before them	Jesus did this to prove that he had a physical body, because a spirit or ghost would not be able to eat food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly that this was the reason. Alternate translation: “he had them watch him eat it, to prove that he had a physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	43	j8qf	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν	1	he ate it before them	This expression means “in front of them,” that is, “where they could see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	24	44	m774	figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι μου, οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	These are my words that I spoke to you	Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he said using words. Alternate translation: “It is just as I told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	44	tfk8		ἔτι ὢν σὺν ὑμῖν	1	when I was still with you	Alternate translation: “when I was with you before”
 LUK	24	44	q7x8	figs-merism	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ψαλμοῖς, περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things written about me in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms	Jesus is referring figuratively to all of the Hebrew Scriptures by naming their main components. Alternate translation: “everything that the Scriptures say about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 LUK	24	44	m775	figs-nominaladj	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things having been written about me	Jesus is using a participle, which functions here as an adjective, as a noun. It is plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything that is written about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-LUK	24	44	g76a	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things having been written about me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	44	g76a	figs-activepassive	πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα…περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	all the things having been written about me	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “everything that Scripture says about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	44	m776	translate-names	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως, καὶ τοῖς προφήταις	1	in the law of Moses, and in the prophets	Jesus is describing the first and second parts of the Hebrew Scriptures by reference to the people who wrote them. You could also use the proper names for these parts. Alternate translation: “in the Law and the Prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LUK	24	44	m777	figs-synecdoche	καὶ ψαλμοῖς	1	in the Psalms	Jesus is using the name of the largest book in the third part of the Hebrew Scriptures, **Psalms**, to represent that entire part, which was known as “the Writings.” Alternate translation: “and the Writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-LUK	24	44	m778	figs-activepassive	δεῖ πληρωθῆναι	1	must be fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before **all the things**. Alternate translation: “God would make happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	44	m778	figs-activepassive	δεῖ πληρωθῆναι	1	must be fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. If you do that, it would be appropriate to put this phrase before **all the things**. Alternate translation: “God would make happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	45	qf61	figs-idiom	διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν	1	he opened their mind	This is an idiom that means to enable people to realize and recognize things they could not before. Alternate translation: “he equipped their minds” or “he empowered their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 LUK	24	45	m779		αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν	1	their mind	If it would be unusual in your language to speak as if a group of people had one **mind**, you can make this plural. Alternate translation: “their minds”
-LUK	24	46	cwr5	figs-activepassive	οὕτως γέγραπται	1	Thus it has been written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	46	cwr5	figs-activepassive	οὕτως γέγραπται	1	Thus it has been written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	46	m780	figs-synecdoche	παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν	1	the Christ would suffer	Jesus uses the word **suffer** to represent all of the things that the Scriptures said the Messiah would experience, including also betrayal and death. Alternate translation: “Someone would betray the Messiah, and he would suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 LUK	24	46	e75f	figs-metonymy	ἀναστῆναι	1	rise up	Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	46	m781	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 LUK	24	46	m782	figs-explicit	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	46	r2zy	translate-ordinal	τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the third day	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LUK	24	47	m783	figs-abstractnouns	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **repentance** and **forgiveness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-LUK	24	47	w5j5	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LUK	24	47	w5j5	figs-activepassive	κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LUK	24	47	lty6	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	in his name	Here the **name** of the Messiah figuratively represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	47	w1ha	figs-metonymy	εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	to all the nations	The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people who belong to various ethnic groups. Alternate translation: “to all the people in every people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LUK	24	47	wiq7	figs-explicit	ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ	1	beginning from Jerusalem	The word **beginning** is a participle that is plural. In context, it must refer to the disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show the implications of this in your translation. This is really a command from Jesus. It may be good to make this a sentence of its own. Alternate translation: “You are to do this starting here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	48	wp38	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς μάρτυρες τούτων	1	You are witnesses of these things	The implication is that because the disciples are **witnesses** of the things that happened to Jesus, they are the ones who should go and tell others about these things, from their own firsthand experience. Alternate translation: “You saw everything that happened to me, and now you must go and tell others what you saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LUK	24	49	m2lm	figs-explicit	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	the promise of my Father	This implicitly means the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “what my Father promised” or “the Holy Spirit, as my Father promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LUK	24	49	m2lm	figs-explicit	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	the promise of my Father	This implicitly means the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. Alternate translation: “what my Father promised” or “the Holy Spirit, as my Father promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	24	49	ynm2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 LUK	24	49	m784	figs-imperative	ὑμεῖς δὲ καθίσατε	1	But you stay	This is an emphatic imperative. Alternate translation: “But be sure that you stay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 LUK	24	49	m785	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ πόλει	1	in the city	This implicitly means Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
diff --git a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
index a2b80ae652..6b20750dda 100644
--- a/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
@@ -15,11 +15,11 @@ PHP	1	5	yi9l	figs-explicit	τῇ κοινωνίᾳ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ ε
 PHP	1	5	vi1r	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἡμέρας	1		The phrase **from the first day** refers to the time at which the Philippian believers first believed the gospel that Paul preached to them. This may also have been the first day that Paul preached in Philippi. Alternate translation: “from the time you first heard and believed the gospel that I preached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	5	d8hi	figs-explicit	ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν	1		The phrase **until now** does not mean that the Philippian believers have now stopped partnering with Paul. Rather, it means that they are still partnering with Paul. Alternate translation: “that we are still sharing now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	s1l8	figs-explicit	πεποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο	1	having been persuaded	The phrase **having been persuaded** indicates a reason that Paul thanks God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I thank God because I am confident of this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	6	jf4x	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, ἐπιτελέσει	1	the one having begun	Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun a good work in you, will perfect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	6	u80a	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν	1		The phrase **good work in you** refers to both the initial conversion of the Philippian Christians and to God’s ongoing work in their lives through the Holy Spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun his good work in you through your conversion and continuing it through the work of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	6	jf4x	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν, ἐπιτελέσει	1	the one having begun	Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun a good work in you, will perfect it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	6	u80a	figs-explicit	ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν	1		The phrase **good work in you** refers to both the initial conversion of the Philippian Christians and to God’s ongoing work in their lives through the Holy Spirit. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that God, having begun his good work in you through your conversion and continuing it through the work of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	6	qhmh		ὑμῖν	1		See how you translated the word **you** in [Philippians 1:2](../01/02.md).
-PHP	1	6	p2a5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτελέσει	1		Here, **will perfect it** means that God would bring to completion the work which he began in the lives of the Philippian believers at their conversion and which he was continuing to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	6	p5pu	figs-explicit	ἡμέρας Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		The phrase **the day of Jesus Christ** refers to the time in the future when Jesus Christ will return to judge the world and save those who believe in him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	6	p2a5	figs-explicit	ἐπιτελέσει	1		Here, **will perfect it** means that God would bring to completion the work which he began in the lives of the Philippian believers at their conversion and which he was continuing to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	6	p5pu	figs-explicit	ἡμέρας Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		The phrase **the day of Jesus Christ** refers to the time in the future when Jesus Christ will return to judge the world and save those who believe in him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time when Jesus Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	7	sowf	figs-idiom	τὸ ἔχειν με ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς	1	I have you in my heart	The phrase, **I have you in my heart** is an idiom which expresses strong affection. If you have an equivalent expression which adequately communicates the meaning, you may use it here. If not, you can state this using plain language. Alternate translation: “I love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 PHP	1	7	jn2s		συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος…ὄντας	1	being partakers with me of grace	Alternate translation: “sharing in grace with me”
 PHP	1	7	df00	figs-abstractnouns	χάριτος	1		Here, **grace** refers to the way that God kindly gives us good things that we do not deserve. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with a verb or adjective. In this context, Paul considers both his imprisonment and his ministry of defending and confirming the gospel to be gifts from God. Alternate translation: “of God's gracious gift” or “in experiencing how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -30,11 +30,11 @@ PHP	1	8	bo0r		ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the b
 PHP	1	9	jlyu	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον περισσεύῃ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **love** with the verb form. Alternate translation: “that you will be able to love others more and more abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	9	f4q5		ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated the word **your** in [Philippians 1:5](../01/05.md).
 PHP	1	9	tbtt	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and **understanding** with verb phrases. Alternate translation: “and that God will enable you to see the truth about Him and teach you to love wisely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	1	10	e17g	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα	1		The word **what** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	10	e17g	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ διαφέροντα	1		The word **what** here refers to that which a person does, and the word **excels** here refers to something that is best, according to God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that you may approve and choose to do what pleases God the most” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	10	ybw6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς	1		Here, the phrase **so that** shows that what follows this phrase is the desired result of Paul's prayer in verse nine. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the desired result of what Paul prayed in verse nine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	10	siv8	figs-doublet	εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι	1	pure and blameless	The words **pure** and **blameless** have very similar meanings. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the idea of moral purity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these two words and translate them as one idea. Alternate translation: “completely innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	11	lu5n	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν	1		Here, the phrase **being filled with** is a metaphor meaning to be occupied in doing something. The phrase **the fruit of righteousness** is a metaphor which figuratively refers to what characterizes a person, namely what a person produces. This metaphor is a comparison between a good tree that produces good fruit and a person who is filled with righteousness and produces good actions as a result. So with these two metaphors, Paul is telling the Philippians to be occupied in doing righteous deeds. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “filling your lives with the righteous deeds that are” or “habitually doing the good works that are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	1	11	t3w4	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένοι	1		The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	1	11	t3w4	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένοι	1		The phrase **being filled with** is a passive form. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “letting God fill you with” or “continually producing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	11	yq99	figs-metaphor	τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **through Christ Jesus** is a metaphor meaning that Christ Jesus is the one who makes it possible for a person to be righteous and thus to do the things that a righteous person does. Alternate translation: “that Christ Jesus produces in you” or “that Christ Jesus enables you to produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	11	jwgb	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **glory** and **praise** with verbs. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to glorify and praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	11	mfs6	figs-doublet	εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ	1		The words **glory** and **praise** mean very similar things here. They are used together to emphasize how much people will praise God. If you have one word for this in your language, you can use it here and show emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “which will cause people to greatly praise God” or “which will cause people to declare how great God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ PHP	1	12	zy4g	figs-explicit	τὰ κατ’ ἐμὲ	1	the things concerning me
 PHP	1	12	q288	figs-metaphor	μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν	1	have really happened for the advancement of the gospel	The phrase **advancement of the gospel** figuratively refers to an increasing number of people hearing and believing the gospel. Alternate translation: “have actually caused more people to hear the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	13	wi6n	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	my chains in Christ became apparent among the whole palace guard and all the others	Here, the phrase **As a result** shows that what follows this phrase is the result of Paul’s circumstances which he began discussing in verse 12, namely, his imprisonment. Consider using a connecting word or phrase that will clearly show that what follows it is the result of Paul’s imprisonment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	1	13	h1ly	figs-metonymy	δεσμούς μου	1	my chains in Christ became apparent	Paul again refers to his imprisonment in a figurative way by using the phrase **my chains**. See how you translated this phrase in [1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHP	1	13	f8az	figs-explicit	τοὺς δεσμούς μου…ἐν Χριστῷ	1	my chains in Christ	Here, the phrase **my chains in Christ** means that Paul is imprisoned because of his work for the cause of Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ” or “my chains for the cause of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	13	f8az	figs-explicit	τοὺς δεσμούς μου…ἐν Χριστῷ	1	my chains in Christ	Here, the phrase **my chains in Christ** means that Paul is imprisoned because of his work for the cause of Christ. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my chains for the sake of Christ” or “my chains because I teach people about Christ” or “my chains for the cause of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	14	a1kh		τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		See how you translated **brothers** in the previous verse [1:12](../01/12.md).
 PHP	1	14	eurs	figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν	1		Paul is using the term **brothers** figuratively here to refer to anyone who is a fellow believer in Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you can express this plainly. Alternative translation, “my companions who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	14	sz29	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		The phrase **encouraged in the Lord** means that the Philippian Christians had grown in their trust of the Lord because of Paul’s imprisonment. Alternate translation: “trust the Lord more because of my chains” or “have received more courage from the Lord as a result of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-PHP	1	14	k4tm	figs-activepassive	καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who or what caused the action. Alternate translation: “The Lord has encouraged most of the brothers because of my chains” or “My chains have given most of the brothers more trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	1	14	k4tm	figs-activepassive	καὶ τοὺς πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who or what caused the action. Alternate translation: “The Lord has encouraged most of the brothers because of my chains” or “My chains have given most of the brothers more trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	14	ecy8	figs-metonymy	δεσμοῖς μου	1		Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	1	14	v2wo	figs-explicit	τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **the word** refers to the message from God about Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” or “the good news” or “God's message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	15	sa9n			0	Some indeed even proclaim Christ	Beginning in this verse, and extending to the end of [1:17](../01/17.md), Paul uses a poetic device called chiasm that could be confusing in some languages. You may need to reorder certain things in [1:15-17](../01/15.md) if it would be more natural in your language. See the UST.
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ PHP	1	16	vnfl		ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		See how you
 PHP	1	17	sgss	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ δὲ ἐξ ἐριθείας τὸν Χριστὸν καταγγέλλουσιν	1	in my chains	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **ambition** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but they proclaim Christ only to make themselves seem important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	17	j333		οὐχ ἁγνῶς	1	in my chains	Alternate translation: “with wrong motives” or “from wrong motives”
 PHP	1	17	z8ty	figs-metonymy	τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1	in my chains	Paul is referring to his imprisonment by mentioning one part of it: the chains that bound his feet and hands. If this is unclear in your language, you could mention the imprisonment directly. See how you translated the phrase **my chains** in [1:7](../01/07.md) and [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “because of my imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-PHP	1	17	tc1u	figs-explicit	οἰόμενοι θλῖψιν ἐγείρειν τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say how the selfish preachers suppose that they are causing trouble to Paul. You could also start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They hope to cause me trouble in my imprisonment by their preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	17	tc1u	figs-explicit	οἰόμενοι θλῖψιν ἐγείρειν τοῖς δεσμοῖς μου	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could state how the selfish preachers suppose that they are causing trouble to Paul. You could also start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They hope to cause me trouble in my imprisonment by their preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	18	dc7l	figs-rquestion	τί γάρ	1		The phrase **What then?** is a rhetorical question. If using a rhetorical question would be confusing in your language, consider expressing the meaning of this rhetorical question by changing it into a statement. Alternate translation: “But that does not matter!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 PHP	1	18	z5ia	figs-ellipsis	τί γάρ	1	What then?	In the rhetorical question **What then?**, Paul leaves out some words that might be necessary in some languages. If you want to use a rhetorical question here, you may want to add the words which are implied but not stated. This could be done in two ways: (1) as a rhetorical question which expects a negative answer. Alternate translation: “What does it matter what their motives are?” or “So what difference does it make?” (2) as a phrase that focuses on the result. Alternate translation: “What then is the result of this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	1	18	sw24	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται	1		You can express the meaning of the passive form **is proclaimed** with an active form. Alternate translation: “we all proclaim Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-PHP	1	19	saze	figs-explicit	τοῦτό	1		Here, the word **this** refers to Paul’s current situation of being in prison and the things that accompanied it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” or “my current condition in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	1	19	saze	figs-explicit	τοῦτό	1		Here, the word **this** refers to Paul’s current situation of being in prison and the things that accompanied it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my imprisonment” or “my current condition in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	19	h9hf	figs-abstractnouns	οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	to me in deliverance	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **deliverance** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “for I know that this will result in God delivering me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	19	zr2k	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	of the Spirit of Jesus Christ	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning behind the abstract noun **provision** by using a verbal phrase. You could also say who does the action, if necessary. Alternate translation: “by God providing to me the Spirit of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	20	fh48	figs-doublet	ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα	1	according to my eager expectation and hope	Both **eager expectation** and **hope** have similar meanings and together express a single idea. Paul uses these two words together to emphasize the strength of his expectation. If you have a single word or phrase in your language which expresses the meaning of these two words, consider using that to express the strength of the hope in another way. Alternate translation: “sincere expectation” or “sure hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ PHP	1	24	etly	figs-synecdoche	τὸ δὲ ἐπιμένειν ἐν τῇ σαρ
 PHP	1	24	k2j7	figs-ellipsis	ἀναγκαιότερον	1		In the phrase **is more necessary** Paul leaves out the implied words “than departing” because he knows that his readers will understand them from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider supplying these omitted words in your translation. Alternate translation: “rather than departing is more necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	1	24	hnl7		ὑμᾶς	1		See how you translated the word **your** in [1:5](../01/05.md).
 PHP	1	25	bu8d	figs-explicit	καὶ τοῦτο πεποιθὼς	1	having been persuaded of this	The word **this** refers back to [1:24](../01/24.md) where Paul said that he believed it was more necessary that he remain alive on earth so that he could continue helping the Philippian Christians mature in their faith. If this would be unclear in your language, consider further explaining the word **this** in your translation. Alternate translation: “And being sure that it is better for you that I remain” or “And having been convinced that I should remain here on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	1	25	xwl1	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο πεποιθὼς	1	I know that I will remain	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because I am sure of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	1	25	xwl1	figs-activepassive	τοῦτο πεποιθὼς	1	I know that I will remain	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “because I am sure of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	25	kmp4	figs-explicit	μενῶ	1	I know that I will remain	Here, the word **remain** refers to remaining alive on earth in one’s body in contrast to dying and leaving the earth to be with Christ. See how you translated the word **remain** in [1:24](../01/24.md) and make the meaning the same here. Alternate translation: “I will continue living on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	1	25	hzmd	figs-doublet	μενῶ καὶ παραμενῶ	1	I know that I will remain	These two words mean very similar things. The first is more general and the second is more specific about remaining with someone. If your language has one word for both of these meanings, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “I will continue with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 PHP	1	25	rruy	figs-yousingular	ὑμῖν	1		See how you translated the word **you** in [1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ PHP	1	28	l495	writing-pronouns	ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδει
 PHP	1	28	t225	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπωλείας	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** by using a verb form or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “that God will destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	ypn8	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίας	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** by using a verb form of this word or by expressing it in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	28	nb4b	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ	1		The word **this** in the phrase **this from God** could refer to: (1) what comes before it in this verse, both the courage God gives the Philippian Christians and the sign that their courage gives to those opposing them. Alternate translation: “your lack of fear and the evidence it gives is all from God” (2) the sign given to those who oppose the Philippian Christians. Alternate translation: “this sign is from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-PHP	1	29	qous	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ	1		You could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has graciously granted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	1	29	qous	figs-activepassive	ὑμῖν ἐχαρίσθη τὸ	1		you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has graciously granted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	1	30	x4z3	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες	1	having the same struggle which you saw in me, and now you hear in me	If the abstract noun **struggle** would be confusing in your language, you can express it with a verb phrase, as the UST does, or by expressing the idea behind this word in some other way that would be clear in your language. Alternate translation: “facing the same strife” or “enduring the same trials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	1	30	cewf	figs-metaphor	τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1		Here, the word **struggle** is a figurative way of referring to the conflict that Paul and the Philippian believers had with people who opposed them because of their faith. Paul speaks of it here as if it were a military battle or an athletic competition. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “as you experience the same opposition from people that you saw that I experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	1	30	hnec	figs-idiom	εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί	1		Here, the phrase **in me** occurs twice, both times referring to what Paul is experiencing. If this would be unclear in your language, you could express this in a way that is understandable in your language. Alternate translation: “you saw me experience and now hear that I am experiencing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ PHP	2	1	b1q7	figs-explicit	εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστ
 PHP	2	1	del5	figs-ellipsis	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος, εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί	1		In the three occurrences of the phrase **if any** in this verse, the missing words, “there is,” are implied and can be supplied in your translation if omitting them would cause confusion. Alternate translation: “if there is any comfort from love, if there is any fellowship of the Spirit, if there are any affections and compassions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 PHP	2	1	xye5	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **encouragement** by using a verbal form of this word. Alternate translation: “if Christ encourages you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	n82s		εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the word **encouragement** could refer to: (1) “encouragement” (2) “exhortation” Alternate translation: “if there is any exhortation in Christ” (3) both the idea of “encouragement” and “exhortation” at the same time. Alternate translation: “if there is any encouragement and exhortation in Christ”
-PHP	2	1	dapb	figs-explicit	εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the phrase, **encouragement in Christ** probably means the encouragement that Christ gives to believers because they are in union with him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ” or “if Christ encourages you” or “because you are encouraged by being in Christ” or “since you are encouraged because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	2	1	dapb	figs-explicit	εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the phrase, **encouragement in Christ** probably means the encouragement that Christ gives to believers because they are in union with him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the encouragement which comes from Christ” or “if Christ encourages you” or “because you are encouraged by being in Christ” or “since you are encouraged because of your union with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	1	k1b2	figs-explicit	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1	if any comfort of love	Here, **love** probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	1	d63e	figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **comfort** and **love** by using verbal forms of these words and/or using them in a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “if Christ’s love for you has comforted you” or “if being loved by Christ has comforted you” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	1	ub8e	figs-explicit	εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης	1		The phrase **comfort of love** refers to the comfort which the Philippian believers received from Christ’s love. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if you have received any comfort from Christ’s love” or “if Christ’s love comforts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ PHP	2	16	fz1d	figs-abstractnouns	λόγον ζωῆς	1		If it would be clearer
 PHP	2	16	s3z9	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1		With the phrase **for my boasting on the day of Christ**, Paul introduces a reason that the Philippian believers should try to live out the things he has just told them to do in [2:12](../02/12.md) and ending with the phrase **holding forth the word of life**. Paul here gives one reason for what he has just asked them to do. He says that if they live out what he has just told them, then when Christ returns, he can be proud of the fact that he did not work in vain among them. Consider the best way in your language to show this reason-result relationship. Alternate translation: “so that I will be able to boast on the day Christ returns that I did not run in vain or labor in vain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 PHP	2	16	esvd	figs-explicit	εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ	1		Here, **boasting** refers to Paul being rightfully proud of God’s work in the lives of the Philippian believers. If it would be clearer in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that I may be rightfully proud of God’s work in you” or “so that I might glory in God’s work in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	heo4		εἰς καύχημα ἐμοὶ	1		Alternate translation: “so that I may boast” or “in order that I have good reason to glory”
-PHP	2	16	q7y8	figs-explicit	εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ,	1	on the day of Christ	The phrase **the day of Christ** refers to the time in the future when Christ will return. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns” or “at the time Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHP	2	16	q7y8	figs-explicit	εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ,	1	on the day of Christ	The phrase **the day of Christ** refers to the time in the future when Christ will return. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when Christ returns” or “at the time Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHP	2	16	m5aq	figs-parallelism	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα	1	I did not run in vain nor labor in vain	The phrases **run in vain** and **labor in vain** have very similar meanings here. Paul uses these two phrases together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ and mature in their obedience and love for him. You may translate these two phrases separately, as the ULT does, or if it would be clearer in your language, you may translate them together as a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I did not work so hard for nothing” or “I did not work hard with no lasting results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 PHP	2	16	m1z7	figs-metaphor	οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον	1	I did … run	Here Paul uses the word **run** metaphorically to mean “work.” Here Paul specifically means that he worked for the advancement of the gospel among the Philippians. Paul uses the word **run** to bring to the Philippians' minds the image of a runner who is racing toward a finish line in order to win a prize. If this image is familiar to people in your culture, consider using this metaphor. But if this image is not familiar to your readers, consider stating this idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “I did not work for the advancement of the gospel uselessly” or “I did not work for the spread of the good news for nothing” or “I did not run the race uselessly”( See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	16	wyyg	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κενὸν…εἰς κενὸν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **vain** using an adjectival phrase. Alternate translation: “with no results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ PHP	2	17	p9km	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ	1		**But ev
 PHP	2	17	j2ov	translate-symaction	σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		The phrase **I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice** uses imagery from the Old Testament Jewish sacrificial system. A priest would sacrifice an animal on the altar as a burnt offering to God and then pour out wine as a drink offering to God, in order to make the sacrifice complete. See [Num 28:7](../num/28/07.md). If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, consider using it here, but if this imagery would be confusing in your culture, consider translating this imagery using plain language. Alternate translation: “I work and give my life for your sake in order to complete the sacrificial service of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 PHP	2	17	xlv0	figs-metaphor	σπένδομαι	1		Paul uses the phrase **I am being poured out as an offering** to figuratively depict his imprisonment and suffering for the advancement of the gospel. Paul probably is also thinking of the fact that he could be killed in the future for preaching the gospel. If this metaphor would not be clear in your language, consider using plain language to express this idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	2	17	ji4w	figs-abstractnouns	σπένδομαι	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the abstract noun **offering** by using a verbal form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	2	17	thi0	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “on your sacrifice and service which you offer because you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	2	17	thi0	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “on your sacrifice and service which you offer because you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	2	17	ip8i	figs-hendiadys	ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν	1		The words **sacrifice** and **service** express a single idea by using two words connected by **and**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning as a single idea or phrase. Alternate translation: “to complete your sacrificial service which you offer because you believe the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 PHP	2	17	s1j9		χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν	1		The phrase **I rejoice and rejoice with you all** is Paul’s summary of his attitude toward his hard work and suffering on behalf of the Philippians, which he described in [2:16](../02/16.md) and in this verse.
 PHP	2	18	bicj	figs-explicit	τὸ…αὐτὸ	1		The phrase **in the same manner** refers to the Philippian Christians rejoicing in the same manner that Paul said he would rejoice in previous verse [2:17](../02/17.md). If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the same way that I rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ PHP	3	8	cez0		ἡγοῦμαι	2		See how you translated the word **consider** e
 PHP	3	8	ovd9	translate-unknown	σκύβαλα	1		During Paul’s time this word was used to refer to excrement and things which were considered worthless and worthy of being thrown out. In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the term **dung** was a crude term that referred to things that were discarded as garbage, including dung, and the specific meaning was determined by context. Here, this word could be referring to: (1) excrement, since in the preceding verses Paul has been discussing what comes from the flesh. Alternate translation: “excrement” or “crap” (2) garbage, since Paul is discussing what he now considers worth throwing away in order to gain and know Christ. Alternate translation: “garbage” or “refuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 PHP	3	8	vgf5		κερδήσω	1		See how you translated the word **gains** in [3:7](../03/07.md).
 PHP	3	8	h3kq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω	1		The phrase **so that** is a purpose clause. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of gaining Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-PHP	3	9	iy4k	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	be found in him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the passive verbal phrase **be found** with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and God might find me belonging to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	3	9	iy4k	figs-activepassive	καὶ εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	be found in him	If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the passive verbal phrase **be found** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “and God might find me belonging to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	3	9	ubvr	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην, τὴν ἐκ νόμου	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in some other way. Alternate translation: “not being able to please God by keeping the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	9	w62g	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	be found in him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the idea behind **faith** by using a verbal form. Alternate translation: “but that which comes by believing in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	3	9	g9a9	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ	1	not having my own righteousness that is from the law	Here, the word **that** refers to “righteousness.” Paul assumes his readers will know this from the context. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the righteousness which is through faith in Christ” or “but the righteousness which comes by faith in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ PHP	4	16	lqor	figs-ellipsis	εἰς τὴν χρείαν μοι ἐπέμψατ
 PHP	4	17	bh3t	figs-metaphor	ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν	1	I seek the fruit that increases to your account	At the time Paul wrote this letter, the word **fruit** could be used in a business context to refer to what was gained in a financial transaction. When used in a business context, the word **fruit** meant “profit” or “gain.” Here Paul is using this business meaning figuratively to refer to God’s reward. If your language has an equivalent word that could be used in a business context, consider using it here if it would be natural in your language. Alternately, you may express this meaning using plain language, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “I seek the profit that increases to your account” or “I seek the gain that increases to your account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	18	fs44		ἀπέχω…πάντα	1	I have everything in full	The phrase **I have everything in full** could mean: (1) that Paul has received **everything** that he needs from the Philippian believers and is therefore sufficiently supplied. Alternate translation: “I have everything I need and am content” (2) that Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 4:17](../04/17.md) and is here offering the Philippians a figurative receipt for the gifts they gave him. Alternate translation: “I have received the gift that you sent”
 PHP	4	18	en6t	figs-explicit	περισσεύω	1	I abound	The phrase **I abound** means that Paul has more than enough of the things that he needs for himself. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have more than enough of the the things I need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	4	18	p6y1	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHP	4	18	p6y1	figs-activepassive	πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος παρὰ Ἐπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ’ ὑμῶν	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the phrase **I have been filled** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “You have fully provided for me by giving me the things which Epaphroditus brought to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHP	4	18	hte4	translate-names	Ἐπαφροδίτου	1	I abound	**Epaphroditus** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Philippians 2:25](../02/25.md). (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names)
 PHP	4	18	s68v	figs-metaphor	ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ	1	an aroma, a sweet smell, an acceptable, pleasing sacrifice to God	Here Paul speaks figuratively of the gift from the Philippian believers as if it were a **sacrifice** offered **to God** on an altar. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “which are very pleasing to God” or “which make God happy” or “which I assure you are gifts very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	19	r96p	figs-idiom	πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν	1	will fulfill all your needs	The word for **will fulfill** is the same word translated as “have been fulfilled” in verse 18. This phrase is an idiom meaning “will provide everything you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
diff --git a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
index 68b80a452c..64b018c85c 100644
--- a/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_52-COL.tsv
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ COL	1	3	g0sn	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1		Here, **always** is an exaggeratio
 COL	1	4	z6eb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀκούσαντες τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν	1	your faith in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you could express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “having heard that you are trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	4	gjwb	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχετε εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους,	1	your faith in Christ Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much you love all the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	5	n1qz	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐλπίδα	1	because of the hope that is reserved for you in the heavens	Here, **hope** refers not only to the attitude of hopefulness but also to what the believer hopes for, that is, what God has promised to give to all believers. If **hope** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “what you hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	1	5	bmpc	figs-activepassive	τὴν ἀποκειμένην	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+COL	1	5	bmpc	figs-activepassive	τὴν ἀποκειμένην	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	5	xn8s	figs-possession	τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	5	ir6k	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Here, **word** figuratively represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	6	p5rv	figs-personification	τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς	1		Here, the good news is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
diff --git a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
index 1983225b20..aadb541a2d 100644
--- a/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	3	amp4		προσμεῖναι ἐν Ἐφέσῳ	1	remain in Ephesus	Alternate translation: “wait for me there in the city of Ephesus”
 1TI	1	3	t112	translate-names	Ἐφέσῳ	1	Ephesus	**Ephesus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1TI	1	3	t113		τισὶν	1	certain ones	Alternate translation: “certain people”
-1TI	1	3	v4g2	figs-explicit	ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν	1	teach differently	The implication is that these people were not teaching in a different way, but teaching different things than what Paul and Timothy taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a different doctrine from what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	1	3	v4g2	figs-explicit	ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν	1	teach differently	The implication is that these people were not teaching in a different way, but teaching different things than what Paul and Timothy taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a different doctrine from what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	4	pw2h		μύθοις	1	fables	These **myths** were fanciful stories of some kind, perhaps about the supposed exploits of various spiritual beings. But since we no longer know exactly what these stories were about, it would probably be best to use a general term for them. Alternate translation: “made-up stories”
 1TI	1	4	qpv9	figs-hyperbole	γενεαλογίαις ἀπεράντοις	1	endless genealogies	Paul uses the term **endless** as an exaggeration to emphasize that these are very long. Alternate translation: “lists of names that seem as if they will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TI	1	4	ft33		γενεαλογίαις	1	genealogies	Usually, the term **genealogies** refers to a record of a person’s ancestors. However, in this case it could also mean a record of the supposed ancestors of spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “lists of names”
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	5	myi5		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help Timothy understand the purpose of what he is commanding him. You can translate it with a word or phrase in your language that introduces background information.
 1TI	1	5	iwnk	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας ἐστὶν	1	Now the goal of this command is	Here Paul is expressing to Timothy the **goal** or the outcome that he desires from the commands that Paul gave him. Alternate translation: “I am commanding these things in order to get this result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TI	1	5	l7un		τῆς παραγγελίας	1	command	Here, **this command** refers to the instructions that Paul has given Timothy in [1:3](../01/03.md) and [1:4](../01/04.md).
-1TI	1	5	i9rs	figs-explicit	ἐστὶν ἀγάπη	1	is love	That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you can say “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	1	5	i9rs	figs-explicit	ἐστὶν ἀγάπη	1	is love	That God’s people would show **love** is the goal of the command. If it is necessary to include the object of “love,” you can state “each other” or “others.” This may also include love for God. Alternate translation: “is that God’s people would love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	5	t123	figs-metaphor	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here the **heart** figuratively represents a person’s thoughts and inclinations. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	5	mbe6	figs-metonymy	ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας	1	from a pure heart	Here, **pure** figuratively indicates that the person wants only good things and does not have mixed motives that also include some bad ones. Alternate translation: “from a desire for only what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	1	5	ar8t		συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς	1	a good conscience	Your translation should make it clear that love is the one goal of the command and is followed by three things that lead to this love. This is the second thing, after “a pure heart.” Alternate translation: “and from a conscience that leads a person to choose right instead of wrong”
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	5	zziu	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου	1	a sincere faith	If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **a sincere faith**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God. (2) belief in true teaching about God. Alternate translations: “firmly trusting in God” or “sincerely believing the true message about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	6	j4z3	figs-metaphor	τινες ἀστοχήσαντες	1	some, having missed the mark	Paul speaks figuratively of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love, as he has just explained. Alternate translation: “some people, who are not fulfilling the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	6	se38	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν εἰς	1	have turned away to	Here, **turned away** figuratively means these people have stopped doing what God has commanded. Alternate translation: “are no longer doing what God commands. Instead of that, they just engage in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	7	v28u	figs-explicit	νομοδιδάσκαλοι	1	teachers of the law	Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	1	7	v28u	figs-explicit	νομοδιδάσκαλοι	1	teachers of the law	Here, **law** refers specifically to the law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	7	kz8x	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	μὴ νοοῦντες	1	not understanding	If the contrast is not clear in your language between what these people want to be (teachers of the law) and their ability to do it, you may want to mark the contrast. Alternate translations: “but not understanding” or “and yet they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TI	1	7	t131	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ…μήτε…μήτε	1	not … either … or	Paul uses a triple negative in Greek for emphasis here, “not … neither … nor.” None of these negatives cancel each other to create a positive meaning. Instead, the negative meaning is retained throughout. If your language uses double negatives for emphasis that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1TI	1	7	t132	figs-parallelism	ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται	1	what they are saying or about which they make confident affirmations	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. You do not need to put both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the things that they say so confidently are true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	8	t134	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	In this letter, Paul uses the words **we**, **us,** and **our** to refer either to Timothy and himself, or else to all believers, which would also include the two of them. So generally, these words include the addressee. A note will discuss the one possible exception in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TI	1	8	r86g		ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται	1	if one uses it lawfully	Alternate translations: “if a person uses it correctly” or “if a person uses it in the way that God intended”
 1TI	1	9	xs94		εἰδὼς τοῦτο	1	knowing this	Alternate translation: “we also know this”
-1TI	1	9	fq4i	figs-activepassive	δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται	1	the law is not made for the righteous	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	1	9	fq4i	figs-activepassive	δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται	1	the law is not made for the righteous	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make the law for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	1	9	dl5l	figs-nominaladj	δικαίῳ	1	the righteous	Paul is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun, to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “for people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	1	9	t139	figs-nominaladj	ἀνόμοις δὲ καὶ ἀνυποτάκτοις, ἀσεβέσι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς, ἀνοσίοις καὶ βεβήλοις	1	the lawless and the rebellious, the ungodly and the sinful, the godless and the profane	Paul is also using these adjectives as nouns to refer to the classes of people that they describe. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate each of these adjectives with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who break the law, people who defy authority, people who do not honor God, people who commit sins, people who live as if God did not matter, people who live as if nothing was sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	1	9	t141		πατρολῴαις καὶ μητρολῴαις, ἀνδροφόνοις	1	father-killers and mother-killers, man-slayers	In this list Paul uses several compound words to express his meaning concisely and vividly. In each case the first term in the compound, a noun, is the object of the second term in the compound, a verb. Three of these compound words are in this verse, and two more are in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand these terms, you could translate them either with single terms or with phrases. Alternate translations: “patricides and matricides, murders” or “people who kill other people, even their own fathers and mothers”
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	10	gg42		καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερον τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται	1	and if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that, in many languages, a sentence would need to be complete. He means that if anything else is contrary to healthy teaching, then the law is made for people who do that, too. Alternate translation: “and for people who do anything else that is against wholesome teaching”
 1TI	1	10	t147	figs-metonymy	τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	healthy teaching	The phrase **healthy teaching** is a figurative way to say that the teaching is good and reliable in every way and has no defect or corruption. A person with a healthy mind would recognize this teaching as correct. Alternate translation: “correct teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	1	11	mg4t		τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ μακαρίου Θεοῦ	1	to the gospel of glory of the blessed God	This phrase could mean one of two things. Alternate translations: “the gospel about the glory that belongs to the blessed God” or “the glorious gospel about the blessed God”
-1TI	1	11	a58d	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγώ	1	with which I have been entrusted	If your readers would misunderstand what had been entrusted to Paul, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for which God made me responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	1	11	a58d	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγώ	1	with which I have been entrusted	If your readers would misunderstand what had been entrusted to Paul, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for which God made me responsible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	1	12	t150		χάριν ἔχω	1	I have gratitude to	Alternate translation: “I thank”
 1TI	1	12	uu6n		πιστόν με ἡγήσατο	1	he considered me trustworthy	Alternate translation: “he believed that he could rely on me”
 1TI	1	12	ff1n	figs-metaphor	θέμενος εἰς διακονίαν	1	placing me into service	Paul speaks of the task of serving God as if it were a location that one could be placed in. Alternate translations: “he assigned me to serve him” or “he appointed me as his servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -59,39 +59,39 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	1	13	gbd4	figs-explicit	διώκτην	1	a persecutor	Paul is referring to his character before he believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “a person who persecuted those who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	13	k85c	figs-explicit	ὑβριστήν	1	an aggressor	Paul is referring to his character before he believed in Jesus. Alternate translations: “a violent person” or “a person who used violence against those who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	1	13	rq2m	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἠλεήθην, ὅτι ἀγνοῶν, ἐποίησα ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ	1	I was shown mercy because not knowing, I acted in unfaithfulness	If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could change the order since the second phrase, “not knowing,” gives the reason for the action that the first phrase, “I was shown mercy,” describes. Alternate translation: “I did not act the way God would have trusted me to act, but that was because I did not know what I was doing, and so Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TI	1	13	nv6k	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθην	1	I was shown mercy	If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	1	13	nv6k	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθην	1	I was shown mercy	If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	1	14	t158		δὲ	1	Indeed	Paul here uses the word **indeed** to introduce an expanded description of the way Jesus treated him mercifully even though he persecuted the followers of Jesus. This description will help Timothy and the other believers in Ephesus to understand how great the mercy of Jesus is. Alternate translation: “in fact”
 1TI	1	14	c1lg	figs-metaphor	ὑπερεπλεόνασεν…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	the grace of our Lord overflowed	Paul speaks of the **grace** of Jesus as if it were a liquid that fills a container until it flows over the top. Alternate translation: “Jesus showed me unlimited grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	14	z5lv	figs-idiom	μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	with the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus	This could refer to: (1) faith and love that he received from Jesus when he became **in** him, which would mean figuratively “in relationship with” him. Alternate translation: “and enabled me to trust him and love him” (2) the faith and love that Jesus himself possesses and could be saying that these were the basis of the mercy that Jesus showed him. Alternate translation: “because he believed in me and loved me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	1	15	z48s		πιστὸς ὁ λόγος	1	This word is trustworthy	In this context, the term **word** refers to an entire statement. Alternate translation: “this statement is dependable”
-1TI	1	15	rh2r		καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος	1	and worthy of all acceptance	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
+1TI	1	15	rh2r		καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος	1	and worthy of all acceptance	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state who does this action. Alternate translations: “and we should believe it without any doubt” or “and we should have full confidence in it”
 1TI	1	15	t163	figs-quotemarks	Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι	1	Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners	Paul uses this phrase as a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers if you indicate this by setting off the words that follow, “Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners,” with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language may use to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 1TI	1	15	t164		ὧν πρῶτός εἰμι ἐγώ	1	of whom I am the first	Here the term **first** has the sense of the superlative example of a class, in this case a negative class. Alternate translation: “and I am the worst one of all”
-1TI	1	16	z5kg	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθην	1	I was shown mercy	If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	1	16	z5kg	figs-activepassive	ἠλεήθην	1	I was shown mercy	If your readers would misunderstand who showed mercy to Paul, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus had mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	1	16	epe2		ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ	1	so that in me, the first	Alternate translation: “so that through me, the worst sinner of all”
 1TI	1	17	k9sc		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce a change in what he is writing. As a result of what he has been teaching Timothy, he now writes a blessing to and about God. Use a word to indicate this change in your language, such as “so” or “now.”
 1TI	1	17	ts5z	figs-abstractnouns	τιμὴ καὶ δόξα	1	be honor and glory	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **grace**, you could express the ideas behind the them with verbs. Alternate translation: “may people honor and glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	18	ijn8	figs-metaphor	ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν παρατίθεμαί σοι	1	This command I am placing before you	Paul speaks of his instructions as if he could physically put them in front of Timothy. Alternate translations: “I am entrusting you with this command” or “this is what I am commanding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	18	b6uq	figs-metaphor	τέκνον	1	child	Paul speaks of his close relationship to Timothy as though they were father and **child**. This shows Paul’s sincere love and approval of Timothy. It is also likely that Paul personally led Timothy to trust in Christ, and that would be another reason why Paul considered him to be like his own child. Alternate translation: “you who are like my very own child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	1	18	y6jg		κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας	1	in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you	If your readers would misunderstand how these prophecies happened, you could say who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
+1TI	1	18	y6jg		κατὰ τὰς προαγούσας ἐπὶ σὲ προφητείας	1	in accordance with the earlier prophecies about you	If your readers would misunderstand how these prophecies happened, you could state who did this action. Alternate translation: “in agreement with what other believers prophesied about you”
 1TI	1	18	w2ex	figs-metaphor	στρατεύῃ…τὴν καλὴν στρατείαν	1	fight the good fight	Paul speaks figuratively about Timothy doing his best for the Lord as if he were a soldier fighting a battle. Alternate translation: “continue to do your best on behalf of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	19	jj6k	figs-abstractnouns	ἔχων πίστιν	1	holding faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a phrase that uses a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “continue trusting in Jesus” (2) a belief in the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “keep believing the true teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	19	ly6q	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν	1	a good conscience	See how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “continuing to choose to do what is right instead of what is wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	1	19	h2wk	figs-metaphor	τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν	1	have shipwrecked regarding the faith	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could say as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TI	1	19	h2wk	figs-metaphor	τινες…περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν	1	have shipwrecked regarding the faith	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a ship that had sunk. He means that these people no longer believe in Jesus and no longer live as his followers. You could use this same figure, or a similar one from your culture, if your readers would understand this meaning. Otherwise, you could state as an alternative translation, “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	19	dyr6	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ τὴν πίστιν	1	regarding the faith	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith**. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) a relationship with Jesus (or God). Alternate translation: “their relationship with Jesus” (2) the teachings about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	1	20	pv7f	translate-names	Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος	1	Hymenaeus … Alexander	**Hymenaeus** and **Alexander** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1TI	1	20	ty7n	figs-metaphor	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1	whom I have given over to Satan	Paul speaks figuratively as if he physically took hold of these men and handed them **to Satan**. If this does not make sense in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to command them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	1	20	az10	figs-explicit	οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ	1		This probably means that Paul expelled them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan has access to them and can harm them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you may want to include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “I have allowed Satan to make them suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	1	20	s76c	figs-activepassive	ἵνα παιδευθῶσι	1	so that they may be taught	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	1	20	s76c	figs-activepassive	ἵνα παιδευθῶσι	1	so that they may be taught	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	intro	c6rf			0		# 1 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br><br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe that God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Other scholars believe that God wants women to use the gifts He gives them on an equal basis with men. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.
 1TI	2	1	yk2z	figs-idiom	πρῶτον πάντων	1	first of all	As in [1:15](../01/15.md), the term **first** figuratively means the superlative example of a class. Alternate translation: “most importantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	2	1	iag7		παρακαλῶ	1	I urge	Alternate translation: “I encourage” or “I exhort”
-1TI	2	1	ql7a	figs-activepassive	ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας	1	for requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to be made	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action and who would receive the action. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	2	1	ql7a	figs-activepassive	ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας	1	for requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to be made	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action and who would receive the action. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	1	t183	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	2	2	g4va	figs-doublet	ἤρεμον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον	1	a peaceful and quiet life	The terms **peaceful** and **quiet** mean the same thing. Paul uses them together for emphasis. He wants all believers to be able to live their lives without having trouble with the authorities. If your readers would misunderstand these terms, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “an undisturbed life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	2	2	pb58	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι	1	in all godliness and dignity	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **godliness** and **dignity** with phrases that use verbs such as “honor” and “respect.” Alternate translation: “that honors God and that other people will respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	2	3	t186	figs-doublet	καλὸν καὶ ἀπόδεκτον ἐνώπιον…Θεοῦ	1	good and acceptable before God	The terms **good** and **acceptable** mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think that having both terms in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “very pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TI	2	4	i3ze	figs-activepassive	ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι	1	who desires all men to be saved	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who wants to save everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	2	4	i3ze	figs-activepassive	ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι	1	who desires all men to be saved	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “who wants to save everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	4	t188	figs-gendernotations	πάντας ἀνθρώπους	1	all men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	2	4	n26m	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν	1	to come to the knowledge of the truth	Paul speaks of learning the truth about God as if it were a place where people could **come**. Alternate translation: “to know and accept what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	2	5	t666	translate-unknown	εἷς καὶ μεσίτης Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων	1	and one mediator of God and of men	A **mediator** is a person who helps negotiate a peaceful settlement between two parties who disagree with each other. Alternate translation: “and one person who is able to reconcile God and people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	2	6	fm1c	figs-explicit	τὸ μαρτύριον	1	the testimony	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make it explicit that this demonstrated specifically that God wants to save all people. Alternate translation: “as the proof that God wants to save all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	2	6	fq7r	figs-idiom	καιροῖς ἰδίοις	1	in its own times	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the time that God had chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	2	7	qxv9		εἰς ὃ	1	for which	Here, **which** refers back to the testimony about God in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “of this testimony”
-1TI	2	7	iz4y	figs-activepassive	ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος	1	I was made a herald and an apostle	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	2	7	iz4y	figs-activepassive	ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος	1	I was made a herald and an apostle	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Jesus has made me, Paul, a preacher and a representative for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	7	cbn6	translate-unknown	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	A **herald** is someone who is sent out to announce a message. If your language does not have a similar term and your readers would not know what a herald is, you could use a general expression for this. Alternate translations: “an announcer” or “a messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1TI	2	7	qa8d	figs-metaphor	κῆρυξ	1	a herald	Paul compares himself to a **herald** because God has sent him out to announce the gospel message. Alternate translation: “a preacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	2	7	hb97		ἐν Χριστῷ	1		Alternate translation: “as a follower of Christ”
-1TI	2	7	yllf		ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying	In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can say this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
+1TI	2	7	yllf		ἀλήθειαν λέγω ἐν Χριστῷ, οὐ ψεύδομαι	1	I am speaking the truth in Christ, I am not lying	In order to emphasize what he is saying, Paul says the same thing twice, first positively and then negatively. If this is confusing in your language, you can express this once. Alternate translation: “I am telling you the truth as a follower of Christ”
 1TI	2	7	h18q		διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	a teacher of the nations in faith and truth	Here, **faith and truth** could mean: (1) the content of what Paul teaches. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth” (2) Paul’s character as a teacher. Alternate translation: “a true and faithful teacher of the Gentiles”
 1TI	2	7	t201	figs-hendiadys	διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	a teacher of the nations in faith and truth	If this phrase has the second meaning that the previous note discusses, Paul may be using the two terms **faith** and **truth** together to express one idea. Alternate translation: “I teach the Gentiles about the true faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TI	2	7	t202		ἐθνῶν	1	the nations	This term **the nations** refers to members of other people groups who are not Jewish. Alternate translations: “of the Gentiles” or “of non-Jewish people groups”
@@ -122,16 +122,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	2	11	gb7a	figs-idiom	ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ	1	in quietness	Paul may be saying that he wants the women to listen rather than to speak. Alternate translation: “by listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	2	11	c7sh		ἐν πάσῃ ὑποταγῇ	1	in all submission	Alternate translation: “and submit to the authority of the teacher”
 1TI	2	12	t216		εἶναι ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ	1	to be in quietness	As in [2:11](../02/11.md), Paul may be saying that he wants the women to listen rather than to speak. Alternate translation: “she should listen quietly”
-1TI	2	13	iv31	figs-activepassive	Ἀδὰμ…πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη	1	Adam was formed first	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God created Adam first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	2	13	iv31	figs-activepassive	Ἀδὰμ…πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη	1	Adam was formed first	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God created Adam first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	13	v7v6	figs-ellipsis	εἶτα Εὕα	1	then Eve	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and then God created Eve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TI	2	14	wq5k	figs-activepassive	Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη	1	Adam was not deceived	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	2	14	n6td	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα, ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν	1	but the woman, having been deceived, came into transgression	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	2	14	wq5k	figs-activepassive	Ἀδὰμ οὐκ ἠπατήθη	1	Adam was not deceived	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “Adam was not the one whom the serpent deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	2	14	n6td	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἐξαπατηθεῖσα, ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν	1	but the woman, having been deceived, came into transgression	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “but it was the woman who disobeyed God when the serpent deceived her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	14	t221	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν	1	came into transgression	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **transgression**, you could express the ideas behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translations: “began to sin” or “began to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	2	15	krx4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Use a natural way in your language to indicate that this sentence provides a contrast to the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TI	2	15	t222		σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	Here, **she** likely refers to Eve, mentioned in the preceding verse, and whom Paul describes as “the woman.” Later in the sentence, **they**  refers to women in general. To show how Paul shifts the topic from Eve, a representative woman, to all women, the word **she** could be translated here as “women.”
 1TI	2	15	u8iv		σωθήσεται…διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1	she will be saved through childbearing	This could mean: (1) people thought that women would be condemned because of Eve’s sin and punished even more than with the pain of childbearing (see Genesis 3:16), or they may have thought that a woman who believed in Jesus was no longer under the punishment that God gave in Genesis 3:16. Since the Greek word translated **through** can also mean “with” or “while,” Paul may be saying here that women continue to have the punishment of pain in childbirth but will be saved from additional punishment as long as they have faith in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will save women, although they do have to endure childbirth” (2) the women of the church in Ephesus were being led away from faith in Jesus by the false teachers (see 2 Timothy 3:6), so Paul is recommending that they focus on raising their families rather than listening to (or participating in) the “foolish talk” (1:6). Alternate translation: “God will save women as they attend to their families” (3) a reference to the birth of Jesus as a human child to be the Savior. Alternate translation: “God will save women through Jesus, who was born as a child”
 1TI	2	15	i0ap	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας	1		If option number 2 from the previous note is correct, then Paul is figuratively referring to all of the aspects of motherhood by mentioning the beginning part of it: childbearing. Alternate translation: “as they attend to their families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1TI	2	15	n818	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	2	15	n818	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	she will be saved	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God will save women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	2	15	gh3c		ἐὰν μείνωσιν	1	if they remain	Here, **they** refers to women. Paul switches from the singular to the plural as he switches from talking about Eve as the representative of women to women in general. Alternate translation: “if women continue living”
 1TI	2	15	sl57	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ	1	in faith and love and holiness	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith**, **love**, and **holiness**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “trusting Jesus, loving others, and living in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	2	15	dcf3	figs-idiom	μετὰ σωφροσύνης	1	with self-control	Here, **with self-control** could mean: (1) with good judgment. (2) with modesty. (3) with clear thinking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	3	9	jda1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μυστήριον	1	the mystery	Paul uses the abstract noun **mystery** to refer to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was revealing at that moment. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind this term with a verb such as “reveal.” Alternate translation: “what God has now revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	3	9	rfv7	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως	1	the mystery of the faith	Here, **faith** refers to the content of the **mystery**, that is, the specific things that God has revealed and that followers of Jesus must believe. Alternate translation: “the teachings that God has revealed to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	3	9	y91f	figs-metaphor	ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει	1	with a clean conscience	Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s sense of right and wrong being **clean**, which means that it assures that person that he has done nothing wrong. Alternate translation: “knowing that they are not doing anything wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	3	10	hl1p	figs-activepassive	καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον	1	let them also be tested first	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	3	10	hl1p	figs-activepassive	καὶ οὗτοι…δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον	1	let them also be tested first	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would the action. Alternate translations: “the leaders should observe and approve of them first” or “they should first prove themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	3	11	xyc9		γυναῖκας	1	the women	This could mean: (1) deacons’ wives. (2) female deacons.
 1TI	3	11	q5qx		σεμνάς	1	dignified	Alternate translations: “people who act properly” or “people who are worthy of respect”
 1TI	3	11	a12k		μὴ διαβόλους	1	not slanderers	Alternate translation: “they must not say malicious things about other people”
@@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	3	16	w473		μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον	1	great is the mystery of godliness	While in most of this letter Paul uses the term **godliness** to describe godly living, in this instance the term instead seems to describe the reverence for God that would lead a person to live a right life. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed, that leads us to worship him, is great”
 1TI	3	16	t271	figs-explicit	μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον	1	great is the mystery of godliness	Since Paul follows this statement by quoting a hymn or poem about the life of Jesus, the implication is that he sees Jesus as having made it possible for people to worship God in the most genuine way. Alternate translation: “the truth that God has revealed about why we worship Jesus is great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	3	16	y8sp	writing-poetry	ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι, ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις, ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ	1	Who was revealed in flesh, was justified in the Spirit, was seen by angels, was proclaimed among the nations, was believed in the world, was taken up in glory.	This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry, such as through line-by-line formatting, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
-1TI	3	16	m4xi	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί	1	Who was revealed in flesh	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	3	16	m4xi	figs-activepassive	ὃς ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί	1	Who was revealed in flesh	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. (Be sure not to suggest in your translation that Jesus only seemed or appeared to be human.) Alternate translations: “he revealed himself as a human being” or “he came to earth as a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	3	16	rqp6	figs-metonymy	ἐν σαρκί	1	in flesh	Paul uses the term **flesh** figuratively here to mean “in a human body.” He is describing the human body by reference to something associated with it, the flesh that envelops it. Alternate translation: “as a true human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	3	16	gm36	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι	1	was justified in the Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	3	16	fn1k	figs-activepassive	ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις	1	was seen by angels	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	3	16	c3wx	figs-activepassive	ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν	1	was proclaimed among the nations	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people in many nations told others about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	3	16	h9mb	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ	1	was believed in the world	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people throughout the world believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	3	16	jz11	figs-activepassive	ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ	1	was taken up in glory	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven in glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	3	16	gm36	figs-activepassive	ἐδικαιώθη ἐν Πνεύματι	1	was justified in the Spirit	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit confirmed that he was who he said he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	3	16	fn1k	figs-activepassive	ὤφθη ἀγγέλοις	1	was seen by angels	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the angels saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	3	16	c3wx	figs-activepassive	ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν	1	was proclaimed among the nations	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people in many nations told others about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	3	16	h9mb	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ	1	was believed in the world	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people throughout the world believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	3	16	jz11	figs-activepassive	ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ	1	was taken up in glory	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven in glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	3	16	mr3a	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ	1	was taken up in glory	The abstract noun **glory** refers to the way Jesus received power from God the Father and is worthy of honor. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind this term with an adjective such as “powerful” and a verb such as “admire.” Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven, making him powerful and making everyone admire him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	4	intro	b39h			0		# 1 Timothy 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Paul speaks in [4:14](../04/14.md) of prophecy. A “prophecy” is a message that God communicates to people through someone to whom He has given a special gift of hearing and conveying these messages. The specific prophecy that Paul describes revealed how Timothy would become a gifted leader of the church. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Cultural practices<br><br>In verse 14 Paul speaks of church leaders placing their hands on Timothy. That was one way of indicating publicly that a person was being placed in a leadership position in the church.<br><br>### Variation in names<br><br>In this chapter Paul speaks of church leaders called “elders.” They seem to be the same kind of leaders that he calls “overseers” in chapter 3.
 1TI	4	1	jzr9		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help Timothy and the believers in Ephesus understand the next part of his letter. The false teachings that Timothy must oppose are something that the Spirit has already predicted. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance.
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	1	ae5w	figs-doublet	πνεύμασι πλάνοις καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων	1	deceiving spirits and teachings of demons	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul may be using them together for emphasis. If you think having both phrases in your translation might be confusing for your readers, you could combine them into a single expression. Alternate translation: “the things that evil spirits say to trick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TI	4	2	pw29		ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων	1	in false-speaking hypocrisy	If your readers would misunderstand what this phrase refers to, you could start a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “The people who teach these things are hypocrites, and they tell lies”
 1TI	4	2	u2f4	figs-metaphor	κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν	1	their own consciences having been seared	Paul is speaking figuratively of these people as if their sense of right and wrong had been ruined like skin that someone had burned with a hot iron. Alternate translation: “they will not have any sense of right and wrong any more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	4	2	t288	figs-activepassive	κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν	1	their own consciences having been seared	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will be people who have destroyed their sense of right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	4	2	t288	figs-activepassive	κεκαυστηριασμένων τὴν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν	1	their own consciences having been seared	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they will be people who have destroyed their sense of right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	3	t289		κωλυόντων γαμεῖν	1	forbidding to marry	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “these people teach that it is wrong to marry”
 1TI	4	3	wd2l	figs-explicit	κωλυόντων γαμεῖν	1	forbidding to marry	The implication of this phrase is that these false teachers will forbid believers to **marry**. Alternate translation: “these people will forbid believers to marry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	3	t291	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων	1	to abstain from foods	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. He does not mean that these false teachers will forbid believers to abstain from certain foods, but that the false teachers will require them to abstain from certain foods. In other words, the meaning of **forbidding** does not carry forward from the previous clause; rather, the meaning of “requiring” should be supplied. Alternate translation: “they will require believers to abstain from certain foods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -211,16 +211,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	3	t295	figs-nominaladj	ἐπεγνωκόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	the ones knowing the truth	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who understand the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	4	4	pppf	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	For	The word **For** communicates that what follows is the reason for what Paul just said. Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “that is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TI	4	4	dv4s	figs-distinguish	πᾶν κτίσμα Θεοῦ καλόν	1	every creature of God is good	If your readers would misunderstand the phrase**every creation**, you could express the idea behind the expression **creation of God** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “everything that God created is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TI	4	4	a15j	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον	1	nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	4	4	a15j	figs-activepassive	οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον	1	nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “we are free to eat anything that we can thank God for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	5	gwcs	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		The word **for** communicates that what follows is the reason for the last part of what Paul has just said. In other words, it is the reason why “nothing being received with thanksgiving is vile.” Use a natural way in your language to give a reason. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TI	4	5	m5mb	figs-activepassive	ἁγιάζεται	1	it is sanctified	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “it becomes holy” or “it is suitable to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	4	5	m5mb	figs-activepassive	ἁγιάζεται	1	it is sanctified	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “it becomes holy” or “it is suitable to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	5	fhd6	figs-metonymy	διὰ λόγου Θεοῦ	1	by the word of God	In this context, the term **word** has a specific meaning. It refers to the pronouncement that God made in his word that everything that he created was good. Alternate translation: “because of what God said about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TI	4	5	t300	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐντεύξεως	1	and prayer	In context, the implication is that this refers to prayers of thanksgiving to God for food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because of the thanks that people offer to God for it in prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	4	5	t300	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐντεύξεως	1	and prayer	In context, the implication is that this refers to prayers of thanksgiving to God for food. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and because of the thanks that people offer to God for it in prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	6	ks5x	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα ὑποτιθέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	Placing these things before the brothers	Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were objects that could be physically placed in front of the other believers. Alternate translation: “if you help the believers remember these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	6	hfx3		ταῦτα	1	these things	This refers to the teaching that began in [3:16](../03/16.md).
 1TI	4	6	h6qr	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	before the brothers	Paul is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes men and women. Alternate translation: “the brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	4	6	uyeb	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς	1	the brothers	The term **the brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus. Alternative translation: “your fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	4	6	t304	figs-activepassive	ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας	1	being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	4	6	t304	figs-activepassive	ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας	1	being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expessed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	6	f8vs	figs-metaphor	ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας	1	being nourished by the words of the faith and of the good teaching that you have followed	Paul speaks of these statements and teachings as if they could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching, are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	6	ny78	figs-metonymy	τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας	1	by the words of the faith and of the good teaching	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the statements of belief and the teachings that explain them, both expressed in words. Alternate translation: “the statements of what we believe, expressed in proper teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	4	7	th4i		τοὺς…βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους	1	the profane and old-womanish myths	See how you translated **myths** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **profane** in [1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “foolish, made-up stories in which nothing is sacred”
@@ -239,12 +239,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	4	10	t322	figs-gendernotations	πάντων ἀνθρώπων	1	men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	4	12	qi8l		μηδείς σου τῆς νεότητος καταφρονείτω	1	Let no one despise your youth	The term **despise** here does not mean “hate,” but “think little of” or “scorn.” Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone disrespect you just because you are young”
 1TI	4	12	t325		ἐν λόγῳ	1	in word	In this context, the term **word** means “what you say.” Alternate translation: “in your speech”
-1TI	4	13	t326	figs-explicit	πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	4	13	t326	figs-explicit	πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what Timothy is to read and to whom, and whom he is to exhort and teach. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in the church there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	13	kky7	figs-abstractnouns	πρόσεχε τῇ ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρακλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	attend to the reading, to the exhortation, to the teaching	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **reading**, **exhortation**, and **teaching**, you can translate them with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “continue reading the Scriptures to the people in your meeting there, exhorting them, and teaching them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	4	14	i1ka	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ἀμέλει	1		You can translate this phrase in a positive way if that is more natural for your language. Alternate translations: “continue to use” or “make sure you develop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1TI	4	14	t22x	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος	1	Do not neglect the gift in you	Paul speaks of Timothy as if he were a container that could hold God’s **gift**. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	4	14	hdd9	figs-explicit	μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος	1	Do not neglect the gift in you	The implication is that this **gift** is the ability that God has given Timothy for ministry. Alternate translation: “do not neglect the ability that God has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	4	14	xp1k	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας	1	which was given to you through prophecy	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	4	14	xp1k	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας	1	which was given to you through prophecy	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “which you received when leaders of the church prophesied about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	4	14	rr8f	translate-symaction	ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου	1	with the imposition of the hands of the elders	Paul is speaking of a ceremony during which the church leaders put their **hands** on Timothy and prayed that God would enable him to do the work he had commanded him to do. Alternate translation: “when the elders all laid their hands on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 1TI	4	15	sbcg	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	If it is helpful in your language, you may want to make explicit what **these things** are. Alternate translation: “these things that I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	4	15	m65m	figs-metaphor	ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι	1	Study these things, be in them	Paul is speaking figuratively as if Timothy could physically be inside the instructions he has just given him. Alternate translation: “and follow them consistently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -279,12 +279,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	7	qw6m		καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν	1	Also command these things, so that they may be irreproachable	This statement seems to refer back to [4:11](../04/11.md), “Command and teach these things,” which Paul tells Timothy after telling him in [4:6](../04/06.md) to “place these things before the brothers.” So **they** seems to refer to all the believers in this situation, including the widows, their families, and the local church that is supposed to organize the list of widows and make sure that the widows are cared for well. Alternate translation: “also give these instructions to the believers, so that no one will be able to accuse them of doing anything wrong”
 1TI	5	8	p7h2	figs-idiom	τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ	1	someone does not provide for his own, and especially for household members	Here, **his own** is an idiom that means “his own relatives.” Alternate translation: “a person does not help with his relatives’ needs, and especially those of the family members living in his home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	8	y645	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πίστιν ἤρνηται	1	he has denied the faith	Here, **the faith** refers to believing in Jesus and obeying him. Paul explains that this action would be equivalent to denying all of this. Alternate translations: “by doing that, he denies that he belongs to Jesus” or “he has shown that he does not follow the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TI	5	8	evm7	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων	1	is worse than an unbeliever	The implication is that this person is **worse than an unbeliever** because even unbelievers take care of their own relatives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus, because they do take care of their relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	5	9	s8ql	figs-activepassive	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1	Let a widow be enrolled	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	5	9	khe1	figs-explicit	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1		There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	5	8	evm7	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων	1	is worse than an unbeliever	The implication is that this person is **worse than an unbeliever** because even unbelievers take care of their own relatives. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus, because they do take care of their relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	5	9	s8ql	figs-activepassive	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1	Let a widow be enrolled	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “have the church put a widow on the register” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	5	9	khe1	figs-explicit	χήρα καταλεγέσθω	1		There seems to have been a list of widows who had no family to help them. The church members met these women’s needs for food, clothing, and shelter, and these women then devoted their lives to serving the Christian community. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have the church put a woman on the list of widows who truly need help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	9	i27x	figs-litotes	μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα	1	being not less than sixty years old	Paul is using the figure of speech **not less than** here that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “if she is at least sixty years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TI	5	9	q9dj	figs-idiom	ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή	1	a wife of one husband	Like the similar expression in [3:2](../03/02.md), this could mean: (1) she has only one husband. Alternate translation: “she was always faithful to her husband” (2) she was only married once. If it means this second possibility, it is not clear whether Paul means to exclude women who were married more than once and widowed each time, or more specifically women who divorced their husbands and married other men. Alternate translation: “she had one husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TI	5	10	l8nm	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη	1	attested in good works	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	5	10	l8nm	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη	1	attested in good works	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “people must be able to attest to her good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	10	mik7		ἐξενοδόχησεν	1	has received strangers	Alternate translations: “has welcomed strangers into her home” or “practiced hospitality”
 1TI	5	10	ygl3	translate-symaction	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	In this culture, people walked barefoot or in sandals on roads that were dusty or muddy, so washing their feet once they entered a home was a way of helping them be comfortable and clean. If the people of your culture would not be familiar with this practice, you could use a general expression instead. Alternate translation: “has cared for believers who visited her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 1TI	5	10	t366	figs-synecdoche	ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν	1	has washed the feet of the saints	Paul may be using one type of humble service figuratively to represent humble service in general. Alternate translation: “has done humble things to help other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -303,11 +303,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	14	u94k		τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ	1	the one opposing	This expression could refer by implication to: (1) This could refer to: (1) Satan. This is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) unbelievers who are opposing the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “unbelievers who are opposing you”
 1TI	5	15	fy54	figs-metaphor	ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	having … turned aside after Satan	Paul speaks of living in faithfulness to Christ as if it were a path that one can either follow or turn aside from. He means that some younger widows have stopped obeying Jesus and have started to do what Satan would want them to do instead. Alternate translation: “have stopped living in obedience to Jesus and have decided to obey Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	5	16	g8k5	figs-nominaladj	τις πιστὴ	1	any believing woman	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **believing woman**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “any woman who believes in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TI	5	16	mf4s	figs-explicit	ἔχει χήρας	1	has widows	The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	5	16	mf4s	figs-explicit	ἔχει χήρας	1	has widows	The implication is that she **has widows** within her extended family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “has relatives who are widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	16	y6hf	figs-metaphor	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	Paul speaks figuratively of the community having to help more people than it is able to help as if it were carrying too much weight on its back. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	5	16	t384	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	5	16	t384	figs-activepassive	καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία	1	let the church not be weighed down	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “so that the church will not have more work than it can do” or “so that the Christian community will not have to support widows whose families could provide for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	16	d35m		ὄντως χήραις	1	genuine widows	Alternate translation: “widows who have no one else to provide for them”
-1TI	5	17	u93q	figs-activepassive	οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν	1	The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy	If your readers would misunderstand the passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	5	17	u93q	figs-activepassive	οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι…ἀξιούσθωσαν	1	The elders having ruled well, let them be considered worthy	If your readers would misunderstand the passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “All believers should consider elders who are good leaders to be deserving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	5	17	wp9d	figs-abstractnouns	διπλῆς τιμῆς	1	of double honor	Here, **double honor** could mean: (1) the congregation should honor the elders in two ways. Alternate translation: “of both respect and payment for their work” (2) they should honor them twice as much as others. Since Paul quotes two Scriptures in the next verse that support the idea of church leaders being paid for their work, the first possibility is more likely. Alternate translation: “of more respect than others receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TI	5	17	r8ew	figs-nominaladj	οἱ κοπιῶντες	1	the ones toiling	Paul is using the participle **toiling**, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to members of a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand **toiling**, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “elders who labor diligently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	17	t389	figs-hendiadys	ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ	1	in the word and in teaching	This phrase may be expressing a single idea by using two phrases (which are actually just two words in Greek) connected with **and**. The phrase **in the word** would be identifying the content of the **teaching**. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “at teaching from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	19	kmy5		δύο ἢ τριῶν	1	two or three	Alternate translations: “at least two” or “two or more”
 1TI	5	20	m4uh	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας	1	the ones sinning	Paul is using this participle, which functions as an adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. This could refer to: (1) any believers who are sinning. Alternate translation: “believers who are sinning” (2) elders. Alternate translation: “elders who are doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	5	20	db63	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον…πάντων	1	before all	Paul uses the expression **before** to mean “in front of.” Alternate translations: “where everyone can see” or “in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	5	20	ql4m	figs-explicit	ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	so that the rest also may have fear	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1TI	5	20	ql4m	figs-explicit	ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	so that the rest also may have fear	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what, by implication, people will be afraid of doing. Alternate translation: “so that other people will be afraid to sin themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	20	t404	figs-idiom	φόβον ἔχωσιν	1	may have fear	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TI	5	21	x0zp		διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων	1	I adjure you, before God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels	By calling on **God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels** as witnesses to what Paul is saying, Paul is making Timothy responsible to God to do what he says. If this is not clear, then put this into the form that your language uses for an oath. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are my witnesses, I put you under oath”
 1TI	5	21	t405	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	before God and Christ Jesus	Paul uses the expression **before**, meaning “in front of,” to indicate “where they can see.” Seeing, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “as God and Christ Jesus and the chosen angels are watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -341,13 +341,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	5	25	pd8v	figs-explicit	καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα	1	good works are also evident	Implicitly, here Paul does not mean all good works, since in the rest of the sentence he speaks of some good works that are not evident. Alternate translation: “most good works are also obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	25	qlu5	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ	1	good works	The implication of **good works** is that these works are considered **good** because they are consistent with God’s character, purposes, and will. Alternate translation: “actions that God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	5	25	bl51	figs-metaphor	καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1	and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden	Paul speaks of good works as if they were objects that someone could hide. Alternate translation: “and people will find out later about even those good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	5	25	t420	figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1	and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and people who secretly do good works will not be able to hide them forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	5	25	bb2t	figs-doublenegatives	κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1		If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … hidden**, you can say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+1TI	5	25	t420	figs-activepassive	καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1	and the ones having otherwise are not able to be hidden	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “and people who secretly do good works will not be able to hide them forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	5	25	bb2t	figs-doublenegatives	κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί	1		If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … hidden**, you can express this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “people will learn about later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1TI	6	intro	rks4			0		# 1 Timothy 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>In this chapter Paul teaches slaves about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving their masters. This does not mean that he is endorsing slavery as a good thing or as something that God approves of. Instead, Paul is encouraging believers to be godly and content in every situation that they are in. This does not mean that they cannot also work to change those situations.
 1TI	6	1	nm4n	figs-metaphor	ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι	1	As many slaves as are under the yoke	Paul speaks of people who work as **slaves** as though they were oxen plowing or pulling with a **yoke** around their necks. Alternate translation: “concerning people who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	1	ep1l	figs-explicit	ὅσοι εἰσὶν…δοῦλοι	1	as many … as are	The implication in context is that Paul is speaking about believers who are slaves. Alternate translation: “All the believers who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TI	6	1	he2n	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται	1	so that the name of God and the teaching may not be blasphemed	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will not insult God’s character or what we believe and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1TI	6	1	e3ce		ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται	1		If your readers would misunderstand this negative phrase, you could say this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach”
+1TI	6	1	he2n	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται	1	so that the name of God and the teaching may not be blasphemed	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will not insult God’s character or what we believe and teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	6	1	e3ce		ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται	1		If your readers would misunderstand this negative phrase, you could express this in a positive way. Alternate translation: “so that unbelievers will always speak respectfully about God’s character and about the things that we teach”
 1TI	6	1	xb92	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the name of God	Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Alternate translations: “God’s character” or “God’s reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	1	f5pc	figs-explicit	ἡ διδασκαλία	1	the teaching	Implicitly Paul means **the teaching** about Jesus and about how his followers should live. Alternate translation: “our teaching about how believers should live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	2	fvv7	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί εἰσιν	1	they are brothers	Here, **brothers** figuratively means fellow believers in Jesus, whether male or female. Alternate translation: “they are fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	3	t431	figs-metonymy	ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις	1	to the healthy words	Paul uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the verbal expression of what followers of Jesus genuinely believe. Alternate translation: “the true expression of our faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	3	sshf		τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		This could refer to: (1) the message about the Lord Jesus. (2) words spoken by the Lord Jesus.
 1TI	6	4	pn8n	figs-metaphor	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Paul speaks figuratively of a person who is excessively proud as if they were inflated with air. See how you translated this in [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	4	t433	figs-activepassive	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **puffed up**, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	6	4	t433	figs-activepassive	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **puffed up**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	4	t434	figs-gendernotations	τετύφωται	1	he is puffed up	Here, **he** refers to anyone in general who teaches what is not correct. Alternate translation: “that person is excessively proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	4	z2rb	figs-hyperbole	μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος	1	understanding nothing	Paul uses the term **nothing** here as a generalization for emphasis. It is specifically God’s true message that the person does not understand. Alternate translation: “he understands nothing about God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TI	6	4	qu86	figs-metaphor	νοσῶν περὶ ζητήσεις	1	ailing about controversies and word-battles	Paul speaks of people who feel compelled to engage in useless arguments as if they were ill. Such people greatly desire to argue, and they do not really want to find a way to agree. Alternate translation: “morbidly craves arguments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	4	y3mx		βλασφημίαι	1	blasphemies	While the term **blasphemies** often refers to untrue or disrespectful things that people say about God, in this context it refers to people falsely saying bad things about each other. Alternate translation: “insults”
 1TI	6	4	kn69		ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί	1	evil suspicions	Alternate translation: “people thinking incorrectly that others want to harm them”
 1TI	6	5	x93f	figs-metaphor	διαπαρατριβαὶ	1	friction	Here, **friction** is the last item in the list that began in the previous verse, a litany of bad things that result from “controversies and word-battles.” This is a metaphor. It compares two results: the heat and damage which occur when two objects rub together and the irritation and anger that can occur when people interact badly. Alternate translation: “and constant conflict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	5	z2d8	figs-activepassive	διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας	1	men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “between people whose minds are corrupt and who no longer believe the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	6	5	z2d8	figs-activepassive	διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας	1	men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “between people whose minds are corrupt and who no longer believe the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	5	tyf7	figs-parallelism	διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν καὶ ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας	1	men having been corrupted as to the mind and having been deprived of the truth	These two phrases mean basically the same thin; Paul uses the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are no longer able to recognize the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TI	6	5	t443	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1	between men	Paul uses the term **men** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “between people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TI	6	6	q5sq	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Paul uses the word **But** to introduce a contrast between what the false teachers believe about godliness and what is really true about godliness. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	7	t448	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι	1	that	Here Paul leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and so it is also clear that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TI	6	7	jlv8	figs-explicit	οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνάμεθα	1	neither are we able to take anything out	The implication of this phrase is that Paul is speaking about when a person dies. Alternate translation: “we can take nothing out of the world when we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	8	lbk5	figs-declarative	ἀρκεσθησόμεθα	1	we will be satisfied	Here Paul uses a statement in order to express a moral imperative. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-1TI	6	8	t451	figs-activepassive	ἀρκεσθησόμεθα	1	we will be satisfied	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	6	8	t451	figs-activepassive	ἀρκεσθησόμεθα	1	we will be satisfied	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that should be enough for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	9	ij4j	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Now	Paul uses the word **Now** to indicate that he is returning to the topic of those who think being godly will make them wealthy. You can translate the term with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TI	6	9	t453	figs-nominaladj	οἱ…βουλόμενοι	1	the ones wanting	Paul is using this participle, which functions as adjective, as a noun to refer to a class of people that it describes. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could translate it with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TI	6	9	pl5d	figs-metaphor	ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς πειρασμὸν, καὶ παγίδα	1	fall into temptation and a trap	Paul speaks figuratively about those who let the **temptation** of money cause them to sin as if they were animals that **fall into** a hole that a hunter is using as **a trap**. Alternate translation: “will encounter more temptation than they can resist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	10	t462	figs-hyperbole	πάντων τῶν κακῶν	1	of all evils	Paul uses the term **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “of many kinds of wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TI	6	10	j5z9		ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι	1	which, some desiring	The reference here is to people **desiring** money, not evil. You could start a new sentence here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “people who want to become rich”
 1TI	6	10	b83v	figs-metaphor	ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	Paul speaks figuratively of the desire for money as if it were an evil guide that intentionally leads people down the wrong path. Alternate translation: “have stopped believing in Jesus because of their desire for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	10	t465	figs-activepassive	ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	6	10	t465	figs-activepassive	ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι, ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως	1	have been led away from the faith	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translations: “which has led some people away from believing in Jesus” or “this love for money has led some people to stop following Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	10	a1fx	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς	1	have pierced themselves with many sorrows	Paul speaks about grief as if it were a sword that people use to stab themselves. Alternate translation: “have experienced great sorrows in their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	11	tp97		ὦ ἄνθρωπε Θεοῦ	1	O man of God	Alternate translations: “you servant of God” or “you person who belongs to God”
 1TI	6	11	h9c6	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα φεῦγε	1	flee these things	Paul speaks of these temptations and sins as if they were things a person could physically run away from. Alternate translation: “make sure that you do not do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	11	zjl3	figs-metaphor	δίωκε	1	pursue	Paul speaks of righteousness and other good qualities as if they were things that a person could run after and catch. This metaphor is the opposite of “flee from.” It means to try your best to obtain something. Alternate translation: “seek to acquire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	12	w21p	figs-metaphor	ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως	1	Fight the good fight of the faith	Here, Paul speaks figuratively about a person persevering in following Jesus as if he were a warrior fighting at his best, or an athlete doing his best to win an event. Alternate translation: “do your best to obey Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TI	6	12	y6m8	figs-metaphor	ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς	1	grasp eternal life	Paul speaks figuratively about people wanting **eternal life** so much that they hold onto it firmly in their hands. He may be continuing the metaphor of an athlete who worked hard to win an event and now holds the trophy in his hands. Alternate translations: “eagerly desire to live with God forever” or “do whatever is necessary to pursue life with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	12	usd1	figs-activepassive	εἰς ἣν ἐκλήθης	1	to which you were called	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to which God called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	6	12	usd1	figs-activepassive	εἰς ἣν ἐκλήθης	1	to which you were called	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “to which God called you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	12	qw96		ὡμολόγησας τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν	1	you confessed the good confession	Alternate translation: “you publicly stated your faith in Jesus”
 1TI	6	12	vm6q	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων	1	before many witnesses	The implication is that Timothy’s statement of his faith was binding because these **witnesses** were present and could testify that he had made it. In your translation, you can use the expression used in your culture for a public, legal commitment. Alternate translation: “while many people were watching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	13	t476	figs-explicit	ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	before God	The implication is that Paul is asking **God** to be his witness that he has given Timothy this command. Alternate translation: “with God as my witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TI	6	20	dd1v	figs-explicit	τὴν παραθήκην φύλαξον	1	guard the entrustment	The implication is that Jesus has entrusted Timothy with the message to proclaim about him. Alternate translation: “protect the message about Jesus that he has put in your care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TI	6	20	vgr8	figs-metonymy	ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας	1	avoiding the profane chatter	In order to avoid **profane chatter**, Timothy must avoid the people who do the chattering. Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to the talk of people for whom nothing is sacred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TI	6	20	t498		καὶ ἀντιθέσεις	1	and contradictions	This could mean: (1) the false teachers are saying things that are contrary to true Christian belief. Alternate translations: “and teachings that contradict us” or “and the opposing statements” (2) the false teachers are saying things that cannot all be true at the same time.
-1TI	6	20	y2u7	figs-activepassive	τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως	1	of miscalled knowledge	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1TI	6	20	y2u7	figs-activepassive	τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως	1	of miscalled knowledge	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “of what some people falsely call knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1TI	6	21	e6rb	figs-metaphor	περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν	1	have missed the mark regarding the faith	See how you translated this expression in [1:6](../01/06.md). Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target that people should aim at. Alternate translation: “have not fulfilled the purpose of faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TI	6	21	t501		ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	If your readers would misunderstand who will give this grace, you could say who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
+1TI	6	21	t501		ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	If your readers would misunderstand who will give this grace, you could state who Paul is thinking will make this happen. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you”
 1TI	6	21	hix2	figs-you	ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	The word **you** is plural and refers to Timothy and all the believers at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “may God give grace to all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
diff --git a/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv b/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
index f5b3ba0cc1..215d0cb313 100644
--- a/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	15	p018	figs-hyperbole	πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ	1	all who are in Asia	The word **all** could mean: (1) “many, but not all” in the strict sense, since Timothy and Onesiphorus did not turn away from him. So this would be an example of hyperbole. (2) the men who came to Rome with him from Asia Minor. Alternate translation: “all who came with me from Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TI	1	15	p019	translate-names	Ἀσίᾳ	1	Asia	This is the name of a Roman province, Asia Minor, which had its capital at Ephesus, which is where Timothy was living at the time of this letter. It is now a region in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	15	p6f4	figs-metaphor	ἀπεστράφησάν με	1	turned away from me	This is a metaphor that means they left Paul and stopped helping him. Alternate translation: “have deserted me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	1	15	p020	figs-explicit	ἀπεστράφησάν με	1	turned away from me	Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	1	15	p020	figs-explicit	ἀπεστράφησάν με	1	turned away from me	Paul assumes that Timothy would know that the reason that the believers from Asia had abandoned him was because the authorities had put him in prison. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “have deserted me because I am in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	1	15	x6cc	translate-names	Φύγελος	1	Phygelus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	15	p021	translate-names	Ἑρμογένης	1	Hermogenes	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TI	1	16	e6hl	translate-names	Ὀνησιφόρου	1	of Onesiphorus	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	1	18	p025	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν, βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις	1	how much he served in Ephesus, you know very well	Paul is reminding Timothy that Onesiphorus helped him earlier, in Ephesus. So, Paul is asking the Lord to bless Onesiphorus because he helped Paul several times. Alternate translation: “you know well how much he also helped me earlier when I was in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	intro	k3zn			0		# 2 Timothy 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 11b-13, Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn. To show the reader that this may be a quotation, in your translation you may choose to set these verses farther to the right than the other verses in the chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br><br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br><br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
 2TI	2	1	bll5	figs-metaphor	τέκνον μου	1	my child	Here, **child** is a term of great love and approval. Timothy is not Paul’s biological child. It is also likely that Paul introduced Timothy to Christ, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: “who are like my child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	1	p026	figs-activepassive	ἐνδυναμοῦ	1	be strengthened	You could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TI	2	1	p026	figs-activepassive	ἐνδυναμοῦ	1	be strengthened	you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “let God make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	1	e6ex	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	in the grace that is in Christ Jesus	Paul wants Timothy to experience the strength that God provides through his **grace** or kindness. Believers experience God’s grace through knowing Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “as you allow Christ Jesus to kindly empower you through your relationship to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	2	ig9v	figs-explicit	διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων	1	along with many witnesses	Paul is referring to teaching in a public setting with others present. The implication is that those others could testify as to what he taught. Alternate translation: “in the presence of people who can testify to what I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	2	kv1m	figs-metaphor	ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1	entrust these things to faithful men	Paul speaks of his instructions to Timothy as if they were objects that Timothy could give to other people and trust them to use correctly. Alternate translation: “commit them” or “teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	2	20	mt5e	figs-abstractnouns	ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν, ἃ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν	1	both some for honor and some for dishonor	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **honor** and **dishonor**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “he uses the former at events to honor people and he uses the latter to do things that no one wants to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TI	2	21	jm3p	figs-metaphor	ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων	1	has cleansed himself from these	Here Paul continues the metaphor that compares people in the church to containers in a great house that have different uses. Paul speaks figuratively of a person washing himself clean as though he had been a pot full of something bad. By this he means that the person has given up certain associations or activities. Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the false teachers who are destroying the faith of some people. Alternate translation: “has disassociated himself from these false teachers” (2) the activities of quarreling and false teaching that Paul has warned Timothy about. Alternate translation: “has stopped doing these ungodly actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	g79f	figs-metaphor	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	Paul speaks figuratively of a person who has given up these associations or activities as if he were a particular kind of container. Alternate translation: “he will be like a dish for special occasions” or “he will be like a dish that is used to honor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	2	21	p062	figs-explicit	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	2	21	p062	figs-explicit	ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν	1	he will be a container for honor	The implication is that God will be able to give important assignments to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be someone to whom God can give important assignments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	2	21	mh63		ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἡγιασμένον εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον	1	he will be a container for honor, having been sanctified, useful to the Master, having been prepared for every good work	These four phrases could mean: (1) the ones beginning with **having been** give the reason for the phrase before them. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor because he has been sanctified, and he will be useful to the Master because he has been prepared for every good work” (2) all four phrases could simply be describing the person. Alternate translation: “he will be a container for honor, someone who is sanctified, useful to the Master, and ready for every good work”
-2TI	2	21	p063	figs-activepassive	ἡγιασμένον	1	having been sanctified	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TI	2	21	p063	figs-activepassive	ἡγιασμένον	1	having been sanctified	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for himself” or “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	2	21	nl5d	figs-metaphor	ἡγιασμένον	1	having been sanctified	If this phrase is continuing the metaphor of objects in a house, then Paul is referring to a person who is free from wrong associations or activities as if he were a precious object whose owner keeps it in a special place. Whether this phrase is continuing the metaphor or not, it still expresses the idea of being “dedicated” for a special purpose. Alternate translation: “whom God has set apart for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	p064	figs-metaphor	εὔχρηστον τῷ Δεσπότῃ	1	useful to the Master	In the context of the metaphor of the house, Paul speaks of God figuratively as the head of the household. Alternate translation: “useful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	2	21	p065	figs-activepassive	εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον	1	having been prepared for every good work	If your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form to express this same idea. Alternate translation: “who has gotten himself ready to do any good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	2	g7ax	figs-explicit	ἔλεγξον	1	reprove	The command to **reprove** implies that the action is directed toward people who have done something wrong and are in need of correction. Alternate translation: “correct those who have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	4	2	p101		ἐπιτίμησον	1	rebuke	The word **rebuke** involves telling someone that they have done something wrong and warning them not to do it again. Alternate translation: “tell them not to sin”
 2TI	4	2	p102	figs-hendiadys	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	Here, **patience and teaching** is a hendiadys, with **patience** modifying **teaching**. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-2TI	4	2	g5r0	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2TI	4	2	g5r0	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	The implication is that this is how Timothy should preach, reprove, rebuke, and exhort. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do these things by teaching very patiently” or “always do these things by teaching patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2TI	4	2	p103	figs-hyperbole	ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ διδαχῇ	1	with all patience and teaching	Here, **all** could mean: (1) Timothy should always be patient when he teaches. Alternate translation: “always teaching patiently” (2) a generalization for emphasis, meaning that Timothy should be very patient. Alternate translation: “by teaching very patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TI	4	3	jv7a		ἔσται…καιρὸς ὅτε	1	there will be a time when	Alternate translation: “the time will come when”
 2TI	4	3	u2cc		οὐκ ἀνέξονται	1	they will not endure	Alternate translation: “they will no longer listen patiently to”
@@ -296,12 +296,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	4	rh2i	figs-metaphor	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	4	p105	figs-metonymy	ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν	1	will both turn their ear away from the truth	Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2TI	4	4	xrv7	figs-metaphor	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	4	4	p106	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TI	4	4	p106	figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται	1	be turned aside to myths	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	5	ehz7	figs-metaphor	νῆφε	1	be sober	Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	5	tv3k		εὐαγγελιστοῦ	1	of an evangelist	Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
 2TI	4	6	p107		ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”
 2TI	4	6	sh23	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	Paul speaks of himself as if he were wine in a cup that was being poured out as a sacrifice to God. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice of my life to God will soon be complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2TI	4	6	p108	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TI	4	6	p108	figs-activepassive	ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι	1	I am already being poured out	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “My life will soon end as a sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TI	4	6	fb7l	figs-euphemism	ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἀναλύσεώς μου ἐφέστηκεν	1	the time of my departure is here	Paul refers to his death as a **departure**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Alternate translation: “soon I will die and leave this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 2TI	4	7	d9ts	figs-metaphor	τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι	1	I have fought the good fight	Paul speaks of himself figuratively as if he has been competing in an athletic contest. Here, **good** could mean: (1) the kind of effort Paul has made. Alternate translation: “I have done my best” (2) Paul has pursued a worthwhile endeavor. Alternate translation: “I have worked hard for what really matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TI	4	7	kq83	figs-metaphor	τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα	1	I have finished the race	Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: “I have completed what I needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -356,4 +356,4 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TI	4	22	tx26	figs-you	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου	1	The Lord be with your spirit	Paul ends his letter with a blessing for Timothy. Here, **you** is singular and refers to Timothy. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes your spirit strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 2TI	4	22	p119	figs-synecdoche	ὁ Κύριος μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματός σου	1	The Lord be with your spirit	Paul figuratively describes Timothy as a whole person by reference to his **spirit**, perhaps because he is wishing particularly for Timothy to receive spiritual strengthening. Alternate translation: “I pray that the Lord makes you strong” or “I pray that the Lord will strengthen you spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 2TI	4	22	k85y	figs-you	ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	Paul ends his letter with a second blessing. The **you** here is plural and refers to all of the believers who are with Timothy. Alternate translation: “May grace be with all of you there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-2TI	4	22	p120		ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”
+2TI	4	22	p120		ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν	1	Grace be with you	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state who Paul wishes will make this happen. Alternate translation: “May God give grace to all of you”
diff --git a/en_tn_58-PHM.tsv b/en_tn_58-PHM.tsv
index 835de3f051..da2087bc4b 100644
--- a/en_tn_58-PHM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_58-PHM.tsv
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ PHM	1	1	y9zu	figs-exclusive	ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1		Here, the word **our** is no
 PHM	1	1	gvmy	translate-names	Φιλήμονι	1		This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHM	1	1	q84z	figs-explicit	Φιλήμονι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you can include the information that this is a letter in which Paul is speaking directly to Philemon, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHM	1	1	r3l9	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	our	The word **our** here refers to Paul and those with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-PHM	1	1	ww3l		καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν	1	and our fellow worker	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say more specifically how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus”
+PHM	1	1	ww3l		καὶ συνεργῷ ἡμῶν	1	and our fellow worker	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state more specifically how Philemon worked with Paul. Alternate translation: “who, like us, works to spread the gospel” or “who works as we do to serve Jesus”
 PHM	1	2	b37l	translate-names	Ἀπφίᾳ	1		This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHM	1	2	bb1s	figs-exclusive	τῇ ἀδελφῇ	1		Here, the word **our** is not in the original, but was necessary for English, which requires that a relationship word indicate who the person is related to. In this case, **our** would be inclusive, relating Apphia to Paul and the readers as a sister in Christ. If your language requires this, you can do the same. If not, you can do the same as the original, which says, “the sister.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 PHM	1	2	hhpc	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀδελφῇ	1		Paul is using the term **sister** figuratively to mean a woman who shares the same faith. Alternate translation: “our fellow Christian” or “our spiritual sister” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ PHM	1	6	mfrp	figs-explicit	ὅπως	1		Here, **that** introduces the content of
 PHM	1	6	t54l	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου	1	the fellowship of your faith	The word translated **fellowship** means a sharing or a partnership in something. Paul probably intends both meanings, but if you must choose, it could mean: (1) that Philemon shares the same faith in Christ as Paul and others. Alternate translation: “the faith that you share with us” (2) that Philemon is a partner with Paul and others in working for Christ. Alternate translation: “your working together with us as believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	6	hcwp	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεώς σου, ἐνεργὴς γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ τοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν εἰς Χριστόν.	1		If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns **faith** and **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind **faith** with a verb such as “trust” or “believe,” and **knowledge** with a verb such as “know” or “learn.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in the Messiah along with us, you may become increasingly better at serving the Messiah, as you learn about all of the good things that he has given us to use for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	6	pxw1	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ	1	may be effective for the knowledge of everything good	This could mean: (1) “and will result in you knowing every good thing” (2) “so that those you share your faith with will know every good thing” Alternate translation: “by knowing everything good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHM	1	6	n25e	figs-explicit	εἰς Χριστόν	1	in Christ	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say more explicitly how “everything good” is **for Christ**. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Christ” or “for the benefit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+PHM	1	6	n25e	figs-explicit	εἰς Χριστόν	1	in Christ	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state more explicitly how “everything good” is **for Christ**. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Christ” or “for the benefit of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 PHM	1	7	vyc7	figs-abstractnouns	χαρὰν γὰρ πολλὴν ἔσχον καὶ παράκλησιν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **joy** and **comfort**, you could express the idea behind them with adjectives. Alternate translation: “For you made me very joyful and comforted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	7	xlp6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃ σου	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “because you love people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHM	1	7	shpv	figs-activepassive	τὰ σπλάγχνα τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται διὰ σοῦ	1	the inward parts of the saints are being refreshed by you	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have refreshed the inward parts of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ PHM	1	22	bx62	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἅμα	1	at the same time	The w
 PHM	1	22	ctr4		χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν	1	I will be given back to you	Alternate translation: “those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can go to you.”
 PHM	1	22	mzr0		ἑτοίμαζέ μοι ξενίαν	1	I will be given back to you	The word translated **guest room** refers to any hospitality that is provided for a guest. So the kind of space is unspecified. Alternate translation: “also prepare a place in your house for me.”
 PHM	1	22	lnw9		διὰ τῶν προσευχῶν ὑμῶν	1	I will be given back to you	Alternate translation: “God will answer your prayers so”
-PHM	1	22	p2u0	figs-activepassive	χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν.	1	I will be given back to you	If your readers would misunderstand this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bring me back to you” or “those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can come to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+PHM	1	22	p2u0	figs-activepassive	χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν.	1	I will be given back to you	If your readers would misunderstand this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bring me back to you” or “those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can come to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 PHM	1	22	o06s	figs-you	ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν	1	I will be given back to you	The words **your** and **you** here are plural, referring to Philemon and all the believers who met in his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 PHM	1	23	x2d8	translate-names	Ἐπαφρᾶς	1	Epaphras	**Epaphras** was the name of a man who was a fellow believer and prisoner with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 PHM	1	23	f0b6		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Epaphras	fdHere, **in Christ Jesus** means something similar to the phrases “in the Lord” and “in Christ” in verse 20. See how you translated those there. Alternate translation: “who is here with me because he serves Christ Jesus”
diff --git a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
index 6baf3a6686..e254f28368 100644
--- a/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ JAS	1	1	huk9	figs-idiom	χαίρειν.	1	Rejoice!	The word **Rejoice** was used
 JAS	1	2	knw6	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε	1	Consider it all joy	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “You should be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	2	j004	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε	1	Consider it all joy	James says **all** as an overstatement for emphasis. He does not mean that believers should be happy about all the bad things that happen to them when they encounter **trials**. Rather, he means that the **trials** provide a general occasion for them to rejoice because of the valuable things God that is developing in their lives. He describes these things in the next verse. Alternate translation: “You should be very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JAS	1	2	j005	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου	1	my brothers	James is using the term **brothers** figuratively to refer to fellow believers in Jesus. Alternate translation, as in UST: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	1	2	j006	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί μου	1	my brothers	James is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that James is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could say “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JAS	1	2	j006	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί μου	1	my brothers	James is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that James is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JAS	1	2	j007	figs-metaphor	περιπέσητε	1	you fall into	James is speaking figuratively of **trials** as if they were a hole or pit that believers could **fall into**. Alternate translation: “you encounter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	2	j008	figs-you	περιπέσητε	1	you fall into	The pronoun **you** is plural here, since James is writing to believers in Jesus as a group. Generally throughout the letter, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural for this same reason. These notes will identify the few places where they are singular instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JAS	1	3	j009		γινώσκοντες ὅτι	1	knowing that	It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, as UST does. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that” or “You should realize that”
@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ JAS	1	4	unh4	figs-doublet	τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι	1	perfect a
 JAS	1	4	l7ef		ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι	1	lacking in nothing	You could state this positively in your translation. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be”
 JAS	1	5	du7z	figs-abstractnouns	λείπεται σοφίας	1	lacks wisdom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “is not sure what would be the wise thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	5	q2df		αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ	1	let him ask from God	Alternate translation: “let him ask God”
-JAS	1	5	xu31	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	5	xu31	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	6	j010	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει	1	in faith	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	6	y2mk	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲν διακρινόμενος	1	doubting nothing	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing**, you could use a positive expression to translate it. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JAS	1	6	p12l	figs-simile	ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like the waves in the ocean, which keep moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JAS	1	6	j011	translate-unknown	κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	If you would like to use a simile in your translation but your readers would not be familiar with a **wave of the sea**, you could use another illustration that would be familiar to them. Alternate translation: “the desert sand swirling in the wind” or “stalks of tall grass swaying back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JAS	1	6	j012	figs-activepassive	κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	6	j012	figs-activepassive	κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	7	j013	figs-gendernotations	μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος	1	For let that man not think	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Such a person should not think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JAS	1	8	b5t6	figs-metaphor	ἀνὴρ δίψυχος	1	a double-minded man	James speaks figuratively of this person as if he had two minds, with one mind deciding to do one thing and the other mind deciding to do something else. Alternate translation: “a man who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	8	j014	figs-gendernotations	ἀνὴρ δίψυχος	1	a double-minded man	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person who cannot make up his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ JAS	1	12	j030	figs-possession	λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς
 JAS	1	12	k3hh	figs-metaphor	λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	he will receive the crown of life	James is using the image of a **crown** figuratively to indicate that God will honor this person. Alternate translation: “God will honor him by giving him life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	12	j031	figs-metaphor	λήμψεται τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	he will receive the crown of life	James is likely not speaking of physical **life** but of spiritual **life**, that is, of living forever in the presence of God after physical death. Alternate translation: “God will honor that person by giving him everlasting life in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	12	hx28	writing-pronouns	ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν	1	which he promised to the ones who love him	In this last clause in the verse, the words **he** and **him** refer to God, not to the person who **endures trial**. Alternate translation: “which God promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JAS	1	13	lh7z	figs-activepassive	ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι	1	I am tempted by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	13	lh7z	figs-activepassive	ἀπὸ Θεοῦ πειράζομαι	1	I am tempted by God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is tempting me” or “God is leading me to do something wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	13	p5cp		ὁ…Θεὸς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν	1	God is untempted by evil	Even though the word that ULT translates as **untempted** is an adjective, not a passive verbal form, it may be helpful to your readers if you translate it with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “evil does not tempt God” or “God’s desires never lead him to do something wrong”
 JAS	1	13	zb13		πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς οὐδένα	1	and he himself tempts no one	Alternate translation: “and God himself never leads anyone to do anything wrong”
 JAS	1	14	j032	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	James is using the word **But** to indicate a contrast between the wrong idea that God might tempt someone and the truth that each person **is tempted by his own desire**. This is actually a strong contrast, and you may wish to use a strong expression for it. Alternate translation: “No, on the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JAS	1	14	j033	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος	1	each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed	If your readers would misunderstand these passive phrases, you could say each of these things with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “each person’s own desire tempts him by enticing him and then dragging him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	14	j033	figs-activepassive	ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος	1	each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed	If your readers would misunderstand these passive phrases, you could express each of these things with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “each person’s own desire tempts him by enticing him and then dragging him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	14	nj9m	figs-personification	ἕκαστος…πειράζεται ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος	1	each is tempted by his own desire, dragged away and enticed	James is speaking figuratively of **desire** as if it were a living thing that could actively tempt people, entice them, and drag them away captive. Alternate translation: “each person wants to do wrong when he desires something that he should not desire and, because he is attracted to that thing, he commits sin and then cannot stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	1	14	nle5	figs-events	ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος	1	dragged away and enticed	Since the word translated as **enticed** often means to use bait to trap prey, James may be stressing the result (the captured prey being **dragged away**) by speaking of it before the method that was used to achieve it (baiting a trap). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that the method came before the result. Alternate translation: “enticed and dragged away” or “dragged away after being enticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JAS	1	14	z4bd	figs-metaphor	ἐξελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόμενος	1	dragged away and enticed	James is speaking figuratively of temptation as if the person who gave in to it were captured in a baited trap. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this metaphor as a simile. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wrong thing he desired were bait in a trap that caught him so that a hunter could then drag him away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ JAS	1	15	s4cd	figs-personification	εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβ
 JAS	1	15	j035	figs-personification	ἡ δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα, ἀποκύει θάνατον	1	and sin, having grown up, gives birth to death	James also speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a living thing, a baby girl who grew up to be a woman who also became pregnant and gave birth. Alternate translation: “and if he continues to sin, it will affect more and more of his life until it causes his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	1	15	j036	figs-metaphor	ἀποκύει θάνατον	1	gives birth to death	Here, **death** could mean: (1) spiritual death, that is, separation from God. This is the interpretation in UST. (2) physical death. Alternate translation: “causes the person to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	16	v195	figs-metaphor	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	James is speaking figuratively as if some deceptive guides were trying to lead his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “Do not be deceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	1	16	j037	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	1	16	j037	figs-activepassive	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. The meaning here is probably not truly passive. That is, even though James speaks as if someone else might lead his readers astray, that is probably not what he means. This could be: (1) a warning James’ readers not to lead themselves astray, that is, not to deceive themselves. That is the interpretation in UST. (2) a simple active meaning. Alternate translation: “Make no mistake about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	16	j038	figs-explicit	μὴ πλανᾶσθε	1	Do not be led astray	James is referring back to his statement in [1:13](../01/13.md) that God never desires to do evil and that God never leads anyone to do evil. Instead, as James will say in the next two verses, God gives only good things to people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not deceive yourselves, God is not evil, God is good” or “Make no mistake about this, God is not evil, God is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	16	j039	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί	1	my beloved brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	17	j040	figs-metaphor	πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ, καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον, ἄνωθέν ἐστιν	1	Every good present and every perfect gift is from above	Here, **from above** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively describes God. Alternate translation: “God gives us every good present and every perfect gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ JAS	1	17	j041	figs-metaphor	καταβαῖνον ἀπὸ	1	coming down from	Co
 JAS	1	17	n7d8	figs-metaphor	τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων	1	the Father of lights	Here, **lights** likely means the lights in the sky, that is, the sun, moon, and stars. James says figuratively that God is their **Father** because he created them. Alternate translation: “God, who created all the lights in the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	17	j042	figs-doublet	παρ’ ᾧ οὐκ ἔνι παραλλαγὴ ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα	1	with whom there is no change or shadow of turning	Here, **change** and **shadow of turning** mean similar things. James is using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them into a single phrase and express the metaphor of a **shadow** (see later note) as a simile. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God does not change as shifting shadows do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JAS	1	17	j043	figs-possession	τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα	1	shadow of turning	James is using the possessive form to describe a **shadow** that is characterized by **turning**. Alternate translation: “shadow that turns” or “shadow that changes position” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JAS	1	17	j044	figs-explicit	τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα	1	shadow of turning	James is contrasting God, the Creator of the lights in the sky, with those lights themselves, which are not as great as their Creator. They create shadows that change position, but God never deviates from wanting only good things for people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “turning shadow such as the sun or moon casts. No, God always wants good things for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	1	17	j044	figs-explicit	τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα	1	shadow of turning	James is contrasting God, the Creator of the lights in the sky, with those lights themselves, which are not as great as their Creator. They create shadows that change position, but God never deviates from wanting only good things for people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “turning shadow such as the sun or moon casts. No, God always wants good things for people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	17	g5ge	figs-metaphor	τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα	1	shadow of turning	There could not literally be a **shadow** in God, so this is a metaphor. Alternate translation: “variability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	18	j045		βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς	1	Having willed, he gave birth to us	Alternate translation: “God chose to give birth to us”
 JAS	1	18	mj29	figs-metaphor	βουληθεὶς, ἀπεκύησεν ἡμᾶς	1	Having willed, he gave birth to us	James says figuratively that God **gave birth to us** because God gives spiritual life to everyone who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “God chose to give us spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ JAS	1	18	j046	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς…ἡμᾶς	1	us … us	Here and throug
 JAS	1	18	j047	figs-possession	λόγῳ ἀληθείας	1	by the word of truth	James is using the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JAS	1	18	ykq9	figs-metonymy	λόγῳ ἀληθείας	1	by the word of truth	James is using term **word** figuratively to describe the message about Jesus that was conveyed by using words. Alternate translation: “by the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	1	18	j048	figs-abstractnouns	λόγῳ ἀληθείας	1	by the word of truth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression that uses an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JAS	1	18	j049	figs-explicit	λόγῳ ἀληθείας	1	by the word of truth	James is referring implicitly to the message about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	1	18	j049	figs-explicit	λόγῳ ἀληθείας	1	by the word of truth	James is referring implicitly to the message about Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when we believed the true message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	18	j346	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων	1	for us to be something like a firstfruits of his creatures	This is a purpose clause. James is stating the purpose for which God **desired to give us birth**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would be like a firstfruits of his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JAS	1	18	j050	figs-explicit	ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων	1	something like a firstfruits of his creatures	James is assuming that his readers will know that he is using the traditional Israelite offering known as **firstfruits** as a simile. The law of Moses required the Israelites to offer to God some of the first crops they harvested each year. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state specifically that this is the name of an offering. Alternate translation: “something like an offering of firstfruits from among his creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	18	qh2e	figs-simile	ἀπαρχήν τινα τῶν αὐτοῦ κτισμάτων	1	something like a firstfruits of his creatures	When they offered some of their first crops to God each year, the Israelites were acknowledging that the entire crop belonged to God and was a gift from God to them. James is using this **firstfruits** offering as a simile to indicate that the believers of his time are an indication that there will be many more people who will belong to God in the future. In fact, since James speaks of **creatures**, he may even mean that believers in Jesus are the first part of God’s creation to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule. Alternate translation: “the first of many people who would believe in Jesus” or “the first of God’s creatures to be freed from the curse and come back fully under his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ JAS	1	23	pw5x	figs-simile	οὗτος ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοο
 JAS	1	23	j063	figs-gendernotations	ἀνδρὶ	1	a man	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JAS	1	23	shn9	figs-idiom	τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ	1	the face of his birth	This is an idiom that refers to the **face** a person was born with, that is, that person’s natural or physical face. Since the term “face” had many figurative meanings at this time, James is using this idiomatic expression to clarify that he means the hypothetical person’s literal, physical face. You may not need to make this clarification in your language. Alternate translation: “his physical face” or “his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	1	23	j064	translate-unknown	ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ	1	in a mirror	A **mirror** is a flat object made of some reflective material, such as glass or polished metal, that people use to see what they look like. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **mirror** is, you could use the name of something else that serves this purpose in your culture. Alternate translation: “reflected in the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JAS	1	24	j065	figs-explicit	γὰρ	1	For	**For** introduces a reason, as would be expected, but it is a reason for something that must be inferred from the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what James is giving the reason for. Alternate translation: “This did not really benefit him, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	1	24	j065	figs-explicit	γὰρ	1	For	**For** introduces a reason, as would be expected, but it is a reason for something that must be inferred from the context. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what James is giving the reason for. Alternate translation: “This did not really benefit him, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	24	wu34		κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν	1	he beheld himself and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was	Here James is giving an illustration in the past tense as if he were telling the story of something that had happened. (See the discussion of this in Part 3 of the Introduction to James.) If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could translate this with the present tense. Alternate translation: “he beholds himself and goes away and immediately forgets of what sort he is”
 JAS	1	24	j066	writing-pronouns	κατενόησεν…ἑαυτὸν	1	he beheld himself	James is continuing the simile he began in the previous verse, so the pronouns **he** and **himself** refer to the hypothetical person who looks in the mirror. Alternate translation (using the present tense): “such a person looked at himself in a mirror” or, if you are using the present tense, “such a person looks at himself in a mirror” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	1	24	j067	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν	1	and went away and immediately forgot of what sort he was	James is saying implicitly that this is a person who sees but does not do, just like a person who hears the word of God but does not obey it. The implication is that he sees in the mirror that he needs to do something such as wash his face or fix his hair. But because he does not do that when he is looking in the mirror, when he walks away, he forgets to do it. The point of the comparison is that a person who does not obey God’s word is like this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but because he did not immediately do what he saw he should do, when he walked away from the mirror, he forgot what he saw and so he did nothing about it” or, if you are using the present tense, “but because he does not immediately do what he sees he should do, when he walks away from the mirror, he forgets what he saw and so he does nothing about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ JAS	1	25	j069	figs-hypo	ὁ δὲ παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλε
 JAS	1	25	kvr7	figs-metaphor	ὁ…παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον	1	the one having gazed into the perfect law	In this verse, James continues to compare hearing the word of God to looking in a mirror. But the image now becomes a metaphor rather than a simile, since James speaks figuratively about someone who has **gazed into** the **law**. He means someone who has listened attentively to God’s word. Alternate translation: “someone who has listened attentively to the perfect law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	1	25	j070	figs-possession	νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας	1	the perfect law of freedom	James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. See the notes to [2:12](../02/12.md) for a further explanation of what James means by the **law of freedom**. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JAS	1	25	sf8k	figs-abstractnouns	νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας	1	the perfect law of freedom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the perfect law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JAS	1	25	j071	figs-explicit	νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας	1	the perfect law of freedom	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	1	25	j071	figs-explicit	νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας	1	the perfect law of freedom	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	1	25	j072		νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας	1	the perfect law of freedom	As in [1:4](../01/04.md) and [1:17](../01/17.md), the term **perfect** refers to something that has developed to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. See how you translated the term in those verses. Alternate translation: “the law that is perfectly suited to set people free from sin”
 JAS	1	25	j073	figs-ellipsis	καὶ παραμείνας	1	and having continued	James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “and who has continued to obey that law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JAS	1	25	j074	figs-possession	ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς	1	a hearer of forgetfulness	James is using the possessive form to describe a **hearer** who is characterized by **forgetfulness**. Alternate translation: “a hearer who is forgetful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -179,13 +179,13 @@ JAS	2	3	zx9f	figs-idiom	σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς	1	You sit here well
 JAS	2	3	j093	figs-imperative	σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς	1	You sit here well	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sit here in this place of honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JAS	2	3	j094	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	The term **and** introduces a contrast between the way the rich person and the poor person are treated. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JAS	2	3	j095	figs-imperative	σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου	1	You stand there … Sit under my footstool	These statements addressed to the poor person probably are direct imperatives rather than polite requests, since James is illustrating how believers might treat poor people differently from rich people. Not adding “please” to these statements would show the contrast with the way the rich person is addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JAS	2	3	ce14	figs-explicit	σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου	1	You stand there … Sit under my footstool	The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	2	3	ce14	figs-explicit	σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ…κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου	1	You stand there … Sit under my footstool	The implications are that the poor person is being told to stand or sit in a humbler and less honorable place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	3	h2fy	figs-you	κάθου ὑπὸ τὸ ὑποπόδιόν μου	1	Sit under my footstool	This imperative statement uses the singular first-person pronoun **my**, since it is something that one of the believers might say to the hypothetical poor person. If this would not be natural in your language, since the statement is introduced by **you** (plural) **say**, you could also use a plural form in the statement itself. Alternate translation: “Sit on the floor by our feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JAS	2	4	j096	figs-hypo	οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν?	1	have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts?	In this verse James describes the result of the hypothetical situation he has been describing since [2:2](../02/02.md). It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Then you have distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 JAS	2	4	j097	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν	1	have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “have you not become judges who think evil things and so begun to consider some people better than others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	2	4	x9el	figs-rquestion	οὐ διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν?	1	have you not distinguished among yourselves and become judges of evil thoughts?	As James describes this result, he uses the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have considered some people better than others, because you have become judges who think evil things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	2	4	j098	figs-possession	ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν	1	become judges of evil thoughts	James is using the possessive form to describe **judges** who are characterized by **evil thoughts**. He is not speaking of people who judge whether thoughts are evil. Alternate translation: “become judges who think evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JAS	2	4	j099	figs-explicit	ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν	1	become judges of evil thoughts	James is describing something more than passively assuming a certain role and thinking in a certain way. He is describing taking action based on that way of thinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “made wrong judgments about how people should be treated and then treated them that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	2	4	j099	figs-explicit	ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν	1	become judges of evil thoughts	James is describing something more than passively assuming a certain role and thinking in a certain way. He is describing taking action based on that way of thinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “made wrong judgments about how people should be treated and then treated them that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	5	j344	figs-idiom	ἀκούσατε	1	Listen	James uses this expression to emphasize what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	2	5	m5jr	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοί	1	my beloved brothers	See how you translated this in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “my dear fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	5	ha52	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὁ Θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ, πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν?	1	did not God choose the poor in the world to be rich in faith and heirs of the kingdom that he promised to the ones loving him?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “God has chosen the poor in the world to be rich in faith and to be heirs of the kingdom that he has promised to those who love him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -199,16 +199,16 @@ JAS	2	6	vr53		ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν	1	you have dishonored the
 JAS	2	6	j103	figs-nominaladj	τὸν πτωχόν	1	the poor	James is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	2	6	j104	writing-pronouns	οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια	1	Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court	The word that is translated **themselves** here is the same word that is translated **they** in the next verse. It is effectively the subject of a new independent clause, so you could translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “Do not the rich overpower you? Do they not drag you into court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	2	6	l2lu	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια?	1	Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is the rich who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JAS	2	6	j105	figs-explicit	οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια?	1	Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court?	James is implying that rich people do not deserve to be treated better by the believers to whom he is writing, since rich people have actually treated them badly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “People who are rich do not deserve to have you treat them better than others. They are the ones who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	2	6	j105	figs-explicit	οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια?	1	Do not the rich overpower you and themselves drag you into court?	James is implying that rich people do not deserve to be treated better by the believers to whom he is writing, since rich people have actually treated them badly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “People who are rich do not deserve to have you treat them better than others. They are the ones who overpower you and drag you into court themselves!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	6	eeg5	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πλούσιοι	1	the rich	James is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to refer to a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	2	6	z73x		οὐχ οἱ πλούσιοι καταδυναστεύουσιν ὑμῶν	1	Do not the rich overpower you	Alternate translation: “Is it not the rich who oppress you”
 JAS	2	6	s9k1	figs-metaphor	ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια	1	drag you into court	James is speaking figuratively of the rich as if they would physically **drag** the poor into court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	2	6	h8jn	figs-explicit	ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια	1	drag you into court	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why rich people were taking poor people to court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court so that they can exploit you through lawsuits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	2	6	h8jn	figs-explicit	ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς κριτήρια	1	drag you into court	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why rich people were taking poor people to court. Alternate translation: “force you to go to court so that they can exploit you through lawsuits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	7	las1	figs-rquestion	οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς?	1	Do they not blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They are the ones who blaspheme the good name that has been called upon you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	2	7	j106		οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα	1	Do they not blaspheme the good name	The word **blaspheme** can have a technical sense. It can describe a human being wrongly denying that something is divine. But the word can also have the general sense of “insult,” and that is probably the sense in which James is using it here. (However, by insulting the **name** of Jesus, these rich people were also guilty of blasphemy in the technical sense, since Jesus is divine and his name should be honored.) Alternate translation: “Do they not insult the good name”
 JAS	2	7	wd8y	figs-metonymy	τὸ καλὸν ὄνομα	1	the good name	James is referring figuratively to the **name** of Jesus by association with the way that it is **good**. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	2	7	j107	figs-idiom	τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	that has been called upon you	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “by which you are called” or “by which you are known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JAS	2	7	j108	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	that has been called upon you	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	7	j108	figs-activepassive	τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς	1	that has been called upon you	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “by which people call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	8	j109	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	εἰ μέντοι	1	If, however	James is using these words to introduce a contrast with what he said in [2:6](../02/06.md), “you have dishonored the poor,” meaning “you have treated rich people much better than you have treated poor people.” Alternate translation: “But if, instead of favoring rich people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JAS	2	8	j110		τελεῖτε	1	you fulfill	The verb **fulfill** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. It means to make something accomplish its purpose or reach its goal. Alternate translation: “you completely obey”
 JAS	2	8	q9hh	figs-metonymy	νόμον…βασιλικὸν	1	the royal law	There are two possible reasons for why James describes the **law** that he quotes here from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md) as **royal**. (1) When Jesus came proclaiming the kingdom of God, he said that this law was one of two that summed up all of the other laws and guided life in the kingdom of God. (The other law was to love God with all of one’s heart, soul, mind, and strength.) Alternate translation: “the law that guides life in the kingdom of God” (2) James may say that this **law** is **royal** because God, the true king, gave it to people. Alternate translation: “God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -217,23 +217,23 @@ JAS	2	8	j111	figs-youcrowd	ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡ
 JAS	2	8	gll2	figs-idiom	τὸν πλησίον σου	1	your neighbor	This is an idiom. It does not mean only someone who lives nearby. Alternate translation: “other people” or “anyone you encounter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	2	8	b9wu		καλῶς ποιεῖτε	1	you do well	Alternate translation: “you are doing what God wants you to do”
 JAS	2	9	xt6y	figs-explicit	προσωπολημπτεῖτε	1	you favor	Your language may require you to specify the object of **favor**. Alternate translation: “you favor the rich” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	2	9	cq5h	figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται	1	convicted by the law as transgressors	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	9	cq5h	figs-activepassive	ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται	1	convicted by the law as transgressors	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and the law convicts you as transgressors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	9	gl2e	figs-personification	ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται	1	convicted by the law as transgressors	James is speaking figuratively of the law as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “and you are guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	2	10	j112	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why showing favoritism makes a person guilty of breaking God’s law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	2	10	l29g	figs-idiom	ὅστις…τηρήσῃ	1	whoever might keep	Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “whoever might obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	2	10	jb5u	figs-metaphor	πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί	1	but stumble in one thing	James speaks figuratively of a person disobeying a commandment as if he would **stumble**, that is, trip and lose his balance while walking. Alternate translation: “but disobey one thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	10	m8ep	figs-nominaladj	πταίσῃ δὲ ἐν ἑνί	1	but stumble in one thing	James is using the adjective **one** as a noun to refer to one commandment of the law. (ULT adds the term **thing** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “but disobey one commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	2	10	j113		πάντων ἔνοχος	1	guilty of all	Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law”
-JAS	2	10	j114	figs-explicit	πάντων ἔνοχος	1	guilty of all	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why James says that this is true. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law, because God gave the entire law to show people how he wanted them to live, and if you break one part of it, you are not living in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	2	10	j114	figs-explicit	πάντων ἔνοχος	1	guilty of all	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why James says that this is true. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking the entire law, because God gave the entire law to show people how he wanted them to live, and if you break one part of it, you are not living in that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	11	j115	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	James is giving the reason for the statement he made in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The reason why breaking one law makes a person guilty of breaking every law is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	2	11	ez11	figs-explicit	ὁ…εἰπών	1	the one who said	James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	11	c8jm	figs-youcrowd	μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας	1	Do not commit adultery … Do not murder … you do not commit adultery … you do murder … you have become	The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 JAS	2	12	c6y8	figs-you	οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε	1	Thus speak and thus act	The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JAS	2	12	yp6i	figs-activepassive	μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι	1	ones who are going to be judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	12	yp6i	figs-activepassive	μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι	1	ones who are going to be judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	12	e87r	figs-possession	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JAS	2	12	j116	figs-abstractnouns	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JAS	2	12	j117	figs-explicit	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	2	12	j118	figs-explicit	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	In this context, it appears that when James speaks of **the law of freedom**, he is referring to the commandment that he quoted in [2:8](../02/08.md), “You will love your neighbor as yourself.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly and explain how this law sets people free. Alternate translation: “the law to love one’s neighbor, which sets people free to obey God by giving them a principle to follow in all of their actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	2	12	j117	figs-explicit	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	2	12	j118	figs-explicit	νόμου ἐλευθερίας	1	the law of freedom	In this context, it appears that when James speaks of **the law of freedom**, he is referring to the commandment that he quoted in [2:8](../02/08.md), “You will love your neighbor as yourself.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly and explain how this law sets people free. Alternate translation: “the law to love one’s neighbor, which sets people free to obey God by giving them a principle to follow in all of their actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	13	j119	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	James is giving the reason why people should be guided in their actions by the principle of loving others, as he said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You should follow the principle of loving others because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	2	13	j120	figs-metonymy	ἡ γὰρ κρίσις ἀνέλεος τῷ μὴ ποιήσαντι ἔλεος	1	judgment is merciless to those who have not done mercy	James is using the word **judgment** figuratively to represent God, the one who judges. Alternate translation: “when God judges people, he will not be merciful to people who have not shown mercy to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	2	13	yv6l	figs-personification	ἡ γὰρ κρίσις ἀνέλεος τῷ μὴ ποιήσαντι ἔλεος	1	judgment is merciless to those who have not done mercy	James is speaking figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a living thing that could act in a **merciless** way. Alternate translation: “When God judges people, he will not be merciful to people who have not shown mercy to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ JAS	2	16	j131	figs-hypo	δέ	1	and	James is continuing to describe the condition
 JAS	2	16	j132	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς	1	to them … them	Even though in the previous verse James spoke in the singular of “a brother or sister,” he now speaks of needy people generally in the plural, saying **them**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the singular in this verse as well. Alternate translation: “to him or her … him or her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	2	16	j133	figs-metonymy	θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτάζεσθε	1	warm yourself and be satisfied	The person who would say this to people in need would be speaking figuratively of clothing by association with the way its keeps people warm and figuratively of food by association with the way it satisfies people. Alternate translation: “have adequate clothing and enough food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	2	16	lj89		θερμαίνεσθε	1	warm yourself	Alternate translation: “stay warm”
-JAS	2	16	ngj8	figs-activepassive	χορτάζεσθε	1	be satisfied	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	16	ngj8	figs-activepassive	χορτάζεσθε	1	be satisfied	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an equivalent expression that uses an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “have enough food to satisfy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	16	j134	figs-hypo	δὲ	1	but	James is continuing to describe the hypothetical situation that he is using to teach. Alternate translation: “but also suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 JAS	2	16	j135	writing-pronouns	μὴ δῶτε	1	you do not give	At the beginning of this verse, James speaks in the third-person singular of **one of you**. But he now speaks of believers generally in the second-person plural, saying **you**, to indicate how the community as a whole might respond to this situation. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could use the third-person singular here as well. Alternate translation: “he does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	2	16	j136	figs-nominaladj	τὰ ἐπιτήδεια	1	the necessary things	James is using the adjective **necessary** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the things that are necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -276,9 +276,9 @@ JAS	2	18	ii8d	figs-abstractnouns	δεῖξόν μοι τὴν πίστιν σο
 JAS	2	18	j145	figs-declarative	κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν	1	and I will show you my faith from works	James is using a future statement to indicate something he is capable of doing. Alternate translation: “but I can show you my faith from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JAS	2	18	j146	figs-abstractnouns	κἀγώ σοι δείξω ἐκ τῶν ἔργων μου τὴν πίστιν	1	and I will show you my faith from works	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “but by doing what God wants me to do, I can show you that I truly believe in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	2	19	j147		σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός	1	You believe that God is one	The verb translated **believe** comes from the same root as the word translated “faith.” It may be helpful to to your readers to show in your translation that James is continuing to speak to the same person as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You have faith that God is one”
-JAS	2	19	j148		σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός	1	You believe that God is one	As Part 1 of the General Introduction to James explains, the people to whom James was writing were believers in Jesus who had a Jewish background. As a result, they would have known that he was referring here to the essential Jewish affirmation, “Listen, Israel, Yahweh our God is one.” Moses says this in [Deuteronomy 6:4](../deu/06/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You believe the essential teaching of Moses that there is one God”
+JAS	2	19	j148		σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Θεός	1	You believe that God is one	As Part 1 of the General Introduction to James explains, the people to whom James was writing were believers in Jesus who had a Jewish background. As a result, they would have known that he was referring here to the essential Jewish affirmation, “Listen, Israel, Yahweh our God is one.” Moses says this in [Deuteronomy 6:4](../deu/06/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You believe the essential teaching of Moses that there is one God”
 JAS	2	19	j149	figs-irony	καλῶς ποιεῖς; καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν	1	You do well. The demons also believe, and they tremble	When James says **you do well**, he is saying the opposite of what he really means. He grants that believing in one God is a good thing in itself, but he is actually saying that by itself, it is the kind of faith without works that cannot save a person. He proves this by observing that the demons, who are not saved, also believe that there is one God, and this makes them tremble. Alternate translation: “You may think that is a good thing to do. But the demons also believe in one God, and they tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-JAS	2	19	fv39	figs-explicit	καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν	1	The demons also believe, and they tremble	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why the demons **tremble** at the thought of God. Alternate translation: “The demons also believe in one God, and they tremble, knowing that God is going to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	2	19	fv39	figs-explicit	καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν καὶ φρίσσουσιν	1	The demons also believe, and they tremble	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why the demons **tremble** at the thought of God. Alternate translation: “The demons also believe in one God, and they tremble, knowing that God is going to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	20	ax95	figs-rquestion	θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργων ἀργή ἐστιν?	1	But do you wish to know, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I can show you, O foolish man, that faith without works is idle.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	2	20	j150	figs-idiom	θέλεις…γνῶναι	1	do you wish to know	This is an idiom. It means “I can show you” by suggesting implicitly, “If you really want to know, I can show you.” Alternate translation as a statement: “I can show you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	2	20	j151		ὦ ἄνθρωπε κενέ	1	O foolish man	James is addressing this hypothetical **man** in the vocative after an exclamation. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you foolish man”
@@ -290,28 +290,28 @@ JAS	2	20	j155	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργ
 JAS	2	21	q8iv	figs-rquestion	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον?	1	Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	2	21	j156	figs-explicit	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον?	1	Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar?	James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	21	v3ft	figs-explicit	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη	1	Was not Abraham our father justified by works	See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	2	21	j157	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	Was not Abraham our father justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	21	j157	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	Was not Abraham our father justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	21	j158	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ	1	Abraham … Isaac	These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JAS	2	21	ph1s	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our father	James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	21	j159	figs-exclusive	ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our father	James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JAS	2	22	l1gj	figs-metaphor	βλέπεις	1	You see	Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	22	vde4	figs-personification	ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works	James is speaking figuratively of **faith** and **works** as if they were living things that could work together and help each other. Alternate translation: “Abraham was strengthened to do these works by his faith, and doing these works made his faith even stronger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	2	22	j160	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις συνήργει τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was working with his works and faith was perfected from works	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Abraham did these things because he believed in God, and because he did these things, he believed in God even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JAS	2	22	j161	figs-activepassive	ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was perfected from works	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	22	j161	figs-activepassive	ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was perfected from works	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his works perfected his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	22	j162		ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη	1	faith was perfected from works	The verb **perfected** comes from the same root as the adjective “perfect” that James uses several times earlier in this letter. The verb refers similarly to something developing to the point where it is fully suited to its purpose. Alternate translation: “what he did helped his faith become fully mature”
-JAS	2	23	qh4i	figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ	1	the scripture was fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	23	qh4i	figs-activepassive	ἐπληρώθη ἡ Γραφὴ	1	the scripture was fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	23	l818	figs-explicit	ἐπίστευσεν δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	And Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness	This is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../gen/15/06.md). James assumes that his readers will know that it refers to how Abraham responded to God’s promise that even though he and his wife were old and had no children, he would have as many descendants as the stars in the sky. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “Abraham believed God’s promise that he would have many descendants, and so God considered Abraham to be in a right relationship with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	23	j163	figs-explicit	φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη	1	he was called a friend of God	James assumes that his readers will know that in [Isaiah 41:8](../isa/41/08.md), God refers to the Israelites as “the offspring of Abraham my friend” and that in [2 Chronicles 20:7](../2ch/20/07.md), in a prayer to God, King Jehoshaphat refers to the Israelites as “the descendants of Abraham your friend.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “he was called a friend of God in later scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	2	23	j164	figs-activepassive	φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη	1	he was called a friend of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	23	j164	figs-activepassive	φίλος Θεοῦ ἐκλήθη	1	he was called a friend of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God, speaking through Isaiah, later called him his friend, and in prayer King Jehoshaphat also described him as God’s friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	24	j165	figs-metaphor	ὁρᾶτε	1	You see	Here, to **see** figuratively represents to understand. Alternate translation: “So you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	2	24	j166	figs-you	ὁρᾶτε	1	you see	James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of the letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways of indicating the shift back to plural here. Alternate translation: “So all of you should understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JAS	2	24	j167	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπος	1	a man	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that could mean any person, male or female. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JAS	2	24	yha5	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦται	1	is justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	24	yha5	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦται	1	is justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “becomes right with God” or “comes to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	2	24	j168	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον	1	from works and not from faith alone	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	2	24	j169	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον	1	from works and not from faith alone	See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that we need to add works to our faith in order to be justified. Rather, James is speaking of works that are an expression and proof of the saving faith that a person already has. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that James is saying that we have to add works to our faith in order for God to consider us righteous. Alternate translation: “by what he does as an expression of what he believes, and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	25	dcv5	figs-rquestion	ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα?	1	And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road?	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JAS	2	25	j170	figs-activepassive	ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JAS	2	25	hir8	figs-explicit	ὁμοίως	1	similarly	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	2	25	j170	figs-activepassive	ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη	1	similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	2	25	hir8	figs-explicit	ὁμοίως	1	similarly	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	2	25	j171	translate-names	Ῥαὰβ	1	Rahab	**Rahab** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JAS	2	25	bx6i	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἔργων	1	from works	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **works**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what she did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	2	25	pn2f	figs-explicit	ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα	1	having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road	James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the episode recorded in the book of Joshua in which Joshua sent two spies to explore the land of Canaan. Rahab provided safety and shelter for these spies in her home, and she then sent them away safely by a route that their pursuers would not have expected them to take. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give an explicit indication of this. Alternate translation: “when she provided shelter and safety in her home for the spies whom Joshua sent to explore the land of Canaan and when she sent these spies safely away by a route that their pursuers would not have expected them to take” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ JAS	3	3	j181		ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν	1	their whole body	Since Ja
 JAS	3	4	j182	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα	1	Behold also the ships	The term **behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Also consider the case of ships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	4	yn42	translate-unknown	πλοῖα…πηδαλίου	1	ships … rudder	**Ships** are large vessels that are used to transport people or goods by water. A **rudder** is a flat device attached to the back of a ship that is used to steer it. If your readers would not be familiar with what **ships** are and what a **rudder** is, in your translation you could use the name of another transportation vehicle and a different device, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “trucks … steering wheel” or “large vehicles … steering device” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JAS	3	4	j183		τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα	1	being so large and driven by strong winds	It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and driven by strong winds”
-JAS	3	4	k7f5	figs-activepassive	τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα	1	being so large and driven by strong winds	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	3	4	k7f5	figs-activepassive	τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων σκληρῶν ἐλαυνόμενα	1	being so large and driven by strong winds	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Even though they are so large and strong winds drive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	4	jrk1	figs-metonymy	μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	it is turned by the smallest rudder	James is figuratively using the action of turning a ship to mean guiding or controlling the ship in general. (For example, a person might turn a ship in order to keep it upright, not just to direct it to a certain place.) Alternate translation: “it is controlled by the smallest rudder” or “it is guided by the smallest rudder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JAS	3	4	j184	figs-activepassive	μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	it is turned by the smallest rudder	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	3	4	j184	figs-activepassive	μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	it is turned by the smallest rudder	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the smallest rudder turns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	4	j185		μετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	it is turned by the smallest rudder	Since James speaks of **ships** in the plural, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural in this clause as well. Alternate translation: “they are turned by the smallest rudders” or “the smallest rudders turn them”
 JAS	3	4	j186		ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου	1	the smallest rudder	James says **smallest**, using the superlative form of the adjective “small,” to express a meaning of the adjective in its positive form. Your language may use superlative forms in the same way. If not, you can translate this using the positive form. Alternate translation: “a very small rudder”
 JAS	3	4	j187	figs-personification	ὅπου ἡ ὁρμὴ τοῦ εὐθύνοντος βούλεται	1	where the inclination of the one steering desires	James speaks of the **inclination** of the person steering a boat as if it were a living thing that desired to go in one direction or another. Alternate translation: “in whatever direction the one steering the boat wants it to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@@ -355,20 +355,20 @@ JAS	3	5	j190	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	2	but	Here, **but** introduc
 JAS	3	5	j191	figs-personification	μεγάλα αὐχεῖ	1	it boasts great things	James is saying figuratively that the **tongue** is a living thing that **boasts**. Alternate translation: “with it people boast great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	3	5	qx1k	figs-nominaladj	μεγάλα αὐχεῖ	1	it boasts great things	James is using the adjective **great** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with it people boast that they have done great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	3	5	ub5h	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	3	5	j192	figs-explicit	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The implication is that James is offering his readers a further analogy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consider as a further example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	3	5	j192	figs-explicit	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The implication is that James is offering his readers a further analogy. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consider as a further example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	3	5	fr8x	translate-unknown	ἡλίκον πῦρ, ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει	1	how small a fire kindles so large a forest	A **forest** is a place where there are many trees. If your readers would not be familiar with what a **forest** is, you could use a different illustration that would be familiar to them of an area that could be destroyed by fire, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “how a small fire can quickly spread and burn much grassland” or “how a small fire can quickly spread and burn everything in a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JAS	3	6	wm5q	figs-metonymy	καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ	1	The tongue is also a fire	James is using the **tongue** figuratively to represent what people say, by association with the way the tongue is used for speech. Alternate translation: “What we say is also a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	3	6	j193	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα πῦρ	1	The tongue is also a fire	James is using **fire** as an analogy for the destructive effects of what people say. Alternate translation: “What we say can also be very destructive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	6	i61e	figs-idiom	ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας	1	a world of unrighteousness	This is an idiom. The sense is that all the **unrighteousness** in the **world** could be expressed in what someone said. Alternate translation: “a vast source of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	3	6	j194	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἀδικίας	1	of unrighteousness	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. In this context, the term refers to wrong things that people say. Alternate translation: “of sinful sayings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JAS	3	6	j195	figs-activepassive	καθίσταται ἐν	1	is placed among	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “is in the middle of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	3	6	j195	figs-activepassive	καθίσταται ἐν	1	is placed among	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “is in the middle of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	6	j196		τοῖς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν	1	our members	Alternate translation: “the other parts of our body”
 JAS	3	6	j197	figs-nominaladj	ἡ σπιλοῦσα	1	the thing staining	James is using the participle **staining**, which functions as an adjective, with the definite article as a noun. (ULT indicates this by adding **thing**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Some languages may be able to use the participle by itself. Alternate translation: “staining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	3	6	sv44	figs-metaphor	σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα	1	staining the whole body	James speaks figuratively of the effects of speech as if a person’s tongue were **staining** his **body**. Alternate translation: “making the whole body impure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	6	j198	figs-metaphor	σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα	1	staining the whole body	James is figuratively using the **body** to represent the entire person, since he is saying in this verse that bad speech has morally corrupting effects. Alternate translation: “making the whole person morally corrupt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	6	j199	figs-idiom	φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως	1	setting the course of existence on fire	The **course of existence** is an idiom that could refer to: (1) a person’s entire life, from birth to death. Alternate translation: “setting a person’s entire life on fire” (2) succeeding generations. Alternate translation: “setting on fire one generation of people after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	3	6	lf1j	figs-metaphor	φλογίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως	1	setting the course of existence on fire	James is speaking figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **setting** a person’s life **on fire**. Alternate translation: “causing destruction throughout a person’s entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	3	6	a7qd	figs-activepassive	φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης	1	it is set on fire by Gehenna	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “Gehenna sets it on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	3	6	a7qd	figs-activepassive	φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης	1	it is set on fire by Gehenna	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “Gehenna sets it on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	6	j200	figs-metaphor	φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς Γεέννης	1	it is set on fire by Gehenna	James continues to speak figuratively of the destructive effects of bad speech as if they were **fire**. Alternate translation: “its destructive effects come from Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	6	j201	translate-names	τῆς Γεέννης	1	Gehenna	**Gehenna** is the Greek name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JAS	3	6	j202	figs-metaphor	τῆς Γεέννης	1	Gehenna	James is figuratively using the name of this place, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. Alternate translation: “hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ JAS	3	7	j205	figs-hyperbole	πᾶσα…φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ π
 JAS	3	7	j206		πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων	1	every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals	If you retain the generalization in your translation, it might be more natural in your language to use the singular for the creatures on this list. Alternate translation: “every kind of beast, bird, reptile, and marine animal”
 JAS	3	7	j207	figs-merism	πᾶσα γὰρ φύσις θηρίων τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπετῶν τε καὶ ἐναλίων	1	every kind, both of beasts and birds, both of reptiles and marine animals	James is figuratively using various categories of creatures to mean every creature. Alternate translation: “every kind of creature that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 JAS	3	7	zw5m	figs-nominaladj	ἐναλίων	1	marine animals	James is using the adjective **marine** in the plural as a noun. (ULT adds **animals** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate the term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “sea creatures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JAS	3	7	ug59	figs-activepassive	δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ	1	is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	3	7	ug59	figs-activepassive	δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ	1	is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is taming and has tamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	3	7	j208	figs-doublet	δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάμασται τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ	1	is being tamed and has been tamed by the human kind	James says both **is being tamed** and **has been tamed** for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand these phrases, you could combine them. Alternate translation (place the phrase right after “For”): “the human kind is in the process of taming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JAS	3	7	j209		τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ	1	by the human kind	Alternate translation: “by people”
 JAS	3	8	j210	figs-gendernotations	οὐδεὶς…ἀνθρώπων	1	none of men	James is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “no human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ JAS	3	14	j233		τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν	1	your heart	Since **you** and **y
 JAS	3	14	j234	figs-explicit	μὴ κατακαυχᾶσθε καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	do not boast and lie against the truth	Since James says in the previous verse that someone who is truly wise will be humble, he could be saying here that if someone claims to be wise but is jealous and ambitious, he is showing that he is actually not wise. Alternate translation: “then do not boast that you are wise, because that would not be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	3	14	a191	figs-abstractnouns	ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	lie against the truth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “tell lies that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	3	14	j235	figs-explicitinfo	ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	lie against the truth	In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could express the same meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “say things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
-JAS	3	15	j236	figs-explicit	αὕτη	1	This	**This** refers to the “bitter jealousy and ambition” that James describes in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This bitter jealousy and ambition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	3	15	j236	figs-explicit	αὕτη	1	This	**This** refers to the “bitter jealousy and ambition” that James describes in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This bitter jealousy and ambition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	3	15	g44u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σοφία	1	the wisdom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “the wise way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	3	15	clz6	figs-metaphor	ἄνωθεν κατερχομένη	1	that comes down from above	James says **from above**, meaning “from heaven,” as a spatial metaphor that means “from God.” Alternate translation: “that comes from God” or “that God teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	3	15	h36b	figs-metonymy	ἐπίγειος	1	earthly	The word **earthly** refers to the values and behavior of people who do not honor God. James uses the word by association with the way such people live on earth without regard for the values and behavior that are characteristic of heaven. Alternate translation: “not honoring to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ JAS	4	2	khh9	figs-metaphor	φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε	1	You kill a
 JAS	4	2	j246	figs-hendiadys	φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε	1	You kill and envy	James is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **kill** describes how his readers **envy** what others have. Alternate translation: “you envy hatefully” of “you envy murderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 JAS	4	2	j247	figs-metaphor	μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε	1	You battle and war	As in [4:1](../04/01.md), James is using the terms **battle** and **war** figuratively. Alternate translation: “You engage in disputes and conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	2	v9m8	figs-doublet	μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε	1	You battle and war	The words **battle** and **war** mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “You have continual conflicts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JAS	4	2	j248	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε, διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς	1	You do not have because you do not ask	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “You do not get what you want because you do not ask God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	4	2	j248	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε, διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι ὑμᾶς	1	You do not have because you do not ask	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express more fully what this means. Alternate translation: “You do not get what you want because you do not ask God for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	4	3	j249	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	αἰτεῖτε καὶ οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	You ask and you do not receive	James is using the word translated **and** to introduce a contrast between these two clauses. Alternate translation: “You ask but you do not receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JAS	4	3	nk57		κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε	1	you ask badly	James does not mean that his readers are asking for things in the wrong way. He means that they are asking for the wrong reason. Alternate translation: “you are asking for the wrong reason”
 JAS	4	3	j250	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ὑμῶν δαπανήσητε	1	so that you may spend on your lusts	James says figuratively that his readers would **spend** what they acquired on their lusts. Alternate translation: “so that you can gratify your sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ JAS	4	4	br36	figs-personification	ἡ φιλία τοῦ κόσμου	1	friendsh
 JAS	4	4	jf1g	figs-metaphor	ἔχθρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1	is enmity with God	James probably does not consider that his readers have literally become sworn enemies of God. He is using the term **enmity** figuratively to describe how opposed the worldly value system is to the way God wants people to live. Alternate translation: “is contrary to what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	4	j253	figs-metonymy	φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου	1	to be a friend of the world	See how you translated the term **world** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “to be a friend of an ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	4	4	j254	figs-personification	φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου	1	to be a friend of the world	James speaks figuratively again of the ungodly value system as if it were a person with whom someone could be friends. Alternate translation: “to live by an ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JAS	4	4	j255	figs-activepassive	καθίσταται	1	is made	If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “makes himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	4	4	j255	figs-activepassive	καθίσταται	1	is made	If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “makes himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	4	4	j256	figs-metaphor	ἐχθρὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	an enemy of God	See how you translated the similar expression earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “someone who lives in a way contrary to what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	5	i2y4	figs-rquestion	ἢ δοκεῖτε ὅτι κενῶς ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1	Or do you think that the Scripture says vainly	James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. (In this context, the term **vainly** means “for no good reason,” not “in a conceited way.”) Alternate translation: “There is a good reason why the Scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	4	5	j257		ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1	the Scripture says	James is describing the general teaching of the Bible, not referring to a specific passage. In cases like this, your language might use the plural instead of the singular. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures say”
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ JAS	4	6	j261		μείζονα…χάριν	1	greater grace	The comparative **grea
 JAS	4	6	hyh2	writing-pronouns	διὸ λέγει	1	Therefore it says	The pronoun **it** refers to the Scripture, the antecedent from the previous verse. Even though James is now quoting a specific passage, [Proverbs 3:34](../pro/03/34.md), rather than a general teaching, the reference is to the Bible as a whole. Alternate translation: “Therefore the Scripture says” or “Therefore the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	4	6	j262	figs-personification	λέγει	1	it says	James is speaking figuratively of the Bible as if it could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” or “we can read in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	4	6	qs61	figs-nominaladj	ὑπερηφάνοις…ταπεινοῖς	1	the proud … the humble	James is using the adjectives **proud** and **humble** as nouns to refer to types of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “proud people … humble people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JAS	4	7	g7e5	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάγητε οὖν	1	Be submitted, therefore	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	4	7	g7e5	figs-activepassive	ὑποτάγητε οὖν	1	Be submitted, therefore	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Submit, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	4	7	da5t	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑποτάγητε οὖν	1	Be submitted, therefore	James is giving the reason for the result he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because God gives grace to the humble, be submitted” or “Because God gives grace to the humble, submit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	4	7	j263	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀντίστητε δὲ τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ φεύξεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν	1	But resist the devil, and he will flee from you	James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “But resist the devil. If you do, then he will flee from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	4	7	nud3		ἀντίστητε…τῷ διαβόλῳ	1	resist the devil	Alternate translation: “resolve not to do what the devil wants”
@@ -497,14 +497,14 @@ JAS	4	8	j268	figs-nominaladj	δίψυχοι	1	double-minded	James is using the a
 JAS	4	8	j269		δίψυχοι	1	double-minded	James is addressing his readers in the vocative. If your language has a vocative case, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, you could express the meaning in another way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you double-minded people”
 JAS	4	8	iw61	figs-metaphor	δίψυχοι	1	double-minded	See how you translated the same expression in [1:8](../01/08.md). James is speaking figuratively of his readers as if they had two minds, with one mind deciding to do one thing and the other mind deciding to do something else. Alternate translation: “you people who cannot decide whether to obey God or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	9	kdn8	figs-doublet	ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε	1	Be miserable and mourn and weep	These three verbs have similar meanings. James is using them together to emphasize how sorry his readers should be. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JAS	4	9	j270	figs-explicit	ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε	1	Be miserable and mourn and weep	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what James is telling his readers to be sorry for. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry for not obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	4	9	j270	figs-explicit	ταλαιπωρήσατε, καὶ πενθήσατε, καὶ κλαύσατε	1	Be miserable and mourn and weep	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what James is telling his readers to be sorry for. Alternate translation: “Be extremely sorry for not obeying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	4	9	j271	figs-ellipsis	ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν	1	Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom	In the second part of this sentence, James leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first part of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and let your joy be changed into gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JAS	4	9	j272	figs-activepassive	ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν	1	Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say this with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter become mourning, and let your joy become gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	4	9	j272	figs-activepassive	ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν	1	Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could express this with active verbal forms. Alternate translation: “Let your laughter become mourning, and let your joy become gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	4	9	j273	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν	1	Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **laughter**, **mourning**, **joy**, and **gloom**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “Stop laughing and be sad. Stop being joyful and be gloomy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	4	9	rf6g	figs-parallelism	ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν	1	Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom	These two clauses mean similar things. James is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JAS	4	9	j274	figs-explicit	ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν	1	Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why James is telling his readers to show such sorrow. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow for your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	4	9	j274	figs-explicit	ὁ γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος μετατραπήτω, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ εἰς κατήφειαν	1	Let your laughter be changed into mourning, and your joy into gloom	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why James is telling his readers to show such sorrow. Alternate translation: “Stop being so carefree and show genuine sorrow for your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	4	10	j275	grammar-connect-logic-result	ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον Κυρίου, καὶ ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς	1	Be humbled before the Lord, and he will lift you up	James is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “If you are humbled before the Lord, then he will lift you up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JAS	4	10	j276	figs-activepassive	ταπεινώθητε	1	Be humbled	If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Humble yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	4	10	j276	figs-activepassive	ταπεινώθητε	1	Be humbled	If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Humble yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	4	10	an8i	figs-metaphor	ἐνώπιον Κυρίου	1	before the Lord	The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” another person. While in one sense God is present everywhere, the believers to whom James is writing are not in the direct physical presence of God, so he likely means this expression in a figurative sense. He is referring to the attitude they should have towards God. Alternate translation: “in your attitude towards God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	10	tn5w	figs-metaphor	ὑψώσει ὑμᾶς	1	he will lift you up	James is speaking figuratively as if his readers would humbly kneel down or bow down in front of God to show their repentance and as if God would have them stand up to show that he accepted them. Alternate translation: “he will show that he accepts you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	4	11	r3hc		μὴ καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων	1	Do not speak against one another	Alternate translation: “Do not say bad things about one another”
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ JAS	4	11	uyi9	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί…ἀδελφοῦ…τὸν ἀδε
 JAS	4	11	j277	figs-explicit	καταλαλεῖ νόμου καὶ κρίνει νόμον	1	speaks against the law and judges the law	By **the law**, James means the same thing that he calls the “royal law” in [2:8](../02/08.md) and the “law of freedom” in [1:25](../01/25.md) and [2:12](../02/12.md). That is, he means the commandment “you will love your neighbor as yourself.” James is teaching his readers that by saying or assuming that their fellow believers were doing wrong things, they were not following this commandment and they were treating the commandment as if it were not important to follow. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated the term “neighbor” in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “contradicts the law that says to love other people as oneself and judges that law to be unimportant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	4	11	j278	figs-youcrowd	εἰ…νόμον κρίνεις, οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου	1	if you judge the law, you are not a doer of the law	The word **you** is singular in these two cases because even though James is addressing a group of people, he is describing an individual situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
 JAS	4	11	j279	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής	1	you are not a doer of the law, but a judge	In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “you are not a doer of the law, but a judge of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JAS	4	11	jlx4	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής	1	you are not a doer of the law, but a judge	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. See how you translated the similar phrase at the end of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “instead of loving other people, you are saying that it is not important to love them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	4	11	jlx4	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἶ ποιητὴς νόμου, ἀλλὰ κριτής	1	you are not a doer of the law, but a judge	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. See how you translated the similar phrase at the end of the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “instead of loving other people, you are saying that it is not important to love them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	4	12	e9da		εἷς ἐστιν νομοθέτης καὶ κριτής	1	The lawgiver and judge is one	Alternate translation: “The lawgiver and judge are the same person”
 JAS	4	12	j280	figs-distinguish	ὁ δυνάμενος σῶσαι καὶ ἀπολέσαι	1	the one who is able to save and to destroy	James uses this phrase, which identifies God by two of his attributes, to clarify whom he means by **the lawgiver and judge**. Alternate translation: “God, who is able to save and to destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 JAS	4	12	m49q	figs-rquestion	σὺ δὲ τίς εἶ, ὁ κρίνων τὸν πλησίον?	1	But who are you, the one judging a neighbor?	James is using the question form to challenge and teach his readers. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But you have no right to judge a neighbor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -545,20 +545,20 @@ JAS	5	2	v241	figs-synecdoche	ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, κα
 JAS	5	2	j297	figs-explicit	ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν	1	Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten	Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” in the next verse (see the note to that statement), James may be saying figuratively that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	2	j298	figs-simile	ὁ πλοῦτος ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν	1	Your wealth has rotted and your clothes have become moth-eaten	If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the wealth and expensive clothing of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JAS	5	3	am1u	figs-pastforfuture	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	James is using the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the future. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver are going to be tarnished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JAS	5	3	wj9v	figs-activepassive	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	3	wj9v	figs-activepassive	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Your gold and silver have tarnished” or “Your gold and silver are going to tarnish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	3	j299	figs-explicit	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	Depending on the meaning of the statement “you have stored up in the last days” (see the first note to that statement below), James may be saying figuratively that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	3	q4pm	figs-simile	ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται	1	Your gold and silver have been tarnished	If you decide to indicate explicitly that James is saying that the gold and silver of the rich have become worthless, you could do that by expressing his past-for-future statement as a simile, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JAS	5	3	j300		καὶ ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	and their rust will be for a testimony against you	If you created a verse bridge and you also combined the statement “your gold and silver have been tarnished” with the two clauses in [5:2](../05/02.md), it would be helpful to begin a new sentence here and to use a general expression that would apply to everything that these rich people own. Alternate translation: “The ruins of your possessions will be for a testimony against you” or “The ruins of your possessions will testify against you”
 JAS	5	3	e55t	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	their rust will be for a testimony against you	James is speaking figuratively of this **rust** as if it would be presented as evidence in a case against the rich people. Alternate translation: “the rust on your gold and silver will show that you did the wrong thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	3	j301	figs-explicit	ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	their rust will be for a testimony against you	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what wrong thing these rich people have done, as evidenced by this **rust**. Alternate translation: “the rust of your gold and silver will show that you have done the wrong thing by devoting yourselves to accumulating wealth rather than to helping other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	5	3	j301	figs-explicit	ὁ ἰὸς αὐτῶν εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	their rust will be for a testimony against you	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what wrong thing these rich people have done, as evidenced by this **rust**. Alternate translation: “the rust of your gold and silver will show that you have done the wrong thing by devoting yourselves to accumulating wealth rather than to helping other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	3	w3aj	figs-metonymy	φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ	1	it will eat your flesh	James is using the word **flesh** to mean the human body, by association with the way the body is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “it will eat your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	5	3	j6fe	figs-metaphor	φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ	1	it will eat your flesh	James is saying figuratively that this rust will corrode and consume the owners of the gold and silver that it is also corroding. Alternate translation: “it will consume you” or “it will ruin you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	3	i37x	figs-simile	ὡς πῦρ	1	like fire	It may be helpful to express the meaning of this simile more fully. Alternate translation: “just as fire consumes everything that it burns” or “just as fire ruins everything that it burns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JAS	5	3	j302	figs-explicit	ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	You have stored up in the last days	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean: (1) they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4-6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	5	3	j302	figs-explicit	ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	You have stored up in the last days	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what these rich people have **stored up** and why it was wrong for them to do that. This could mean: (1) they have accumulated riches in the **last days**, that is, in the time just before Jesus returns. That would be wrong because once Jesus returns, earthly riches will no longer have any value. Instead of trying to get more and more wealth, these people should have been helping others with what they had. Alternate translation: “Instead of helping others, you have wrongly stored up wealth at a time when earthly riches are about to lose all of their value” (2) by their wrongdoing, such as he describes in [5:4-6](../05/04.md), these rich people have **stored up** punishment for themselves. Alternate translation: “God is just about to punish wrongdoers, and you have given God many reasons to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	3	j303	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	You have stored up in the last days	If the first interpretation of this statement in the note just above is correct, then James is giving the reason for the results that he describes in the previous verse and in the earlier part of this verse. If you created a verse bridge as described in the first note to [5:2](../05/02.md), you could put this reason before the result by placing this statement first in that bridge. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	5	3	np1u	figs-idiom	ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις	1	the last days	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JAS	5	4	j304	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν	1	Behold, the pay of the workers	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. It may be helpful to express its meaning as a separate sentence here. Alternate translation: “Consider this! The pay of the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	4	j305	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει	1	the pay of the workers who have reaped your fields, which has been withheld from you, is crying out	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	4	j305	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθὸς τῶν ἐργατῶν, τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ἀφυστερημένος ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, κράζει	1	the pay of the workers who have reaped your fields, which has been withheld from you, is crying out	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express it with an active form. When James says **from you**, he does not mean that this payment has been withheld from the rich owners of these fields. He is saying that it was due from them, but they have not paid it to their workers. Alternate translation: “the pay that you have withheld from the workers who reaped your fields is crying out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	4	e9iy	figs-personification	κράζει	1	is crying out	James is speaking figuratively of this **pay** as if it were a living thing that could cry out. Alternate translation: “is obvious evidence that you have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	4	n21a	figs-metonymy	αἱ βοαὶ τῶν θερισάντων, εἰς τὰ ὦτα Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ εἰσελήλυθαν	1	the cries of the harvesting ones have entered into the ears of the Lord of Sabaoth	James is speaking figuratively of the **ears** of the Lord to mean his hearing. Alternate translation: “the Lord of Sabaoth has heard the cries of the harvesting ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JAS	5	4	j306	figs-explicit	Κυρίου Σαβαὼθ	1	the Lord of Sabaoth	James assumes that his readers will know that he is speaking of God by a name by which he is often known in the Old Testament. The Hebrew term **Sabaoth** means “military forces.” Alternate translation: “God, the Lord of the Heavenly Armies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ JAS	5	6	u5c5	figs-synecdoche	κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονεύσατε τ
 JAS	5	6	j311	figs-nominaladj	τὸν δίκαιον	1	the righteous	James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to refer to a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the righteous person” or “the innocent person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	6	lq6p	figs-genericnoun	τὸν δίκαιον	1	the righteous	The expression **the righteous** refers to righteous people in general, not to one specific person. Alternate translation: “righteous people” or “innocent people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JAS	5	6	z7w1	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν	1	He does not resist you	This could mean: (1) the innocent people are not able to resist what the rich people are doing. Alternate translation: “He is not able to resist you” (2) the innocent people wanted a peaceful resolution and were not fighting back. Alternate translation: “You have done this even though the innocent person wanted a peaceful resolution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	5	6	j312	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν	1	He does not resist you	In light of everything that James says in [5:1-6](../05/01.md), the implications are that even though these innocent people are not able to defend themselves, God will defend them by judging and punishing these rich people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	5	6	j312	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται ὑμῖν	1	He does not resist you	In light of everything that James says in [5:1-6](../05/01.md), the implications are that even though these innocent people are not able to defend themselves, God will defend them by judging and punishing these rich people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	7	a4sv	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	James uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said about rich people. He is referring specifically to what he said about God’s judgment being imminent. Alternate translation: “Because you know that God will soon judge the people who are oppressing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JAS	5	7	j313	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	7	wgk4		ἕως τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Κυρίου	1	until the coming of the Lord	James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “until Jesus returns” or “until the Lord Jesus returns”
@@ -581,12 +581,12 @@ JAS	5	7	y4er	figs-genericnoun	ὁ γεωργὸς ἐκδέχεται	1	the farm
 JAS	5	7	j315		τὸν τίμιον καρπὸν τῆς γῆς	1	the valuable fruit of the earth	James uses the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean things that plants produce that are good for food. He does not mean only the kind of fruit that grows on trees and vines. Alternate translation: “the valuable crops that grow from the earth”
 JAS	5	7	j316	writing-pronouns	μακροθυμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἕως λάβῃ	1	waiting patiently for it until it receives	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **it** refers to in each of these cases. Alternate translation: “waiting patiently for this fruit until the earth receives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	5	7	j317	figs-nominaladj	πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον	1	the early and the late	James is using the adjectives **early** and **late** as nouns to refer to types of rain. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the rain that comes early in the growing season and the rain that comes late in the growing season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JAS	5	7	j318	figs-explicit	πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον	1	the early and the late	If it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not be familiar with rainfed agriculture, you could say why these farmers needed to wait for rain to fall on their crops. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	5	7	j318	figs-explicit	πρόϊμον καὶ ὄψιμον	1	the early and the late	If it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not be familiar with rainfed agriculture, you could state why these farmers needed to wait for rain to fall on their crops. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	8	j319		μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You also wait patiently	Here James makes clear that what he said about farmers in the previous verse was an analogy for his readers. Alternate translation: “You should also wait patiently, just as a farmer does”
 JAS	5	8	bbn1	figs-metaphor	στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν	1	Strengthen your hearts	James is using the **heart** figuratively to represent the will. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	8	jw3b		ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν	1	the coming of the Lord has come near	James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. (By **near** he means near in time. This is not a spatial metaphor.) Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon” or “the Lord Jesus will return soon”
 JAS	5	9	k74r	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	9	z3p7	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may be not judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	9	z3p7	figs-activepassive	μὴ κριθῆτε	1	you may be not judged	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	9	ita4	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς	1	Behold, the judge	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Be aware that the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	9	g938	figs-metaphor	ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν	1	the judge is standing at the door	James is figuratively comparing Jesus to a judge who is just about to walk into a courtroom. Alternate translation: “Jesus will soon return and judge everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	10	j320		ὑπόδειγμα λάβετε, ἀδελφοί, τῆς κακοπαθίας	1	Take an example, brothers, of the suffering	Alternate translation: “Take as your example, brothers, the suffering”
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ JAS	5	12	s755		μὴ ὀμνύετε	1	do not swear	Here, to **swear** means to
 JAS	5	12	j324	figs-ellipsis	ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ	1	let your “Yes” be “Yes” and “No,” “No”	In the second phrase, James is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the first phrase. Alternate translation: “let your ‘Yes’ be ‘Yes’ and let your ‘No’ be ‘No’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JAS	5	12	m3ve		ἤτω…ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ, ναὶ, καὶ τὸ οὒ, οὔ	1	let your “Yes” be “Yes” and “No,” “No”	Alternate translation: “simply give your word, without making an oath”
 JAS	5	12	f6mx	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε	1	so that you may not fall under judgment	James is speaking figuratively of **judgment** as something that a person might **fall under**. Alternate translation: “so that you will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	12	j325	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε	1	so that you may not fall under judgment	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “so that God will not have to judge and punish you for breaking your oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	5	12	j325	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ ὑπὸ κρίσιν πέσητε	1	so that you may not fall under judgment	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “so that God will not have to judge and punish you for breaking your oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	13	m3e6	figs-rquestion	κακοπαθεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσευχέσθω	1	Is anyone among you suffering hardship? Let him pray	James is not looking for information. He is using the question form to state a condition, and he describes the result in a short sentence right after the question. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you is suffering hardship, then he should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	5	13	wdf7	figs-rquestion	εὐθυμεῖ τις? ψαλλέτω	1	Is anyone cheerful? Let him sing praise	James is again using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone is cheerful, then he should sing praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JAS	5	14	in34	figs-rquestion	ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν? προσκαλεσάσθω τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ προσευξάσθωσαν	1	Is anyone among you sick? Let him summon the elders of the church, and let them pray	Once again James is using the question form to state a condition and describing the result in a following sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate the question and that sentence together as a single statement. Alternate translation: “If anyone among you sick, then he should summon the elders of the church and they should pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -616,21 +616,21 @@ JAS	5	15	j329	figs-possession	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει 
 JAS	5	15	j330	figs-nominaladj	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα	1	the prayer of faith will save the sick	James is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	15	c8q6	figs-personification	ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα	1	the prayer of faith will save the sick	James is speaking figuratively of this **prayer** as if it would heal the sick person itself. Alternate translation: “in answer to this prayer that is offered in faith, God will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	15	ei3q	figs-metonymy	ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord will raise him up	James is speaking figuratively of the sick person’s restoration to health by association with the way that the person will get **up** out of bed when he recovers. Alternate translation: “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his regular activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JAS	5	15	j331	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	15	j331	figs-activepassive	ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be forgiven to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	16	dl5k	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Therefore	James uses **Therefore** to introduce something that believers should do as a result of what he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain in more detail what he means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JAS	5	16	mzk8	figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆτε	1	you may be healed	If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	16	mzk8	figs-activepassive	ἰαθῆτε	1	you may be healed	If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	16	j332		πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη	1	The working prayer of the righteous is very strong	The term **working** has the sense of an adverb rather than an adjective. Alternate translation: “The prayer of the righteous is very strong as it is working” or “The prayer of the righteous is very strong in its effects”
 JAS	5	16	j333	figs-nominaladj	πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη	1	The working prayer of the righteous is very strong	James is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “The working prayer of a person who is righteous is very strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JAS	5	16	zk62	figs-personification	πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη	1	The working prayer of the righteous is very strong	James is speaking figuratively of **prayer** as if it were a living thing that was **very strong** by itself. Alternate translation: “When a person who is righteous prays, God does very powerful things in response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	17	j334	figs-explicit	Ἠλείας	1	Elijah	James assumes that his readers will know from the Scriptures about this episode in Elijah’s life. If your readers might not be familiar with it, you could describe it in more detail. Alternate translation: “You know from the Scriptures how a prophet named Elijah who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JAS	5	17	j335	figs-explicit	ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν	1	of similar passions to us	This expression means that Elijah had the same feelings as any other human being. In context, James is indicating specifically that he too had the kind of feelings that make it difficult for people to pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had the same doubts and fears that we all do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JAS	5	17	j335	figs-explicit	ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν	1	of similar passions to us	This expression means that Elijah had the same feelings as any other human being. In context, James is indicating specifically that he too had the kind of feelings that make it difficult for people to pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had the same doubts and fears that we all do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JAS	5	17	vhw2	figs-explicitinfo	προσευχῇ προσηύξατο	1	he prayed with prayer	To indicate that Elijah prayed intensely, James is using an indirect object with a verb that comes from the same root. If your language uses a similar construction, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would seem to express unnecessary extra information in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he prayed intensely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
 JAS	5	18	j336	writing-pronouns	πάλιν προσηύξατο	1	he prayed again	The pronoun **he** refers to Elijah. Alternate translation: “Elijah prayed again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JAS	5	18	zwc9	figs-personification	ὁ οὐρανὸς ὑετὸν ἔδωκεν	1	the heaven gave rain	In this context, **the heaven** means “the sky.” James is speaking figuratively of the sky as if it were a living thing that **gave rain**. Alternate translation: “rain fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	18	yi7m	figs-personification	ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῆς	1	the earth produced its fruit	James is speaking figuratively of the **earth** as if it were a living thing that **produced fruit**. As in [5:7](../05/07.md), James is using the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean things that plants produce that are good for food. He does not mean only the kind of fruit that grows on trees and vines. Alternate translation: “crops grew from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JAS	5	19	xr4l	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί μου	1	My brothers	See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	19	dv4v	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth	As in [1:16](../01/16.md), James is speaking figuratively as if a deceptive guide may have led one of his readers in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “if anyone among you may have been deceived regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JAS	5	19	j337	figs-activepassive	ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JAS	5	19	j337	figs-activepassive	ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	if anyone among you may have been led astray from the truth	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “if someone may have deceived anyone among you regarding the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	5	19	j338	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the truth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	5	19	j339	figs-metaphor	ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν	1	someone turns him back	James is continuing the metaphor of someone guiding a person in the right direction. Alternate translation: “someone corrects him” or “someone shows him what is actually true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JAS	5	20	j340	writing-pronouns	γινωσκέτω	1	let him know	The pronoun **him** refers to the person who corrects another believer who has been deceived. Alternate translation: “the person who corrects the deceived believer should know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
diff --git a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
index 64a8f7de68..27ea6b3ee3 100644
--- a/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	4	f42f		διὰ τούτων	1		The word **through** here indicates the means by which you might be sharers of the divine nature. Alternate translation: “by means of them”
 2PE	1	4	umh8	writing-pronouns	διὰ τούτων	1		Here the pronoun **them** refers back to the precious and great promises of the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “through these promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	4	yk7g	figs-abstractnouns	θείας…φύσεως	1		The abstract noun **nature** refers to the inherent features of something or what it is like. Alternate translation: “of what God is like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	4	p2yj	figs-metaphor	ἀποφυγόντες τῆς…φθορᾶς	1		Peter speaks figuratively of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	4	p2yj	figs-metaphor	ἀποφυγόντες τῆς…φθορᾶς	1		Peter speaks figuratively of people not suffering from the **corruption** that wicked desires cause as if they had **escaped** from that corruption. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “no longer being corrupted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	4	xxuj	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **the world** could mean: (1) the place where we all live, where we are surrounded by sinful people and temptations to sin. Alternate translation: “that is all around us” (2) the system of values that people share who do not honor God. Alternate translation: “of the world’s ungodly value system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	1	4	wnec		ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ	1		Here, **by** indicates the means by which the world became corrupt. It does not indicate the means by which Peter’s addressees escaped corruption. Alternate translation: “by means of lust”
 2PE	1	4	kjnh	figs-abstractnouns	φθορᾶς	1	corruption	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **corruption**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “things that corrupt you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	1	5	exd9	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δὲ	1		The phrase **with respect to this very thing** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	1	5	exd9	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δὲ	1		The phrase **with respect to this very thing** refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and now because of these things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	5	ceir		σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες	1		The phrase **applying all diligence** indicates the means by which one is to do the action of supplying that follows. Alternate translation: “by means of applying all diligence”
 2PE	1	5	xp0n	figs-idiom	σπουδὴν πᾶσαν παρεισενέγκαντες	1		Here, **applying all diligence** is an idiom that means doing one’s best or making the best effort. Alternate translation: “making every effort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	1	5	j0tr	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τῇ πίστει ὑμῶν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “as you trust in Jesus, add” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	9	gopx	figs-metaphor	τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν.	1		Peter is speaking figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were something that made people dirty and thus required **cleansing** from God. Alternate translation: “the forgiving of his past sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	10	ob38	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the two reasons for obedience given in [1:8–9](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	10	xfdb	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1		Peter is using the term **brothers** figuratively as a way to directly address his fellow believers in Jesus. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	10	ot7y	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could say “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+2PE	1	10	ot7y	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Peter is using the term **brothers** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Be sure that this is clear in your translation so that your readers do not get the impression that Peter is addressing only men. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers” to translate the metaphor **brothers**, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you retain the metaphor, you could state “my brothers and sisters.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2PE	1	10	raa1	figs-doublet	βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι	1	to make your calling and election sure	The words **calling** and **election** share similar meanings and both refer to God choosing believers to belong to him. Peter uses them together to emphasize this idea. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could use just one word and provide the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	1	10	pm78	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες	1		Here, **these things** refers back to the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	10	xx39	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε	1		Peter is describing a conditional situation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express it that way. Alternate translation: “For if you do these things, then you will certainly not ever stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
@@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	10	jcv9	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ πταίσητέ ποτε	1	you will not ever stumble	Here, **stumble** could mean: (1) abandoning faith in Christ. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not abandon faith in Christ” (2) committing sin. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not practice sinful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	11	xvh1	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that Peter is giving a reason why his readers should want to obey the commands given in [1:5–7](../01/05.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	11	sl6c	figs-explicit	οὕτως	1		Here, **in this way** refers back to the way of living that includes the faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	1	11	f45v	figs-activepassive	πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν	1	will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	11	f45v	figs-activepassive	πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν	1	will be richly provided to you the entry into the eternal kingdom	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will richly provide to you the entrance into the eternal kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	11	k1e4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules.” Alternate translation: “into the eternal place where our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	12	du69	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Connecting Statement:	Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce the purpose of his letter. In order to encourage his readers to do everything he has said in [1:5–10](../01/05.md), and especially because of the promise in [1:11](../01/11.md), he wants to keep reminding them about these things. Use a natural form in your language to show that this introduces a result or purpose for saying what came before. Alternate translation: “Because these things are very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	1	12	xxjq	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these things** refers back to what Peter has stated in the previous verses, specifically to faith, goodness, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in [1:5–7](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	1	12	onqh	figs-activepassive	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	12	onqh	figs-activepassive	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you learned well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	12	l2kh	figs-metaphor	ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1	you are strong in the present truth	Here, **established** is used figuratively to refer to one being firmly committed to something. Alternate translation: “you strongly believe the truth that you now have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	12	jys8		ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **in** has the meaning of “in reference to” or “with regard to.” Alternate translation: “in reference to the present truth”
 2PE	1	12	pqq2	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ	1		Here, **present** is used figuratively as if **truth** were an object that could be there with Peter’s audience. Here it does not refer to present time. Alternate translation: “in the truth that you have” or “in the truth that is with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -128,10 +128,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	17	cxh2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱός μου	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 2PE	1	17	ppum	writing-pronouns	μου…μου…ἐγὼ	1		The pronouns **my** and **myself** refer to God the Father, who is the one speaking in the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	18	ezn2	figs-exclusive	ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν	1	we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven	With the words **we ourselves**, Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who also heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: “we, James, John, and I, heard this voice that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-2PE	1	18	chy4	figs-activepassive	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν	1	we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	18	chy4	figs-activepassive	ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν	1	we ourselves heard this voice having been brought from heaven	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “having come from heaven” or “that came from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	18	mlm9		σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες	1	when we were with him	This is a temporal phrase that can begin with “when.” Alternate translation: “when we were with him”
-2PE	1	18	ricv	writing-pronouns	σὺν αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	1	18	daqi	figs-explicit	τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει	1		The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	1	18	ricv	writing-pronouns	σὺν αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, not God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “being with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	1	18	daqi	figs-explicit	τῷ ἁγίῳ ὄρει	1		The **mountain** Peter refers to is the mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed in the event known as the “transfiguration.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the holy mountain on which Jesus was powerfully transformed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	19	h498		ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον	1		The word translated as **very certain** could refer to: (1) something that is extremely reliable. In this case, Peter is saying in [1:18–19](../01/18.md) that we have two reliable witnesses to Jesus’ glory: God’s own voice speaking on the mountain of transfiguration and the extremely reliable prophetic scriptures. Alternate translation: “We also have the most reliable prophetic word” (2) something that is confirmed by something else. In this case, Peter is saying that God’s voice on the mountain confirms, or makes even more trustworthy, the prophetic scripture that we already trusted completely. Alternate translation: “we have the prophetic word confirmed”
 2PE	1	19	z3na	figs-exclusive	ἔχομεν	1	we have	Here, **we** refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2PE	1	19	l7zq	figs-explicit	βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον	1	this more certain prophetic word	Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer figuratively to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	20	s4k2	figs-infostructure	πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται	1	every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation	Here, **one’s own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 2PE	1	20	p5xo	figs-abstractnouns	ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως	1		The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could use a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	21	isqj	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	1	21	evx4	figs-activepassive	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	1	21	evx4	figs-activepassive	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	1	21	yxdx	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **will**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	1	21	x2hv	figs-gendernotations	θελήματι ἀνθρώπου	1		Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2PE	1	21	mh2s	figs-metaphor	ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι	1	men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit	Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -159,14 +159,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	1	x2bn	figs-abstractnouns	αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας,	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” or “heresies that destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	1	jif2	figs-possession	αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	1	wnuv		αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
-2PE	2	1	xscu	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master	Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate Translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	1	g99z	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master who bought them	Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	1	xscu	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master	Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate Translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	1	g99z	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master who bought them	Peter uses the phrase **master who bought** to speak figuratively of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	1	xaan	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	1	xk1x		ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
 2PE	2	1	flv3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	2	eevb	figs-explicit	πολλοὶ	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	2	xzw1	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσουσιν	1		Here Peter uses the word **follow** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “will imitate their licentious acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	2	dg82	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀσελγείαις	1		Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	2	dg82	writing-pronouns	αὐτῶν ταῖς ἀσελγείαις	1		Here the pronoun **their** refers to the false teachers introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the licentious acts of these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	2	z53e		ταῖς ἀσελγείαις	1		Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
 2PE	2	2	fz5m	writing-pronouns	δι’ οὓς	1		Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers. It does not refer to the licentious acts in the previous clause. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly, as the UST does, that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “through these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	2	cqjb	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Peter uses the phrase **the way of truth** here figuratively to refer to the Christian faith or how a Christian person lives his or her life. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “the true Christian manner of living” or “the true Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -196,12 +196,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	4	jjzw	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν	1		Here, Peter speaks figuratively of God imprisoning the angels who sinned like someone who has **handed over** a criminal to the prison guards for imprisonment. Alternate translation: “imprisoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	4	c2ak	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κρίσιν	1	to judgment	This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	2	4	plhp	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίσιν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	4	e0ue	figs-explicit	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	4	ppvc	figs-activepassive	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	4	e0ue	figs-explicit	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	4	ppvc	figs-activepassive	εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you could indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	5	zx4k	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1		Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 2PE	2	5	hpv7	figs-metonymy	ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1	he did not spare the ancient world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	5	f000		οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1		As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
-2PE	2	5	t2w9	writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1		Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	5	t2w9	writing-pronouns	οὐκ ἐφείσατο	1		Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God did not spare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	5	iw5v	figs-idiom	ὄγδοον, Νῶε	1		Here, **eighth** is an idiom used to refer to a group of eight people. It means that Noah was one of only eight people in the ancient world whom God did not destroy. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express the literal meaning of the idiom. Alternate translation: “eight people, including Noah” or “with seven others, Noah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	5	xrsw	translate-names	Νῶε	1		**Noah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2PE	2	5	llfu	figs-distinguish	Νῶε, δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα	1		This phrase gives us more information about Noah. It tells us that Noah proclaimed **righteousness** to the ungodly people of the ancient world. It does not distinguish this Noah from any other person named Noah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -213,23 +213,23 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	6	ap1j	figs-infostructure	καὶ πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to destruction, having reduced them to ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 2PE	2	6	gp3e		πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας	1	having reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes	This phrase indicates the means by which God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “by means of reducing the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes”
 2PE	2	6	xi0n	translate-names	Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας	1		**Sodom and Gomorrah** are the names of two cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-2PE	2	6	xfyx	writing-pronouns	καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν	1		Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	6	xfyx	writing-pronouns	καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν	1		Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God condemned them to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	6	w1b9	figs-abstractnouns	καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could translate the idea behind it with an verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “he condemned them to be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	6	hgt7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν τεθεικώς	1	an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly	This clause indicates the result of what happened in the previous clauses of the verse. God’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah resulted in them being an **example** and a warning of what happens to others who disobey God. Alternate translation: “with the result that God set them as an example of the things that will happen to the ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	6	eocy	figs-genericnoun	ἀσεβέσιν	1		Here, **ungodly** refers to wicked people in general, not to one specific wicked person. Alternate translation: “to an ungodly person” or “to ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 2PE	2	7	fm1p	grammar-connect-condition-fact	καὶ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the fourth condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-2PE	2	7	zif8	writing-pronouns	ἐρύσατο	1	the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	7	zif8	writing-pronouns	ἐρύσατο	1	the behavior of the lawless in their sensuality	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God rescued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	7	xjq6	translate-names	Λὼτ	1	Connecting Statement:	**Lot** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2PE	2	7	uknf	figs-distinguish	καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1	Connecting Statement:	This clause is giving more information about **Lot**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “He was being oppressed by the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-2PE	2	7	mort	figs-activepassive	καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	7	mort	figs-activepassive	καταπονούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness oppressed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	7	x8vy	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		Here, **by** could refer to: (1) the thing that was oppressing Lot, as in the ULT. (2) the reason why Lot was oppressed. Alternate translation: “because of the behavior of the lawless ones in licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	7	wrba	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων…ἀναστροφῆς	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **behavior** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what the lawless ones did” or “by how the lawless ones acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	7	wq2r		ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		Here, **in** indicates the content of what the lawless people were doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate **in licentiousness** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior”
 2PE	2	7	xnys	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective. See how you translated the plural form of this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the licentious behavior of the lawless ones” or “the wild sensual behavior of the lawless ones”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	7	k79d	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀθέσμων	1		Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	7	k79d	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀθέσμων	1		Here, **the lawless ones** refers to the people who lived in the city of Sodom, where Lot lived. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the lawless people of Sodom” or “of the people who act as if there is no law in Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	8	dvle	writing-background	γὰρ	1		Peter uses **for** here to provide background information about Lot’s life in Sodom. This is to help readers understand why Peter called Lot a righteous person in the previous verse. Peter is not using **for** here to indicate result. Use the natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 2PE	2	8	sn4w	figs-abstractnouns	βλέμματι γὰρ καὶ ἀκοῇ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the abstract nouns **seeing** and **hearing** with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “for by what he saw and what he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	8	b1ba	figs-explicit	ὁ δίκαιος	1	that righteous man	This refers to Lot. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “righteous Lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	8	b1ba	figs-explicit	ὁ δίκαιος	1	that righteous man	This refers to Lot. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “righteous Lot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	8	xdlw		ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		This clause indicates the time when Lot dwelled in Sodom. Alternate translation: “when he lived among them”
 2PE	2	8	xa7g	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the inhabitants of Sodom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify what the pronoun **them** refers to. Alternate translation: “the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	8	ujf1	figs-idiom	ἐνκατοικῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας	1		This phrase, **day from day**, is an idiom meaning “day after day” or “every day.” You may need to express this literally in your language. Alternate translation: “living among them day after day” or “living among them every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	9	xk2a	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		Here, **but** could refer to: (1) a contrast between the previous clause and what follows, as in the ULT and UST. (2) a simple connection between the previous clause and what follows. Alternate translation: “and to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 2PE	2	9	bcf3	figs-ellipsis	πειρασμοῦ…ἀδίκους δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		In this clause, Peter is leaving out some words that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “a trial and the Lord knows how to keep the unrighteous ones to be punished in the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	2	9	xdos	grammar-connect-logic-goal	κολαζομένους	1		This is a purpose clause. Peter is stating the purpose for which God is keeping the unrighteous people. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-2PE	2	9	qwcm	figs-activepassive	ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	9	qwcm	figs-activepassive	ἀδίκους…κολαζομένους τηρεῖν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “to keep the unrighteous ones to punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	9	ms6u		εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1		Here, **in** could refer to: (1) when the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “on the day of judgment” (2) the point in time up to which the unrighteous ones will be punished. Alternate translation: “until the day of judgment”
 2PE	2	9	xnf3	figs-possession	ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the day when God judges mankind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	10	skh8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **but** indicates a connection between the last clause of the previous verse and what follows. It does not indicate a contrast between “the unrighteous” in the previous verse and “those going after the flesh” in this verse. Alternate translation: “and especially those going after the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	10	n89f		τολμηταὶ	1		**Audacious ones** marks the beginning of the second section of this chapter, which continues until the end of [2:22](../02/22.md). In this section Peter describes the wicked character and deeds of the false teachers.
 2PE	2	10	nkjm	figs-exclamations	τολμηταὶ αὐθάδεις	1		The words **Audacious ones** and **Self-willed ones** are exclamations that emphasize the bold pride of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are so audacious and self-willed!” or “How audacious and self-willed they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 2PE	2	10	esb2		αὐθάδεις	1	self-willed	**Self-willed** means “doing whatever one wants to do.” Alternate translation: “Those who do whatever they want”
-2PE	2	10	x82c	writing-pronouns	οὐ τρέμουσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	10	x82c	writing-pronouns	οὐ τρέμουσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers do not tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	10	f4gi		δόξας…βλασφημοῦντες	1		This clause indicates the time when the false teachers do not tremble. Alternate translation: “when insulting glorious ones”
 2PE	2	10	s7l1		δόξας	1		Here, **glorious ones** could refer to: (1) spiritual beings, such as angels, demons, or both. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings” (2) important human beings, such as church leaders. Alternate translation: “glorious people”
 2PE	2	11	u2jk	figs-distinguish	ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες	1		This clause could refer to: (1) a contrast between the description of the **angels** in this clause with their behavior in the next clause. Alternate translation: “despite being greater in strength and power” (2) a description of the **angels**. Alternate translation: “who are greater in strength and power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -267,12 +267,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	12	erfh	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **capture** and **destruction**, you could express the ideas behind them with verbs. Alternate translation: “in order to capture and destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	12	ipd4		ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες	1		This clause could refer to: (1) more information about the false teachers. Alternate translation: “who slander those things in which they are ignorant” (2) the reason the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “because they slander those things in which they are ignorant”
 2PE	2	12	c4b8		ἐν οἷς ἀγνοοῦσιν	1		Here, **those things** could refer to: (1) the “glorious ones” of [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “who slander those of whom they are ignorant” (2) the Christian teachings that these false teachers are rejecting. Alternate translation: “who slander the teachings of which they are ignorant”
-2PE	2	12	xzcp	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	12	jw8d	figs-activepassive	καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	12	xzcp	writing-pronouns	ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **their** refer to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers will also be destroyed in their destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	12	jw8d	figs-activepassive	καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will also destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	12	h4v8		καὶ φθαρήσονται	1		Here, **also** is used for emphasis and may be translated as “indeed” or “surely.” Alternate translation: “they will indeed be destroyed” or “they will surely be destroyed”
 2PE	2	12	ai6a		ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν	1		This clause indicates the time when the false teachers will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “at the time of their destruction”
 2PE	2	12	ig4v	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “when they are destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	13	p7g7	figs-metaphor	ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας	1		Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive figuratively as if it were a wage they had earned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	13	p7g7	figs-metaphor	ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας	1		Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive figuratively as if it were a wage they had earned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “receiving the punishment they deserve for their unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	13	x4gd	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικίας	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “of the wrong things they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	13	xjr6	figs-abstractnouns	ἡδονὴν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **pleasure**, you can translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “something that pleases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	13	e62s	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν	1	their reveling during the day	Here, **reveling** refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you can translate it with with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “their ability to revel in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -283,89 +283,89 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	13	x3uj	figs-abstractnouns	ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς ἀπάταις αὐτῶν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate the abstract noun **deceptions** with an adjective like “deceptive.” Alternate translation: “reveling in their deceptive deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	14	v7t4	figs-metonymy	ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος	1	having eyes full of adultery	Here, **eyes** refers figuratively to a person’s desires, and **eyes full** means that a person constantly desires one thing. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	14	xo71		ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος	1		This clause could mean: (1) the false teachers constantly desired to have immoral sexual relations with any woman they saw, thereby viewing every women as a potential adulteress. Alternate translation: “constantly desiring women with whom to commit adultery” (2) the false teachers were constantly looking for immoral women with whom to have immoral sexual relations. Alternate translation: “constantly seeking sexually immoral women”
-2PE	2	14	xb2q	figs-explicit	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	14	xb2q	figs-explicit	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	14	wt89	figs-synecdoche	δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους	1	enticing unstable souls	Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-2PE	2	14	mn07	figs-explicit	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	14	xgkb	figs-activepassive	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	14	mn07	figs-explicit	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	14	xgkb	figs-activepassive	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	14	c55u	figs-metonymy	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1	hearts trained in covetousness	Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	14	sbp2	figs-abstractnouns	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **covetousness**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	14	sv4r	figs-idiom	κατάρας τέκνα	1		Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	14	c7cc	figs-exclamations	κατάρας τέκνα	1		These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-2PE	2	15	et62	figs-metaphor	καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed	Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	et62	figs-metaphor	καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed	Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks figuratively of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	ky5q	figs-idiom	εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	the right way	Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	15	x3k9	figs-metaphor	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He figuratively describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	15	b39g	figs-activepassive	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	15	b39g	figs-activepassive	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	15	xkt6	figs-explicit	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ, ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		In this verse, Peter compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Peter assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, he used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “following the way of Balaam son of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteousness so much that he led the Israelites into immorality and idolatry in order to receive money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	15	xi4q	figs-metaphor	ἐξακολουθήσαντες τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses the word **followed** figuratively to refer to someone imitating the actions of someone else, like someone who walks behind another person in the same direction. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “having imitated the way of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	v9lx	translate-names	Βαλαὰμ…Βοσὸρ	1	the right way	**Balaam** and **Bosor** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2PE	2	15	alxl	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Βοσὸρ	1		Here, Peter uses **the way of Balaam** figuratively to refer to how Balaam lived his life. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “the manner of living of Balaam son of Bosor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	15	v3wn	writing-pronouns	ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	15	v3wn	writing-pronouns	ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		Here, the pronoun**who** refers to Balaam. It does not refer to Bosor, nor to the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this directly. If you begin a new sentence, you will have to replace the comma with a period. Alternate translation: “Balaam loved the wages of unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	15	befr	figs-possession	ὃς μισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **wages** that are characterized by **unrighteousness**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “who loved the unrighteous wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	15	x5gg	figs-abstractnouns	μισθὸν ἀδικίας	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with the adjective “unrighteous.” Alternate translation: “the unrighteous wages” or “the wages for unrighteous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	16	z37w	figs-abstractnouns	ἔλεγξιν…ἔσχεν	1	he had a rebuke	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **rebuke**, you can express it as a verb and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2PE	2	16	z37w	figs-abstractnouns	ἔλεγξιν…ἔσχεν	1	he had a rebuke	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **rebuke**, you can express it as a verb and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	16	gsm7	figs-explicit	ἔλεγξιν…ἔσχεν	1	he had a rebuke	If your readers would misunderstand who did this, you could specify who rebuked Balaam. This clause could mean: (1) the donkey rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: “a donkey rebuked him” (2) God rebuked Balaam through the donkey. Alternate translation: “God rebuked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	16	x7zu	figs-explicit	ἰδίας παρανομίας	1		This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	16	x7zu	figs-explicit	ἰδίας παρανομίας	1		This **transgression** specifically refers to Balaam’s use of wicked women to lead the Israelites into sexual immorality and idolatry. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for his wicked act of leading the Israelites into immorality” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	16	xspp	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **irrationality**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	16	tf38	figs-explicit	ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν	1	restrained the madness of the prophet	Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	17	x5rj	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		**These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	16	tf38	figs-explicit	ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν	1	restrained the madness of the prophet	Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	2	17	x5rj	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		**These men** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	17	t137	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι	1	These men are springs without water	Peter speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	17	hzu1	figs-metaphor	ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	17	von6	figs-doublet	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-2PE	2	17	xe3y	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται	1	for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	17	xe3y	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται	1	for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	17	v90z		ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
-2PE	2	17	xrpf	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	17	xrpf	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, Peter uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	18	xgoc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates the reason why the false teachers are reserved for punishment in the gloom of darkness, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	18	cxt8		ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι	1	speaking arrogant things of vanity	This clause indicates the means by which the false teachers entice others to sin. Alternate translation: “by means of speaking arrogant things of vanity”
 2PE	2	18	x2by	figs-possession	ὑπέρογκα…ματαιότητος	1	speaking arrogant things of vanity	Peter is using the possessive form to describe **arrogant** speech that is characterized by **vanity**. Alternate translation: “vain, arrogant things” or “vain and arrogant things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	18	n2pr	figs-abstractnouns	ματαιότητος	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **vanity**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “vain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	18	f8tg	writing-pronouns	δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς	1	They entice people by the lusts of the flesh	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	18	f8tg	writing-pronouns	δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς	1	They entice people by the lusts of the flesh	Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice by the lusts of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	18	t543	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literal meaning for the metaphor. Alternate translation: “by the lusts of their sinful natures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	18	bibq		ἀσελγείαις	1		Here, **licentious acts** refers to immoral sexual actions that demonstrate a lack of self-control. See how you translated this term in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “uncontrolled sensual acts”
-2PE	2	18	nks3	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους	1	those who are barely escaping from those who live in error	Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	18	nks3	figs-metaphor	τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους	1	those who are barely escaping from those who live in error	Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who recently became believers as **those barely escaping** from sinful humanity. He also refers to unbelievers who still live according to their sinful desires as **those living in error**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “people who recently ceased living sinfully as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	xqla		ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1		This clause refers to another means by which the false teachers enticed their followers, continuing from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They also entice them by promising freedom to them”
 2PE	2	19	uyw6	figs-metaphor	ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1	promising freedom to them, while they themselves are slaves of corruption	Here, **freedom** is a metaphor for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “promising to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	19	je1k	writing-pronouns	ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	19	je1k	writing-pronouns	ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to those people who are deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “promising freedom to those whom they deceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	19	n0bh	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς;	1		Peter uses the word **themselves** here to emphasize the irony of spiritually enslaved people promising spiritual freedom to others. Alternate translation: “while they themselves are slaves of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-2PE	2	19	v5tt	figs-metaphor	δοῦλοι	1		Peter speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	19	v5tt	figs-metaphor	δοῦλοι	1		Peter speaks figuratively of people who live sinfully as if they were **slaves** to sin who need to escape from their captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “like slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	19	xyua	figs-possession	δοῦλοι…τῆς φθορᾶς	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that are characterized by **destruction**. Alternate translation: “slaves that will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	19	b79v	figs-metaphor	ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται	1	For by what someone has been overcome, by this he has been enslaved	Peter speaks of a person as being **enslaved** when anything has control over that person, he speaks of that thing as the master of that person. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this non-figuratively or as a simile. Alternate translation: “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes controlled by that thing” or “For if a person is overpowered by something, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	19	xqmy	figs-activepassive	ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται	1		If your readers would misunderstand this passive sentence, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	19	xqmy	figs-activepassive	ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται	1		If your readers would misunderstand this passive sentence, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “For if something overpowers a person, that thing enslaves that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	20	v3xc		γὰρ	1		Here, **For** could refer to: (1) another explanation of Peter’s statement “themselves being slaves of destruction” in the previous verse, (2) a transition from what Peter said in the previous verse to what he is going to say in this verse. Here, **For** does not indicate the reason or result of what was said in the previous verse. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “And”
 2PE	2	20	q96i	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τούτοις δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1		Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “they have escaped the impurities of the world through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, but having become entangled and overcome by them again, the last has become worse for them than the first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-2PE	2	20	efnj	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	20	efnj	figs-metaphor	εἰ…ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		Using a similar metaphor to that in [2:18](../02/18.md), here Peter speaks figuratively of believers as if they had been slaves to the **defilements** of the world and have **escaped** that captivity. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have ceased living in the defiling manner of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	20	xpo9	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **defilements**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the things that sinful human society does to defile itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	20	lu22	figs-metonymy	τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου	1	the impurities of the world	Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	2	20	bi73	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	20	zxcf	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-2PE	2	20	ih4w	figs-activepassive	τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	2	20	ygag	figs-metaphor	πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες	1		Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	20	ih4w	figs-activepassive	τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	20	ygag	figs-metaphor	πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες	1		Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	20	noa9	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	20	d6ra	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	20	d6ra	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	20	d42g	figs-nominaladj	γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων	1	the last has become worse for them than the first	Here, the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition for them is worse than their original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 2PE	2	21	x7gd	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates the reason why the last condition of the false teachers was worse than their first condition, as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “This is so because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	2	21	e3dv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	21	e3dv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	21	xg05	figs-possession	τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe **the way** that is characterized by **righteousness**. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “the righteous way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	21	pm7b	figs-idiom	τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1	the way of righteousness	Peter speaks figuratively of life as a **way** or path. This phrase refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md) and “the straight way” in [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “the manner of living that pleases the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2PE	2	21	lib0		ἐπιγνοῦσιν	1		This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
+2PE	2	21	lib0		ἐπιγνοῦσιν	1		This clause indicates that the next clause describes an event that happened after the event of this clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “after having known it”
 2PE	2	21	ic3c	figs-metaphor	ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	to turn away from the holy commandment	Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	21	j7s6	figs-genericnoun	τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	2		Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 2PE	2	21	xwid	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	2		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	2	21	blr5	figs-activepassive	τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	the holy commandment delivered to them	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	2	21	blr5	figs-activepassive	τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς	1	the holy commandment delivered to them	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	22	hqr3	writing-pronouns	συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	22	pc36	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	2	22	pc36	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	This has happened to them according to the true proverb	Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	2	22	h42r	writing-proverbs	κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου	1	A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud	Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning, you could translate these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
 2PE	2	22	xgjp	translate-unknown	κύων	1		A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **dog** was an insult. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2PE	2	22	xycp	translate-unknown	ὗς	1		A **pig** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. Therefore, calling someone a **pig** was an insult. If pigs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting or whose name is used as an insult, you could use the name of this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 2PE	3	intro	c1id			0		# 2 Peter 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Reminder that Jesus will return at the right time (3:1–13)<br>2. Concluding exhortation to live godly lives (3:14–17)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br><br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore, when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, that action is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br><br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared at all times for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2PE	3	1	n92f	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		**Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	1	n92f	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		**Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Peter is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	1	aah9	writing-pronouns	ἐν αἷς	1		Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	1	gc3m	figs-metaphor	διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1	I am stirring up your sincere mind	Here, Peter uses **arouse** figuratively, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	1	deoa	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **remembrance**, you could express the idea behind it in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	1	qxt2	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1		Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	1	qxt2	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1		Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it figuratively here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	2	bp8r	grammar-connect-logic-goal	μνησθῆναι	1		Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	3	2	gxj7	figs-activepassive	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν	1	the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	2	p4i5	figs-metonymy	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων	1		Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2PE	3	2	ijnq	figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν	1		Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	2	ijnq	figs-explicit	ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν	1		Here, **prophets** refers to the Old Testament prophets whom Peter also referred to in [1:19–21](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the holy Old Testament prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	2	yhi7	figs-activepassive	τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος	1	the command of the Lord and Savior through your apostles	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	2	jnq2	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **command**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what our Lord and Savior commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	2	jx0u	figs-genericnoun	τῆς…ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος	1		Peter uses **command** here to speak of the commands of Jesus in general. He is not referring to one specific command. These commands were delivered by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the commands of the Lord and Savior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -382,8 +382,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	4	hgdm	figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1	Where is the promise of his coming?	The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2PE	3	4	lw3y	figs-idiom	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1		Here, **Where** is used idiomatically to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	3	4	zrj7	figs-metonymy	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	Where is the promise of his coming?	Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2PE	3	4	wm6z	writing-pronouns	ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	4	u54w	figs-explicit	τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	4	wm6z	writing-pronouns	ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	4	u54w	figs-explicit	τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	4	xfkr	figs-metaphor	ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1		Here, **the fathers** is used figuratively. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	4	t6hl	figs-euphemism	οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1	the fathers fell asleep	Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 2PE	3	4	c2en	figs-hyperbole	πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation	Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -392,14 +392,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	5	xgsy	figs-ellipsis	θέλοντας ὅτι οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “that the heavens existed long ago by the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	3	5	mku9	figs-activepassive	γῆ…συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the word of God formed the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	5	s77f		ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα	1	had been formed from water and through water	This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
-2PE	3	5	o7sz	figs-metonymy	τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2PE	3	6	jh4r	writing-pronouns	δι’ ὧν	1	through which	Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	6	nyb7	figs-activepassive	ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could say who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	5	o7sz	figs-metonymy	τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ	1		Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+2PE	3	6	jh4r	writing-pronouns	δι’ ὧν	1	through which	Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	6	nyb7	figs-activepassive	ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	6	hvc3		ὁ τότε κόσμος	1		Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
 2PE	3	6	xm5i		ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
-2PE	3	7	alp6	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ	1		Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+2PE	3	7	alp6	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ	1		Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2PE	3	7	b2in	figs-activepassive	οἱ…νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God, by that same word, has reserved the present heavens and the earth for fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	3	7	e673	figs-explicit	τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ	1	by the same word	Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	7	e673	figs-explicit	τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ	1	by the same word	Here, **word** refers to “the word of God,” which Peter said in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) was the means by which the heavens and earth were created and a flood destroyed the world. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the same word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	7	ghco	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πυρὶ	1		Here, **for** indicates the purpose for which God has been reserving the present heavens and earth. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	3	7	nl8w	figs-metonymy	πυρὶ	1		Here, Peter uses **fire** to refer to what fire does, which is burn. Alternate translation: “for burning with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	7	jl5d	figs-activepassive	τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως	1	being kept for the day of judgment	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who is doing the action. It might also be helpful to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God is keeping them for the day of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -410,27 +410,27 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	8	enh9		ὅτι μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη	1	that one day with the Lord is like a thousand years	Here, **with the Lord** means “in the judgment of the Lord.” Alternate translation: “that from the Lord’s point of view, one day is like a thousand years”
 2PE	3	8	o1wc	figs-doublet	μία ἡμέρα παρὰ Κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα μία	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that God does not perceive of time the same way that humans do. What might seem to be a short or long time for people would not seem so for God. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “one day and 1,000 years are alike for the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	3	9	zv9m	figs-metonymy	οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας	1		Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the **promise** that Jesus will return. See how you translated it in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Lord does not delay to fulfill his promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-2PE	3	9	dzq8	figs-explicit	ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται	1	as some consider slowness	Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	3	9	a18l	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1		Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+2PE	3	9	dzq8	figs-explicit	ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται	1	as some consider slowness	Here, **some** refers to the “mockers” introduced in [3:3](../03/03.md) and anyone else who believed that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises, because Jesus had not yet returned. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as some, such as these mockers, consider slowness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	9	a18l	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1		Peter is leaving out a word that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the beginning of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could state who is the one being **patient** and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But God is patient toward you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	3	9	szyk	grammar-connect-logic-result	μὴ βουλόμενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι	1		This clause indicates the reason why God is delaying the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “because he does not want any to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	9	l9ay	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι	1		Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	3	9	jwjo	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **repentance**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but all to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	10	w6ma	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-2PE	3	10	c5m1	figs-simile	ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης	1	the day of the Lord will come as a thief	Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2PE	3	10	fu2q	writing-pronouns	κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ	1		Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	10	c5m1	figs-simile	ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης	1	the day of the Lord will come as a thief	Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+2PE	3	10	fu2q	writing-pronouns	κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ	1		Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	10	z32k	figs-activepassive	στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you could indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	10	zgd3		στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
-2PE	3	10	lz8t		στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται	1		Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
+2PE	3	10	lz8t		στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται	1		Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
 2PE	3	10	j1gj	figs-activepassive	γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1	the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed	God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	3	10	qnu5	figs-explicit	γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1		Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	10	qnu5	figs-explicit	γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1		Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	10	z9f6		γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται	1		Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
 2PE	3	11	buq4	grammar-connect-logic-result	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	11	nq63	figs-activepassive	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2PE	3	11	tpfg	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	11	nq63	figs-activepassive	τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	11	tpfg	writing-pronouns	τούτων	1		Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	11	t8wx	figs-rquestion	ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς?	1		Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 2PE	3	11	qoui	figs-ellipsis	ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις	1		Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	3	12	bqnn		προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας	1		Here, **waiting for and hastening** are two things Peter wanted his readers to do while also living holy and godly lives, as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “while expecting and hastening”
-2PE	3	12	b73o	writing-pronouns	δι’ ἣν	1		Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	12	b73o	writing-pronouns	δι’ ἣν	1		Here, **which** refers to “the day of God” from the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	12	ko6c		πυρούμενοι	1		This phrase indicates the means by which the heavens will be destroyed. Alternate translation: “by means of being set on fire”
 2PE	3	12	rq9g	figs-activepassive	οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the heavens with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	12	v15i		στοιχεῖα…τήκεται	1	the elements	Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed” See how you translated this in [3:10](../03/10.md).
@@ -441,31 +441,31 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	13	df3v	figs-personification	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	3	13	r5qo	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	14	d178	grammar-connect-logic-result	διό	1		Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	14	qjca	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	3	14	ndxd	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	14	qjca	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	14	ndxd	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers back to the events related to the coming day of the Lord, which Peter described in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	14	fj1l	figs-activepassive	σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “be diligent so that God will find you spotless and blameless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	14	s141	figs-doublet	ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι	1	spotless and blameless	The words **spotless** and **blameless** share similar meanings. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could translate them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “completely pure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	3	14	byr8	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “by Jesus” (2) God. Alternate translation: “by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	14	rtyg		ἐν εἰρήνῃ	1		Here, **in peace** could refer to: (1) having peace with God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “at peace with God” (2) feeling peace in one’s heart. Alternate translation: “with peace in your heart”
-2PE	3	15	g35u	figs-explicit	τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε	1	consider the patience of our Lord as salvation	Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	15	g35u	figs-explicit	τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε	1	consider the patience of our Lord as salvation	Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as Peter explained in [3:9](../03/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “consider the patience of our Lord as an opportunity to repent and be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	15	pd30	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation**, you could translate the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	15	vbso	figs-abstractnouns	σωτηρίαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	15	vo82	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος	1		Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
-2PE	3	15	nnd7	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1	according to the wisdom having been given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2PE	3	15	nnd7	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1	according to the wisdom having been given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	15	esr7	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	16	zzko	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς	1		Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	16	zzko	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς	1		Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	16	wil1	writing-pronouns	λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	16	z4cj	writing-pronouns	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	16	weh2	figs-metaphor	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	3	16	sg60	figs-explicit	ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς	1		Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	3	16	sh4j	grammar-connect-logic-result	πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν	1	to their own destruction	Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2PE	3	16	z4cj	writing-pronouns	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+2PE	3	16	weh2	figs-metaphor	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **distort** is used figuratively to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	16	sg60	figs-explicit	ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς	1		Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	16	sh4j	grammar-connect-logic-result	πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν	1	to their own destruction	Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	16	wrqu	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν	1	to their own destruction	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	17	kn3d	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Peter uses **therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	17	wk5v	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2PE	3	17	wk5v	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	17	bq8o	grammar-connect-logic-result	προγινώσκοντες	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	17	w3sp	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1	you might not lose your own steadfastness	Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	17	w3sp	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1	you might not lose your own steadfastness	Here, Peter speaks figuratively of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	17	v5cb	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **steadfastness**, you could express the idea behind it with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
-2PE	3	17	um49	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+2PE	3	17	um49	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	17	xjht	figs-activepassive	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	17	h2ik	figs-metaphor	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		Here, Peter uses **led astray** figuratively to describe people being deceived into living wickedly by false teachers as if they had been led away from the straight path. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “having been deceived into living wickedly by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	17	px85		τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which one might be led astray. Alternate translation: “by means of the error of the lawless ones”
diff --git a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
index 8890b517e1..174e77fa1c 100644
--- a/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	1	1	ej5x	figs-explicit	ἀκηκόαμεν	1	we have heard	The implication is that what John and the other eyewitnesses **heard** was Jesus speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can include this information, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “we heard speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	1	1	rb73	figs-parallelism	ὃ ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα	1	which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at	These two phrases mean the same thing. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “whom we saw clearly ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1JN	1	1	j001	figs-explicitinfo	ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…καὶ αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν	1	which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched	In your language, it might seem that these phrases express unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate them. However, your language may have its own way of using such extra information for emphasis, and you could also do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “we saw … and touched” or “we saw with our own eyes … and touched with our own hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
-1JN	1	1	j002	figs-explicit	ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν	1	which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched	The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	1	1	j002	figs-explicit	ἑωράκαμεν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν…αἱ χεῖρες ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν	1	which we have seen with our eyes … and our hands have touched	The false teachers were denying that Jesus was a real human being and saying that he was only a spirit. But the implications of what John is saying here are that Jesus was a real human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	1	1	j003		περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς	1	regarding the Word of life	As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, you could put your translation of this phrase, **regarding the Word of life**, at the beginning of this verse and present it as a sentence of its own as a topical introduction to the letter, as UST does. Alternate translation: “We are writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life”
 1JN	1	1	j004	writing-pronouns	περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς	1	regarding the Word of life	Letter writers of this time typically began by giving their own names. That is the case for most of the letters in the New Testament. This letter is an exception, but if it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply John’s name here, as UST does. As noted above, John uses the plural pronoun “we” because he is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to Jesus’ earthly life. But it may be more natural in your language for him to refer to himself with a singular pronoun, and if so, you could do that in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing to you about Jesus, the Word of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	1	1	gt44	figs-explicit	τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς	1	the Word of life	Here, **the Word of life** is implicitly a description of Jesus. As the General Introduction explains, there are many similarities between this letter and the Gospel of John. That gospel begins by saying about Jesus, “In the beginning was the Word.” So it is likely that when John speaks in this letter of **the Word of life** that “was from the beginning,” he is also speaking about Jesus. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word of God, who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	1	4	j013	translate-textvariants	ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **our joy** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “your joy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1JN	1	4	j014	figs-you	ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	If you follow the variant reading “your joy” here instead of **our joy**, the word “your” would be plural, as in the rest of this letter, since it would refer to a group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 1JN	1	4	xn9d	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “happy.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1JN	1	4	j015	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1JN	1	4	j016	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	1	4	j015	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that we will be completely happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	1	4	j016	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	so that our joy may be fulfilled	The implications are that John and his readers will be completely happy together if his readers recognize the truth of what he is writing to them about. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	1	5	hdrv	checking/headings		0		If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 5. Suggested heading: “Sin Prevents Fellowship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 1JN	1	5	djn4	figs-exclusive	ἀκηκόαμεν	1	we have heard	The pronoun **we** is exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1JN	1	5	j017	writing-pronouns	ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	from him	The pronoun **him** in this first instance in the verse refers to Jesus, since John is speaking of the message that he and the other eyewitnesses heard from Jesus. Alternate translation: “from Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	1	8	tt51	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the truth is not in us	John speaks figuratively of the **truth** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	1	8	j035	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	the truth is not in us	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “we do not believe that what God says is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	1	9	j036	figs-hypo	ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, πιστός ἐστιν καὶ δίκαιος	1	If we confess our sins, he is faithful and righteous	John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the value and benefits of living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we confess our sins. Then he is faithful and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-1JN	1	9	agve	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν	1		Part of confessing sin to God is rejecting them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If we confess our sins to God and turn away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	1	9	agve	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ὁμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν	1		Part of confessing sin to God is rejecting them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If we confess our sins to God and turn away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	1	9	gb5l	writing-pronouns	πιστός ἐστιν…ἵνα ἀφῇ	1	he is faithful … that he should forgive	The pronoun **he** refers to God in both instances in this verse. Alternate translation: “God is faithful … and God will forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	1	9	f68c	figs-parallelism	ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας	1	that he should forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John is likely using them together for emphasis. If including both phrases would be confusing for your readers, you could combine them and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “and he will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1JN	1	9	j038	figs-metaphor	καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας	1	cleanse us from all unrighteousness	As in [1:7](../01/07.md), John is speaking figuratively of **sins** as if they made a person dirty and of God’s forgiveness as if it made a person clean. Alternate translation: “not hold against us anything that we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	1	9	j039	figs-abstractnouns	πάσης ἀδικίας	1	all unrighteousness	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “anything that we have done wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	1	10	j040	figs-hypo	ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι οὐχ ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν	1	If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar	John is using another hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of not living in holiness. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say that we have not sinned. Then we are calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1JN	1	10	j041	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτοῦ	1	him … his	The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God in this verse. Alternate translation: “God … God’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1JN	1	10	hii2	figs-explicit	ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν	1	we make him a liar	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, a person who claimed to be without sin would be calling God a liar, since God has said that everyone is a sinner. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that is the same as calling God a liar, because God has said that we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	1	10	hii2	figs-explicit	ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν	1	we make him a liar	Be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a **liar** in this case. Rather, a person who claimed to be without sin would be calling God a liar, since God has said that everyone is a sinner. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that is the same as calling God a liar, because God has said that we have all sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	1	10	j042	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	his word is not in us	John is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what God has said by using words. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	1	10	m3p1	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	his word is not in us	As he did about the “truth” in [1:8](../01/08.md), John is speaking figuratively of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	intro	zjj9			0		# 1 John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (2:1–17, continuing from 1:5)<br>2. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)<br>3. Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–29, continues through 3:10)<br><br>In order to show that John is writing something like poetry in [2:12–14](../02/12.md), some translations set the statements in those verses farther to the right than the rest of the text, and they begin a new line at the start of each statement.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Antichrist<br><br>In [2:18](../02/18.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md), John writes both about a specific person called the Antichrist and about many people who will be “antichrists.” The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The Antichrist is a person who will come just before the return of Jesus and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do that for evil purposes. Before that person comes, there will be many other people who work against Christ. They too are called “antichrists,” but as a description rather than as a name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [2:20](../02/20.md), some ancient manuscripts read “you all know,” and that is the reading that ULT follows. However, other ancient manuscripts read “you know all things.” It seems more likely, based on everything else in the letter, that “you all know” is the correct original reading, since John is countering the claim of false teachers to know more than other believers. The reading “you know all things” seems to have arisen because copyists felt a need to have an object for the verb “know.” Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	1	p49e		ταῦτα γράφω	1	I am writing these things	Here, **these things** refers generally to everything that John has written about in the letter so far. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter”
 1JN	2	1	j044	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	The word **And** here introduces a contrast between what John hopes to achieve by writing, that these believers will not sin, and what might happen, that one of them might sin. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1JN	2	1	bi4g	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	if anyone should sin, we have an advocate with the Father	John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose someone does sin. Then we have an advocate with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-1JN	2	1	stj2	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν	1	we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ	John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	2	1	stj2	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν	1	we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ	John assumes that his readers will know that an **advocate** is someone who takes a person’s side and pleads on his behalf. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ will take our side and ask God the Father to forgive us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	1	j045	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	2	1	j046	figs-nominaladj	δίκαιον	1	the righteous	John is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to indicate a specific type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	2	2	j047	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς	1	he	The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus, the antecedent in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	6	j061	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ μένειν	1	he remains in him	John once again speaks figuratively as if believers could be inside of God. Alternate translation: “he is close friends with God” or “he shares life with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	6	j062	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	in him	The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	6	x5n1	figs-metaphor	ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν	1	ought, just as that one walked, also to walk himself	As in [1:6](../01/06.md) and [1:7](../01/07.md), John is using the word **walk** figuratively to mean how a person lives and behaves. Alternate translation: “must live as Jesus lived” or “must obey God just as Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	2	6	lvw4	figs-explicit	ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν	1		John is referring specifically to the way that Jesus behaved when he lived on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “must walk in the same way as Jesus walked when he was living on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	2	6	lvw4	figs-explicit	ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν	1		John is referring specifically to the way that Jesus behaved when he lived on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “must walk in the same way as Jesus walked when he was living on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	6	j063	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that one	John is using this demonstrative pronoun to refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	7	py9g	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	This is another term of affection by which John addresses the believers to whom he is writing. It involves using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to indicate a specific group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	2	7	vz9w	figs-idiom	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	from the beginning	John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	2	7	eia9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε	1	the word that you heard	John is using **word** figuratively to refer to the message that these believers heard, which was communicated through words. Alternate translation: “the message that you heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1JN	2	7	amu6	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε	1	the word that you heard	The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	2	7	amu6	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε	1	the word that you heard	The implication is that the specific **word** or message that John is describing is the commandment Jesus gave to believers that they should love one another. See the Gospel of John [13:34](../jhn/13/34.md) and [15:12](../jhn/15/12.md). John indicates this explicitly in this letter in [3:23](../03/23.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly at this point as well. Alternate translation: “the commandment Jesus gave that we should love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	8	j064	figs-idiom	πάλιν	1	Again	John is using the term **Again** idiomatically in the sense of “Looking at this again from another perspective.” Alternate translation: “On the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1JN	2	8	i1up	figs-explicit	ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν	1	I am writing a new commandment to you	John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	2	8	i1up	figs-explicit	ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν	1	I am writing a new commandment to you	John is referring to the same **commandment** as in [2:7](../02/07.md), the commandment that Jesus gave to love one another, which the believers have had all along. So he does not mean that he is now writing a **new** and different commandment, but rather that this same commandment, which he called “old” there, can also be considered **new** in a certain sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **commandment** John is referring to, and you could give the likely reason why it can be considered **new** as well as “old.” Alternate translation: “the commandment that I am writing to you, to love one another, is also, in a sense, a new commandment, because it is characteristic of a new way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	8	j065	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει	1	which is true in him and in you, because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because the darkness is going away and the true light is already shining, this commandment is true in Jesus and in you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1JN	2	8	j066	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	which is true in him and in you	Since Jesus consistently obeyed the commandment to love, it is likely that John is emphasizing that believers are doing the same thing themselves. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could bring out this implicit emphasis in your translation. It may also be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	8	c2fa	figs-metaphor	ὅ ἐστιν ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	which is true in him and in you	John is speaking figuratively as if this commandment were **true** inside of Jesus and these believers. Alternate translation: “Jesus truly obeyed this commandment, and you are now truly obeying it as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	11	j081	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	because the darkness has blinded his eyes	John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	12	in8n	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	little children	The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	12	y00g		ὅτι	1		The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
-1JN	2	12	ed41	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins have been forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	12	ed41	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	your sins have been forgiven	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	12	j082	writing-pronouns	διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	because of his name	The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	12	yjy8	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	because of his name	John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	2	13	kue2	figs-metaphor	πατέρες	1	fathers	The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -209,11 +209,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	18	r2vq	translate-unknown	ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν	1	the Antichrist is coming, indeed now many antichrists have come	See the discussion of the terms **antichrist** and **antichrists** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “someone is coming who will lead a great opposition to Jesus, already many people are opposing Jesus in that way now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 1JN	2	19	rmj7	figs-metaphor	ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν	1	They went out from us	These people formerly met with the group of believers to whom John is writing. While they physically left the places where the believers met, John is also using the expression **went out** figuratively to mean that these people stopped being part of the group. Alternate translation: “They left our group of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	19	ytb1	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν…οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	but they were not from us … they are all not from us	John is using the expression **from us** in a slightly different sense in these instances than in the first instance in the verse. In the first instance, it means that these people left the group. In this instance, it means that they were never genuinely part of the group. Alternate translation: “but they were never genuinely part of our group … none of them are genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1JN	2	19	j113	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	they were not from us	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why John makes this claim. Alternate translation: “they were never genuinely part of our group, because they did not actually believe in Jesus in the first place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	2	19	j113	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	they were not from us	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why John makes this claim. Alternate translation: “they were never genuinely part of our group, because they did not actually believe in Jesus in the first place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	19	j114	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	For if they had been from us, they would have remained with us	John is presenting a situation that is not real to help his readers recognize why the claim that he is making is true. Alternate translation: “We know that they were not genuinely part of our group because they did not continue to participate in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 1JN	2	19	jin1	figs-metaphor	μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	they would have remained with us	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	19	j115	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1JN	2	19	j116	figs-activepassive	ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν	1	so that they would be made apparent	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	19	j116	figs-activepassive	ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν	1	so that they would be made apparent	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you could state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	19	j117		οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν	1	they are all not from us	The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
 1JN	2	20	j118	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1JN	2	20	i3m1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	you have an anointing from the Holy One	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	20	j120	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	you have an anointing from the Holy One	Here John is using **anointing** figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit. Just as people poured oil on kings and priests to set them apart for service to God, God gives the Holy Spirit to believers to set them apart and equip them to serve God. John says specifically in [3:24](../03/24.md) and [4:13](../04/13.md) that God has given the Spirit to believers in this way. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has given you his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	20	gy16	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ Ἁγίου	1	the Holy One	John is using the adjective **Holy** as a noun in order to indicate a specific person. ULT adds **One** to show this. John is referring specifically to God, and so ULT capitalizes both of these words to show that they are describing a divine person. Your language may allow you to use this adjective as a noun. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God, the One who is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	2	20	j121	translate-textvariants	οἴδατε πάντες	1	you all know	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and say **you all know** or to follow the reading of some other versions and say “you know all things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1JN	2	20	j122	figs-explicit	οἴδατε πάντες	1	you all know	Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	2	20	j122	figs-explicit	οἴδατε πάντες	1	you all know	Based on what he says in the next verse, John likely means here that the believers to whom he is writing **all know** the truth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all know the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	21	j123	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν	1	I have not written to you because you do not know the truth, but because you do know it	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Since John then repeats the statement in positive form in the next phrase, you can make the connection to that phrase as an affirmation rather than as a contrast. Alternate translation: “I have written to you because you know the truth, yes, because you do know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1JN	2	21	w4fm	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ’ ὅτι οἴδατε αὐτήν	1		If saying **I have not written to you** seems wrong or confusing in your language, you can move the negative to the next clause. Alternate translation: “I have written to you not because you do not know the truth, but because you do know the truth” or “I have written to you not to inform you of the truth, but I have written to you because you already know it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 1JN	2	21	r8yr	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the truth … from the truth	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **truth**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “true.” Alternate translation: “what is true … from what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -234,11 +234,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	22	j128	figs-genericnoun	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	This one is the antichrist	John is not referring here to the ultimate antichrist who will appear at the end of earthly history. John does not have a specific person in view here. Rather, he is speaking generally of all people who oppose Christ. See how you translated the term **antichrist** in [2:18](../02/18.md). Alternate translation: “Such a person is the enemy of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1JN	2	22	z4t1	figs-explicit	ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν	1	the one who denies the Father and the Son	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly why John says this about these people. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “By denying that Jesus is the Messiah, he is denying both God the Father, who sent Jesus to be the Messiah, and Jesus his Son, whom he sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	22	pth9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν	1	the Father and the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “God the Father and Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	2	23	j129	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Υἱὸν	1	Everyone who denies the Son	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who denies that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	2	23	j129	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Υἱὸν	1	Everyone who denies the Son	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who denies that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	23	j130	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	-1	the Son … the Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	2	23	k78f	figs-possession	οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει…καὶ τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει	1	does not have the Father … has the Father	The language of possession that John is using actually indicates that such a person does not or does belong to God, rather than that God does not or does belong to such a person. Alternate translation: “does not belong to the Father … belongs to the Father as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	2	23	j131	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	-1	the Father … the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father … God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	2	23	u9ep	figs-explicit	ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1	The one who confesses the Son	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	2	23	u9ep	figs-explicit	ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1	The one who confesses the Son	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means in light of what John says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Everyone who truly believes and acknowledges publicly that Jesus is the Son of God and the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	24	zl8y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἠκούσατε…ὃ…ἠκούσατε	1	what you have heard … what you have heard	John is referring implicitly to the teaching about Jesus that these believers **have heard**. Alternate translation: “the teaching you have heard … the teaching you have heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	24	dsl7	figs-idiom	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	-1	from the beginning … from the beginning	John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “ever since you first believed in Jesus … ever since you first believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	2	24	rfz8	figs-metaphor	ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω…ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ	1	let it remain in you … remains in you	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In these instances, in reference to the teaching about Jesus, the word seems to refer to continuing belief in that teaching. Alternate translation: “continue to believe it … you continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	25	j134	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς	1	he	The pronoun **he** could refer in this context either to Jesus or to God the Father. However, it seems more likely that it refers to Jesus, since John has just talked in [2:22–23](../02/22.md) about denying or confessing him, and it was Jesus who promised **eternal life** to everyone who believed in him. See, for example, the Gospel of John [3:36](../jhn/03/36.md) and [6:47](../jhn/06/47.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	25	id51	figs-metaphor	τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον	1	eternal life	John means more than physical **life**. This expression can indicate living forever in the presence of God after death, a commonly recognized meaning, but it can also indicate receiving power from God in this life to live in a new way. Alternate translation: “that we would have power to live a new life now and that we would live with him forever after we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	26	fe44	figs-metaphor	τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς	1	those who are leading you astray	John speaks figuratively of these people as if they were guides who were leading others in the wrong direction. This is a metaphor for their attempts to get the people to whom John is writing to believe things that are not true. Alternate translation: “those who are deceiving you” or “those who are trying to get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	2	26	d3f5	figs-explicit	τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly in what way these people are leading others astray. Alternate translation: “the people who are leading you astray about Jesus” or “the people who are lying to you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	2	26	d3f5	figs-explicit	τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly in what way these people are leading others astray. Alternate translation: “the people who are leading you astray about Jesus” or “the people who are lying to you about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	2	27	cn2f	figs-metaphor	τὸ χρῖσμα ὃ ἐλάβετε ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	the anointing that you received from him	See how you translated the word **anointing** in [2:20](../02/20.md). Alternate translation: “the Spirit, whom Jesus has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	27	j135	writing-pronouns	ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ…ἐν αὐτῷ	1	from him … his … in him	Like the pronoun “he” in [2:25](../02/25.md), the words **him** and **his** in this verse likely refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the name instead of a pronoun. Alternate translation: “from Jesus … in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	27	j136	figs-metaphor	μένει ἐν ὑμῖν	1	remains in you	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to refer to the continuing presence of the Spirit with a believer. Alternate translation: “lives inside of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -269,24 +269,24 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	2	28	j144	figs-parallelism	σχῶμεν παρρησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	we may have boldness and not be put to shame by him	These two phrases mean similar things. John is likely using the repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “we may be completely confident at his coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1JN	2	28	lnk2	figs-abstractnouns	σχῶμεν παρρησίαν	1	we may have boldness	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **boldness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	2	28	d4ql	figs-synecdoche	μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	may not be put to shame by him	John is using the word **him**, meaning Jesus, figuratively to mean the presence of Jesus. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-1JN	2	28	j145	figs-activepassive	μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	may not be put to shame by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	28	j145	figs-activepassive	μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	may not be put to shame by him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “we will not be ashamed to be in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	28	x7ic		ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ	1	at his coming	Alternate translation: “when he returns to earth”
 1JN	2	29	j146	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν	1	If you know that he is righteous	John is using the form of conditional possibility here, but he is stating something that is actually true. In Greek, this was a way of affirming that the part that follows this statement is also true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you know that God is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 1JN	2	29	j147	writing-pronouns	ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ	1	he is … him	The pronouns **he** and **him** likely refer to God the Father, since in the next two verses John says that believers are “children of God,” and he speaks in this verse of those who have **been begotten from him**. Alternate translation: “God is … God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	2	29	j148	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	everyone who does righteousness	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **righteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “right.” Alternate translation: “everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1JN	2	29	u6er	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	2	29	u6er	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	2	29	j149	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who does righteousness has been begotten from him	Since believers have not literally **been begotten** by God, John means this figuratively. He says in [4:9](../04/09.md) that Jesus is the “only-begotten” of God, since God is the actual Father of Jesus in a way that he is not the actual father of believers. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	intro	d8r2			0		# 1 John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine children of God do not sin (3:1–10, continuing from 2:28)<br>2. Genuine believers help one another sacrificially (3:11–18)<br>3. Genuine believers have confidence in prayer (3:19–24)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the one who keeps his commandments remains in him, and he in him” (3:24)<br><br>This does not mean that keeping our salvation is conditional on doing certain works. Rather, John is describing the results of keeping the commandments that he describes in [3:32](../03/32.md). Those commandments are to believe in Jesus and to love one another. John is saying that the person who believes in Jesus and loves others shows that he has a close relationship with God, and that he will continue to have that close relationship because of this obedience. Christians around the world hold different beliefs about whether people who have been saved can lose their salvation. That is not what John is addressing here, and translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [3:1](../03/01.md), the most accurate ancient manuscripts include the words “and we are.” That is the reading that ULT follows. However, some other ancient manuscripts do not include these words, and so some Bibles do not have them. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1JN	3	1	gl8n	figs-metaphor	ἴδετε	1	See	John is using the term **see** figuratively. Alternate translation: “Consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	1	j150		ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ	1	what kind of love the Father has given to us	Alternate translation: “how greatly the Father has loved us”
 1JN	3	1	j151	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	3	1	x99a	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν	1	that we should be called children of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	3	1	x99a	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν	1	that we should be called children of God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that God should call us his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	3	1	j362	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John expresses the same metaphor as in [2:29](../02/29.md) in a slightly different way. See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning there. If you translate **children** using a literal term, choose a word that can refer to people of any age in relation to their father. Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	1	j152	translate-textvariants	καὶ ἐσμέν	1	and we are	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT and include these words or to follow the reading of some other versions and not include them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1JN	3	1	fq4t	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν	1	For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the world did not know God, for that reason it does not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1JN	3	1	l5e7	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν	1	For this reason the world does not know us, because it did not know him.	John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter. Here it figuratively refers to people who do not honor God and who do not live as God wishes. Alternate translation: “because ungodly people have not known God, for that reason they do not know us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	3	1	j155		οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς…οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν	1	does not know us … it did not know him	John is using the word **know** in two different senses. See the discussion of the word “know” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. If your language has different words for these different senses, it would be appropriate to use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “does not recognize who we are … it did not become acquainted with him”
-1JN	3	1	j156	figs-explicit	οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς	1	does not know us	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	3	1	j156	figs-explicit	οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς	1	does not know us	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **the world does not know** about believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “does not recognize that we are God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	1	j157	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1	him	The pronoun **him** refers to God, the antecedent in the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	3	2	ek9v	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” or “My dear ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	3	2	j158	figs-explicit	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	See whether you decided to indicate the figurative meaning of this expression in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “spiritual children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -305,19 +305,19 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	3	6	j999	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων	1	Everyone who remains in him	See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. In this instance, it seems to mean the same thing as in [2:6](../02/06.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	6	j168	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων	1	Everyone who remains in him	John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Everyone who has a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	6	j169	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ…αὐτὸν…αὐτόν	1	him … him … him	The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “Jesus” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-1JN	3	6	j170	figs-explicit	οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει	1	does not sin	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	3	6	j170	figs-explicit	οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει	1	does not sin	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what this implicitly means in light of the situation that John is addressing in this letter. See the discussion of “sin” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. John acknowledges elsewhere in this letter that genuine believers actually do sin, but they do not sin continually or wantonly. Alternate translation: “does not sin wantonly and continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	6	eu9c	figs-doublet	οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν	1	has not seen him and has not known him	The words **seen** and **known** mean similar things. John is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “certainly does not have a close relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1JN	3	6	j172	figs-metaphor	οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν	1	has not seen him	John is not referring to people literally seeing Jesus. Rather, he is using sight figuratively to mean perception and recognition. Alternate translation: “has not recognized who Jesus is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	7	ia4z	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	See how you translated this in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	7	wg85	figs-metaphor	μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς	1	let no one lead you astray	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation: “do not be deceived by anyone” or “do not let anyone get you to believe things that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	7	v4yp	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	The one who does righteousness	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “The one who does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1JN	3	7	j173	figs-explicit	δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν	1	is righteous, just as that one is righteous	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what the term **righteous** means in this context. Alternate translation: “is acceptable to God, just as Jesus is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	3	7	j173	figs-explicit	δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν	1	is righteous, just as that one is righteous	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the term **righteous** means in this context. Alternate translation: “is acceptable to God, just as Jesus is acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	7	j174	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that one	The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	3	8	uja7		ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν	1	is from the devil	Here the preposition **from** indicates influence. The usage here is similar to that in the phrase “from the world” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “is acting under the influence of the devil”
 1JN	3	8	cit3	figs-idiom	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	from the beginning	John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when God created the world. In this case, the word **from** indicates not that the devil began to sin at that time, but that he had already begun to sin by that time. Alternate translation: “even before the world was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	3	8	p9ks	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Son of God” or “God’s Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	3	8	nq4w	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη	1	appeared	See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the term seems to have an active meaning and to mean the same thing as in [3:5](../03/05.md), that Jesus came to earth. It does not mean that he only appeared to come. Alternate translation: “came to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1JN	3	8	j175	figs-explicit	ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου	1	so that he might destroy the works of the devil	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **works** John is talking about. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had gotten them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	3	8	j175	figs-explicit	ἵνα λύσῃ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου	1	so that he might destroy the works of the devil	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **works** John is talking about. Alternate translation: “so that he might free people from continually sinning, as the devil had gotten them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	9	ftw3	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God	See how you translated this in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “Everyone whose father is God … because God is his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	3	9	j176	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	Everyone who has been begotten from God … because he has been begotten from God	See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “Everyone whose spiritual father is God … because God is his spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	9	j177	writing-pronouns	σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει	1	his seed remains in him	In this phrase, **his** refers to **God** and **him** refers to the person **who has been begotten from God**. Alternate translation: “God’s seed remains in such a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	3	11	qd6j	checking/headings		0		If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 11. Suggested heading: “What Love Is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 1JN	3	11	j183	figs-idiom	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1	from the beginning	John uses the phrase **from the beginning** in various ways in this letter. Here it refers to the time when the people to whom he is writing first heard about or first believed in Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “ever since you first heard about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	3	12	frz9	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς Κάϊν	1	not like Cain	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and we should not be like Cain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1JN	3	12	w83v	figs-explicit	Κάϊν…ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Cain, who … killed his brother	John assumes that his readers will know that Cain was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger brother Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could say this explicitly in a footnote or by putting the names of his parents and brother in the text. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, … murdered his younger brother Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	3	12	w83v	figs-explicit	Κάϊν…ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	Cain, who … killed his brother	John assumes that his readers will know that Cain was a son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. As the book of Genesis describes, Cain was jealous of his younger brother Abel and murdered him. If your readers might not know this, you could express this explicitly in a footnote or by putting the names of his parents and brother in the text. Alternate translation: “Cain, the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve, … murdered his younger brother Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	12	j184	translate-names	Κάϊν	1	Cain	**Cain** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1JN	3	12	j185		ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν	1	who was from the evil one	This is similar to the phrase “from the devil” in [3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated that phrase. Alternate translation: “who belonged to the evil one” or “who was influenced by the evil one”
 1JN	3	12	j186	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	the evil one	John is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **one** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -387,15 +387,15 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	3	19	j212	figs-metaphor	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ	1	before him	The word **before** means “in front of” or “in the presence of” someone. It likely refers to when we pray to God or are otherwise aware that he sees everything that we do. Alternate translation: “when we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	3	20	j213	figs-hypo	ὅτι ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα	1	that if our heart condemns us, that God is greater than our heart and knows everything	John is discussing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose our heart condemns us. Then we should remember that God is greater than our heart and knows everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1JN	3	20	f594	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	if our heart condemns us	John continues speaking figuratively of the **heart** to mean the thoughts and feelings. There may be a similar expression in your language. Alternate translation: “if our feelings condemn us” or “if our thoughts accuse us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	3	20	j214	figs-explicit	ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	if our heart condemns us	The topic here, continuing from [3:19](../03/19.md), is how we can know that “we are from the truth,” so this is likely a reference to needing reassurance about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if we ever feel that we do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	3	20	j214	figs-explicit	ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	if our heart condemns us	The topic here, continuing from [3:19](../03/19.md), is how we can know that “we are from the truth,” so this is likely a reference to needing reassurance about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if we ever feel that we do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	20	j215	figs-possession	ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία…τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν	1	our heart … our heart	If it would be unusual in your language to speak of one **heart** in reference to many people, and if you decide to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation, you can make it plural. Alternate translation: “our hearts … our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	3	20	j216	figs-parallelism	μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα	1	God is greater than our heart and knows everything	Since John is using the **heart** figuratively to mean the thoughts and feelings, the statement that **God is greater than our heart** likely means that God knows and understands more than we do and that God has greater compassion for us than we have for ourselves. In that case, the phrases **is greater than our heart** and **knows everything** would mean similar things. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could combine these phrases into an emphatic expression. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1JN	3	20	lv7z	figs-explicit	μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα	1	God is greater than our heart and knows everything	The implications are that, given God’s greater knowledge, we should believe what he has said rather than what our thoughts and feelings are saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him, and so we should believe that because he has said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	3	20	lv7z	figs-explicit	μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ Θεὸς τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν, καὶ γινώσκει πάντα	1	God is greater than our heart and knows everything	The implications are that, given God’s greater knowledge, we should believe what he has said rather than what our thoughts and feelings are saying. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God certainly knows better than we do that we belong to him, and so we should believe that because he has said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	21	rf96	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	3	21	j217	figs-hypo	ἐὰν ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ, παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν,	1	if the heart does not condemn, we have confidence toward God	John discusses another hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “Suppose our hearts do not condemn us. Then we have confidence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1JN	3	21	j218	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγινώσκῃ	1	if the heart does not condemn	See how you translated the similar expression in [3:20](../03/20.md). Alternate translation: “if we do not feel that we do not belong to God” or, positively, “if we feel assured that we belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	21	j219	figs-possession	ἡ καρδία	1	the heart	If you decided in the previous verse to retain the word **heart** as a metaphor in your translation and you made it plural there, you can make it plural in this instance as well. You can also use the same possessive pronoun as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1JN	3	21	j220	figs-explicit	παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν	1	we have confidence toward God	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	3	21	j220	figs-explicit	παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν	1	we have confidence toward God	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the next verse. Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	21	j221	figs-abstractnouns	παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν	1	we have confidence toward God	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adverb such as “confidently.” Alternate translation: “we can pray to God confidently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	3	22	j222	figs-explicit	ὅτι τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν, καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν	1	because we keep his commandments and we do the pleasing things before him	John is not saying that we **receive** **whatever we ask** in return for obeying God’s commandments and doing what pleases him. Our obedience does not obligate God to give us what we ask for. Our obedience is simply what God has a right to expect from us. Rather, the word **because** reaches back to the statement earlier in this sentence, in the previous verse, that “we have confidence toward God,” that is, we can pray to God confidently. Living in obedience and doing what pleases God gives us confidence to ask for things according to his will. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly by starting a new sentence here that refers back to that statement and explains how John’s statement in this verse relates to it. Alternate translation: “We can pray confidently like this because we obey God’s commandments and do what pleases him, and that assures us that we belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	3	22	j223	figs-idiom	τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν	1	we keep his commandments	As in [2:3](../02/03.md), the word **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “we obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	5	j253	figs-idiom	ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει	1	the world listens to them	The word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “ungodly people believe them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	6	j254	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1	We … us … us	These pronouns in the first three sentences of this verse are probably exclusive, and so if your language marks that distinction, we recommend using the exclusive form in your translation. John appears to be speaking here of himself and his fellow eyewitnesses of the resurrection as teachers of the truth about Jesus. He has already said that the believers to whom he is writing are from God in [4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1JN	4	6	j328	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν	1	We are from God	Here, **from God** could mean: (1) that John and his fellow eyewitnesses teach the truth about Jesus because God has sent them to do that. Alternate translation: “God has sent us” (2) the same thing as it does in [4:4](../04/04.md) and in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “We belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1JN	4	6	j256	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν	1	We are from God	If you have decided that **We are from God** means “God has sent us,” and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do, either here or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1JN	4	6	j256	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐσμεν	1	We are from God	If you have decided that **We are from God** means “God has sent us,” and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what God has sent John and the other eyewitnesses to do, either here or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “God has sent us to teach the truth about Jesus as eyewitnesses to his life on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	6	j257		ὁ γινώσκων τὸν Θεὸν	1	The one who knows God	As in [2:3–4](../02/03.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has a close relationship with God”
 1JN	4	6	j258	figs-idiom	ἀκούει ἡμῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει ἡμῶν	1	listens to us … does not listen to us	As in [4:5](../04/05.md), the word **listens** is an idiom that means “believes” or “is persuaded by.” Alternate translation: “believes what we teach … does not believe what we teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	6	j259	figs-idiom	ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Whoever is not from God	The expression **from God** means the same thing in this verse as in [4:4](../04/04.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “Whoever does not belong to God” or “Whoever is not living in relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	7	fpl5	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοί	1	Beloved	See how you translated this in [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “You people whom I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	4	7	c6w6	figs-idiom	ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1	love is from God	The expression **from God** means something similar to what it does in [4:1–3](../04/01.md). Alternate translation: “God inspires us to love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	7	ec73	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who loves has been begotten from God	See how you translated this metaphor in [2:29](../02/29.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	4	7	zvt9	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who loves has been begotten from God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+1JN	4	7	zvt9	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	everyone who loves has been begotten from God	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	4	7	j264		καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν	1	and knows God	As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **knows** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “and such a person has a close relationship with God”
 1JN	4	8	j265	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν	1	The one who does not love does not know God, for God is love	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since God is love, the one who does not love does not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1JN	4	8	j266		οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν	1	does not know God	As in [2:4](../02/04.md), John is using the word **know** in a specific sense. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “does not have a close relationship with God”
@@ -508,20 +508,20 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	17	bp6d	writing-pronouns	ἐν τούτῳ	1		**In this** may refer: (1) backward to the last sentence of verse 16. Alternate translation: “By remaining in God,” (2) forward to the clause beginning **because just as that one is**. Alternate translation: “By loving others just the way that Jesus does,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	4	17	m76g	figs-activepassive	τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν	1	love has been perfected with us	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Since John speaks in the previous verse of God’s love, here John is probably continuing to refer to God’s love for us, rather than to our love for God. Alternate translation: “God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	4	17	j281	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως	1	In this love has been perfected with us so that we may have confidence in the day of judgment	The clause beginning **so that** could function as: (1) a result clause. That is, John may be saying that as a result of God’s love achieving its purposes in our lives now, we will be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for result clauses. Alternate translation: “with the result that we may have confidence in the day of judgment” (2) a purpose clause. That is, John may be saying that one reason why God is having his love achieve its purpose in our lives now is because he wants us to be confident on the day of judgment of his forgiveness and acceptance. If you decide that is the case, then your translation should follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1JN	4	17	j282	figs-explicit	ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν	1	so that we may have confidence	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what believers will **have confidence** about. Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	4	17	j282	figs-explicit	ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν	1	so that we may have confidence	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what believers will **have confidence** about. Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	4	17	j283	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν	1	so that we may have confidence	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “so that we will be confident that God has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	4	17	j284	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως	1	in the day of judgment	John is using the term **day** figuratively to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	4	17	j285		ὅτι	1	that	The word translated **because** here can be understood in different ways, depending on how you translated **In this** at the beginning of the verse. (1) If you translated **In this** as referring back to verse 16, then this word can be translated as “because.” (2) If you translated **In this** as referring to the clause beginning with this word, then translate this word with one that introduces the content of **In this**, such as “that.”
 1JN	4	17	l78r	writing-pronouns	ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν	1	as that one is, we also are	The demonstrative pronoun **that one** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “since we are becoming more and more like Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	4	17	j286	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ	1	in this world	John uses **world** to mean various things in this letter, usually in a figurative sense. Here, however, it refers literally to the created world. Alternate translation: “as we live in this world” or “in our lives on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	4	18	j287	grammar-connect-logic-result	φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει	1	Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could put the third clause before the first clause, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Because fear has punishment, fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1JN	4	18	sq7k	figs-explicit	φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει	1	Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	4	18	sq7k	figs-explicit	φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει	1	Fear is not in love, but perfect love throws fear outside, because fear has punishment	If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could state explicitly what John means by **fear**, **perfect love**, and **punishment**, particularly in light of what he says in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “A person who thinks he is going to be punished is afraid, but no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid, because when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, we are confident that he has forgiven us and will accept us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	4	18	j288	figs-metaphor	φόβος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	Fear is not in love	John speaks figuratively as if **fear** could be inside of **love**. Alternate translation: “no one who truly understands how much God loves him will be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	4	18	j290		ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον	1	perfect love throws fear outside	By **perfect love**, John means the same thing as when he speaks in the previous verse of love that “has been perfected.” See how you translated that expression. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid”
 1JN	4	18	bu17	figs-personification	ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον	1	perfect love throws fear outside	John speaks figuratively of **love** as if it could actively throw **fear** far away from us. Alternate translation: “when God’s love has achieved its purpose in our lives, it keeps us from being afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1JN	4	18	zsl7		ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει	1		Alternate translation: “fear has to do with punishment” or “people are afraid when they think they will be punished”
 1JN	4	18	yg1r	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	So the one who fears has not been perfected in love	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:5](../02/05.md). Here, as there, **love** could mean: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then he does not yet love God perfectly” It could also mean both things, as in [3:17](../03/17.md). If you must choose, then we recommend option (1). But if your translation can leave both possibilities open, that would be best. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid, then love is not yet fully working in his life”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-1JN	4	18	j291	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	So the one who fears has not been perfected in love	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	4	18	j291	figs-explicit	ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	So the one who fears has not been perfected in love	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what such a person **fears**. This is clear from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So if someone is afraid that God has not forgiven him and that God will not accept him, then God’s love has not achieved its purpose in his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	4	19	j292	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν, ὅτι αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς	1	We love because he first loved us	This verse summarizes the idea of verse [10](../04/10.md). See how you translated there. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because God first loved us, we love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1JN	4	19	j293	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἀγαπῶμεν	1	We love	If you need to say who it is that **We love**, there are two possibilities, and John probably intended both here. If you must choose, then we recommend option (1) below, but if your translation can include both possibilities as in the UST, that would be best. Alternate translation: (1) “We love God” or (2) “We love others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	4	19	j294	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς	1	he first loved us	The pronoun **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God first loved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	4	20	j296	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what would be expected, that someone who loved God would also love his fellow believers, and what would actually be true of this hypothetical person. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1JN	4	20	tfq3	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	his brother	See how you translated this in [2:9](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “a fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	4	20	a8zh	figs-doublenegatives	ὁ…μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ…τὸν Θεὸν…οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν	1	the one who does not love his brother … is not able to love God	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “only those who love their fellow believers … are able to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1JN	4	20	xssu	figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could say why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	4	20	xssu	figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could state why this is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because it is much easier to love your fellow believer who is right in front of you than to love God, whom you cannot even see.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	4	21	j297		ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχομεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	we have this commandment from him	Alternate translation: “this is what God has commanded us”
 1JN	4	21	j298	writing-pronouns	ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ	1	from him	The pronoun **him** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	4	21	jrd1	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Θεὸν	1		Here, **the one** refers to anyone who loves God. Alternate translation: “anyone who loves God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -540,12 +540,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	1	j301	figs-activepassive	πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ has been begotten from God	See how you translated the similar expression in [2:29](../02/29.md). Alternate translation: “God is the father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1JN	5	1	h8if	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται	1	Everyone who believes that Jesus is the Christ has been begotten from God	See whether in [2:29](../02/29.md) you decided to explain this metaphor. Alternate translation: “God is the spiritual father of everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	1	j302	writing-proverbs	πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα, ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone who loves the one begetting also loves the one having been begotten from him	John includes this short saying to teach something that is generally true about life and that applies to the point he has been developing since [4:7](../04/07.md), that genuine believers love one another as God has loved them. Use the natural form in your language for a true saying. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves a father also loves that father's child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
-1JN	5	1	j303	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα, ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone who loves the one begetting also loves the one having been begotten from him	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means and how it applies to John’s argument in this part of the letter. See the UST. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves God will also love his fellow believers, since God is their spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	5	1	j303	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν γεννήσαντα, ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	everyone who loves the one begetting also loves the one having been begotten from him	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what this means and how it applies to John’s argument in this part of the letter. See the UST. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves God will also love his fellow believers, since God is their spiritual father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	2	ukc7	figs-idiom	ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι	1	In this we know that	This is an idiomatic expression that John uses many times in this letter. Alternate translation: “This is how we know that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	5	2	j365	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the children of God	Since John says in the previous verse that God is the spiritual father of believers, by **the children of God** he means other believers. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	2	j304	figs-idiom	τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν	1	we keep his commandments	Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “we obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	5	3	j305	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For	In this verse, John gives a reason why his readers should recognize that the statement he makes in the previous verse is true. Alternate translation: “After all,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1JN	5	3	ve87	figs-explicit	αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν	1	For this is the love of God, that we should keep his commandments	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why this is the reason for the statement that John makes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And this is why: If we really do love God, we will love other believers, as he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	5	3	ve87	figs-explicit	αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν	1	For this is the love of God, that we should keep his commandments	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly why this is the reason for the statement that John makes in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And this is why: If we really do love God, we will love other believers, as he has commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	3	j306	figs-possession	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the love of God	In this context, the phrase **the love of God** refers to believers loving God. John speaks in the previous verse of “when we love God.” Alternate translation: “what it means to love God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1JN	5	3	uik3	figs-idiom	ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν	1	that we should keep his commandments	Here, **keep** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “that we should obey his commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	5	3	c5z1	figs-metaphor	αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν	1	his commandments are not burdensome	John speaks figuratively of God’s **commandments** as if they had weight but did not weigh very much. Alternate translation: “his commandments are not difficult to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	5	j311	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the value system of ungodly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	5	5	drv2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	5	6	js27	figs-metonymy	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος	1	This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ—not in water alone, but in water and in blood	John is specifying here what it means to believe fully that “Jesus is the Son of God,” as he described in the previous verse. The terms **water** and **blood** are metonyms, representing different important ways that the Son of God **came** to us. You may want to clarify these meanings in the text, or do so in a footnote. The **blood** represents Jesus' death on the cross, when he shed his blood as the Savior of the world. The **water** could stand for: (1) Jesus' baptism. When John baptized Jesus in the water of the Jordan River, the Son of God began his ministry of reconciling the world to God. See the UST. (2) Jesus' birth. There was the breaking of the birth water when the Son of God was born as a man. Alternate translation: “This is the one who came through the water of human birth and the blood of his sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1JN	5	6	j312	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐλθὼν	1	the one who came	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	5	6	j312	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐλθὼν	1	the one who came	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	6	fgl6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος	1		John is using a metaphor that pictures water and blood conveying Jesus to us or Jesus coming to us through water and through blood. The meaning is that Jesus became our Savior as he experienced baptism in water and submitted himself to death on the cross. Alternate translation “as our Savior, undergoing baptism and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	6	x777	grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐκ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι μόνον, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι	1		If it sounds confusing in your language to say **not in water … but in water**, you could reword this to avoid repeating the phrase **in water**. Alternate translation: “not in water alone, but also in blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
 1JN	5	6	j313		τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ μαρτυροῦν	1	the Spirit is the one who testifies	Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gives us assurance about this”
@@ -582,13 +582,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	9	j324		ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	For this is the testimony of God that he has testified about his Son	Here, **For** could be introducing: (1) the content of God’s testimony to his Son. In that case, the content itself comes in [5:11](../05/11.md) after he repeats, “this is the testimony.” Verse 10 talks about the importance of believing God’s testimony. Alternate translation: “Now this is the testimony that God himself has given regarding his Son” (2) the reason why the testimony of God is greater than human testimony. Alternate translation: “After all, this is God who has told us about his own Son.”
 1JN	5	9	ro4w	writing-pronouns	αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) God's testimony, which John says in [verse 11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “I will tell you what God's testimony is” (2) the three testimonies from [verse 8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “those things are the testimony of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	5	9	gt7u	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	his Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus. Alternate translation: “his Son Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	5	10	f7w4	figs-explicit	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ Θεῷ, ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1		This verse comes in between John's two introductions of God's testimony. If this is confusing in your language, you could say something explicitly that tells your reader that the testimony is still coming, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	5	10	f7w4	figs-explicit	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ; ὁ μὴ πιστεύων τῷ Θεῷ, ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1		This verse comes in between John's two introductions of God's testimony. If this is confusing in your language, you could state something explicitly that tells your reader that the testimony is still coming, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	10	kala	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1		John is speaking of everyone who believes, not of any particular person. Alternate translation: “Any person who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1JN	5	10	j325	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	in the Son of God	John implicitly means believing that Jesus is the Son of God. Alternate translation: “that Jesus is the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	10	j326	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	5	10	gkj1	figs-metaphor	ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ	1	has the testimony in him	John speaks figuratively of the **testimony** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “completely accepts what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	10	j327	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	the testimony	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1JN	5	10	j255	figs-explicit	ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν	1	has made him a liar	As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a liar in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	5	10	j255	figs-explicit	ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν	1	has made him a liar	As in [1:10](../01/10.md), be sure that it is clear in your translation that God would not actually be a liar in this case. Rather, since God has said that Jesus is his Son, a person who did not believe that would be calling God a liar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is, in effect, calling God a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	10	sii2		τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the testimony that God has testified about his Son	If it is unnatural in your language to use both the noun **testimony** and the verb **testified**, you can use just one form of the word in your translation. Alternate translation: “what God has solemnly said to be true about his Son”
 1JN	5	11	bi7k		αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία	1	this is the testimony	Alternate translation: “this is what God has said about his Son”
 1JN	5	11	rhpw	figs-quotations	ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this indirect quotation, you could express this as a direct quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	13	wns6	figs-metonymy	τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you, the ones believing in the name of the Son of God	As in [2:12](../02/12.md), John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “who believe in the Son of God and what he has done for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	5	13	gg32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**The Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1JN	5	13	j331	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ζωὴν ἔχετε αἰώνιον	1	that you have eternal life	The emphasis in this verse seems to be more on the future aspect of the expression **eternal life**. Alternate translation: “that you will live forever in God’s presence after you die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	5	14	j332	figs-explicit	αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	this is the confidence that we have towards him	If it would be helpful to your readers, as in [3:21](../03/21.md) you could say explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the rest of this sentence. Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	5	14	j332	figs-explicit	αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	this is the confidence that we have towards him	If it would be helpful to your readers, as in [3:21](../03/21.md) you could state explicitly what this **confidence** applies to, in light of what John says in the rest of this sentence. Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	14	yj31	figs-abstractnouns	αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν	1	this is the confidence that we have towards him	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **confidence**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “confident.” Alternate translation: “we can be confident of this as we pray to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	5	14	j333	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν…αὐτοῦ…ἀκούει	1	him … his … he listens	The pronouns **him**, **his**, and **he** refer to God in this verse. Consider whether it might be helpful to your readers or more natural in your language to use the name “God” in one or more of these instances. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	5	14	at5n		ἐάν τι αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ	1	if we ask anything according to his will	Alternate translation: “if we ask for the things that God wants for us”
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	16	j342	figs-declarative	αἰτήσει	1	he will ask	John is using a future statement to give an instruction and command. Alternate translation: “he should pray for that fellow believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1JN	5	16	j343	writing-pronouns	δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν	1	he will give him life	In this clause, the pronoun **him** refers to the believer who is sinning, and the pronoun **he** could refer to: (1) God, since only God can give spiritual life. Alternate translation: “God will give life to the believer who is sinning” (2) **anyone**, that is, the person praying. In this case, John may be picturing God giving life by means of the person's prayers, as in James 5:15, 20. Alternate translation: “he will be God's instrument to give life to the believer who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1JN	5	16	myf6	figs-metaphor	δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν	1	he will give him life	The word **life** here refers figuratively to spiritual life, that is, to eternal life with God. Alternate translation: “God will make sure that the believer who is sinning is not separated from him eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1JN	5	16	q1me	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον; οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ	1	There is a sin towards death; I am not saying that he should pray about that	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin towards death**, John is probably referring to behavior such as the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md). His statement that believers should not pray for people who behave in this way is likely descriptive rather than prescriptive. That is, he is not saying that he does not want the believers to pray for them. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them, since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “There are people (such as the false teachers) who are sinning in a way that shows that they have decided to be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	5	16	q1me	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἁμαρτία πρὸς θάνατον; οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ	1	There is a sin towards death; I am not saying that he should pray about that	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means. In the context of the whole letter, by **a sin towards death**, John is probably referring to behavior such as the false teachers engaged in and encouraged. As Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John explains, these false teachers claimed that it did not matter what people did in their bodies, and so they would have been committing many serious sins without feeling any conviction that their actions were wrong. This showed that they had abandoned faith in Jesus and had rejected the influence of the Holy Spirit. John implicitly corrects this false teaching again in [5:18](../05/18.md). His statement that believers should not pray for people who behave in this way is likely descriptive rather than prescriptive. That is, he is not saying that he does not want the believers to pray for them. Rather, he is explaining that it will not do any good to pray for them, since they are determined to live in a way that is contrary to faith in Jesus and the influence of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “There are people (such as the false teachers) who are sinning in a way that shows that they have decided to be separated from God for eternity. Praying for them is not likely to make any difference” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	17	j344	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον	1	All unrighteousness is sin, and there is sin not towards death	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **unrighteousness**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Every time we do what God does not want, that is sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	5	17	j345	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	and	John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrasting statement that is intended to encourage the believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “however,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1JN	5	17	j346	figs-metaphor	ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς θάνατον	1	there is sin not towards death	See how you translated the word **death** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “not every sin leads to eternal separation from God” or “not every sin causes a person to die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -637,9 +637,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	19	n9ig	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται	1	lies in the evil one	The expression **lies in** figuratively represents being controlled by someone or something. Alternate translation: “is controlled by the evil one” or “is controlled by evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	19	j355	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ πονηρῷ	1	the evil one	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **evil**, you could express the meaning behind it with an equivalent expression. This could mean: (1) John may be speaking figuratively of the devil, as in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) John may be speaking of evil influences. Alternate translation: “evil influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	5	20	je13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-1JN	5	20	j356	figs-explicit	ἥκει	1	has come	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+1JN	5	20	j356	figs-explicit	ἥκει	1	has come	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state more explicitly what this means, as you may have done in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “has come to earth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	20	n1nh	figs-abstractnouns	δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν	1	has given us understanding	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **understanding**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1JN	5	20	j357	figs-abstractnouns	δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν	1	has given us understanding	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what Jesus has enabled us to understand. Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand the truth” or “has enabled us to understand the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+1JN	5	20	j357	figs-abstractnouns	δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν	1	has given us understanding	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what Jesus has enabled us to understand. Alternate translation: “has enabled us to understand the truth” or “has enabled us to understand the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1JN	5	20	hvr7	figs-nominaladj	τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ	1	the True One … the True One	John is using the adjective **True** as a noun in order to indicate a specific being. ULT adds **One** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the One who is true … the One who is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1JN	5	20	j358	figs-metonymy	τὸν Ἀληθινόν…τῷ Ἀληθινῷ	1	the True One … the True One	John is speaking figuratively of God by association with the way that he is **True**. This could mean: (1) The God who is genuine, in contrast to false gods. Alternate translation: “the real God … the real God” (2) The God who is true in all that he says and does. Alternate translation: “God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do … God, who always tells the truth and does what he says he will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	5	20	ge7c	figs-metaphor	ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1	we are in the True One, in his Son Jesus Christ	As in [2:5](../02/05.md), John is speaking figuratively as if believers could be inside of God and Jesus. This expression describes having a close relationship with God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “we have a close relationship with the true God, with his Son Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv b/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
index cd1e50973c..7af7ed5afe 100644
--- a/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
@@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	7	vqnb	figs-explicit	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	This is the deceiver and the antichrist	Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the activity of deceiving others or to the kind of teaching that these people are doing. Alternate translation: “This is the work of the deceiver, the antichrist” or “This kind of teaching comes from the one who is the deceiver and the antichrist” (2) any member of the group of deceivers. Alternate translation: “Any such person is the deceiver and the antichrist” If it would be helpful, you can make one of these meanings explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	7	vfdn		ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος	1	the deceiver and the antichrist	In your translation, it may be helpful to clarify that **the deceiver** and **the antichrist** are one person, not two.
 2JN	1	8	it9t	figs-explicit	βλέπετε ἑαυτούς	1	Watch yourselves	The implication is that the believers are to **watch** themselves, that is, be careful, so that they are not deceived by the deceivers and antichrists. Alternate translation: “be careful not to let the deceivers and antichrists influence you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2JN	1	8	i8n6	figs-explicit	ἃ	1	what	The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2JN	1	8	i8n6	figs-explicit	ἃ	1	what	The word **what** is more fully defined in the next phrase as a “reward.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state “reward” here, as well. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	8	r9ky	figs-exclusive	εἰργασάμεθα	1	we have worked for	The word **we** here is inclusive. John, his audience, and others have all worked to build up the faith of the believers to whom John is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 2JN	1	9	mn3v	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ	John refers to **the teaching of Christ** figuratively as a place where faithful believers **remain** and also as a place that false teachers leave as they go **beyond**. The expression **goes beyond** refers to teaching new and false things that Jesus did not teach. Alternate translation: “everyone who teaches things that Jesus did not teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2JN	1	9	x3ae	figs-infostructure	πᾶς ὁ προάγων καὶ μὴ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Everyone who goes beyond and does not remain in the teaching of Christ	These two phrases mean the same thing, one stated positively (**goes beyond**) and the other stated negatively (**does not remain**). If it is mote natural in your language, you can reverse the order of these, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-2JN	1	9	xty9	figs-explicit	Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει	1	does not have God	To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+2JN	1	9	xty9	figs-explicit	Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει	1	does not have God	To **have God** means to have a relationship with God as Savior through faith in Jesus Christ. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not belong to God” or “does not have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2JN	1	9	x523		ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ, οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει	1	The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son	Alternate translation: “Someone who follows Christ’s teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son”
 2JN	1	9	xwoe	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ	1	The one who remains in the teaching	This phrase is in contrast to the previous sentence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use a word or phrase to mark this contrast, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 2JN	1	9	vg19	figs-nominaladj	οὗτος	1	this one	John is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun, to refer to a kind of person. ULT indicates this by adding the word **one**. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “such a person” or “that kind of person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2JN	1	12	gq26	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ ἐβουλήθην διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	I did not want with paper and ink	Here John leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “I did not want to write these things with paper and ink” (See: Ellipsis)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2JN	1	12	nx77	figs-metonymy	διὰ χάρτου καὶ μέλανος	1	with paper and ink	John is not saying that he would rather write these things with something other than **paper and ink**. Rather, he is speaking figuratively of those writing materials to represent writing in general. He means that he wants to visit the believers personally and to continue his communication with them directly. Alternate translation: “to communicate these things in writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2JN	1	12	v4v2	figs-idiom	στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι	1	to speak mouth to mouth	The expression **mouth to mouth** is an idiom, meaning to speak in their presence. Use an idiom in your language with this same meaning, or simply express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak face to face” or “to speak to you in person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-2JN	1	12	auwq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	so that your joy might be made complete	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2JN	1	12	auwq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	so that your joy might be made complete	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this with an active verb form. Alternate translation: “so that this will make your joy complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2JN	1	12	hwtk	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	so that your joy might be made complete	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **joy**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “so that this will make you completely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2JN	1	12	lt77	translate-textvariants	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πεπληρωμένη ᾖ	1	your joy might be made complete	See the note in Part 3 of the General Introduction to 2 John about the textual issue here. Alternate translation: “our joy might be made complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 2JN	1	12	k9yt	figs-exclusive	ὑμῶν	1	your	If you use “our” here instead of **your**, it would include both John and the letter recipients. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
diff --git a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
index 6b8e93ee7d..ec6ed8e551 100644
--- a/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
@@ -3,17 +3,17 @@ JUD	front	intro	xh5n			0		# Introduction to Jude<br><br>## Part 1: General intro
 JUD	1	1	ek3q	figs-123person	Ἰούδας	1		In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Jude, am writing this letter” or “From Jude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JUD	1	1	npc3	translate-names	Ἰούδας	1	Jude	**Jude** is the name of a man, the brother of James. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Jude. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JUD	1	1	zov5	figs-distinguish	Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς δὲ Ἰακώβου	1		These phrases give further information about Jude. He describes himself as being both **a servant of Jesus Christ** and the **brother of James**. This distinguishes him from the two other men named Jude in the New Testament, which English translations usually distinguish from Jude by translating their names as “Judas”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-JUD	1	1	m3v1	figs-explicit	ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου	1	brother of James	**James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	1	m3v1	figs-explicit	ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου	1	brother of James	**James** and Jude were half brothers of Jesus. Joseph was their physical father, but he was not the physical father of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this relationship, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a brother of James, both being half brothers of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	1	p5yl	figs-123person	τοῖς…κλητοῖς	1		In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JUD	1	1	din3	figs-explicit	τοῖς…κλητοῖς	1		That these people have been **called** implies that God has called and saved them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has called and saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	1	gorg	figs-activepassive	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JUD	1	1	gorg	figs-activepassive	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἠγαπημένοις	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God the Father loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	1	rih9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεῷ Πατρὶ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JUD	1	1	s3oh	figs-activepassive	Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JUD	1	1	s3oh	figs-activepassive	Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ τετηρημένοις	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom Jesus Christ keeps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	2	wjsn	translate-blessing	ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη.	1		In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 JUD	1	2	r5ae	figs-abstractnouns	ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mercy**, **peace**, and **love**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God multiply his merciful acts to you and give you a more peaceful spirit and love you more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	2	q2qo	figs-metaphor	ἔλεος…καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη.	1		Jude speaks of **mercy and peace and love** as if they were objects that could increase in size or numbers. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different metaphor that means that these things will increase, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “May God increase his mercy and peace and love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	2	etoo	figs-you	ὑμῖν	1		The word **you** in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JUD	1	3	htjd	figs-exclusive	ἀγαπητοί	1		**Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JUD	1	3	htjd	figs-exclusive	ἀγαπητοί	1		**Beloved ones** refers here to those to whom Jude is writing; it can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JUD	1	3	yfa8		πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος γράφειν ὑμῖν	1		This clause could refer to: (1) that fact that Jude had intended to write about something different than this letter is about. Alternate translation: “although making every effort to write to you” (2) the time when Jude was writing. Alternate translation: “when making every effort to write to you”
 JUD	1	3	mi3w		περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας	1	our common salvation	Alternate translation: “concerning the salvation we share”
 JUD	1	3	kvkg	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “about how God saved us all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ JUD	1	3	kjk6	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our** refers to Jude and his a
 JUD	1	3	si1u	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **necessity**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “I needed to write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	3	yyf4	grammar-connect-logic-goal	παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει	1	exhorting you to struggle earnestly for the faith	This is a purpose clause. Jude is stating the purpose for which he has written the letter. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhort to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JUD	1	3	ls3z	figs-ellipsis	παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ…πίστει	1		Jude is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. This word can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “exhorting you to contend for the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JUD	1	3	pvyp	figs-activepassive	τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JUD	1	3	pvyp	figs-activepassive	τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for the faith that God delivered once for all to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	3	j67u		ἅπαξ	1	once for all	Here, **once for all** expresses the idea of something that was done only once and never again. The meaning of **for all** is “for all time.” It does not mean “for the sake of all people.”
 JUD	1	4	he1b	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that Jude is giving a reason for why he said in the previous verse that he wants his readers to “contend for the faith.” Alternate translation: “I want you do to this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JUD	1	4	v94i		παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι	1		Alternate translation: “For some men have snuck in unnoticed” or “For some men have come in without drawing attention to themselves”
 JUD	1	4	qevn	figs-ellipsis	παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι	1		In this phrase, Jude is leaving out words from this sentence that it would need in many languages in order to be complete. If this phrase is required in your language, it can be supplied from verse [12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “For certain men have entered secretly into your love feasts” or “For certain men have entered secretly into your gatherings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JUD	1	4	wwz3	figs-activepassive	οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1	who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JUD	1	4	wwz3	figs-activepassive	οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1	who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation	If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	4	c7a6	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **condemnation**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JUD	1	4	u2oj	figs-explicit	ἀσεβεῖς	1		Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	4	u2oj	figs-explicit	ἀσεβεῖς	1		Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	4	c642	figs-metaphor	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1-2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	4	g35s	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1		Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JUD	1	4	esef	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **grace**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -36,68 +36,68 @@ JUD	1	4	tmju	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		If your readers w
 JUD	1	4	ws1b		τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι	1	denying our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ	Alternate translation: “teaching that Jesus Christ is not our Master and Lord”
 JUD	1	4	p7g6	figs-possession	τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies back to **only Master**, meaning “the person who owns us.” Alternate translation: “the only person who owns us and rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JUD	1	5	pg0e	figs-infostructure	ὑπομνῆσαι…ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς ἅπαξ πάντα	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of the first two clauses. Alternate translation: “you knowing all things once for all, I want to remind you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JUD	1	5	fa5e	figs-explicit	πάντα	1		Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	5	fa5e	figs-explicit	πάντα	1		Here, **all things** refers specifically to all the information of which Jude is going to remind his readers. It does not mean everything there is to know about God or everything in general. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these things of which I am reminding you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	5	xiss	translate-textvariants	ὅτι Ἰησοῦς	1		Here, some ancient manuscripts have, “that the Lord.” See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the Introduction to Jude to decide which phrase to use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JUD	1	5	z1h9		λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας	1		This could mean that: (1) Jude is indicating the timing of the event described in this clause, in which case the timing is made clear by the occurrence of “afterward” in the next clause. (2) Jude is making a contrast between what Jesus did in this clause and what he did in the next. Alternate translation: “although he saved a people out of the land of Egypt”
 JUD	1	5	f4mm	figs-explicit	λαὸν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σώσας	1		If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly who the people were that he **saved**. Alternate translation: “having saved the people of Israel out of the land of Egypt” or “having saved the Israelites out of the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	6	g5ld	figs-distinguish	τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν	1		Here, Jude uses this phrase to distinguish the **angels** who were kept by God for judgment from those who were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 JUD	1	6	pt1k		τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν	1	their own domain	Here, the word translated as **domain** refers to one’s sphere of influence or the place where one has authority. Alternate translation: “their proper area of influence” or “their own place of authority”
-JUD	1	6	s3cn	writing-pronouns	δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν	1	he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness	Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JUD	1	6	s3cn	writing-pronouns	δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν	1	he has kept in everlasting chains, under thick darkness	Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has kept in eternal chains, under darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	6	c8gf		δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν	1		Here, **kept in eternal chains** refers to imprisonment that lasts forever. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could include the idea of imprisonment in your translation. Alternate translations: “God has imprisoned for eternity, under darkness”
 JUD	1	6	s1j9	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ ζόφον	1		Here, **darkness** is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: “in the utter darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JUD	1	6	jzdj	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας	1		This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the angels have been imprisoned. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the judgment of the great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JUD	1	6	k1c6	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for the great day when God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JUD	1	6	ccz6	figs-explicit	μεγάλης ἡμέρας	1	of the great day	Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	6	ccz6	figs-explicit	μεγάλης ἡμέρας	1	of the great day	Here, **the great day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, and Jesus returns to earth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the great day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	7	yn36	figs-metonymy	Σόδομα καὶ Γόμορρα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις	1		Here, **Sodom**, **Gomorrah**, and **cities** all refer to the people who lived in those cities. Alternate translation: “the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JUD	1	7	r3e9	writing-pronouns	τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι	1	having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these	Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JUD	1	7	r3e9	writing-pronouns	τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι	1	having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these	Here, **these** refers to the angels mentioned in the previous verse. The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels’ evil ways. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these wicked angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	7	tr3y	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι,	1	having committed sexual immorality in the same manner as these	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **sexual immortality**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having committed sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	7	q9jk	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας	1		Here Jude uses the phrase **having gone after** figuratively to refer to actively engaging in an improper activity instead of a proper one. This expression is frequently used in the Bible to describe people worshiping false gods or engaging in sexual immorality. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “and habitually engaging in sexual immorality with other flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	7	wp6v		σαρκὸς ἑτέρας	1		Here, **other flesh** could refer to: (1) the sexual immorality mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “improper sexual relations” (2) flesh of a different species, in this case referring to the angels whom the people of Sodom and Gomorrah wants to have sexual relations with. Alternate translation: “flesh of a different type”
-JUD	1	7	pi4t	figs-explicit	πρόκεινται δεῖγμα	1		The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	7	pi4t	figs-explicit	πρόκεινται δεῖγμα	1		The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah is an **example** of what happens to people who reject God. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are being displayed as an example of those who reject God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	7	jhdl	figs-abstractnouns	πυρὸς αἰωνίου δίκην ὑπέχουσαι	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **punishment**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “suffering when God punished them with eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JUD	1	8	p12m	figs-explicit	ὁμοίως μέντοι	1		Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	8	ujs2	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JUD	1	8	ez4l	figs-metonymy	σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν	1		Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JUD	1	8	p12m	figs-explicit	ὁμοίως μέντοι	1		Here, **in the same way** refers back to the sexual immorality of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah referred to in the previous verse, and possibly the improper behavior of the wicked angels referred to in verse [6](../01/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Yet in the same way as these sexually immoral ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	8	ujs2	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers who dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JUD	1	8	ez4l	figs-metonymy	σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν	1		Here, **flesh** refers to the bodies of these false teachers. Paul agrees with this idea when he says in 1 Corinthians 6:18 that sexual immorality is sin against one's own body. If your readers would misunderstand this idea, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile their bodies on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JUD	1	8	q9ct		κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν	1		Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
 JUD	1	8	qvhs	figs-abstractnouns	κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lordship**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	8	pn3j		δόξας	1	the glorious ones	Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
-JUD	1	9	uzj1	figs-metaphor	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	9	uzj1	figs-metaphor	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were something someone can bring from one place to another. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	9	v9fh	figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him slanderously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	9	lxf3	figs-possession	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JUD	1	10	h6sq	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JUD	1	10	h6sq	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	10	fjm5		ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	what they do not understand	This could refer to: (1) the false teachers’ ignorance of the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the false teachers’ ignorance of the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
 JUD	1	10	q640	figs-simile	ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται	2		This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could translate the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JUD	1	10	x35l	writing-pronouns	ἐν τούτοις	1		Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JUD	1	10	z0n7	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JUD	1	10	x35l	writing-pronouns	ἐν τούτοις	1		Here, **these things** refers to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JUD	1	10	z0n7	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	11	b33e	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς	1		The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JUD	1	11	j3g9	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν	1		Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	11	j3g9	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν	1		Here, **gone in the way** is a metaphor for “lived in the same way as.” If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	11	yg9b	figs-explicit	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν	1		Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abel’s offering. Cain’s anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the way of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	11	zsdw		ἐξεχύθησαν	1		Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
 JUD	1	11	tmf2	figs-explicit	τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ	1		Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “to the error of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	11	qlof	figs-explicit	τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κόρε	1		Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Korah**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Korah was a man of Israel who led a rebellion against the leadership of Moses and Aaron, whom God had appointed. God killed Korah and all those who rebelled with him by burning some of them and opening up the ground to swallow up the others. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “in the rebellion of Korah, who rebelled against God’s appointed leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	11	tspu	figs-pastforfuture	ἀπώλοντο	1		Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JUD	1	12	r875	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JUD	1	12	r875	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	12	e25d	figs-metaphor	σπιλάδες	1	hidden reefs	Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	12	aq79	translate-unknown	ταῖς ἀγάπαις	1		Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JUD	1	12	emua	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	aq79	translate-unknown	ταῖς ἀγάπαις	1		Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JUD	1	12	emua	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	s2st	figs-metaphor	νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	12	diqd	figs-activepassive	νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JUD	1	12	diqd	figs-activepassive	νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “waterless clouds, which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	12	gs99	figs-metaphor	δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα	1		Here Jude again speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	doxh	figs-pastforfuture	δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JUD	1	12	zk57		δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
 JUD	1	12	g76g	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JUD	1	12	t28p	figs-metaphor	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	t28p	figs-metaphor	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers figuratively like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	13	e4rm	figs-metaphor	κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	13	fgr9	figs-metaphor	ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας	1		Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking figuratively of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	13	r6rj	figs-metaphor	ἀστέρες πλανῆται	1	wandering stars	Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression figuratively to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	13	djm4	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JUD	1	13	djm4	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	13	n4oc	writing-pronouns	οἷς	1		Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	13	iast		ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
-JUD	1	13	oey6	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	oey6	figs-metaphor	ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Jude uses **gloom** and **darkness** figuratively to refer to hell. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this directly. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness of hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	14	crwg	translate-names	Ἑνὼχ	1		**Enoch** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JUD	1	14	e5wv		ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ	1		Since **Adam** is considered to be the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh generation.
 JUD	1	14	br8e	translate-names	Ἀδὰμ	1		**Adam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JUD	1	14	marg	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JUD	1	14	marg	writing-pronouns	τούτοις	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	14	yenq	writing-quotations	ἐπροφήτευσεν…λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “prophesied … and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JUD	1	14	lu2y	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Behold	The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to mean giving notice and attention, and that is how James is using it here. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I have to say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	14	acin	figs-pastforfuture	ἦλθεν Κύριος	1		Here Jude is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “The Lord will certainly come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ JUD	1	16	a4le	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These ones** refers to the
 JUD	1	16	zs28		οὗτοί εἰσιν γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι	1		Here the terms **grumblers** and **complainers** refer to two different ways of expressing discontent or unhappiness. While **grumblers** are people who speak their complaints quietly, **complainers** speak them openly. When the Israelites were traveling in the wilderness after leaving Egypt, they were often punished by God for grumbling and complaining against him and their leaders, which is evidently what these false teachers were doing in Jude’s day. Alternate translation: “These ones grumble quietly to themselves and complain loudly”
 JUD	1	16	z5bn	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι	1		Here Jude uses **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	16	jhrq		κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι	1		Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their sinful desires”
-JUD	1	16	xum2		τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ	1		Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could say this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
+JUD	1	16	xum2		τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ	1		Here Jude uses the singular **mouth** in a distributive way. If this would be confusing to your readers, you could express this explicitly or use a plural noun and verb. Alternate translation: “the mouth of each of them speaks” or “their mouths speak”
 JUD	1	16	xuf0	figs-metonymy	τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ	1	their mouth speaks	Here, **mouth** represents the person who is speaking. Alternate translation: “they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JUD	1	16	eaf2		λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα	1	speaks boastful things	Here, **boastful things** refers to arrogant statements about themselves that these false teachers were making. Alternate translation: “boasts about themselves” or “speaks boastful statements”
 JUD	1	16	w3ma	figs-idiom	θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα	1		This is an idiom that means to show favoritism toward someone or to flatter someone. If your readers would misunderstand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “favoring people” or “flattering people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JUD	1	16	j8rh	figs-metonymy	θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα	1		Here, **faces** refers to the people they are flattering. Alternate translation: “admiring people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JUD	1	17	vpgz	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	17	vpgz	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Jude is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this term, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	17	eqko	figs-metonymy	τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, Jude is using **words** to describe the teachings of the apostles that were conveyed by using words. The specific teachings Jude is referring to here are described in the next verse. Alternate translation: “teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JUD	1	17	nyja	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JUD	1	17	qjsf	figs-exclusive	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -127,37 +127,37 @@ JUD	1	18	toms		ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν	1		This phrase indicates that th
 JUD	1	18	nlh9	figs-idiom	ἐπ’ ἐσχάτου χρόνου	1		Here, **the last time** is an idiom that refers to the time before the return of Jesus. Alternate translation: “In the time just before Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JUD	1	18	w1mx	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν	1		Here Jude uses the word **going** figuratively to refer to habitually doing something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can express this literally. Alternate translation: “those habitually living according to their own ungodly lusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	18	j5m4		κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν	1		Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “going according to their own sinful and ungodly desires”
-JUD	1	19	r28j	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JUD	1	19	r28j	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These** refers to the mockers Jude referred to in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “These mockers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	19	l568	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **divisions**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the ones dividing others against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JUD	1	19	jwyt	figs-explicit	Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες	1		Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	19	jwyt	figs-explicit	Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες	1		Here, **Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit. It does not refer to the spirit of a human or to an evil spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “not having the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	19	ba6u	figs-metonymy	ψυχικοί	1		Jude is figuratively using one part of the human being, the soul, as opposed to another part, the spirit, to mean “unspiritual.” The word **soulish** describes someone who lives according to their natural instincts instead of according to God’s word and Spirit. It is used to refer to people who are not true believers. Alternate translation: “unspiritual” or “worldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JUD	1	19	qn4p	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες	1		The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	20	xm93	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	19	qn4p	figs-metaphor	Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες	1		The Holy **Spirit** is spoken of figuratively as if he were something that people can possess. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is not within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	20	xm93	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those to whom Jude is writing, which can be extended to all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in verse [3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	20	cc68	figs-metaphor	ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει	1	building yourselves up	Here Jude speaks figuratively of becoming increasingly able to trust in God as if it were the process of constructing a building. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “causing yourselves to increase in trust in God” or “causing yourselves to increase in trust like one builds up a building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	20	c2o9		ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς	1	building yourselves up	This clause refers to one means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you can indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of building yourselves up”
 JUD	1	20	uyfx	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb, such as “trust” or “believe.” Alternate translation: “in what you believe that is most holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JUD	1	20	m3rg		ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι	1		This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
-JUD	1	20	wiyg		ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι	1		Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
+JUD	1	20	m3rg		ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι	1		This clause refers to a second means by which Jude’s readers can obey the command to keep themselves in the love of God, which he makes in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of praying in the Holy Spirit”
+JUD	1	20	wiyg		ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ προσευχόμενοι	1		Here, **by** indicates the means by which the prayer is done. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “praying by means of the Holy Spirit”
 JUD	1	21	j9su	translate-versebridge	ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε	1	keep yourselves in the love of God	If your language would put the command at the front of the sentence and before other modifying clauses, then you could create a verse bridge by moving this clause to the previous verse, placing it just before “building yourselves up in your most holy faith”. You would need to present the combined verses as 20–21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
-JUD	1	21	zd2c	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε	1	keep yourselves in the love of God	Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	21	s6w6		προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	waiting for	This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
+JUD	1	21	zd2c	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε	1	keep yourselves in the love of God	Here Jude speaks figuratively of remaining able to receive the **love of God** as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “keep yourselves able to receive the love of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	21	s6w6		προσδεχόμενοι τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	waiting for	This clause occurs at the same time as the clause that precedes it. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while waiting for the mercy of our Lord” or “while expecting the mercy of our Lord”
 JUD	1	21	p3bw	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **mercy** could refer to: (1) the mercy Jesus will show to believers when he returns to earth. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to return and act mercifully” (2) Jesus’ continued acts of mercy toward believers in general. Alternate translation: “our Lord Jesus Christ to act mercifully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	21	mzqu	figs-possession	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” See how you translated this expression in verse [17](../01/17.md). Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JUD	1	21	okfy	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our** refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JUD	1	21	qb29	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JUD	1	21	qb29	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Jude is using **to** to introduce the result of **the mercy**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ, which brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JUD	1	22	ynz1	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεᾶτε	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	22	wbr5		οὓς…διακρινομένους	1		The phrase **some who are doubting** refers to people who have become confused because of the teaching and activities of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “some who are uncertain about what to believe”
-JUD	1	23	gx9t		ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
-JUD	1	23	wkj9	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	23	gx9t		ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		This clause indicates the means by which Jude wants his audience to save a certain group of people. If your readers would misunderstand this connection, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of snatching from fire”
+JUD	1	23	wkj9	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες	1		Here Jude speaks figuratively of urgently rescuing some people from going to hell as though it was like pulling people from a **fire** before they start to burn. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative manner or use a simile. Alternate translation: “doing whatever must be done to keep them from going to hell” or “doing whatever must be done to save them, as if pulling them from fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	23	ign7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλεᾶτε	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **mercy**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “act mercifully toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	23	uavk		ἐν φόβῳ	1		This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude wanted his readers to have mercy on a certain group of people. Alternate translation: “by being cautious”
 JUD	1	23	u4px	figs-hyperbole	μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα	1		Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JUD	1	23	sexc	figs-metaphor	τῆς σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used figuratively to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	24	r3jx	figs-explicit	τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	24	jvpm	figs-metaphor	φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	24	r3jx	figs-explicit	τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here, **the one** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep you from stumbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JUD	1	24	jvpm	figs-metaphor	φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak figuratively of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	24	w1dc	figs-abstractnouns	στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could translate it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “to cause you to stand before his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	24	gq9e		ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει	1		This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
-JUD	1	25	a3ua		μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν	1	to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord	Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
+JUD	1	25	a3ua		μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν	1	to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord	Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”
 JUD	1	25	m1g8	figs-abstractnouns	Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Savior**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	25	db0v	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν,	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **Lord**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the person who rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	25	kql5	figs-abstractnouns	μόνῳ Θεῷ…δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **glory, majesty, power** and **authority**, you could translate them with adjective phrases. Alternate translation: “may the only God … be recognized as glorious, majestic, powerful, and authoritative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])